Catalogo Simpson 2016 PDF

ANCHORING
AND FASTENING
SYSTEMS
For Concrete + Masonry
C-A-2016
(800) 999-5099
www.strongtie.com
The Power to Build
For nearly 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has
focused on providing powerful solutions to
meet our customers’ needs.
We offer a full array of anchoring systems for residential,
commercial, infrastructure and industrial uses – from
anchoring adhesives and mechanical anchors for anchoring
applications in concrete and masonry to direct fastening
solutions for attachments to concrete, steel, CMU,
or metal deck.
The innovative products featured in this catalog are the

result of more than 40 years of research and development,
and have passed the rigorous quality-assurance testing you
have come to expect from Simpson Strong-Tie. With our
expanding lines of high-performance anchoring products,
engineering and field support, product testing and training,
we are committed to giving you the power to build.
Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry
Anchor Product Selection Guide

Tested Base Materials and Code Listings
Page Concrete Unreinforced Other
Product Concrete CMU
No. on Metal Clay Brick Other Listings
Cracked Uncracked Deck Grout-Filled Hollow Masonry
ER-281,
ER-263, RR25960, NSF/ANSI Std
AT-XP® 20 — RR25966, — — —
FL-16230.1 61, DOT
FL-16230.1
ER-265,
ESR-2508, RR25744, NSF/ANSI Std
SET-XP® 38 FL-17449.2 — RR25965, ER-265 — — 61, DOT
FL-16230.3
ESR-3372, ER-241 ESR-3638,

Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP® 62 — — — DOT
FL-17449.1 FL-16230.2 RR25120
AT 86 — Non-IBC — Non-IBC Non-IBC ESR-1958 — DOT
ESR-1772, NSF/ANSI Std

SET 102 — Non-IBC — Non-IBC Non-IBC —
FL-15730.5 61, DOT
EDOT 122 — Non-IBC — — — — — DOT
ESR-2705,
Torq-Cut™ 138 RR25946, — — — — — —
FL-15731.3
ESR-3037 ER-240,
ESR-3037, RR25891, UL, FM,
Strong-Bolt® 2 144 FL-15731.2 RR25891 RR25936 — — — DOT
FL-15731.2 FL-16230.4
C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ESR-1396, UL, FM,
Wedge-All® 164 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — —
FL-15730.7 DOT
Easy-Set 179 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Mechanical Anchors
UL, FM,
Sleeve-All® 180 — Non-IBC — Non-IBC — — — DOT
ESR-1056,
ESR-2713, RR25741,
Titen HD® 184 RR25560, IBC — — FM, DOT
FL-15730.6 FL-15730.6
Titen® 203 — FL-2355.1 — FL-2355.1 — — —
Titen HD® ESR-2713, RR25741, ESR-2713

208 — — — — FM
Rod Hanger FL-15730.6 RR25741
Wood IBC
212 — — — — — — UL, FM
Rod Hanger (Wood)
4
Anchor Product Selection Guide

Tested Base Materials and Code Listings
Page Concrete Unreinforced Other
Product Concrete CMU
No. on Metal Clay Brick Other Listings
Cracked Uncracked Deck Grout-Filled Hollow Masonry
IBC
Blue Banger 214 ESR-3707 ESR-3707 — — — (Steel Roof UL,FM
Hanger® Deck)
Drop-In 224 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — UL, FM

(DIAB)
Non-IBC
Drop-In UL, FM,
229 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — (Hollow Core
(DIA) DOT
Panel)
Hollow 236 — Non-IBC — — IBC — — UL,FM

Drop-In
Zinc Nailon™ 241 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Mechanical Anchors
Lag Screw 239 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Expansion Shield
Expansion Screw 240 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Anchor
Crimp Drive® 242 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — FM

Split Drive 244 — Non-IBC — — — — — —
Tie-Wire 177 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — —
Sure Wall 245 — — — — — — Drywall —
Steel
ESR-2138, ESR-2138, ESR-2138, ESR-2138, ESR-2138,
Powder-Actuated RR25469, RR25469, RR25469, RR25469,
266 — — RR25469, FM
Direct Fastening
Fasteners FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3,

FL-15730.4 FL-15730.4 FL-15730.4 FL-15730.4 FL-15730.4
ESR-2811, ESR-2811, ESR-2811, ESR-2811, Steel,

Gas-Actuated RR25837, RR25837, RR25837, RR25837, ESR-2811,
249 — — —
Fasteners FL-15730.1 FL-15730.1 FL-15730.1 FL-15730.1 FL-15730.1,
FL-15730.2 FL-15730.2 FL-15730.2 FL-15730.2 FL-15730.2
ESR or ER – ICC-ES or IAPMO UES code report available. Non-IBC – Load data is available in this catalog, but it is outside the scope
RR – City of Los Angeles research report available. of the current IBC. May be permitted for non-IBC applications.
FL – Florida building code approval available. UL – Underwriters Laboratories listing available.
IBC – Load data is available in this catalog intended for use under IBC, but code FM – Factory Mutual listing available.
listings are not available. DOT – Various departments of transportation listings available.
See www.strongtie.com/DOT for details.
Consult the code listings for more detailed information on which models of each product are covered by the listing. 5
Table of Contents
Adhesive Anchors Direct Fastening
Adhesive Accessories.........................................................................128 Extension Tools...................................................................................252
Adhesive Anchoring Installation Instructions........................................124 Fastener Load Tables..........................................................................273
Adhesive Retaining Caps....................................................................132 Gas-Actuated Fasteners and Accessories..........................................249
Adhesive Shear Tubes.........................................................................135 GCN-MEP Concrete Nailer.................................................................248
AT Acrylic Adhesive...............................................................................86 Powder-Actuated Fasteners................................................................266
AT-XP® Acrylic Adhesive........................................................................20 Powder-Actuated Tool/Load/Fastener Matrix......................................253
EDOT Adhesive...................................................................................122 Powder-Actuated Tool Matrix..............................................................254
ET-HP® Adhesive...................................................................................62 Powder Loads.....................................................................................265
Hole-Cleaning Brushes.......................................................................135 PTP-27L / PTP-27LMAGR..................................................................256
Steel Adhesive Anchoring Screen Tubes.............................................133 PTP-27S / PTP-27SMAGR.................................................................258
Opti-Mesh Adhesive Anchoring Screen Tubes....................................134 PT-27HDA...........................................................................................260
Piston Plug Delivery System................................................................130 PT-27..................................................................................................261
Retrofit Bolt.........................................................................................135 PT-22A................................................................................................262
SET Epoxy Adhesive...........................................................................102 PT-22HA.............................................................................................263
SET-XP® Epoxy Adhesive......................................................................38 PT-22P................................................................................................264
Mechanical Anchors Restoration Solutions

Blue Banger Hanger Threaded Insert................................................214
®
Crack Injection Guide..........................................................................293
Crimp Drive® Anchor...........................................................................242 Crack-Pac® Flex-H20™........................................................................288
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIAB)..........................................224 Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy................................................................286
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIA)............................................229 Crack Repair Accessories...................................................................289
Easy-Set Pin-Drive Anchor..................................................................179 Epoxy Injection Guide.........................................................................296
Expansion Screw Anchor....................................................................240 ETI Injection Epoxy..............................................................................284
Hollow Drop-In Anchor........................................................................236 Heli-Tie™ Helical Stitching Tie..............................................................292
LSES Lag Screw Expansion Shield.....................................................239 Heli-Tie™ Helical Wall Tie.....................................................................290
Sleeve-All® Sleeve Anchor...................................................................180
Split-Drive Anchor...............................................................................244
Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor............................................................144 Carbide Drill Bits and Accessories
Sure Wall Drywall Anchor....................................................................245 “A” Taper Drill Bits...............................................................................306
Tie-Wire Anchor..................................................................................177 Core Bits.............................................................................................313

Titen HD® Screw Anchor.....................................................................184 Demolition Bits....................................................................................310
Titen® Screw.......................................................................................203 Rebar Cutter ......................................................................................308
Titen® Stainless-Steel Screw...............................................................205 Rebar Cutter Adaptors........................................................................309
Titen HD® Rod Hanger........................................................................208 SDS-MAX® Drill Bits............................................................................304
Titen HD® Rod Coupler.......................................................................201 SDS-PLUS® Drill Bits...........................................................................302
Torq-Cut™ Self-Undercutting Anchor...................................................138 Spline/Straight Shank Drill Bits............................................................305
Wedge-All® Wedge Anchor.................................................................164
Wood Rod Hanger..............................................................................212
Zinc Nailon™ Pin Drive Anchor.............................................................241 Additional Information
Allowable Stress Design Method.........................................................322
Alphabetical Index of Products............................................................335
Anchor Selection Guide..........................................................................4
Corrosion Information..........................................................................316
Example Design Calculations..............................................................324
General Instructions for the Designer....................................................15
General Instructions for the Installer......................................................13
Glossary of Common Terms........................................................332–334
Strength Design Method.....................................................................322
Suggested General Notes for Anchor Products..................................331
Supplemental Topics for Anchors................................................316–318
New products are shown with the symbol. Table Icons............................................................................................12
6
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.

For nearly 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has focused on creating structural products
that help people build safer and stronger homes and buildings. A leader in structural
systems research and technology, Simpson Strong‑Tie is one of the largest suppliers of
structural building products in the world. The Simpson Strong-Tie commitment to product
Product Identification Key
development, engineering, testing and training is evident in the consistent quality and Products and additional
delivery of its products and services. informationare divided into eight
general categories, identified by
For more information, visit the company’s website at www.strongtie.com. tabs along the page’s outer edge.
The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. “No Equal” pledge includes:
• Quality products value-engineered for the
lowest installed cost at the highest-rated
performance levels
• Most thoroughly tested and
evaluated products in the industry
• Strategically located manufacturing
and warehouse facilities
• National code agency listings
• Largest number of patented Maple Ridge, BC
connectors in the industry Kent, WA
• Global locations with an Eagan, MN

Brampton, ON
Enfield, CT
international sales team Stockton, CA
Addison, IL
Columbus, OH Jessup, MD
Pleasanton, CA Baltimore, MD
• In-house R&D and tool Kansas City, KS
Gallatin, TN High Point, NC

and die professionals Riverside, CA
Chandler, AZ
McKinney, TX
• In-house product testing Houston, TX
Jacksonville, FL Adhesive Anchors 18—135
and quality control engineers Naples, FL
• Support of industry groups including

AISI, AITC, ASTM, ASCE, AWC, AWPA,
Canada Northwest Northeast Southwest Southeast
ACI, AISC, CSI, CFSEI, ICFA, NBMDA,
NLBMDA, SDI, SETMA, SFA, SFIA, STAFDA, SREA, Mechanical Anchors 136—245
NFBA, TPI, WDSC, WIJMA, WTCA and local engineering groups.
The Simpson Getting Fast Direct Fastening 246—281

Strong ‑Tie Technical Support
Quality Policy When you call for engineering technical
support, we can help you quickly if you

We help people build safer structures have the following information at hand. Restoration Solutions 282—297
economically. We do this by designing, This will help us to serve you promptly
engineering and manufacturing “No Equal” and efficiently.
structural connectors and other related • Which Simpson Strong‑Tie catalog are
products that meet or exceed our you using? (See the front cover for the
customers’ needs and expectations. form number.) Carbide Drill Bits 298—313
Everyone is responsible for product • Which Simpson Strong‑Tie product
quality and is committed to are you using?
ensuring the effectiveness of the • What are the design requirements
Quality Management System. (i.e., loads, anchor diameter, base
material, edge/spacing distance, etc.)? Appendix 314—331
Karen Colonias
Chief Executive Officer
Glossary of Terms 332—334
We Are ISO 9001-2008 Registered
Simpson Strong‑Tie is an ISO 9001-2008 registered company. ISO 9001-2008
is an internationally recognized quality assurance system that lets our domestic
and international customers know they can count on the consistent quality of Alphabetical Index
335—340
Simpson Strong‑Tie® products and services. of Products
800-999-5099 | www.strongtie.com
All Rights Reserved. This catalog may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the 7
prior written approval of Simpson Strong‑Tie Company Inc.
New Products
AT-XP® High-Strength
Acrylic Adhesive
Formulated for high-strength anchorage of threaded rod and rebar into concrete
(cracked or uncracked) and masonry under a wide range of conditions, AT-XP
dispenses easily in cold or warm environments and, when mixed, is a dark teal
color for easy identification.
Cracked
Concrete See page 20 for more information.
CODE LISTED
Adhesive Piston Plug Delivery System

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Adhesive Piston Plug Delivery System facilitates
consistent dispensing of anchoring adhesives in any installation orientation. The
matched tolerance design between the piston plug and the drilled hole virtually
eliminates the formation of voids and air pockets during adhesive dispensing.
See page 130 for more information.
Battery-Powered Dispensing Tool

for Acrylic Adhesives
The ADTA30CKT offers power dispensing of 30 oz., 10:1-ratio, dual-cartridge
adhesives without the need for a hose or compressor. Tool comes complete with
two 18V lithium-ion battery packs and a charger.

Battery-Powered Dispensing Tool
for Epoxy Adhesives
The EDTA22CKT offers power dispensing of 22 oz., 1:1-ratio, dual-cartridge
adhesives without the need for a hose or compressor, and may be easily
converted to dispense 16.5 oz., 2:1-ratio, dual-cartridge adhesives (conversion
parts included). Tool comes complete with two 18V lithium-ion battery packs
and a charger.
Titen HD® ¼" Screw Anchor

The new ¼" Titen HD Screw Anchor (THDB25) offers the same self-undercutting,
non-expansion characteristics as the popular Titen HD anchor and is code listed
for use in cracked and uncracked concrete.
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
8
New Products
Hollow Drop-In Anchor

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Hollow Drop-In Anchor (HDIA) is an internally threaded,
flush-mount expansion anchor for use in hollow materials such as CMU and hollow-
core plank, as well as in solid base materials.
Drop-In Internally
Threaded Anchor (DIAB)
The redesigned drop-in internally threaded expansion shell anchors set easily by
driving the expansion plug towards the bottom of the anchors using the specially
designed SDS or hand-drive setting tool. A positive-set indicator shows when the
plug is fully set and the anchor has properly expanded.
Heli-Tie™ Helical Stitching Tie

The Simpson Strong-Tie® helical stitching tie provides a unique solution for the
preservation and repair of damaged brick and masonry structures. The stitching
tie is grouted across the crack to reconnect and distribute the loads over a large
surface area while providing an inconspicuous repair that preserves and maintains
the appearance of the structure.
Wood Rod Hanger

The new wood rod hanger is a one-piece fastening system for suspending ¼" or
3/8" threaded rod from wood members. Both vertical and horizontal rod hangers
provide attachment points for use in pipe hanging, fire protection and cable-tray
applications. The Type-17 point provides for fast starts with no pre-drilling required.
9
New Products
PT-27HDA
The PT-27HDA is a low-velocity, heavy-duty powder-actuated tool designed for
installing fasteners into poured and precast concrete, grout-filled concrete masonry
block, horizontal mortared joints and structural steel.
Tie-Wire Anchor
A wedge-style expansion anchor for use in normal-weight concrete or concrete
over metal deck. Offers a tri-segmented, dual-embossed clip.
Crimp Drive® Countersunk

The Crimp Drive countersunk anchor is an easy-to-install expansion anchor for
use in concrete and grout-filled CMU. The product design helps speed up anchor
installation and reduce overall cost.
SDS Stop Bit

The fixed-depth drill bit – designed to meet the hole-depth specifications of most
drop-in style anchors, including the DIA and DIAB series anchors – takes the
guesswork out of drilling to correct depth, saving time and bit life.
See pages 225 or 303 for more information.
10
How to Use This Catalog
Using Data Tables and Load Tables

This catalog contains both strength design data tables and allowable load tables. Some allowable load tables
for concrete were established under old qualification standards that are no longer valid under the IBC. The
following icons indicate whether or not a given table is intended to be used under the IBC (or under other
building codes that use the IBC as their basis):
Tables that are “not valid for International Building Code” may be used
IBC IBC where the designer determines that other building codes or regulations
permit it — for example, under AASTHO or temporary construction.
Valid for Not Valid for
International International
Building Code Building Code
Strength Design Data Tables

Under the IBC, strength design (see page 322) must be used for cast-in-place and post-installed mechanical
and adhesive anchors that are installed into concrete. The design data from these tables are to be used with
the design provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D, IBC Chapter 19 and the respective ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria.
Strength design data tables are watermarked with the letters “SD.” Given the complexity of strength design
calculations, designers may find Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchor Designer™ software (www.strongtie.com/software)
to be a great time saver for computing anchor design strengths using the tabulated design data.
Example Strength Design Data Table
Allowable Load Tables

Under the IBC, allowable stress design (see page 322) maybe used for cast-in-place and post-
installed adhesive and mechanical anchors installed into masonry or for gas/powder-actuated
fasteners installed into concrete, masonry or steel.
Example Allowable Load Table
11
Important Information and General Notes
Under the IBC, allowable stress design may only be used for cast-in-place and post-installed mechanical and
adhesive anchors installed into concrete if the allowable loads are converted from strength design calculations.
Converted allowable loads are very specific to the design assumptions described in the tables.
Example Converted Allowable Load Table
Table Icon System

In order to facilitate easier identification of performance data, the following icon system has been incorporated into the sections of

the catalog with multiple load tables. These icons will appear in the heading of the table to promote easier visual identification of
the type of load, insert type and substrate addressed in the table. Icons are intended for quick identification. All specific information
regarding suitability should be read from the table itself.
Threaded Rod Rebar Normal-Weight Lightweight Concrete Block

Concrete Concrete (CMU)
Lightweight Concrete Unreinforced Brick Steel Tension Load Shear Load

over Metal Deck (URM)
IBC IBC
Oblique Load Edge Distance Spacing Valid for Not Valid for
International International
Building Code Building Code
12
General Notes
These general notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson Strong‑Tie Company Inc. products and must
be followed fully.
a. Simpson Strong‑Tie Company Inc. reserves the right to change d. Some hardened fasteners may experience premature failure if
specifications, designs, and models without notice or liability for exposed to moisture. These fasteners are recommended to be
such changes. used in dry interior applications.
b. Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in inches and loads e. Do not weld products listed in this catalog. Some steel types have
are in pounds. poor weldability and a tendency to crack when welded.
c. Do not overload, which will jeopardize the anchorage. Service
loads shall not exceed published allowable loads. Factored loads
shall not exceed design strengths calculated in accordance with
published design data.
General Instructions for the Installer

These general instructions for the installer are provided to Finished Diameters for Rotary and Rotary-Hammer
ensure the proper selection and installation of Simpson Carbide-Tipped Concrete Drills per ANSI B212.15
Strong-Tie products and must be followed carefully. They Nominal Drill Bit Tolerance Range Tolerance Range
are in addition to the specific design and installation instructions Diameter Minimum Maximum
and notes provided for each particular product, all of which (in.) (in.) (in.)
should be consulted prior to and during the installation of 1⁄8 0.134 0.140
Simpson Strong-Tie products. 5⁄32 0.165 0.171
3⁄16 0.198 0.206
a. Do not modify Simpson Strong-Tie products as the performance
7⁄32 0.229 0.237
of modified products may be substantially weakened. Simpson
1⁄4 0.260 0.268
Strong-Tie will not warrant or guarantee the performance of such
modified products. 5⁄16 0.327 0.335
3⁄8 0.390 0.398
b. Do not alter installation procedures from those set forth 7⁄16 0.458 0.468
in this catalog. 1⁄2 0.520 0.530
c. Drill holes for post-installed anchors with carbide-tipped drills 9⁄16 0.582 0.592
meeting the diameter requirements of ANSI B212.15 (shown 5⁄8 0.650 0.660
in the table to the right). A properly sized hole is critical to the 11⁄16 0.713 0.723
performance of post-installed anchors. Rotary-hammered drills 3⁄4 0.775 0.787
with light, high-frequency impact are recommended for drilling 13⁄16 0.837 0.849
holes. When holes are to be drilled in archaic or hollow base 27⁄32 0.869 0.881
materials, the drill should be set to “rotation only” mode. 7⁄8 0.905 0.917
d. For mechanical anchors requiring specific installation torque: 15⁄16 0.968 0.980
Failure to apply the recommended installation torque can result 1 1.030 1.042
in excessive displacement of the anchor under load or premature 1 1⁄8 1.160 1.175
failure of the anchor. These anchors will lose pre-tension after 1 3⁄16 1.223 1.238
setting due to pre-load relaxation. See page 316 for more 1 1⁄4 1.285 1.300
information. 1 5⁄16 1.352 1.367
e. Do not disturb, bolt up, or apply load to adhesive anchors prior to 1 3⁄8 1.410 1.425
the full cure of the adhesive. 1 7⁄16 1.472 1.487
1 1⁄2 1.535 1.550
f. Use proper safety equipment. 1.588 1.608
1 9⁄16
1 5⁄8 1.655 1.675
1 3⁄4 1.772 1.792
2 2.008 2.028
13
Additional Instructions for the Installer

for Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fastening
Before operating any Simpson Strong-Tie gas- or powder- e. Never attempt to bypass or circumvent any of the safety features
actuated tool, you must read and understand the Operator’s on a gas- or powder-actuated tool.
Manual and be trained by an authorized instructor in the f. Always keep the tool pointed in a safe direction.
operation of the tool. Simpson Strong-Tie recommends you read
g. Always keep your finger off the trigger.
and fully understand the safety guidelines of the tool you use.
To become a Certified Operator of Simpson Strong-Tie gas- and h. Always keep the tool unloaded until ready to use.
powder-actuated tools, you must pass a test and receive a i. Always hold the tool perpendicular (90°) to the fastening
certified operator card. Test and Operator’s Manual are included surface to prevent ricocheting fasteners. Use the spall guard
with each tool kit. Extra copies may be obtained by contacting whenever possible.
Simpson Strong-Tie at (800) 999-5099. j. Never attempt to fasten into soft, thin, brittle or very hard materials
To avoid serious injury or death: such as drywall, light-gauge steel, glass, tile or cast iron as
these materials are inappropriate. Conduct a pre-punch test to
a. Always make sure that the operators and bystanders wear safety determine base material adequacy.
glasses. Hearing and head protection is also recommended.
k. Never attempt to fasten into soft material such as drywall or wood.
b. Always post warning signs within the area when gas- or powder- Fastening through soft materials into appropriate base material
actuated tools are in use. Signs should state “Tool in Use.” may be allowed if the application is appropriate.
c. Always store gas- and powder-actuated tools unloaded. Store tools l. Never attempt to fasten to a spalled, cracked or uneven surface.
and powder loads in a locked container out of reach of children.
d. Never place any part of your body over the front muzzle of the tool,
even if no fastener is present. The fastener, pin or tool piston can
cause serious injury or death in the event of accidental discharge.
14
General Instructions for the Designer

These general instructions for the designer are k. Metal anchors and fasteners will corrode and may lose load-
provided to ensure the proper selection and installation of carrying capacity when installed in corrosive environments or
Simpson Strong-Tie® products and must be followed carefully. exposed to corrosive materials. See page 316.
They are in addition to the specific design and installation l. Mechanical anchors should not be installed into concrete that is
instructions and notes provided for each particular product, all of less than 7 days old. The allowable loads and design strengths of
which should be consulted prior to and during the design process. mechanical anchors that are installed into concrete less than 28
days old should be based on the actual compressive strength of
a. The term “Designer” used throughout this catalog is intended to the concrete at the time of installation.
mean a licensed/certified building design professional, a licensed
professional engineer or a licensed architect. m. Nominal embedment depth (“embedment depth”) is the distance
from the surface of the base material to the installed end of the
b. All connected members and related elements shall be designed anchor and is measured prior to application of an installation
by the Designer and must have sufficient strength (bending, shear, torque (if applicable). Effective embedment depth is the distance
etc.) to resist the loads imposed by the anchors. from the surface of the base material to the deepest point at which
c. When the allowable allowable stress design method is used, the the load is transferred to the base material.
design service load shall not exceed the published allowable loads n. Drill bits shall meet the diameter requirements of ANSI B212.15.
reduced by load-adjustment factors for temperature, spacing and For adhesive anchor installations in oversized holes, see page
edge distance. Where stated in this catalog, allowable loads may 318. For adhesive anchor installations into core-drilled holes, see
be increased 33 1/3% when permitted by code. In general, this is page 319.
permissible only when the alternative basic load combinations of
the IBC are used. o. Threaded-rod inserts for adhesive anchors shall be oil-free UNC
fully threaded steel. Bare steel, zinc plating, mechanical galvanizing
d. When the strength design method is used, the factored loads shall or hot-dip galvanizing coatings are acceptable.
not exceed the design strengths calculated in accordance with the
published design data. p. Allowable loads and design strengths are generally based
on testing of adhesive anchors installed into dry holes. For
e. Simpson Strong-Tie strongly recommends the following addition installations into damp, wet and submerged environments, see
to construction drawings and specifications: “Simpson Strong- page 319.
Tie products are specifically required to meet the structural
calculations of plan. Before substituting another brand, confirm ACI 318 states that adhesive anchors should not be installed
load capacity based on reliable published testing data or into concrete that is less than 21 days old. For information on
calculations. The Engineer/Designer should evaluate and give adhesive anchors installed into concrete less than 21 days old,
written approval for substitution prior to installation.” see page 318.
f. Where used in this catalog, “IBC” refers to the 2012 International q. Adhesive anchors can be affected by elevated base material
Building Code, and “ACI 318” refers to ACI 318-11 Building Code temperature. See page 319.
Requirements for Structural Concrete. Local and/or regional r. Anchors are permitted to support fire-resistant construction
building codes may require meeting special conditions. Building provided at least one of the following conditions is fulfilled: (a)
codes often require special inspection of anchors. For compliance anchors are used to resist wind or seismic forces only; (b) anchors
with these requirements, contact the local building authority. that support gravity-load-bearing structural elements are within a
Except where mandated by code, Simpson Strong-Tie products fire-resistive envelope or a fire-resistive membrane, are protected
do not require special inspection. by approved fire-resistive materials, or have been evaluated
g. Allowable loads and design strengths are determined from test for resistance to fire exposure in accordance with recognized
results, calculations and experience. These are guide values for standards; or (c) anchors are used to support non-structural
sound base materials with known properties. Due to variation in elements.
base materials and site conditions, site-specific testing should be s. Exposure to some chemicals may degrade the bond strength of
conducted if exact performance in a specific base material at a adhesive anchors. Refer to the product description for chemical
specific site must be known. resistance information or refer to see page 320.
h. Unless stated otherwise, tests conducted to derive performance
information were performed in members with minimum thickness
equal to 1.5 times the anchor embedment depth. Anchoring
into thinner members requires the evaluation and judgment of a
qualified Designer.
i. Tests are conducted with anchors installed perpendicular (±6°
from a vertical reference) from a vertical reference to the surface
of the base material. Deviations can result in anchor bending
stresses and reduce the load-carrying capacity of the anchor.
j. Allowable loads and design strengths do not consider bending
stresses due to shear loads applied with large eccentricities.
15
Limited Warranty
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. warrants catalog products materials used, the quality of construction, and the condition of
to be free from defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson the soils involved, damage may nonetheless result to a structure
Strong-Tie Company Inc. products are further warranted for and its contents even if the loads resulting from the impact
adequacy of design when used in accordance with design event do not exceed Simpson Strong-Tie catalog specifications
limits in this catalog and when properly specified, installed and Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are properly installed in
and maintained. This warranty does not apply to uses not in accordance with applicable building codes.
compliance with specific applications and installations set forth All warranty obligations of Simpson Strong-Tie Company
in this catalog, or to non-catalog or modified products, or to Inc. shall be limited, at the discretion of Simpson Strong-Tie
deterioration due to environmental conditions. Company Inc., to repair or replacement of the defective part.
Simpson Strong-Tie® anchors, fasteners and connectors These remedies shall constitute the sole obligation of Simpson
are designed to enable structures to resist the movement, Strong-Tie Company Inc. and the sole remedy of purchaser
stress and loading that results from impact events such as under this warranty. In no event will Simpson Strong-Tie
earthquakes and high-velocity winds. Other Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. be responsible for incidental, consequential, or
products are designed to the load capacities and uses listed in special loss or damage, however caused.
this catalog. Properly installed Simpson Strong-Tie products will This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties,
perform in accordance with the specifications set forth in the expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability
applicable Simpson Strong-Tie catalog. Additional performance or fitness for a particular purpose, all such other warranties
limitations for specific products may be listed on the applicable being hereby expressly excluded. This warranty may change
catalog pages. periodically – consult our website www.strongtie.com for
Due to the particular characteristics of potential impact events, current information.
the specific design and location of the structure, the building
Terms and Conditions of Sale

Product Use Non-Catalog And Modified Products
Products in this catalog are designed and manufactured for the Consult Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for applications for
specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other which there is no catalog product, or for connectors for use in
connectors not approved by a qualified Designer. Modifications hostile environments, with excessive wood shrinkage, or with
to products or changes in installations should only be made by a abnormal loading or erection requirements.
qualified Designer. The performance of such modified products Non-catalog products must be designed by the customer and

or altered installations is the sole responsibility of the Designer. will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with
customer specifications.
Indemnity Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any
Customers or Designers modifying products or installations, representations regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying
or designing non-catalog products for fabrication by capacities of non-catalog products. Simpson Strong-Tie
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall, regardless of specific provides no warranty, express or implied, on non-catalog
instructions to the user, indemnify, defend and hold harmless products. F.O.B. Shipping Point unless otherwise specified.
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for any and all claimed loss
or damage occasioned in whole or in part by non-catalog or
modified products.
16
Warning
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. anchors, fasteners and • Information on workshops Simpson Strong-Tie conducts at
connectors are designed and tested to provide specified various training centers throughout the United States;
design loads. To obtain optimal performance from Simpson • Product-specific installation videos;
Strong-Tie products and to achieve maximum allowable design
load, the products must be properly installed and used in • Specialty catalogs;
accordance with the installation instructions and design limits • Code reports – Simpson Strong-Tie® Code Report Finder
provided by Simpson Strong-Tie. To ensure proper installation software;
and use, designers and installers must carefully read the
General Notes, General Instructions to the Installer and General • Technical fliers, bulletins and engineering letters;
Instructions to the Designer contained in this catalog, as well • Master format specifications;
as consult the applicable catalog pages for specific product
• Material safety data sheets;
installation instructions and notes. Please always consult the
Simpson Strong-Tie website at strongtie.com for updates • Corrosion information;
regarding all Simpson Strong-Tie products. • Adhesive cartridge estimator;
• Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor DesignerTM software;
Proper product installation requires careful attention to all notes • Simpson Strong-Tie AutoCAD® menu;
and instructions, including the following basic rules:
• Simpson Strong-Tie CFS DesignerTM software;
1. Be familiar with the application and correct use of the
anchor, connector or fastener. • Simpson Strong-Tie Connector SelectorTM software;
2. Follow all installation instructions provided in the catalog, • Connector selection guides for engineered wood products (by
website, Installer’s Pocket Guide or any other Simpson manufacturer);
Strong-Tie publication. • Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Wall® Selector software;
3. Follow all product-related warnings provided in the catalog, • Simpson Strong-Tie Strong Frame® Selector;
website or any other Simpson Strong-Tie publication.
• Simpson Strong-Tie Fastener Finder; and
4. Install anchors, connectors and fasteners in accordance
• Answers to frequently asked questions and technical topics.
with their intended use.
5. Install all anchors, connectors and fasteners per installation
instructions provided by Simpson Strong-Tie. Failure to fully follow all of the notes and instructions provided
by Simpson Strong-Tie may result in improper installation of
6. When using power tools to install fasteners:
products. Improperly installed products may not perform to
(a) use proper fastener type for direct fastening tool; (b)
the specifications set forth in this catalog and may reduce a
use proper powder or gas loads; and (c) follow appropriate
structure’s ability to resist the movement, stress and loading

safety precautions as outlined in this catalog, on the
that occur from gravity loads as well as impact events such as
website or in the tool Operator’s Manual.
earthquakes and high-velocity winds.
In addition to following the basic rules provided above as well

Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. does not guarantee the
as all notes, warnings and instructions provided in the catalog,
performance or safety of products that are modified, improperly
installers, designers, engineers and consumers should consult
installed or not used in accordance with the design and load
the Simpson Strong-Tie website at www.strongtie.com to obtain
limits set forth in this catalog.
additional design and installation information, including:
• Instructional builder/contractor training kits containing an

instructional video, an instructor guide and a student guide in
both English and Spanish;
• Installer’s Pocket Guide (form S-INSTALL; contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for more information), which is designed specifically
for installers and uses detailed graphics and minimal text in
both English and Spanish to explain visually how to install
many key products;
17
Adhesive Anchors
From rebar doweling on a high-traffic
infrastructure retrofit project to do-it-yourself
projects, Simpson Strong-Tie offers a wide
variety of adhesive anchoring products to
meet virtually any need.
Our strong, versatile epoxy-based adhesives are ideal for

anchoring threaded rod, rebar and smooth dowels in an
assortment of base materials. And our acrylic formulations
deliver consistent performance for high-strength anchor
grouting in a wide range of weather conditions — curing fast
even in water-saturated concrete.
Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchoring & Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry
AT-XP® High-Strength Acrylic Adhesive

Formulated for high-strength anchorage of threaded rod and rebar into cracked and uncracked concrete and
masonry under a wide range of conditions, AT-XP® adhesive dispenses easily in cold or warm environments
and in below-freezing temperatures with no need to warm the cartridge. When mixed properly, this low-odor
formula is a dark teal color for easy post-installation identification.
Features
• Passed the demanding ICC-ES AC308 adverse-condition
tests pertaining to reduced and elevated temperatures and
long-term sustained loads
Adhesive Anchors
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete
per IAPMO UES ER-263 and City of L.A. RR25960
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for masonry Cracked
per IAPMO UES ER-281 and City of L.A. RR25966 Concrete
CODE LISTED
• 10:1 two-component high-strength, acrylic-based

anchoring adhesive
• Suitable for use under static and seismic loading conditions in
cracked and uncracked concrete as well as masonry
• Easy hole-cleaning procedure – no power-brushing required
• Suitable for use in dry or water-saturated concrete
• For best results, store between 14°F and 80°F
• Cures in substrate temperatures as low as 14°F (–10°C)
in 24 hours or less
• Available in 9.4 oz., 12.5 oz. and 30 oz. cartridges for
application versatility
• Volatile Orgainic Compound (VOC) – 30 g/L
• Manufactured in the USA using global materials
Applications
• Threaded rod anchoring and rebar doweling into concrete
and masonry
• Suitable for horizontal, vertical and overhead applications

Codes: IAPMO UES ER-263 (concrete); IAPMO UES
ER-281 (masonry); City of L.A. RR25960 (concrete),
RR25966 (masonry); FL-16230.1; NSF/ANSI Standard 61
(43.2 in.2/ 1,000 gal.)
Chemical Resistance
See pages 320–321.
AT-XP® Adhesive
Installation and Application Instructions Design Example

(See also pages 124–127.) See page 328.
• Surfaces to receive adhesive must be clean.
• Base material temperature must be 14°F or above at the time of Suggested Specifications
installation. For best results, material should be 14–80°F at time
of application. See www.strongtie.com for more information.
• To warm cold material, store cartridges in a warm, uniformly heated
area or storage container. Do not immerse cartridges in water to
facilitate warming.
• Mixed material in nozzle can harden in 3–4 minutes at temperatures of
70°F and above.
20
AT-XP® High-Strength Acrylic Adhesive

AT-XP® Adhesive Cartridge System
Capacity ounces
Model No. Cartridge Type Carton Qty. Dispensing Tool Mixing Nozzle
(cubic in.)
9.4
AT-XP10 (16.9) Coaxial 6 CDT10S
12.5
AT-XP13 Side-by-side 10 ADT813S AMN19Q
(22.5)
Adhesive Anchors
ADT30S
30
AT-XP30 Side-by-side 5 ADTA30P or
(54) ADTA30CKT
1. Cartridge estimation guidelines are available at www.strongtie.com/apps.
2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive accessories is available
on pages 128 through 135 or at www.strongtie.com.
3. Use only Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzles in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions.
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair AT-XP adhesive performance.
4. One AMN19Q mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied with each cartridge.
Cure Schedule
Base Material Cure
Temperature Time
°F °C (hrs.)
14 -10 24
32 0 8
50 10 3
68 20 1
86 30 30 min.
100 38 20 min.
For water-saturated concrete, the cure times must be doubled.
21
AT-XP® Design Information — Concrete

AT-XP® Installation Information and Additional Data for Threaded Rod *
and Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) / Rebar Size
Characteristic Symbol Units
3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
Installation Information
SD
Drill Bit Diameter for Threaded Rod dhole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Drill Bit Diameter for Rebar dhole in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Maximum Tightening Torque Tinst ft.-lb. 10 20 30 45 60 80 125
Adhesive Anchors
Minimum hef in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 zz2 3 3/4 4 5

Permitted Embedment Depth Range2
Maximum hef in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef + 5do
Critical Edge Distance2 cac in. See foonote 2
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 1 3/4 2 3/4
Minimum Anchor Spacing smin in. 3 6
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-11.
2. cac = hef (τk,uncr /1160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef)], where:
[h/hef] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f 'c)0.5/(∏ x da))
h = the member thickness (inches)
hef = the embedment depth (inches)
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons.

22

IBC *
AT-XP® Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
Steel Strength in Tension
SD
Minimum Tensile Stress Area Ase in.2 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.334 0.462 0.606 0.969
Tension Resistance of Steel — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,370 26,795 35,150 56,200
Adhesive Anchors
Threaded Tension Resistance of Steel — ASTM A193, Grade B7 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,750 57,750 75,750 121,125
Rod Nsa lb.
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless 8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
(ASTM A193, Grade B6)
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless 4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
(ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M)
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φ — 0.75 6
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)

Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr — 17
Strength Reduction Factor — Breakout Failure φ — 0.658
Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)
SD
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,uncr psi 1,390 1,590 1,715 1,770 1,750 1,655 1,250
Uncracked Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Concrete 2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength9,10,11 τk,cr psi 1,085 1,035 980 950 815 800 700
Cracked Minimum 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Concrete 2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Bond Strength in Tension — Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Continuous Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry — 0.657 0.557
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete φsat — 0.45 7
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete Κsat — 0.54 5

0.775 0.965
Bond Strength in Tension — Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Periodic Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete φsat — 0.457

Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete Κsat — 0.465 0.655 0.815
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the 8. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
design criteria of ACI 318-11. 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 180°F. Maximum are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
long-term temperature of 110°F. requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
3. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals D.400.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations
(diurnal cycling). of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the
4. Long-term concrete temperatures are constant temperatures over a appropriate value of φ.
significant time period. 9. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C,
5. In water-saturated concrete, multiply τk,uncr and τk,cr by Ksat. D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1/2", 5/8", 3/4" and 1" anchors must be
multiplied by αN,seis = 0.85.
6. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to 10. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. or F, the bond strength values for 1 1/4" anchors must be multiplied
by αN,seis = 0.75.
7. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are 11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E
met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors must be multiplied
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. by αN,seis = 0.59.

23

IBC *
AT-XP® Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 114,300
(ASTM A615 Grade 60)
Rebar Nsa lb.
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar 8,800 16,000 24,800 35,200 48,000 63,200 101,600
Adhesive Anchors

Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φ — 0.756
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr 17
SD
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,uncr psi 1,010 990 970 955 935 915 875
Uncracked Concrete 2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Depth Range
hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,cr psi 340 770 780 790 795 795 820
Cracked Concrete 2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Minimum 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Depth Range
hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete φsat — 0.45 7
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete Κsat — 0.545 0.775 0.965

Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete Κsat — 0.46 5
0.655 0.815
design criteria of ACI 318-11. 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are

2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 180°F. Maximum met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
long-term temperature of 110°F. D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
3. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals 8. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
(diurnal cycling). 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met.
4. Long-term concrete temperatures are constant temperatures over a If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements
significant time period. of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D.4.3 to determine
5. In water-saturated concrete, multiply τk,uncr and τk,cr by Ksat. the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are
used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
6. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.

24
IBC *
AT-XP® Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
Steel Strength in Shear
Minimum Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.334 0.462 0.606 0.969
Shear Resistance of Steel — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 2,260 4,940 7,865 11,625 16,080 21,090 33,720
Shear Resistance of Steel — ASTM A193, Grade B7 4,875 10,650 16,950 25,050 34,650 45,450 72,675
Adhesive Anchors
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless Vsa lb. 4,290 9,370 14,910 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 2,225 4,855 7,730 11,425 15,800 20,725 33,140
Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M)
Threaded Rod Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 0.85
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM A193, Grade B7 0.85
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Type 410 Stainless
αV,seis5 — 0.85 0.75 0.85
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Type 304 and 316 0.85 0.75 0.85
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear
Outside Diameter of Anchor do in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
Load-Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. hefi
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp — 1.0 for hef < 2.50"; 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.50"
Strength Reduction Factor — Pryout Failure φ — 0.704
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. 5. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis for the corresponding
are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the anchor steel type.
requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI

318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate
value of φ.

25

IBC *
AT-XP® Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar 4,950 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 68,580
Vsa lb.
Adhesive Anchors
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar 4,400 9,600 14,880 21,120 28,800 37,920 60,960
Rebar
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar 0.56 0.80
αV,seis5 —
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar 0.56 0.80
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φ 0.65 2

Load-Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. hef
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. 5. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis for the corresponding
are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the anchor steel type.
requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
value of φ.

26

AT-XP® Tension Design Strengths for Threaded Rod Anchors IBC *
in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Tension Design Strength Based on Concrete or Bond (lb.)
Nominal Minimum Dimensions Minimum Dimensions
for Uncracked for Cracked Edge Distances = cac on all sides Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Rod Dia. Embed. and cac on three sides
(in.) Depth (in.) (in.)
(in.) SDC A-B6 SDC C-F7,8 SDC A-B6 SDC C-F7,8
ha cac ha cac Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
4 1/4 4 3/4 — — 2,140 — 1,605 — 1,115 — 835 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 4 1/4 1,250 935
3 4 7/8 6 3/8 2,700 2,110 2,025 1,580 1,050 1,230 790 925
7 1/4 4 5/8 4 7/8 4 1/4 1,450 1,090
6 3/8 10 1/4 975 735
Adhesive Anchors
3/8 4 1/2 10 7/8 6 7/8 6 3/8 5 1/4 4,055 3,165 3,040 2,375 1,450 1,845 1,090 1,385
6 7 7/8 14 1/8 6 5,405 4,220 4,055 3,165 945 2,250 710 1,685
14 1/2 9 1/4 7 7/8 1,450 1,090
9 3/8 18 6,755 5,275 5,065 3,955 925 2,585 695 1,935
7 1/2 18 11 1/2 9 3/8 6 3/4 1,450 1,090
5 1/4 6 1/8 — — 3,555 — 2,410 — 1,720 — 1,225 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 6 1/8 1,920 1,225
3 5 1/2 6 1/8 4,055 2,680 2,625 1,710 1,800 1,365 1,335 870
7 1/4 6 1/8 5 1/2 6 1/8 2,095 1,335
6 8 1/2 14 3/8 7 8,240 5,365 5,255 3,420 1,755 2,700 1,120 1,740
1/2 14 1/2 9 3/4 8 1/2 2,605 1,660
8 10 1/2 19 7/8 10,990 7,155 7,005 4,560 1,695 3,425 1,080 2,320
19 1/4 13 10 1/2 8 1/2 2,605 1,660
SD
10 12 1/2 25 1/4 13,735 8,940 8,755 5,700 1,665 4,070 1,060 2,895
24 16 1/8 12 1/2 9 3/4 2,605 1,660
6 1/4 7 7/8 4,310 3,050 3,230 1,995 2,180 1,485 1,635 950
3 1/8 7 1/2 7 7/8 6 1/4 7 5/8 2,405 1,735
5 8 1/8 10 1/2 8,720 5,285 5,905 3,370 2,965 2,485 2,065 1,585
12 7 7/8 8 1/8 7 7/8 4,095 2,770
5/8 10 5/8 18 3/8 2,780 1,770
7 1/2 18 12 3/8 10 5/8 9 1/8 13,890 7,935 8,855 5,060 4,130 3,705 2,630 2,375
15 5/8 32 5/8 23,150 13,230 14,760 8,435 2,610 5,620 1,665 3,960
12 1/2 30 20 7/8 15 5/8 12 1/2 4,090 2,605
7 1/4 9 5/8 5,105 3,620 3,830 2,340 2,680 1,695 2,010 1,080
3 1/2 8 1/2 9 5/8 7 1/4 8 7/8 2,725 2,045
6 9 3/4 12 1/8 11,465 7,380 8,600 4,705 3,855 3,300 2,890 2,105
14 1/2 9 5/8 9 3/4 9 5/8 5,190 3,895
3/4 12 3/4 21 1/4 4,145 2,640
9 21 5/8 14 3/8 12 3/4 11 1/4 20,645 11,080 13,160 7,065 6,155 4,895 3,925 3,160
15 18 3/4 39 5/8 34,405 18,465 21,935 11,775 3,705 7,660 2,360 5,265
36 25 1/4 18 3/4 15 3/4 5,800 3,700
8 1/8 11 1/8 5,665 4,010 4,250 1,825 2,945 1,825 1,900 805
3 3/4 9 11 1/8 8 1/8 10 1/2 2,945 1,900
7 11 3/8 13 3/4 14,445 8,625 8,195 3,815 4,840 3,735 2,855 1,655
16 7/8 11 1/8 11 3/8 11 1/8 6,320 3,550
7/8 14 7/8 24 5,540 2,450
10 1/2 25 1/4 16 1/4 14 7/8 12 1/2 26,540 12,940 12,295 5,725 8,225 5,605 3,640 2,480
21 7/8 46 46,300 21,565 20,490 9,540 4,820 8,840 2,135 4,130
17 1/2 42 29 3/8 21 7/8 17 1/2 7,555 3,345
4 9 12 3/8 9 6,240 4,420 4,680 2,885 3,175 1,920 2,380 1,225
9 5/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 3,175 2,380

8 13 15 3/8 13 17,650 9,050 11,935 5,770 5,915 3,840 4,070 2,450
19 1/4 12 3/8 12 3/8 7,520 5,065
1 17 26 3/4 5,480 3,495
12 28 7/8 18 17 12 3/4 28,075 13,570 17,900 8,650 8,135 5,760 5,185 3,670
20 25 51 3/8 25 46,795 22,620 29,830 14,420 4,750 9,365 3,025 6,120
48 32 3/4 18 1/4 7,440 4,745
5 11 1/4 13 3/8 11 1/4 13 3/8 8,720 6,175 6,215 3,480 — — — —
12 13 3/8
10 16 1/4 18 1/4 16 1/4 13 3/8 22,090 12,370 12,425 6,960 — — — —
24 15
1 1/4 21 1/4 32
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 15 3/4 33,135 18,555 18,640 10,435 — — — —
25 31 1/4 57 3/8 31 1/4 22 55,225 30,925 31,065 17,395 — — — —
60 37 1/2
Threaded Rod Tension Design Strength of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)
Dia. ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 3,370 4,360 7,270 6,395 7,270 3,310
1/2 6,175 7,990 13,315 11,715 13,315 6,070
5/8 9,835 12,715 21,190 18,645 21,190 9,660
3/4 14,530 18,790 31,315 27,555 31,315 14,280
7/8 20,095 25,990 43,315 38,115 43,315 19,750
1 26,365 34,090 56,815 49,995 56,815 25,905
1 1/4 42,150 54,505 90,845 79,945 90,845 41,425
1. Tension design strength must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded 6. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may
rod steel design strength. also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level
2. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored
318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
temperature of 180°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. 7. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor. ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3. Design strengths in
4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted. Bold indicate that the anchor ductility requirements of D.3.3.4.3 (a)1 to 3 are
satisfied when using ASTM F1554 Grade 36 threaded rod. Any other ductility
5. Strength reduction factor, f, is based on using a load combination from ACI
requirements must be satisfied.
318-11 Section 9.2.
8. Tension design strengths in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
27

AT-XP® Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
(f'c = 2,500 psi) — Static Load
Minimum Dimensions for Minimum Dimensions for Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete or Bond (lb.)
Nominal Embed. Uncracked Cracked
Rod Dia. Depth (in.) (in.) Edge distances = cac on all sides Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
(in.) side and cac on three sides
(in.)
ha cac ha cac Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
4 1/4 4 3/4 — — 1,530 — 795 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 4 1/4 895
3 4 7/8 6 3/8 1,930 1,505 750 880
7 1/4 4 5/8 4 7/8 4 1/4 1,035
6 3/8 10 1/4 695
Adhesive Anchors
3/8 4 1/2 6 3/8 5 1/4 2,895 2,260 1,035 1,320

10 7/8 6 7/8
6 7 7/8 14 1/8 6 3,860 3,015 675 1,605
14 1/2 9 1/4 7 7/8 1,035
9 3/8 18 4,825 3,770 660 1,845
7 1/2 18 11 1/2 9 3/8 6 3/4 1,035
5 1/4 6 1/8 — — 2,540 — 1,230 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 6 1/8 1,370
3 5 1/2 6 1/8 2,895 1,915 1,285 975
7 1/4 6 1/8 5 1/2 6 1/8 1,495
6 8 1/2 14 3/8 7 5,885 3,830 1,255 1,930
1/2 14 1/2 9 3/4 8 1/2 1,860
8 10 1/2 19 7/8 7,850 5,110 1,210 2,445
19 1/4 13 10 1/2 8 1/2 1,860
10 12 1/2 25 1/4 9,810 6,385 1,190 2,905
24 16 1/8 12 1/2 9 3/4 1,860
6 1/4 7 7/8 3,080 2,180 1,555 1,060
3 1/8 7 1/2 7 7/8 6 1/4 7 5/8 1,720
5 8 1/8 10 1/2 6,230 3,775 2,120 1,775
12 7 7/8 8 1/8 7 7/8 2,925
5/8 10 5/8 18 3/8 1,985
7 1/2 18 10 5/8 9 1/8 9,920 5,670 2,950 2,645
12 3/8
15 5/8 32 5/8 16,535 9,450 1,865 4,015
12 1/2 30 20 7/8 15 5/8 12 1/2 2,920
7 1/4 9 5/8 3,645 2,585 1,915 1,210
3 1/2 8 1/2 9 5/8 7 1/4 8 7/8 1,945
6 9 3/4 12 1/8 8,190 5,270 2,755 2,355
14 1/2 9 5/8 9 3/4 9 5/8 3,705
3/4 12 3/4 21 1/4 2,960
9 12 3/4 11 1/4 14,745 7,915 4,395 3,495
21 5/8 14 3/8
15 18 3/4 39 5/8 24,575 13,190 2,645 5,470
36 25 1/4 18 3/4 15 3/4 4,145
8 1/8 11 1/8 4,045 2,865 2,105 1,305
3 3/4 9 11 1/8 8 1/8 10 1/2 2,105
7 11 3/8 13 3/4 10,320 6,160 3,455 2,670
16 7/8 11 1/8 11 3/8 11 1/8 4,515
7/8 14 7/8 24 3,955
10 1/2 14 7/8 12 1/2 18,955 9,245 4,005

25 1/4 16 1/4 5,875
21 7/8 46 33,070 15,405 3,445 6,315
17 1/2 42 29 3/8 21 7/8 17 1/2 5,395
4 9 12 3/8 9 4,455 3,155 2,270 1,370
9 5/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 2,270
8 13 15 3/8 13 12,605 6,465 4,225 2,745
19 1/4 12 3/8 12 3/8 5,370
1 17 3,915
12 26 3/4 17 12 3/4 20,055 9,695 4,115
28 7/8 18 5,810
20 25 51 3/8 25 33,425 16,155 3,395 6,690
48 32 3/4 18 1/4 5,315
5 11 1/4 13 3/8 11 1/4 13 3/8 6,230 4,410 — —
12 13 3/8
10 16 1/4 18 1/4 16 1/4 13 3/8 15,780 8,835 — —
24 15
1 1/4 21 1/4 32
15 36 21 1/4 15 3/4 23,670 13,255 — —
22 1/2
25 31 1/4 57 3/8 31 1/4 22 39,445 22,090 — —
60 37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.) 1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the
Threaded Rod concrete, bond or threaded rod steel load.
Dia. ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix
D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection,
3/8 2,405 3,115 5,195 4,570 5,195 2,365 short-term temperature of 180°F and long-term
1/2 4,410 5,705 9,510 8,370 9,510 4,335 temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths
are converted to allowable tension loads using a
5/8 7,025 9,080 15,135 13,320 15,135 6,900
conversion factor of α = 1.4. The conversion factor
3/4 10,380 13,420 22,370 19,680 22,370 10,200 α is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L
7/8 14,355 18,565 30,940 27,225 30,940 14,105 assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5)
+ 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.
1 18,830 24,350 40,580 35,710 40,580 18,505
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no
1 1/4 30,105 38,930 64,890 57,105 64,890 29,590 influence of another anchor.
4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. permitted.
28

(f'c = 2,500 psi) — Wind Load
Nominal Uncracked Cracked Edge distances = cac on all Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rod Dia. Embed. Depth (in.) (in.) sides side and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.)
4 1/4 4 3/4 — — 1,285 — 670 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 4 1/4 750
3 4 7/8 6 3/8 1,620 1,265 630 740
7 1/4 4 5/8 4 7/8 4 1/4 870
6 3/8 10 1/4 585
Adhesive Anchors
3/8 4 1/2 6 3/8 5 1/4 2,435 1,900 870 1,105
10 7/8 6 7/8
6 7 7/8 14 1/8 6 3,245 2,530 565 1,350
14 1/2 9 1/4 7 7/8 870
9 3/8 18 4,055 3,165 555 1,550
7 1/2 18 11 1/2 9 3/8 6 3/4 870
5 1/4 6 1/8 — — 2,135 — 1,030 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 6 1/8 1,150
3 5 1/2 6 1/8 2,435 1,610 1,080 820
7 1/4 6 1/8 5 1/2 6 1/8 1,255
6 8 1/2 14 3/8 7 4,945 3,220 1,055 1,620
1/2 14 1/2 9 3/4 8 1/2 1,565
8 10 1/2 19 7/8 6,595 4,295 1,015 2,055
19 1/4 13 10 1/2 8 1/2 1,565
10 12 1/2 25 1/4 8,240 5,365 1,000 2,440
24 16 1/8 12 1/2 9 3/4 1,565
6 1/4 7 7/8 2,585 1,830 1,310 890
3 1/8 7 1/2 7 7/8 6 1/4 7 5/8 1,445
5 8 1/8 10 1/2 5,230 3,170 1,780 1,490
12 7 7/8 8 1/8 7 7/8 2,455
5/8 10 5/8 18 3/8 1,670
7 1/2 18 10 5/8 9 1/8 8,335 4,760 2,480 2,225
12 3/8
15 5/8 32 5/8 13,890 7,940 1,565 3,370
12 1/2 30 20 7/8 15 5/8 12 1/2 2,455
7 1/4 9 5/8 3,065 2,170 1,610 1,015
3 1/2 8 1/2 9 5/8 7 1/4 8 7/8 1,635
6 9 3/4 12 1/8 6,880 4,430 2,315 1,980
14 1/2 9 5/8 9 3/4 9 5/8 3,115
3/4 12 3/4 21 1/4 2,485
9 12 3/4 11 1/4 12,385 6,650 3,695 2,935
21 5/8 14 3/8
15 18 3/4 39 5/8 20,645 11,080 2,225 4,595
36 25 1/4 18 3/4 15 3/4 3,480
8 1/8 11 1/8 3,400 2,405 1,765 1,095
3 3/4 9 11 1/8 8 1/8 10 1/2 1,765
7 11 3/8 13 3/4 8,665 5,175 2,905 2,240
16 7/8 11 1/8 11 3/8 11 1/8 3,790
7/8 14 7/8 24 3,325
10 1/2 14 7/8 12 1/2 15,925 7,765 4,935 3,365
25 1/4 16 1/4
21 7/8 46 27,780 12,940 2,890 5,305

17 1/2 42 29 3/8 21 7/8 17 1/2 4,535
4 9 12 3/8 9 3,745 2,650 1,905 1,150
9 5/8 12 3/8 12 3/8 1,905
8 13 15 3/8 13 10,590 5,430 3,550 2,305
19 1/4 12 3/8 12 3/8 4,510
1 17 3,290
12 26 3/4 17 12 3/4 16,845 8,140 3,455
28 7/8 18 4,880
20 25 51 3/8 25 28,075 13,570 2,850 5,620
48 32 3/4 18 1/4 4,465
5 11 1/4 13 3/8 11 1/4 13 3/8 5,230 3,705 — —
12 13 3/8
10 16 1/4 18 1/4 16 1/4 13 3/8 13,255 7,420 — —
24 15
1 1/4 21 1/4 32
15 36 21 1/4 15 3/4 19,880 11,135 — —
22 1/2
25 31 1/4 57 3/8 31 1/4 22 33,135 18,555 — —
60 37 1/2
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the
Allowable Tension Load of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.) concrete, bond or threaded rod steel load.
Threaded Rod
Dia. ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix
D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection,
3/8 2,020 2,615 4,360 3,835 4,360 1,985 short-term temperature of 180°F and long-term
temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths
1/2 3,705 4,795 7,990 7,030 7,990 3,640
are converted to allowable tension loads using a
5/8 5,900 7,630 12,715 11,185 12,715 5,795 conversion factor of α = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion
3/4 8,720 11,275 18,790 16,535 18,790 8,570 factor α is bazsed on the load combination
assuming 100% wind load.
7/8 12,055 15,595 25,990 22,870 25,990 11,850
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no
1 15,820 20,455 34,090 29,995 34,090 15,545 influence of another anchor.
1 1/4 25,290 32,705 54,505 47,965 54,505 24,855 4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not
permitted.
29

(f'c = 2,500 psi) — Seismic Load
Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete or Bond (lb.)
Minimum
Nom. Insert Embed. Minimum Dimensions Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Depth, for Uncracked (in.) Dimensions for Edge Distances = cac on all sides
and cac on three sides
Dia. Cracked (in.)
hef SDC A-B SDC C-F SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7
(in.) 5 6,7
(in.)
4 1/4 4 3/4 — — 1,500 — 1,125 — 780 — 585 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 4 1/4 875 655
3 4 7/8 6 3/8 1,890 1,475 1,420 1,105 735 860 555 650
7 1/4 4 5/8 4 7/8 4 1/4 1,015 765
6 3/8 10 1/4 685 515
Adhesive Anchors
3/8 4 1/2 10 7/8 6 7/8 6 3/8 5 1/4 2,840 2,215 2,130 1,665 1,015 1,290 765 970
6 7 7/8 14 1/8 6 3,785 2,955 2,840 2,215 660 1,575 495 1,180
14 1/2 9 1/4 7 7/8 1,015 765
9 3/8 18 4,730 3,695 3,545 2,770 650 1,810 485 1,355
7 1/2 18 11 1/2 9 3/8 6 3/4 1,015 765
5 1/4 6 1/8 — — 2,490 — 1,685 — 1,205 — 860 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 6 1/8 1,345 860
3 5 1/2 6 1/8 2,840 1,875 1,840 1,195 1,260 955 935 610
7 1/4 6 1/8 5 1/2 6 1/8 1,465 935
6 8 1/2 14 3/8 7 5,770 3,755 3,680 2,395 1,230 1,890 785 1,220
1/2 14 1/2 9 3/4 8 1/2 1,825 1,160
8 10 1/2 19 7/8 7,695 5,010 4,905 3,190 1,185 2,400 755 1,625
19 1/4 13 10 1/2 8 1/2 1,825 1,160
10 12 1/2 25 1/4 9,615 6,260 6,130 3,990 1,165 2,850 740 2,025
24 16 1/8 12 1/2 9 3/4 1,825 1,160
6 1/4 7 7/8 3,015 2,135 2,260 1,395 1,525 1,040 1,145 665
3 1/8 7 1/2 7 7/8 6 1/4 7 5/8 1,685 1,215
5 8 1/8 10 1/2 6,105 3,700 4,135 2,360 2,075 1,740 1,445 1,110
12 7 7/8 8 1/8 7 7/8 2,865 1,940
5/8 10 5/8 18 3/8 1,945 1,240
7 1/2 18 12 3/8 10 5/8 9 1/8 9,725 5,555 6,200 3,540 2,890 2,595 1,840 1,665
15 5/8 32 5/8 16,205 9,260 10,330 5,905 1,825 3,935 1,165 2,770
12 1/2 30 20 7/8 15 5/8 12 1/2 2,865 1,825
7 1/4 9 5/8 3,575 2,535 2,680 1,640 1,875 1,185 1,405 755
3 1/2 8 1/2 9 5/8 7 1/4 8 7/8 1,910 1,430
6 9 3/4 12 1/8 8,025 5,165 6,020 3,295 2,700 2,310 2,025 1,475
14 1/2 9 5/8 9 3/4 9 5/8 3,635 2,725
3/4 12 3/4 21 1/4 2,900 1,850
9 21 5/8 14 3/8 12 3/4 11 1/4 14,450 7,755 9,210 4,945 4,310 3,425 2,750 2,210
15 18 3/4 39 5/8 24,085 12,925 15,355 8,245 2,595 5,360 1,650 3,685
36 25 1/4 18 3/4 15 3/4 4,060 2,590
8 1/8 11 1/8 3,965 2,805 2,975 1,280 2,060 1,280 1,330 565
3 3/4 9 11 1/8 8 1/8 10 1/2 2,060 1,330
7 11 3/8 13 3/4 10,110 6,040 5,735 2,670 3,390 2,615 2,000 1,160
16 7/8 11 1/8 11 3/8 11 1/8 4,425 2,485
7/8 14 7/8 24 3,880 1,715
10 1/2 25 1/4 16 1/4 14 7/8 12 1/2 18,580 9,060 8,605 4,010 5,760 3,925 2,550 1,735
21 7/8 46 32,410 15,095 14,345 6,680 3,375 6,190 1,495 2,890
17 1/2 42 29 3/8 21 7/8 17 1/2 5,290 2,340
4 9 12 3/8 9 4,370 3,095 3,275 2,020 2,225 1,345 1,665 860
12 3/8

9 5/8 12 3/8 2,225 1,665
8 13 15 3/8 13 12,355 6,335 8,355 4,040 4,140 2,690 2,850 1,715
19 1/4 12 3/8 12 3/8 5,265 3,545
1 17 26 3/4 3,835 2,445
12 28 7/8 18 17 12 3/4 19,655 9,500 12,530 6,055 5,695 4,030 3,630 2,570
20 25 51 3/8 25 32,755 15,835 20,880 10,095 3,325 6,555 2,120 4,285
48 32 3/4 18 1/4 5,210 3,320
5 11 1/4 13 3/8 11 1/4 13 3/8 6,105 4,325 4,350 2,435 — — — —
12 13 3/8
10 16 1/4 18 1/4 16 1/4 13 3/8 15,465 8,660 8,700 4,870 — — — —
24 15
1 1/4 21 1/4 32
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 15 3/4 23,195 12,990 13,050 7,305 — — — —
25 31 1/4 57 3/8 31 1/4 22 38,660 21,650 21,745 12,175 — — — —
60 37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)
Threaded Rod Dia.
(in.) ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,360 3,050 5,090 4,475 5,090 2,315
1/2 4,325 5,595 9,320 8,200 9,320 4,250
5/8 6,885 8,900 14,835 13,050 14,835 6,760
3/4 10,170 13,155 21,920 19,290 21,920 9,995
7/8 14,065 18,195 30,320 26,680 30,320 13,825
1 18,455 23,865 39,770 34,995 39,770 18,135
1 1/4 29,505 38,155 63,590 55,960 63,590 29,000
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded rod 5. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may
steel load. also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored
of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short- tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
term temperature of 180°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design 6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the
strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a conversion factor ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3. Design strengths in
of α = 1/0.7 = 1.43. The conversion factor α is based on the load combination Bold indicate that the anchor ductility requirements of D.3.3.4.3 (a)1 to 3 are
assuming 100% seismic load. satisfied when using ASTM F1554 Grade 36 threaded rod. Any other ductility
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor. requirements must be satisfied.
4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted. 7. Allowable tension loads in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in
accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
30

IBC *
AT-XP® Tension Design Strengths for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Nominal Minimum Dimensions Minimum
Dimensions for Edge Distances = cac on all sides Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side and cac on
Rebar Embed. for Uncracked (in.) three sides
Size Depth Cracked (in.)
4 1/4 4 1/4 — — 1,555 — 1,165 — 845 — 635 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 980 735
3 4 7/8 5 5/8 1,965 660 1,470 495 795 415 600 310
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 5/8 1,100 825
Adhesive Anchors
#3 6 3/8 9 2,945 990 2,210 745 740 625 555 470
4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 5/8 1,100 825
6 7 7/8 12 1/2 3,925 1,320 2,945 990 715 830 540 625
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 3 5/8 1,100 825
9 3/8 15 7/8 4,910 1,650 3,680 1,240 705 1,040 525 780
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 3 5/8 1,100 825
5 1/4 4 3/4 — — 2,350 — 1,765 — 1,305 — 980 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 4 3/4 1,305 980
3 5 1/2 5 1/8 2,565 1,995 1,925 1,495 1,320 1,105 990 830
7 1/4 4 3/4 5 1/2 4 3/4 1,425 1,070
#4 6 8 1/2 11 7/8 5,130 3,990 3,850 2,995 1,140 2,085 855 1,565
14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 5/8 1,690 1,265
8 10 1/2 16 1/2 6,840 5,320 5,130 3,990 1,100 2,640 825 1,980
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 6 7/8 1,690 1,265
SD
10 12 1/2 21 8 8,555 6,650 6,415 4,990 1,080 3,175 810 2,380
24 15 12 1/2 1,690 1,265
6 1/4 5 7/8 3,275 2,630 2,455 1,975 1,675 1,350 1,260 1,010
3 1/8 7 1/2 5 7/8 6 1/4 5 7/8 1,675 1,260
5 8 1/8 9 1/4 5,240 4,210 3,930 3,160 1,725 2,160 1,295 1,620
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 5 7/8 2,385 1,785
#5 1,605 1,205
7 1/2 10 5/8 14 3/4 10 5/8 7 5/8 7,855 6,320 5,890 4,740 2,995 2,245
18 11 1/4 2,385 1,785
15 5/8 26 13,095 10,530 9,820 7,895 1,520 4,615 1,140 3,460
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 10 3/4 2,385 1,785
7 1/4 7 7 4,330 3,585 3,250 2,685 2,100 1,735 1,575 1,300
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 7 1/4 2,100 1,575
6 9 3/4 11 7,425 6,145 5,570 4,605 2,310 2,935 1,730 2,200
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/2 3,190 2,395
#6 2,150 1,610
9 12 3/4 17 5/8 12 3/4 9 7/8 11,140 9,215 8,355 6,910 4,135 3,105
21 5/8 13 1/2 3,190 2,395
15 18 3/4 31 18,565 15,355 13,925 11,515 2,035 6,455 1,525 4,845
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 13 7/8 3,190 2,395
8 1/8 8 1/8 5,300 4,010 3,975 3,010 2,470 1,950 1,850 1,465
3 3/4 9 8 1/8 8 1/8 7 3/4 2,470 1,850
7 11 3/8 12 5/8 9,895 8,415 7,420 6,310 2,950 3,805 2,210 2,855
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 9 1/4 4,075 3,055
#7 2,745 2,060
14 7/8 20 3/8
10 1/2 14 7/8 12 1/8 14,845 12,620 11,130 9,465 4,075 5,400 3,055 4,050
25 1/4 15 3/4
21 7/8 35 3/4 17 24,740 21,035 18,555 15,775 2,600 8,495 1,950 6,370
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 4,075 3,055
4 9 9 1/8 9 5,175 4,420 3,880 3,315 2,335 2,030 1,750 1,520
9 5/8 9 1/8 9 1/8 2,335 1,750
8 13 14 3/8 13 10,350 8,990 7,760 6,745 2,985 4,060 2,240 3,045
19 1/4 12 9 3/4 4,125 3,095
#8 17 2,780 2,085
12 23 1/8 17 12 5/8 15,525 13,485 11,640 10,115 5,695 4,270
28 7/8 18 4,125 3,095
20 25 40 1/2 25 25,870 22,480 19,405 16,860 2,630 9,015 1,975 6,760
48 30 17 3/4 4,125 3,095
5 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 10 1/2 7,730 6,175 5,800 4,635 — — — —
12 11 1/4
10 16 1/4 17 5/8 16 1/4 13 1/4 15,465 14,490 11,595 10,870 — — — —
#10 24 15
15 21 1/4 28 3/8 21 1/4 17 3/8 23,195 21,735 17,395 16,300 — — — —
36 22 1/2
25 31 1/4 49 3/4 31 1/4 24 1/2 38,655 36,225 28,990 27,170 — — — —
60 37 1/2
Tension Design Strength of Rebar Steel (lb.) 1. Tension design strength must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or rebar steel design strength.
Rebar Size 2. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix
ASTM A615 ASTM A706 D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 180°F and long-term
GR 60 GR 60 temperature of 110°F.
#3 6,435 5,720 3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor.
#4 11,700 10,400 4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted.
#5 18,135 16,120 5. Strength reduction factor, f, is based on using a load combination from ACI 318-11 Section 9.2.
#6 25,740 22,880 6. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in
SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level seismic design load on the anchor
#7 35,100 31,200 does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the same
#8 46,215 41,080 load combination.
#10 74,100 66,040 7. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements
of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.
8. Tension design strengths in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with ACI
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
31

AT-XP® Allowable Tension Loads for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
Nominal Minimum Dimensions for Minimum Dimensions for
Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = cac on all Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Rebar Size Embed. Depth sides and cac on three sides
(in.)
4 1/4 4 1/4 — — 1,110 — 605 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 700
3 4 7/8 5 5/8 1,405 470 570 295
4 7/8 3 5/8
Adhesive Anchors
7 1/4 4 1/2 785

#3 6 3/8 9 2,105 705 530 445
4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 5/8 785
6 7 7/8 12 1/2 2,805 945 510 595
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 3 5/8 785
9 3/8 15 7/8 3,505 1,180 505 745
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 3 5/8 785
5 1/4 4 3/4 — — 1,680 — 930 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 4 3/4 930
3 5 1/2 5 1/8 1,830 1,425 945 790
7 1/4 4 3/4 5 1/2 4 3/4 1,020
#4 6 8 1/2 11 7/8 3,665 2,850 815 1,490
14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 5/8 1,205
8 10 1/2 16 1/2 4,885 3,800 785 1,885
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 6 7/8 1,205
10 12 1/2 21 8 6,110 4,750 770 2,270
24 15 12 1/2 1,205
6 1/4 5 7/8 2,340 1,880 1,195 965
3 1/8 7 1/2 5 7/8 6 1/4 5 7/8 1,195
5 8 1/8 9 1/4 3,745 3,005 1,230 1,545
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 5 7/8 1,705
#5 1,145
7 1/2 10 5/8 14 3/4 10 5/8 7 5/8 5,610 4,515 2,140
18 11 1/4 1,705
15 5/8 26 9,355 7,520 1,085 3,295
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 10 3/4 1,705
7 1/4 7 7 3,095 2,560 1,500 1,240
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 7 1/4 1,500
6 9 3/4 11 5,305 4,390 1,650 2,095
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/2 2,280
#6 1,535
9 12 3/4 17 5/8 12 3/4 9 7/8 7,955 6,580 2,955
21 5/8 13 1/2 2,280
15 18 3/4 31 13,260 10,970 1,455 4,610
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 13 7/8 2,280
8 1/8 8 1/8 3,785 2,865 1,765 1,395
3 3/4 9 8 1/8 8 1/8 7 3/4 1,765
7 11 3/8 12 5/8 7,070 6,010 2,105 2,720
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 9 1/4 2,910

#7 1,960
10 1/2 14 7/8 20 3/8 14 7/8 12 1/8 10,605 9,015 3,855
25 1/4 15 3/4 2,910
21 7/8 35 3/4 17 17,670 15,025 1,855 6,070
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 2,910
4 9 9 1/8 9 3,695 3,155 1,670 1,450
9 5/8 9 1/8 9 1/8 1,670
8 13 14 3/8 13 7,395 6,420 2,130 2,900
19 1/4 12 9 3/4 2,945
#8 17 1,985
12 23 1/8 17 12 5/8 11,090 9,630 4,070
28 7/8 18 2,945
20 25 40 1/2 25 18,480 16,055 1,880 6,440
48 30 17 3/4 2,945
5 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 10 1/2 5,520 4,410 — —
12 11 1/4
10 16 1/4 17 5/8 16 1/4 13 1/4 11,045 10,350 — —
#10 24 15
15 21 1/4 28 3/8 21 1/4 17 3/8 16,570 15,525 — —
36 22 1/2
25 31 1/4 49 3/4 31 1/4 24 1/2 27,610 25,875 — —
60 37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load of Rebar Steel (lb.) 1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete,
bond or rebar steel load.
Rebar Size ASTM A615 ASTM A706 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength
GR 60 GR 60 design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry
#3 4,595 4,085 concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of
#4 8,355 7,430 180°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design
strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using
#5 12,955 11,515 a conversion factor of α = 1.4. The conversion factor α is
#6 18,385 16,345 based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L assuming 50%
#7 25,070 22,285 dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.
#8 33,010 29,345 3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of
another anchor.

32

Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = cac on Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rebar Size Embed. Depth all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.)
4 1/4 4 1/4 — — 935 — 505 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 590
3 4 7/8 5 5/8 1,180 395 475 250
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 5/8 660
Adhesive Anchors
#3 6 3/8 9 1,765 595 445 375
4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 5/8 660
6 7 7/8 12 1/2 2,355 790 430 500
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 3 5/8 660
9 3/8 15 7/8 2,945 990 425 625
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 3 5/8 660
5 1/4 4 3/4 — — 1,410 — 785 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 4 3/4 785
3 5 1/2 5 1/8 1,540 1,195 790 665
7 1/4 4 3/4 5 1/2 4 3/4 855
#4 6 8 1/2 11 7/8 3,080 2,395 685 1,250
14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 5/8 1,015
8 10 1/2 16 1/2 4,105 3,190 660 1,585
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 6 7/8 1,015
10 12 1/2 21 8 5,135 3,990 650 1,905
24 15 12 1/2 1,015
6 1/4 5 7/8 1,965 1,580 1,005 810
3 1/8 7 1/2 5 7/8 6 1/4 5 7/8 1,005
5 8 1/8 9 1/4 3,145 2,525 1,035 1,295
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 5 7/8 1,430
#5 965
7 1/2 10 5/8 14 3/4 10 5/8 7 5/8 4,715 3,790 1,795
18 11 1/4 1,430
15 5/8 26 7,855 6,320 910 2,770
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 10 3/4 1,430
7 1/4 7 7 2,600 2,150 1,260 1,040
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 7 1/4 1,260
6 9 3/4 11 4,455 3,685 1,385 1,760
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/2 1,915
#6 1,290
9 12 3/4 17 5/8 12 3/4 9 7/8 6,685 5,530 2,480
21 5/8 13 1/2 1,915
15 18 3/4 31 11,140 9,215 1,220 3,875
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 13 7/8 1,915
8 1/8 8 1/8 3,180 2,405 1,480 1,170
3 3/4 9 8 1/8 8 1/8 7 3/4 1,480
7 11 3/8 12 5/8 5,935 5,050 1,770 2,285
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 9 1/4 2,445
#7 1,645
10 1/2 14 7/8 20 3/8 14 7/8 12 1/8 8,905 7,570 3,240
25 1/4 15 3/4 2,445

21 7/8 35 3/4 17 14,845 12,620 1,560 5,095
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 2,445
4 9 9 1/8 9 3,105 2,650 1,400 1,220
9 5/8 9 1/8 9 1/8 1,400
8 13 14 3/8 13 6,210 5,395 1,790 2,435
19 1/4 12 9 3/4 2,475
#8 17 1,670
12 23 1/8 17 12 5/8 9,315 8,090 3,415
28 7/8 18 2,475
20 25 40 1/2 25 15,520 13,490 1,580 5,410
48 30 17 3/4 2,475
5 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 10 1/2 4,640 3,705 — —
12 11 1/4
10 16 1/4 17 5/8 16 1/4 13 1/4 9,280 8,695 — —
#10 24 15
15 21 1/4 28 3/8 21 1/4 17 3/8 13,915 13,040 — —
36 22 1/2
25 31 1/4 49 3/4 31 1/4 24 1/2 23,195 21,735 — —
60 37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load of Rebar Steel (lb.) 1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete,
bond or rebar steel load.
Rebar Size ASTM A615 ASTM A706 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the
GR 60 GR 60 strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D
#3 3,860 3,430 assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term
#4 7,020 6,240 temperature of 180°F and long-term temperature of 110°F.
Tension design strengths are converted to allowable
#5 10,880 9,670 tension loads using a conversion factor of α = 1/0.6 = 1.67.
#6 15,445 13,730 The conversion factor α is based on the load combination
#7 21,060 18,720 assuming 100% wind load.
#8 27,730 24,650 3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of
another anchor.

33

Minimum Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete or Bond (lb.)
Nominal Minimum Dimensions for Dimensions for Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side and cac on
Uncracked Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Rebar Size Embed. (in.) Cracked three sides
Depth (in.)
(in.) SDC A-B5
SDC C-F6,7
SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7
4 1/4 4 1/4 — — 1,090 — 815 — 590 — 445 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 685 515
3 4 7/8 5 5/8 1,375 460 1,030 345 555 290 420 215
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 5/8 770 580
Adhesive Anchors
#3 6 3/8 9 2,060 695 1,545 520 520 440 390 330

4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 5/8 770 580
6 7 7/8 12 1/2 2,750 925 2,060 695 500 580 380 440
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 3 5/8 770 580
9 3/8 15 7/8 3,435 1,155 2,575 870 495 730 370 545
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 3 5/8 770 580
5 1/4 4 3/4 — — 1,645 — 1,235 — 915 — 685 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 4 3/4 915 685
3 5 1/2 5 1/8 1,795 1,395 1,350 1,045 925 775 695 580
7 1/4 4 3/4 5 1/2 4 3/4 1,000 750
#4 6 8 1/2 11 7/8 3,590 2,795 2,695 2,095 800 1,460 600 1,095
14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 5/8 1,185 885
8 10 1/2 16 1/2 4,790 3,725 3,590 2,795 770 1,850 580 1,385
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 6 7/8 1,185 885
10 12 1/2 21 8 5,990 4,655 4,490 3,495 755 2,225 565 1,665
24 15 12 1/2 1,185 885
6 1/4 5 7/8 2,295 1,840 1,720 1,385 1,175 945 880 705
3 1/8 7 1/2 5 7/8 6 1/4 5 7/8 1,175 880
5 8 1/8 9 1/4 3,670 2,945 2,750 2,210 1,210 1,510 905 1,135
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 5 7/8 1,670 1,250
#5 1,125 845
7 1/2 10 5/8 14 3/4 10 5/8 7 5/8 5,500 4,425 4,125 3,320 2,095 1,570
18 11 1/4 1,670 1,250
15 5/8 26 9,165 7,370 6,875 5,525 1,065 3,230 800 2,420
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 10 3/4 1,670 1,250
7 1/4 7 7 3,030 2,510 2,275 1,880 1,470 1,215 1,105 910
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 7 1/4 1,470 1,105
6 9 3/4 11 5,200 4,300 3,900 3,225 1,615 2,055 1,210 1,540
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/2 2,235 1,675
#6 1,505 1,125
9 12 3/4 17 5/8 12 3/4 9 7/8 7,800 6,450 5,850 4,835 2,895 2,175
21 5/8 13 1/2 2,235 1,675
15 18 3/4 31 12,995 10,750 9,750 8,060 1,425 4,520 1,070 3,390
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 13 7/8 2,235 1,675
8 1/8 8 1/8 3,710 2,805 2,785 2,105 1,730 1,365 1,295 1,025
3 3/4 9 8 1/8 8 1/8 7 3/4 1,730 1,295
7 11 3/8 12 5/8 6,925 5,890 5,195 4,415 2,065 2,665 1,545 2,000
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 9 1/4 2,855 2,140
#7

14 7/8 20 3/8 10,390 8,835 7,790 6,625 1,920 3,780 1,440 2,835
10 1/2 25 1/4 15 3/4 14 7/8 12 1/8 2,855 2,140
21 7/8 35 3/4 17 17,320 14,725 12,990 11,045 1,820 5,945 1,365 4,460
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 2,855 2,140
4 9 9 1/8 9 3,625 3,095 2,715 2,320 1,635 1,420 1,225 1,065
9 5/8 9 1/8 9 1/8 1,635 1,225
8 13 14 3/8 13 7,245 6,295 5,430 4,720 2,090 2,840 1,570 2,130
19 1/4 12 9 3/4 2,890 2,165
#8 17 1,945 1,460
12 23 1/8 17 12 5/8 10,870 9,440 8,150 7,080 3,985 2,990
28 7/8 18 2,890 2,165
20 25 40 1/2 25 18,110 15,735 13,585 11,800 1,840 6,310 1,385 4,730
48 30 17 3/4 2,890 2,165
5 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 10 1/2 5,410 4,325 4,060 3,245 — — — —
12 11 1/4
10 16 1/4 17 5/8 16 1/4 13 1/4 10,825 10,145 8,115 7,610 — — — —
#10 24 15
15 21 1/4 28 3/8 21 1/4 17 3/8 16,235 15,215 12,175 11,410 — — — —
36 22 1/2
25 31 1/4 49 3/4 31 1/4 24 1/2 27,060 25,360 20,295 19,020 — — — —
60 37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load of Rebar Steel (lb.) 1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or rebar steel load.
Rebar Size 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI
ASTM A615 ASTM A706 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature
GR 60 GR 60 of 180°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted
#3 4,505 4,005 to allowable tension loads using a conversion factor of α = 1/0.7 = 1.43. The conversion
#4 8,190 7,280 factor α is based on the load combination assuming 100% seismic load.
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor.
#5 12,695 11,285
4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted.
#6 18,020 16,015 5. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be
#7 24,570 21,840 used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level seismic design load
#8 32,350 28,755 on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor
associated with the same load combination.
#10 51,870 46,230 6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility
requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. 7. Allowable tension loads in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance
with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
34
AT-XP® Design Information — Masonry

AT-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and IBC *
Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11
Diameter (in.) or Rebar Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embedment2 Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
Size No. (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Load
Threaded Rod Installed in the Face of CMU Wall
3/8 1/2 3 3/8 1,265 1,135
1/2 5/8 4 1/2 1,910 1,660
5/8 3/4 5 5/8 2,215 1,810
Adhesive Anchors
3/4 7/8 6 1/2 2,260 1,810
Rebar Installed in the Face of CMU Wall
#3 1/2 3 3/8 1,180 1,315
#4 5/8 4 1/2 1,720 1,565
#5 3/4 5 5/8 1,835 1,565
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of the bond values shown in this table and 6. Tabulated allowable load values are for anchors installed in fully grouted
steel values, shown on page 37. masonry walls.
2. Embedment depth shall be measured from the outside face of masonry wall. 7. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply with the 8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material
information on page 36. Figure 2 on page 36 illustrates critical and temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 below,
minimum edge and end distances. as applicable.
4. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8 inches. No more 9. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls are permitted
than one anchor shall be permitted per masonry cell. to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
5. Anchors shall be permitted to be installed at any location in the face of the 10. Threaded rod shall meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554,
fully grouted masonry wall construction (cell, web, bed joint), except anchors Grade 36 steel, which is 58,000 psi.
shall not be installed within 1 1/2 inches of the head joint, as show in Figure 2 11. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible exterior
on page 36. weathering conditions, as defined in Figure 1 of ASTM C62, allowable tension
loads shall be multiplied by 0.80.
120
100% 100% 100%
110 @14°F @32°F @70°F
88% 88%
Percent of Allowable Load Values (%)
100
@110°F @135°F 76%
90
@150°F
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Base Material Temperature (˚F )
Figure 1. Load capacity based on in-service temperature

for AT-XP® adhesive in the face of fully grouted CMU wall construction

35

AT-XP® Edge Distance and Spacing Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction IBC *
Factors — Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction7
Edge or Edge Distance1,8 Spacing2,9
Critical (Full Anchor Critical (Full Anchor
Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)4 Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
Capacity)3 Capacity)5
Rod Dia. Minimum Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Critical Minimum
(in.) Embed. Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Reduction Factor Spacing, Load Spacing, Allowable Load
or Rebar Depth Distance, Reduction Distance, Reduction Reduction Factor
Scr (in.) Smin (in.)
Size No. (in.) Ccr (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) Factor
Load Direction Load Direction Load Direction Load Direction
Adhesive Anchors
Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear 10

Tension or Tension or Tension or
Tension Tension Shear
Shear Shear Shear Perp. Para. Shear Shear Shear
3/8 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.76 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00

1/2 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 0.90 0.57 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
5/8 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 0.72 0.47 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
3/4 6 1/2 12 1.00 4 0.72 0.47 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
#3 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.62 0.95 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
#4 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.37 0.82 8 1.00 4 1.00 0.89
#5 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.37 0.82 8 1.00 4 1.00 0.89
1. Edge distance (Ccr or Cmin) is the distance measured from anchor centerline 6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an
to edge or end of CMU masonry wall. Refer to Figure 2 below for an allowable load capacity , which shall be determined by multiplying the
illustration showing critical and minimum edge and end distances. allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance,
2. Anchor spacing (Scr or Smin) is the distance measured from centerline to Scr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
centerline of two anchors. 7. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than
3. Critical edge distance, Ccr, is the least edge distance at which tabulated one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated separately
allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a load reduction factor equals and multiplied.
1.0 (no load reduction). 8. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with
4. Minimum edge distance, Cmin, is the least edge distance where an anchor edge distances between critical and minimum shall be obtained by
has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined by multiplying the linear interpolation.
allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical edge distance, Ccr, 9. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension with spacing between
by the load reduction factors shown above. critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable 10. Perpendicular shear loads act towards the edge or end. Parallel shear
load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance is not influenced loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 3 below). Perpendicular
by adjacent anchors. and parallel shear load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is
located between the critical minimum edge and end distance.
4" minimum Critical edge distance

edge distance (see load table) Installation
in this area Edge of Wall
for reduced
allowable
load capacity
Shear Load A1
4" minimum Shear

End of Wall
end distance Load B2

Critical end
distance
(see load table)
No installation
within 1½" of
head joint
Installations in this area for

full allowable load capacity
Figure 2. Allowable Anchor Locations for Full and Figure 3. Direction of Shear Load in Relation to
Reduced Load Capacity When Installation Is in the Edge and End of Wall
Face of Fully Grouted CMU Masonry 1. Direction of Shear Load A is parallel to edge of
Wall Construction wall and perpendicular to end of wall.
2. Direction of Shear Load B is parallel to end of
wall and perpendicular to edge of wall.

36

AT-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — IBC *
Threaded Rod Based on Steel Strength1
Tension Load Based on Steel Strength2 (lb.) Shear Load Based on Steel Strength3 (lb.)
Threaded Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Tensile
Rod ASTM ASTM A193
Stress Area ASTM F1554 ASTM A193
Diameter ASTM A193 F1554 Grade B76 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in. )
2
Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193
(in.) Grades B8 Grades
Grade B65 and B8M7 Grade 36
4
Grade B65 B8 and B8M7
3/8 0.078 1,495 3,220 2,830 1,930 770 1,660 1,460 995
1/2 0.142 2,720 5,860 5,155 3,515 1,400 3,020 2,655 1,810
Adhesive Anchors
5/8 0.226 4,325 9,325 8,205 5,595 2,230 4,805 4,225 2,880
3/4 0.334 6,395 13,780 12,125 8,265 3,295 7,100 6,245 4,260
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on 5. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 110,000 psi) of ASTM
page 35 and steel values in the table above. A193, Grade B6 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on the following 6. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 125,000 psi) of ASTM
equation: Fv = 0.33 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area. A193, Grade B7 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
3. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on the following 7. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 75,000 psi) of ASTM
equation: Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area. A193, Grades B8 and B8M used to calculate allowable steel
4. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 58,000 psi) of ASTM strength.
F1554, Grade 36 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
AT-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — IBC *

Deformed Reinforcing Bar Based on Steel Strength1
Tension Load (lb.) Shear Load (lb.)
Minimum Based on Steel Strength Based on Steel Strength
Drill Bit Diameter Embedment2
(in.) (in.) ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615
Grade 402 Grade 603 Grade 404,5 Grade 604,6
#3 0.11 2,200 2,640 1,310 1,685
#4 0.20 4,000 4,800 2,380 3,060
#5 0.31 6,200 7,400 3,690 4,745
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on 4. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3
page 35 and steel values in the table above. (Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area).
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 5. Fu = 70,000 psi for Grade 40 rebar.
3.3.3 (20,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 40 rebar. 6. Fu = 90,000 psi for Grade 60 rebar
3. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section
3.3.3 (24,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 60 rebar.

37
SET-XP® High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive

SET-XP® epoxy anchoring adhesive is a high-strength formula for anchoring and doweling in cracked and
uncracked concrete and masonry applications. It is a two-part system with the resin and hardener being
simultaneously dispensed and mixed through the mixing nozzle. When properly mixed, adhesive will be a
uniform teal color for easy post-installation identification.
Features
• 1:1 two-component, high-solids, epoxy-based anchoring
adhesive formula
Cracked
Concrete
Adhesive Anchors
CODE LISTED
• Passed the demanding ICC-ES AC308 adverse-condition tests
pertaining to elevated temperatures and long-term sustained
loads
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked
concrete per ICC-ES ESR-2508
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for masonry per
IAPMO UES ER-265
cracked and uncracked concrete and masonry
• Cure times: 24 hours at 70°F, 72 hours at 50°F
• Easy hole-cleaning – no power-brushing required
• For best results, store between 45°F and 90°F
• Available in 8.5 oz., 22 oz. and 56 oz. cartridges for
application versatility
Applications
• Threaded rod anchoring and rebar doweling into concrete
and masonry
• Multiple DOT listings – refer to www.strongtie.com/DOT for

current approvals
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2508 (concrete); IAPMO UES

ER-265 (masonry); City of L.A. RR25744 (concrete),
RR25965 (masonry); Florida FL-17449.2 (concrete), FL-
16230.3 (masonry); AASHTO M-235 and ASTM C881
(Type I and IV, Grade 3, Class C); NSF/ANSI Standard 61 SET-XP® Adhesive
(216 in.2/ 1,000 gal.)
Chemical Resistance Design Example

See pages 320–321. See page 328.
Installation and Application Instructions Suggested Specifications

(See also pages 124–127.) See www.strongtie.com for more information.
• Surfaces to receive epoxy must be clean.
• Base material temperature must be 50°F or above at the time of
installation. For best results, material should be between 70°F and
80°F at time of application.
• To warm cold material, store cartridges in a warm, uniformly heated
facilitate warming.
• Mixed material in nozzle can harden in 30 minutes at temperatures of
70°F and above.
38
SET-XP® High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive

Test Criteria
Anchors installed with SET-XP® adhesive have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES
Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Masonry Elements (AC58) and
Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements (AC308).
Property Test Method Result*
Consistency ASTM C881 Passed, non-sag

Glass transition temperature ASTM E1356 155°F
Adhesive Anchors
Bond strength (moist cure) ASTM C882 3,742 psi at 2 days
Water absorption ASTM D570 0.10%
Compressive yield strength ASTM D695 14,830 psi
Compressive modulus ASTM D695 644,000 psi
Shore D Durometer ASTM D2240 84
Gel time ASTM C881 49 minutes
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) — 3 g/L
*Material and curing conditions: 73 ± 2˚F, unless otherwise noted.
SET-XP® Cartridge System

Model Capacity Carton
Cartridge Type Dispensing Tool(s) Mixing Nozzle
No. (ounces) Quantity
SET‑XP10 4
8.5 Single 12 CDT1OS
SET‑XP22-N5 22 Side-by-Side 10 EDT22S, EDTA22P, EDTA22CKT EMN22i
SET‑XP56 56 Side-by-Side 6 EDTA56P
2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive accessories is available on pages 128 through 135, or
at www.strongtie.com.
3. Use only Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzles in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of
mixing nozzle may impair SET-XP adhesive performance.
4. Two EMN22i mixing nozzles and two nozzle extensions are supplied with each cartridge.
5. One EMN22i mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are provided with each cartridge.
Cure Schedule
Base Material
Temperature Cure Time
(hrs.)
°F °C
50 10 72
60 16 48
70 21 24
90 32 24
110 43 24
39
SET-XP® Design Information — Concrete

SET-XP® Installation Information and Additional Data IBC *
for Threaded Rod and Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
SD
Drill Bit Diameter dhole in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Minimum hef in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Adhesive Anchors
Permitted Embedment Depth Range

Maximum hef in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef + 5do
Critical Edge Distance2 cac in. See footnote 2
2. cac = hef (τk,uncr /1160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef)], where:
[h/hef] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f1c)0.5/(∏ x da))

40

IBC *
SET-XP® Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
Minimum Tensile Stress Area Ase in2 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.334 0.462 0.606 0.969
Tension Resistance of Steel — ASTM A193, Grade B7 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,750 57,750 75,750 121,125
Threaded Rod Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless (ASTM A193, Nsa lb.
Adhesive Anchors
8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
Grade B6)
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless 4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)12

SD
Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)12
Characteristic Bond Strength5,13 τk,uncr psi 770 1,150 1,060 970 885 790 620
Uncracked
Concrete 2,3,4 Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength5,10,11, 13 τk,cr psi 595 510 435 385 355 345 345
Cracked
Concrete 2,3,4 Minimum 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry, ci — 0.658
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da φsat,ci — 0.558 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da Ksat,ci 6 — N/A 1 0.84
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-saturated Concrete — hef > 12da φsat,ci — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete — hef > 12da ksat,ci 6 — 0.57
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry,pi — 0.558
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da φsat,pi — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da Ksat,pi 6 — 1 0.93 0.71
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-saturated Concrete — hef > 12da φsat,pi — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete — hef > 12da Ksat,pi 6 — 0.48
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F. Maximum long-term temperature of 110°F.
3. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals (diurnal cycling).
4. Long-term concrete temperatures are constant temperatures over a significant time period.
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be increased b 72%.
6. In water-saturated concrete, multiply τk,uncr and τk,cr by Ksat.
7. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section
D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
8. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the
load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
9. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If
the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.4 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the
appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.5 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
10. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors must be multiplied by αN,seis = 0.80.
11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1" anchors must be multiplied by αN,seis = 0.92.
12. The values of f'c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa) for uncracked concrete. The value of f'c used for calculation purposes must
not exceed 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) for tension resistance in cracked concrete.
13. For applications where maximum short-term temperature is 110ºF (43ºC) and the maximum long-term temperature is 75ºF (24ºC), bond strengths may be
increased 93%. No additional increase is permitted for anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads.

41

IBC *
SET-XP® Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Rebar Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar Nsa lb. 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 110,700
Strength Reduction Factor – Steel Failure φ — 0.657
Adhesive Anchors
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)10

SD
Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)10
Characteristic Bond Strength5,11 τk,uncr psi 895 870 845 820 795 770 720
Uncracked Concrete 2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Depth Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
hef in.
Range Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength5,11 τk,cr psi 365 735 660 590 515 440 275
Cracked Concrete 2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Depth Minimum 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
hef in.
Range Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Strength Reduction Factor – Dry Concrete φdry,ci — 0.658
Strength Reduction Factor – Water-saturated Concrete - hef ≤ 12da φsat,ci — 0.55 8
0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete - hef ≤ 12da Ksat,ci 6 — N/A 1 0.84
Strength Reduction Factor – Water-saturated Concrete - hef > 12da φsat,ci — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete - hef > 12da Ksat,ci 6 — 0.57
Strength Reduction Factor – Dry Concrete φdry,pi — 0.558
Strength Reduction Factor – Water-saturated Concrete - hef ≤ 12da φsat,pi — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete - hef ≤ 12da Ksat,pi6 — 1 0.93 0.71
Strength Reduction Factor – Water-saturated Concrete - hef > 12da φsat,pi — 0.45 8
Additional Factor for Water-saturated Concrete - hef > 12da Ksat,pi6 — 0.48

2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F. Maximum long-term temperature of 110˚F.
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be increased b 72%.
6. In water-saturated concrete, multiply τk,uncr and τk,cr by Ksat.
10. The values of f'c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa) for uncracked concrete. The value of f'c used for calculation purposes must
not exceed 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) for tension resistance in cracked concrete.
11. For applications where maximum short-term temperature is 110˚F (43˚C) and the maximum long-term temperature is 75˚F (24˚C), bond strengths may be
increased 93%. No additional increase is permitted for anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads.

42

IBC *
SET-XP® Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
SD
Adhesive Anchors
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless (ASTM A193, Vsa lb. 4,290 9,370 14,910 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Grade B6)
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless
Threaded 2,225 4,855 7,730 11,420 15,800 20,725 33,140
Rod Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.65
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM A193, Grade B7 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.65
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6) αV,seis5 — 0.69 0.82 0.75 0.83 0.72
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless 0.69 0.82 0.75 0.83 0.72

Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. hef
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are
design criteria of ACI 318-11. used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are 4. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If
D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If 5. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked
the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C,
of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D.4.3 to determine D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis for the corresponding anchor steel type.

43

IBC *
SET-XP® Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Minimum Shear Stress Area Ase in2 0.11 0.2 0.31 0.44 0.6 0.79 1.23
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) Vsa lb. 4,950 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 66,420
Rebar
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) αV,seis5 — 0.85 0.88 0.84 0.77 0.59
φ
Adhesive Anchors
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure — 0.602

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations
design criteria of ACI 318-11. of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 appropriate value of φ.
are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to 4. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the 5. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked
requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design
Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis.

44

IBC *
SET-XP® Development Length for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2,3,4,5,6
Development Length, in. (mm)
Top Cover
Rebar Size in. f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi
(mm) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (55.2 MPa)
Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
#3 1 1/2 12 12 12 12 12
(9.5) (38) (305) (305) (305) (305) (305)
Adhesive Anchors
#4 1 1/2 15 14 12 12 12
(12.7) (38) (381) (356) (305) (305) (305)
#5 1 1/2 18 17 15 12 12
(15.9) (38) (457) (432) (381) (305) (305)
#6 1 1/2 22 20 18 14 13
(19.1) (38) (559) (508) (457) (356) (330)
#7 3 32 29 25 21 18
(22.2) (76) (813) (737) (635) (533) (457)
#8 3 36 33 29 24 21
(25.4) (76) (914) (838) (737) (610) (533)
#9 3 41 38 33 27 23
(28.7) (76) (1041) (965) (838) (686) (584)
#10 3 46 42 37 30 26
(32.3) (76) (1168) (1067) (940) (762) (660)
#11 3 51 47 41 33 29
(35.8) (76) (1295) (1194) (1041) (838) (737)
1. Tabulated development lengths are for static, wind and seismic load cases in Seismic Design Category A and B.
2. Rebar is assumed to be ASTM A615 Grade 60 or A706 (fy = 60,000 psi). For rebar with a higher yield strength, multiply tabulated
values by fy / 60,000 psi.
3. Concrete is assumed to be normal-weight concrete. For lightweight concrete, multiply tabulated values by 1.33.
4. Tabulated values assume bottom cover of less than 12 inches cast below rebars (Yt = 1.0).
5. Uncoated rebar must be used.
6. The value of Ktr is assumed to be 0. Refer to ACI 318 Section 12.2.3.

45

SET-XP® Tension Design Strength for Threaded Rod Anchors in IBC *
Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Rod Dia. Embed. and Cac on three sides
4 1/4 3 3/4 — — 1,185 — 890 — 675 — 505 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 800 600
3 4 7/8 5 1,500 1,150 1,125 865 635 775 475 585
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 1/4 880 660
6 3/8 8 1/8 590 445
Adhesive Anchors
3/8 4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 1/4 2,250 1,725 1,685 1,295 880 1,165 660 875
6 7 7/8 11 1/8 2,995 2,300 2,250 1,725 570 1,555 430 1,165
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 4 3/8 880 660
9 3/8 14 1/4 3,745 2,875 2,810 2,160 560 1,945 420 1,455
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 5 3/8 880 660
5 1/4 5 1/8 — — 2,730 — 2,050 — 1,470 — 1,105 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 5 1/8 1,470 1,105
4 6 1/2 7 7/8 3,975 1,755 2,980 1,315 1,400 945 1,050 710
9 5/8 6 6 1/2 5 1/8 1,935 1,450
6 8 1/2 12 5/8 5,960 2,635 4,470 1,975 1,300 1,420 975 1,065
1/2 14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 1/8 1,935 1,450
8 10 1/2 17 1/2 7,950 3,510 5,960 2,635 1,260 1,890 945 1,420
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 5 1/4 1,935 1,450
SD
10 12 1/2 22 1/4 9,935 4,390 7,450 3,290 1,235 2,365 925 1,775
24 15 12 1/2 6 3/8 1,935 1,450
6 1/4 6 1/4 — — 3,580 — 2,685 — 1,805 — 1,355 —
3 1/8 7 1/2 6 1/4 1,805 1,355
5 8 1/8 9 1/2 5,730 2,335 4,295 1,750 1,875 1,175 1,405 885
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 6 1/4 2,590 1,945
5/8 10 5/8 15 3/8 1,745 1,310
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 10 5/8 6 1/4 8,595 3,500 6,445 2,625 2,590 1,765 1,945 1,325
15 5/8 26 7/8 14,320 5,830 10,740 4,375 1,655 2,945 1,240 2,210
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 7 5/8 2,590 1,945
7 1/4 7 1/8 — — 4,385 — 3,290 — 2,120 — 1,590 —
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 1/8 2,120 1,590
6 9 3/4 11 7,520 3,000 5,640 2,250 2,335 1,450 1,750 1,090
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/8 3,230 2,420
3/4 12 3/4 17 3/4 2,175 1,630
9 21 5/8 13 1/2 12 3/4 7 1/8 11,280 4,500 8,460 3,375 3,230 2,180 2,420 1,635
15 18 3/4 31 1/8 9 18,795 7,505 14,100 5,625 2,060 3,630 1,545 2,720
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 3,230 2,420
8 1/8 7 7/8 — — 5,020 — 3,010 — 2,355 — 1,410 —
3 3/4 9 7 7/8 2,355 1,410
7 11 3/8 12 3/8 9,365 3,745 5,620 2,250 2,795 1,755 1,680 1,055
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 7 7/8 3,865 2,320
7/8 14 7/8 19 7/8 2,605 1,560
10 1/2 25 1/4 15 3/4 14 7/8 7 7/8 14,050 5,620 8,430 3,370 3,865 2,635 2,320 1,580
21 7/8 35 10 23,415 9,365 14,050 5,620 2,465 4,390 1,480 2,635
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 3,865 2,320

4 9 8 1/2 — — 5,455 — 3,765 — 2,505 — 1,730 —
9 5/8 8 1/2 2,505 1,730
8 13 13 1/2 13 10,905 4,755 7,525 3,280 3,155 2,185 2,175 1,510
19 1/4 12 8 1/2 4,360 3,010
1 17 21 3/4 2,935 2,025
12 28 7/8 18 17 8 1/2 16,360 7,135 11,290 4,920 4,360 3,280 3,010 2,265
20 25 38 1/4 25 27,265 11,890 18,815 8,205 2,785 5,465 1,920 3,770
48 30 12 1/4 4,360 3,010
5 11 1/4 9 1/2 — — 6,705 — 5,030 — — — — —
12 9 1/2
10 16 1/4 15 3/8 16 1/4 9 1/2 13,415 7,430 10,060 5,570 — — — —
24 15
1 1/4 21 1/4 24 3/4
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 11 1/8 20,120 11,145 15,090 8,360 — — — —
25 31 1/4 43 3/8 31 1/4 15 5/8 33,530 18,575 25,150 13,930 — — — —
60 37 1/2
Threaded Rod Tension Design Strength of Threaded Rod Steel (lb)
Dia. ASTM F1554, ASTM F1554, ASTM F1554, ASTM A193, ASTM A193, ASTM A193,
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 3,370 4,360 7,270 6,395 7,270 3,310
1/2 6,175 7,990 13,315 11,715 13,315 6,070
5/8 9,835 12,715 21,190 18,645 21,190 9,660
3/4 14,530 18,790 31,315 27,555 31,315 14,280
7/8 20,095 25,990 43,315 38,115 43,315 19,750
1 26,365 34,090 56,815 49,995 56,815 25,905
1 1/4 42,150 54,505 90,845 79,945 90,845 41,425
1. Tension design strength must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded 6. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may
rod steel design strength. also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level
2. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored
318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. 7. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor. ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3. Design strengths in
4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted. Bold indicate that the anchor ductility requirements of D.3.3.4.3 (a)1 to 3 are
satisfied when using ASTM F1554 Grade 36 threaded rod. Any other ductility
5. Strength reduction factor, f, is based on using a load combination from ACI requirements must be satisfied.
318-11 Section 9.2.
8. Tension design strengths in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
46

SET-XP® Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
Nominal Embed. Uncracked Cracked Edge distances = cac Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rod Dia. Depth (in.) (in.) on all sides side and Cac on three sides
(in.) (in.)
4 1/4 3 3/4 — — 845 — 480 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 570
3 4 7/8 5 1,070 820 455 555
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 1/4 630
6 3/8 8 1/8 1,605 1,230 420 830
3/8 4 1/2 6 3/8 3 1/4
Adhesive Anchors
10 7/8 6 3/4 630
6 7 7/8 11 1/8 2,140 1,645 405 1,110
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 4 3/8 630
9 3/8 14 1/4 2,675 2,055 400 1,390
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 5 3/8 630
5 1/4 5 1/8 — — 1,950 — 1,050 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 5 1/8 1,050
4 6 1/2 7 7/8 2,840 1,255 1,000 675
9 5/8 6 6 1/2 5 1/8 1,380
6 8 1/2 12 5/8 4,255 1,880 930 1,015
1/2 14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 1/8 1,380
8 10 1/2 17 1/2 5,680 2,505 900 1,350
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 5 1/4 1,380
10 12 1/2 22 1/4 7,095 3,135 880 1,690
24 15 12 1/2 6 3/8 1,380
6 1/4 6 1/4 — — 2,555 — 1,290 —
3 1/8 7 1/2 6 1/4 1,290
5 8 1/8 9 1/2 4,095 1,670 1,340 840
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 6 1/4 1,850
5/8 10 5/8 15 3/8 1,245
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 10 5/8 6 1/4 6,140 2,500 1,850 1,260
15 5/8 26 7/8 10,230 4,165 1,180 2,105
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 7 5/8 1,850
7 1/4 7 1/8 — — 3,130 — 1,515 —
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 1/8 1,515
6 9 3/4 11 5,370 2,145 1,670 1,035
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/8 2,305
3/4 12 3/4 17 3/4 1,555
9 21 5/8 13 1/2 12 3/4 7 1/8 8,055 3,215 2,305 1,555
15 18 3/4 31 1/8 9 13,425 5,360 1,470 2,595
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 2,305
8 1/8 7 7/8 — — 3,585 — 1,680 —
3 3/4 9 7 7/8 1,680
7 11 3/8 12 3/8 6,690 2,675 1,995 1,255
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 7 7/8 2,760
7/8 14 7/8 19 7/8 1,860
10 1/2 25 1/4 15 3/4 14 7/8 7 7/8 10,035 4,015 2,760 1,880
21 7/8 35 10 16,725 6,690 1,760 3,135
17 1/2 42 21 7/8 2,760
26 1/4
4 9 8 1/2 — — 3,895 — 1,790 —
9 5/8 8 1/2 1,790
8 13 13 1/2 13 7,790 3,395 2,255 1,560
19 1/4 12 8 1/2 3,115
1 17 21 3/4 2,095
12 28 7/8 18 17 8 1/2 11,685 5,095 3,115 2,345
20 25 38 1/4 25 19,475 8,495 1,990 3,905
48 30 12 1/4 3,115
5 11 1/4 9 1/2 — — 4,790 — — —
12 9 1/2
10 16 1/4 15 3/8 9,580 5,305 — —
24 15 16 1/4 9 1/2
1 1/4 21 1/4 24 3/4
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 11 1/8 14,370 7,960 — —
25 31 1/4 43 3/8 23,950 13,270 — —
60 37 1/2 31 1/4 15 5/8
Threaded Allowable Tension Load of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)

Rod Dia. ASTM F1554, ASTM F1554, ASTM F1554, ASTM A193, ASTM A193, ASTM A193,
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,405 3,115 5,195 4,570 5,195 2,365
1/2 4,410 5,705 9,510 8,370 9,510 4,335
5/8 7,025 9,080 15,135 13,320 15,135 6,900
3/4 10,380 13,420 22,370 19,680 22,370 10,200
7/8 14,355 18,565 30,940 27,225 30,940 14,105
1 18,830 24,350 40,580 35,710 40,580 18,505
1 1/4 30,105 38,930 64,890 57,105 64,890 29,590
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads
rod steel load. using a conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion factor a is based on the
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design load combination 1.2D + 1.6L assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load:
provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.
inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor.
47

Rod Dia. (in.) Embed. Depth Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge distances = Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
(in.) cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
4 1/4 3 3/4 — — 710 — 405 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 480
3 4 7/8 5 900 690 380 465
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 1/4 530
6 3/8 8 1/8 1,350 1,035 355 700
3/8 4 1/2 6 3/8 3 1/4
Adhesive Anchors
10 7/8 6 3/4 530

6 7 7/8 11 1/8 1,795 1,380 340 935
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 4 3/8 530
9 3/8 14 1/4 2,245 1,725 335 1,165
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 5 3/8 530
5 1/4 5 1/8 — — 1,640 — 880 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 5 1/8 880
4 6 1/2 7 7/8 2,385 1,055 840 565
9 5/8 6 6 1/2 5 1/8 1160
6 8 1/2 12 5/8 3,575 1,580 780 850
1/2 14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 1/8 1,160
8 10 1/2 17 1/2 4,770 2,105 755 1,135
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 5 1/4 1,160
10 12 1/2 22 1/4 5,960 2,635 740 1,420
24 15 12 1/2 6 3/8 1,160
6 1/4 6 1/4 — — 2,150 — 1,085 —
3 1/8 7 1/2 6 1/4 1,085
5 8 1/8 9 1/2 3,440 1,400 1,125 705
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 6 1/4 1,555
5/8 10 5/8 15 3/8 1,045
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 10 5/8 6 1/4 5,155 2,100 1,555 1,060
15 5/8 26 7/8 8,590 3,500 995 1,765
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 7 5/8 1,555
7 1/4 7 1/8 — — 2,630 — 1,270 —
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 1/8 1,270
6 9 3/4 11 4,510 1,800 1,400 870
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/8 1,940
3/4 12 3/4 17 3/4 1,305
9 21 5/8 13 1/2 12 3/4 7 1/8 6,770 2,700 1,940 1,310
15 18 3/4 31 1/8 9 11,275 4,505 1,235 2,180
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 1,940
8 1/8 7 7/8 — — 3,010 — 1,415 —
3 3/4 9 7 7/8 1,415
7 11 3/8 12 3/8 5,620 2,245 1,675 1,055
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 7 7/8 2,320
7/8 14 7/8 19 7/8 1,565
10 1/2 25 1/4 15 3/4 14 7/8 7 7/8 8,430 3,370 2,320 1,580
21 7/8 35 10 14,050 5,620 1,480 2,635
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 2,320

4 9 8 1/2 — — 3,275 — 1,505 —
9 5/8 8 1/2 1,505
8 13 13 1/2 13 6,545 2,855 1,895 1,310
19 1/4 12 8 1/2 2,615
1 17 21 3/4 1,760
12 28 7/8 18 17 8 1/2 9,815 4,280 2,615 1,970
20 25 38 1/4 25 16,360 7,135 1,670 3,280
48 30 12 1/4 2,615
5 11 1/4 9 1/2 — — 4,025 — — —
12 9 1/2
10 16 1/4 15 3/8 8,050 4,460 — —
24 15 16 1/4 9 1/2
1 1/4 21 1/4 24 3/4
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 11 1/8 12,070 6,685 — —
25 31 1/4 43 3/8 20,120 11,145 — —
60 37 1/2 31 1/4 15 5/8
Threaded Rod Allowable Tension Load of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)

Dia. ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,020 2,615 4,360 3,835 4,360 1,985
1/2 3,705 4,795 7,990 7,030 7,990 3,640
5/8 5,900 7,630 12,715 11,185 12,715 5,795
3/4 8,720 11,275 18,790 16,535 18,790 8,570
7/8 12,055 15,595 25,990 22,870 25,990 11,850
1 15,820 20,455 34,090 29,995 34,090 15,545
1 1/4 25,290 32,705 54,505 47,965 54,505 24,855
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded rod steel load.
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection,
short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a
conversion factor of α = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor α is based on the load combination assuming 100% wind load.
48

Nom. Embed. Minimum Dimensions Minimum Dimensions
Insert Depth, and cac on three sides
Diam. hef (in.) (in.)
SDC A-B 5
SDC C-F 6,7
SDC A-B 5 SDC C-F 6,7
(in.) (in.)
4 1/4 3 3/4 — — 830 — 625 — 475 — 355 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 560 420
3 4 7/8 5 1,050 805 790 605 445 545 335 410
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 1/4 615 460
6 3/8 8 1/8 415 310
Adhesive Anchors
3/8 4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 1/4 1,575 1,210 1,180 905 615 815 460 615
6 7 7/8 11 1/8 2,095 1,610 1,575 1,210 400 1,090 300 815
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 4 3/8 615 460
9 3/8 14 1/4 2,620 2,015 1,965 1,510 390 1,360 295 1,020
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 5 3/8 615 460
5 1/4 5 1/8 — — 1,910 — 1,435 — 1,030 — 775 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 5 1/8 1,030 775
4 6 1/2 7 7/8 2,785 1,230 2,085 920 980 660 735 495
9 5/8 6 6 1/2 5 1/8 1,355 1,015
6 8 1/2 12 5/8 4,170 1,845 3,130 1,385 910 995 685 745
1/2 14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 1/8 1,355 1,015
8 10 1/2 17 1/2 5,565 2,455 4,170 1,845 880 1,325 660 995
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 5 1/4 1,355 1,015
10 12 1/2 22 1/4 6,955 3,075 5,215 2,305 865 1,655 650 1,245
24 15 12 1/2 6 3/8 1,355 1,015
6 1/4 6 1/4 — — 2,505 — 1,880 — 1,265 — 950 —
3 1/8 7 1/2 6 1/4 1,265 950
5 8 1/8 9 1/2 4,010 1,635 3,005 1,225 1,315 825 985 620
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 6 1/4 1,815 1,360
5/8 10 5/8 15 3/8 1,220 915
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 10 5/8 6 1/4 6,015 2,450 4,510 1,840 1,815 1,235 1,360 930
15 5/8 26 7/8 10,025 4,080 7,520 3,065 1,160 2,060 870 1,545
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 7 5/8 1,815 1,360
7 1/4 7 1/8 — — 3,070 — 2,305 — 1,485 — 1,115 —
3 1/2 8 1/2 7 1/8 1,485 1,115
6 9 3/4 11 5,265 2,100 3,950 1,575 1,635 1,015 1,225 765
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 7 1/8 2,260 1,695
3/4 12 3/4 17 3/4 1,525 1,140
9 21 5/8 13 1/2 12 3/4 7 1/8 7,895 3,150 5,920 2,365 2,260 1,525 1,695 1,145
15 18 3/4 31 1/8 9 13,155 5,255 9,870 3,940 1,440 2,540 1,080 1,905
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 2,260 1,695
8 1/8 7 7/8 — — 3,515 — 2,105 — 1,650 — 985 —
3 3/4 9 7 7/8 1,650 985
7 11 3/8 12 3/8 6,555 2,620 3,935 1,575 1,955 1,230 1,175 740
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 7 7/8 2,705 1,625
7/8 14 7/8 19 7/8 1,825 1,090
10 1/2 25 1/4 15 3/4 14 7/8 7 7/8 9,835 3,935 5,900 2,360 2,705 1,845 1,625 1,105
21 7/8 35 10 16,390 6,555 9,835 3,935 1,725 3,075 1,035 1,845
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 2,705 1,625
4 9 8 1/2 — — 3,820 — 2,635 — 1,755 — 1,210 —
9 5/8 8 1/2 1,755 1,210

8 13 13 1/2 13 7,635 3,330 5,270 2,295 2,210 1,530 1,525 1,055
19 1/4 12 8 1/2 3,050 2,105
1 17 21 3/4 2,055 1,420
12 28 7/8 18 17 8 1/2 11,450 4,995 7,905 3,445 3,050 2,295 2,105 1,585
20 25 38 1/4 25 19,085 8,325 13,170 5,745 1,950 3,825 1,345 2,640
48 30 12 1/4 3,050 2,105
5 11 1/4 9 1/2 — — 4,695 — 3,520 — — — — —
12 9 1/2
10 16 1/4 15 3/8 16 1/4 9 1/2 9,390 5,200 7,040 3,900 — — — —
24 15
1 1/4 21 1/4 24 3/4
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 11 1/8 14,085 7,800 10,565 5,850 — — — —
25 31 1/4 43 3/8 31 1/4 15 5/8 23,470 13,005 17,605 9,750 — — — —
60 37 1/2
Rod Dia. ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,360 3,050 5,090 4,475 5,090 2,315
1/2 4,325 5,595 9,320 8,200 9,320 4,250
5/8 6,885 8,900 14,835 13,050 14,835 6,760
3/4 10,170 13,155 21,920 19,290 21,920 9,995
7/8 14,065 18,195 30,320 26,680 30,320 13,825
1 18,455 23,865 39,770 34,995 39,770 18,135
1 1/4 29,505 38,155 63,590 55,960 63,590 29,000
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded rod 5. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may
steel load. also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored
of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short- tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design 6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the
strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a conversion factor ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3. Design strengths in
of a = 1/0.7 = 1.43. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination Bold indicate that the anchor ductility requirements of D.3.3.4.3 (a)1 to 3 are
assuming 100% seismic load. satisfied when using ASTM F1554 Grade 36 threaded rod. Any other ductility
3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor. requirements must be satisfied.
4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted. 7. Allowable tension loads in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in
accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
49

IBC *
SET-XP® Tension Design Strength for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Rebar Embed. and Cac on three sides
Size Depth (in.) (in.)
SDC A-B 6
SDC C-F 7,8
SDC A-B 6 SDC C-F 7,8
(in.)
4 1/4 4 765 575
2 3/8 — — 1,380 — 1,035 — 895 — 670 —
5 3/4 3 5/8
4 7/8 5 3/8 720 540
3 4 7/8 3 1/2 1,740 700 1,305 525 995 455 745 340
7 1/4 4 1/2
Adhesive Anchors
6 3/8 8 5/8 670 505

#3 4 1/2 6 3/8 3 1/2 2,615 1,055 1,960 790 995 685 745 510
10 7/8 6 3/4
7 7/8 11 7/8 650 485
6 9 7 7/8 3 1/2 3,485 1,405 2,615 1,055 995 910 745 685
14 1/2
9 3/8 15 1/8 635 475
7 1/2 18 9 3/8 3 1/2 4,355 1,755 3,265 1,315 995 1,140 745 855
11 1/4
5 1/4 4 1/2 1,180 885
2 3/4 — — 2,065 — 1,550 — 1,180 — 885 —
6 5/8 4 1/2
6 1/2 7 1,090 815
4 6 6 1/2 4 1/2 3,005 2,525 2,255 1,895 1,505 1,440 1,130 1,080
9 5/8
8 1/2 11 3/8 1,015 760
#4 6 9 8 1/2 5 1/2 4,510 3,790 3,380 2,840 1,505 2,035 1,130 1,525
14 1/2
10 1/2 15 5/8 980 735
8 12 10 1/2 6 5/8 6,015 5,050 4,510 3,790 1,505 2,525 1,130 1,895
19 1/4
SD
12 1/2 19 7/8 960 720
10 24 15 12 1/2 7 5/8 7,515 6,315 5,635 4,735 1,505 2,995 1,130 2,245
6 1/4 5 1/2 1,500 1,125
3 1/8 — — 2,860 — 2,145 — 1,500 — 1,125 —
7 1/2 5 1/2
8 1/8 8 3/4 1,520 1,140
5 12 8 1/8 5 1/2 4,575 3,560 3,430 2,670 2,105 1,865 1,575 1,400
#5 7 1/2
10 5/8 14 1,415 1,060
7 1/2 18 10 5/8 6 7/8 6,860 5,340 5,145 4,005 2,105 2,640 1,575 1,980
11 1/4
15 5/8 24 5/8 1,340 1,005
12 1/2 30 15 5/8 9 5/8 11,435 8,895 8,575 6,670 2,105 4,005 1,575 3,005
18 3/4
7 1/4 6 1/2 1,845 1,385
3 1/2 — — 3,725 — 2,795 — 1,845 — 1,385 —
8 1/2 6 1/2
9 3/4 10 3/8 2,000 1,500
6 9 9 3/4 6 1/2 6,385 4,555 4,790 3,415 2,765 2,260 2,075 1,695
#6 14 1/2
12 3/4 16 5/8 1,860 1,395
9 12 3/4 8 1/8 9,575 6,835 7,180 5,125 2,765 3,235 2,075 2,425
21 5/8 13 1/2
18 3/4 29 1/8 1,765 1,325
15 36 18 3/4 11 3/8 15,960 11,390 11,970 8,545 2,765 4,965 2,075 3,725
22 1/2
8 1/8 7 1/2 2,145 1,610
3 3/4 9 — — 4,505 — 3,380 — 2,145 — 1,610 —
7 1/2
11 3/8 11 7/8 2,525 1,890
7 11 3/8 7 1/2 8,415 5,430 6,310 4,070 3,485 2,585 2,615 1,940
#7 16 7/8 10 1/2
14 7/8 19 1/8 2,350 1,760

10 1/2 14 7/8 9 1/8 12,620 8,145 9,465 6,110 3,485 3,740 2,615 2,805
25 1/4 15 3/4
21 7/8 33 1/2 2,225 1,670
17 1/2 42 21 7/8 12 3/4 21,035 13,575 15,775 10,180 3,485 5,770 2,615 4,330
26 1/4
9 8 3/8 2,455 1,845
4 — — 5,330 — 3,995 — 2,455 — 1,845 —
9 5/8 8 3/8
13 13 3/8 3,085 2,315
8 12 13 8 3/8 10,660 6,095 7,995 4,570 4,265 2,810 3,200 2,110
#8 19 1/4
17 21 1/2 2,870 2,155
12 18 17 9 3/4 15,985 9,145 11,990 6,860 4,265 4,070 3,200 3,055
28 7/8
25 37 7/8 2,720 2,040
20 48 30 25 13 3/4 26,645 15,240 19,985 11,430 4,265 6,380 3,200 4,785
5 11 1/4 10 1/8 — — 7,765 — 5,825 — — — — —
12 10 1/8
10 16 1/4 16 1/4 15,530 5,940 11,645 4,455 — — — —
24 15 16 1/4 10 1/8
#10
15 21 1/4 26 1/8 23,295 8,910 17,470 6,680 — — — —
36 22 1/2 21 1/4 10 1/8
31 1/4 46
25 60 31 1/4 13 1/2 38,825 14,850 29,115 11,135 — — — —
37 1/2
Tension Design Strength 1. Tension design strength must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or rebar steel design strength.
of Rebar Steel (lb.) 2. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming
Rebar dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F.
Size ASTM A615 ASTM A706 3. Tabulated values are for a single anchor with no influence of another anchor.
GR 60 GR 60 4. Interpolation between embedment depths is not permitted.
#4 11,700 10,400 6. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F
#5 18,135 16,120 when the tension component of the strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed
20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
#6 25,740 22,880
7. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements of
#7 35,100 31,200 ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.
#8 46,215 41,080 8. Tension design strengths in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with
#10 74,100 66,040 ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.
50

SET-XP® Allowable Tension Loads for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = cac on Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rebar Size Embed. Depth all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.)
4 1/4 4 545
2 3/8 — — 985 — 640 —
5 3/4 3 5/8
4 7/8 5 3/8 515
3 4 7/8 3 1/2 1,245 500 710 325
7 1/4 4 1/2
6 3/8 8 5/8 480
#3 4 1/2 6 3/8 3 1/2 1,870 755 490
Adhesive Anchors
10 7/8 6 3/4 710
7 7/8 11 7/8 465
6 9 7 7/8 3 1/2 2,490 1,005 710 650
14 1/2
9 3/8 15 1/8 455
7 1/2 18 9 3/8 3 1/2 3,110 1,255 710 815
11 1/4
5 1/4 4 1/2 845
2 3/4 — — 1,475 — 845 —
6 5/8 4 1/2
6 1/2 7 780
4 6 6 1/2 4 1/2 2,145 1,805 1,075 1,030
9 5/8
8 1/2 11 3/8 725
#4 6 9 8 1/2 5 1/2 3,220 2,705 1,075 1,455
14 1/2
10 1/2 15 5/8 700
8 12 10 1/2 6 5/8 4,295 3,605 1,075 1,805
19 1/4
12 1/2 19 7/8 685
10 24 15 12 1/2 7 5/8 5,370 4,510 1,075 2,140
6 1/4 5 1/2 1,070
3 1/8 — — 2,045 — 1,070 —
7 1/2 5 1/2
8 1/8 8 3/4 1,085
5 12 8 1/8 5 1/2 3,270 2,545 1,505 1,330
#5 7 1/2
10 5/8 14 1,010
7 1/2 18 10 5/8 6 7/8 4,900 3,815 1,505 1,885
11 1/4
15 5/8 24 5/8 955
12 1/2 30 15 5/8 9 5/8 8,170 6,355 1,505 2,860
18 3/4
7 1/4 6 1/2 1,320
3 1/2 — — 2,660 — 1,320 —
8 1/2 6 1/2
9 3/4 10 3/8 1,430
6 9 9 3/4 6 1/2 4,560 3,255 1,975 1,615
#6 14 1/2
12 3/4 16 5/8 1,330
9 12 3/4 8 1/8 6,840 4,880 1,975 2,310
21 5/8 13 1/2
18 3/4 29 1/8 1,260
15 36 18 3/4 11 3/8 11,400 8,135 1,975 3,545
22 1/2
8 1/8 7 1/2 1,530
3 3/4 9 — — 3,220 — 1,530 —
7 1/2
11 3/8 11 7/8 1,805
7 11 3/8 7 1/2 6,010 3,880 2,490 1,845
#7 16 7/8 10 1/2
14 7/8 19 1/8 1,680
10 1/2 14 7/8 9 1/8 9,015 5,820 2,490 2,670
25 1/4 15 3/4
21 7/8 33 1/2 1,590

17 1/2 42 21 7/8 12 3/4 15,025 9,695 2,490 4,120
26 1/4
9 8 3/8 1,755
4 — — 3,805 — 1,755 —
9 5/8 8 3/8
13 13 3/8 2,205
8 12 13 8 3/8 7,615 4,355 3,045 2,005
#8 19 1/4
17 21 1/2 2,050
12 18 17 9 3/4 11,420 6,530 3,045 2,905
28 7/8
25 37 7/8 1,945
20 48 30 25 13 3/4 19,030 10,885 3,045 4,555
5 11 1/4 10 1/8 — — 5,545 — — —
12 10 1/8
10 16 1/4 16 1/4 11,095 4,245 — —
24 15 16 1/4 10 1/8
#10
15 21 1/4 26 1/8 16,640 6,365 — —
36 22 1/2 21 1/4 10 1/8
31 1/4 46
25 60 31 1/4 13 1/2 27,730 10,605 — —
37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load of

Rebar Steel (lb.)
Rebar Size
ASTM A615 ASTM A706
GR 60 GR 60
#3 4,595 4,085
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or rebar steel load.
#4 8,355 7,430
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11
#5 12,955 11,515 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-
#6 18,385 16,345 term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a
conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L
#7 25,070 22,285
assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

51

Rebar Embed. Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = cac on Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Depth all sides side and cac on three sides
Size (in.)
4 1/4 4 460
2 3/8 — — 830 — 535 —
5 3/4 3 5/8
4 7/8 5 3/8 430
3 4 7/8 3 1/2 1,045 420 595 275
7 1/4 4 1/2
6 3/8 8 5/8 400
#3 4 1/2 6 3/8 3 1/2 1,570 635 410
Adhesive Anchors
10 7/8 6 3/4 595

7 7/8 11 7/8 390
6 9 7 7/8 3 1/2 2,090 845 595 545
14 1/2
9 3/8 15 1/8 380
7 1/2 18 9 3/8 3 1/2 2,615 1,055 595 685
11 1/4
5 1/4 4 1/2 710
2 3/4 — — 1,240 — 710 —
6 5/8 4 1/2
6 1/2 7 655
4 6 6 1/2 4 1/2 1,805 1,515 905 865
9 5/8
8 1/2 11 3/8 610
#4 6 9 8 1/2 5 1/2 2,705 2,275 905 1,220
14 1/2
10 1/2 15 5/8 590
8 12 10 1/2 6 5/8 3,610 3,030 905 1,515
19 1/4
12 1/2 19 7/8 575
10 24 15 12 1/2 7 5/8 4,510 3,790 905 1,795
6 1/4 5 1/2 900
3 1/8 — — 1,715 — 900 —
7 1/2 5 1/2
8 1/8 8 3/4 910
5 12 8 1/8 5 1/2 2,745 2,135 1,265 1,120
#5 7 1/2
10 5/8 14 850
7 1/2 18 10 5/8 6 7/8 4,115 3,205 1,265 1,585
11 1/4
15 5/8 24 5/8 805
12 1/2 30 15 5/8 9 5/8 6,860 5,335 1,265 2,405
18 3/4
7 1/4 6 1/2 1,105
3 1/2 — — 2,235 — 1,105 —
8 1/2 6 1/2
9 3/4 10 3/8 1,200
6 9 9 3/4 6 1/2 3,830 2,735 1,660 1,355
#6 14 1/2
12 3/4 16 5/8 1,115
9 12 3/4 8 1/8 5,745 4,100 1,660 1,940
21 5/8 13 1/2
18 3/4 29 1/8 1,060
15 36 18 3/4 11 3/8 9,575 6,835 1,660 2,980
22 1/2
8 1/8 7 1/2 1,285
3 3/4 9 — — 2,705 — 1,285 —
7 1/2
11 3/8 11 7/8 1,515
7 11 3/8 7 1/2 5,050 3,260 2,090 1,550
#7 16 7/8 10 1/2
14 7/8 19 1/8 1,410
10 1/2 14 7/8 9 1/8 7,570 4,885 2,090 2,245
25 1/4 15 3/4

21 7/8 33 1/2 1,335
17 1/2 42 21 7/8 12 3/4 12,620 8,145 2,090 3,460
26 1/4
9 8 3/8 1,475
4 — — 3,200 — 1,475 —
9 5/8 8 3/8
13 13 3/8 1,850
8 12 13 8 3/8 6,395 3,655 2,560 1,685
#8 19 1/4
17 21 1/2 1,720
12 18 17 9 3/4 9,590 5,485 2,560 2,440
28 7/8
25 37 7/8 1,630
20 48 30 25 13 3/4 15,985 9,145 2,560 3,830
5 11 1/4 10 1/8 — — 4,660 — — —
12 10 1/8
10 16 1/4 16 1/4 9,320 3,565 — —
24 15 16 1/4 10 1/8
#10
15 21 1/4 26 1/8 13,975 5,345 — —
36 22 1/2 21 1/4 10 1/8
31 1/4 46
25 60 31 1/4 13 1/2 23,295 8,910 — —
37 1/2
Allowable Tension Load

Rebar of Rebar Steel (lb.)
Size ASTM A615 ASTM A706
GR 60 GR 60
#3 3,860 3,430
#4 7,020 6,240
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11
#5 10,880 9,670 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and
#6 15,445 13,730 long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension
loads using a conversion factor of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load
#7 21,060 18,720
combination assuming 100% wind load.

52

Minimum Minimum Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete or Bond (lb.)
Nominal Dimensions for Dimensions for Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Rebar Embed. Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Uncracked Cracked and cac on three sides
Size Depth (in.) (in.)
(in.) SDC A-B 5 SDC C-F 6,7 SDC A-B 5 SDC C-F 6,7
4 1/4 4 — — 965 — 725 — 535 — 405 —
2 3/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 625 470
3 4 7/8 5 3/8 1,220 490 915 370 505 320 380 240
7 1/4 4 1/2 4 7/8 3 1/2 695 520
Adhesive Anchors
#3 6 3/8 8 5/8 1,830 740 1,370 555 470 480 355 355
4 1/2 10 7/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 3 1/2 695 520
6 7 7/8 11 7/8 2,440 985 1,830 740 455 635 340 480
14 1/2 9 7 7/8 3 1/2 695 520
9 3/8 15 1/8 3,050 1,230 2,285 920 445 800 335 600
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 9 3/8 3 1/2 695 520
5 1/4 4 1/2 — — 1,445 — 1,085 — 825 — 620 —
2 3/4 6 5/8 4 1/2 825 620
4 6 1/2 7 2,105 1,770 1,580 1,325 765 1,010 570 755
9 5/8 6 6 1/2 4 1/2 1,055 790
#4 6 8 1/2 11 3/8 3,155 2,655 2,365 1,990 710 1,425 530 1,070
14 1/2 9 8 1/2 5 1/2 1,055 790
8 10 1/2 15 5/8 4,210 3,535 3,155 2,655 685 1,770 515 1,325
19 1/4 12 10 1/2 6 5/8 1,055 790
10 12 1/2 19 7/8 5,260 4,420 3,945 3,315 670 2,095 505 1,570
24 15 12 1/2 7 5/8 1,055 790
6 1/4 5 1/2 — — 2,000 — 1,500 — 1,050 — 790 —
3 1/8 7 1/2 5 1/2 1,050 790
5 8 1/8 8 3/4 3,205 2,490 2,400 1,870 1,065 1,305 800 980
12 7 1/2 8 1/8 5 1/2 1,475 1,105
#5 10 5/8 14 990 740
7 1/2 18 11 1/4 10 5/8 6 7/8 4,800 3,740 3,600 2,805 1,475 1,850 1,105 1,385
15 5/8 24 5/8 8,005 6,225 6,005 4,670 940 2,805 705 2,105
12 1/2 30 18 3/4 15 5/8 9 5/8 1,475 1,105
7 1/4 6 1/2 — — 2,610 — 1,955 — 1,290 — 970 —
3 1/2 8 1/2 6 1/2 1,290 970
6 9 3/4 10 3/8 4,470 3,190 3,355 2,390 1,400 1,580 1,050 1,185
14 1/2 9 9 3/4 6 1/2 1,935 1,455
#6 12 3/4 16 5/8 1,300 975
9 21 5/8 13 1/2 12 3/4 8 1/8 6,705 4,785 5,025 3,590 1,935 2,265 1,455 1,700
15 18 3/4 29 1/8 11,170 7,975 8,380 5,980 1,235 3,475 930 2,610
36 22 1/2 18 3/4 11 3/8 1,935 1,455
8 1/8 7 1/2 — — 3,155 — 2,365 — 1,500 — 1,125 —
3 3/4 9 7 1/2 1,500 1,125
7 11 3/8 11 7/8 5,890 3,800 4,415 2,850 1,770 1,810 1,325 1,360
16 7/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 7 1/2 2,440 1,830
#7 14 7/8 19 1/8 1,645 1,230
10 1/2 25 1/4 15 3/4 14 7/8 9 1/8 8,835 5,700 6,625 4,275 2,440 2,620 1,830 1,965
21 7/8 33 1/2 1,560 1,170
17 1/2 42 26 1/4 21 7/8 12 3/4 14,725 9,505 11,045 7,125 2,440 4,040 1,830 3,030
4 9 8 3/8 — — 3,730 — 2,795 — 1,720 — 1,290 —
9 5/8 8 3/8 1,720 1,290
8 13 13 3/8 13 7,460 4,265 5,595 3,200 2,160 1,965 1,620 1,475
19 1/4 12 8 3/8 2,985 2,240
#8 17 21 1/2 2,010 1,510
12 28 7/8 18 17 9 3/4 11,190 6,400 8,395 4,800 2,985 2,850 2,240 2,140
20 25 37 7/8 25 18,650 10,670 13,990 8,000 1,905 4,465 1,430 3,350
48 30 13 3/4 2,985 2,240
5 11 1/4 10 1/8 — — 5,435 — 4,080 — — — — —
12 10 1/8
10 16 1/4 16 1/4 10,870 4,160 8,150 3,120 — — — —
24 15 16 1/4 10 1/8
#10 21 1/4 26 1/8
15 36 22 1/2 21 1/4 10 1/8 16,305 6,235 12,230 4,675 — — — —
25 31 1/4 46 27,180 10,395 20,380 7,795 — — — —
60 37 1/2 31 1/4 13 1/2
of Rebar Steel (lb.) 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11
Rebar Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-
Size ASTM A615 ASTM A706 term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a
GR 60 GR 60 conversion factor of a = 1/0.7 = 1.43. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming
#3 4,505 4,005 100% seismic load.
#5 12,695 11,285 5. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F
#7 24,570 21,840 6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements of ACI
#8 32,350 28,755 318-11 Section D.3.3.
7. Allowable tension loads in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with ACI 318-11
#10 51,870 46,230 Section D.3.3.4.4.

53
SET-XP® Design Information — Masonry

SET-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and IBC *
Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11
Diameter (in.) or Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
Drill Bit Diameter (in.) Minimum Embedment2 (in.)
Rebar Size No. Tension Load Shear Load
3/8 1/2 3 3/8 1,490 1,145
1/2 5/8 4 1/2 1,825 1,350
5/8 3/4 5 5/8 1,895 1,350
6 1/2 1,895 1,350
Adhesive Anchors
3/4 7/8
#3 1/2 3 3/8 1,395 1,460
#4 5/8 4 1/2 1,835 1,505
#5 3/4 5 5/8 2,185 1,505
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of the bond values shown in 6. Tabulated allowable load values are for anchors installed in fully
this table and steel values, shown on page 61. grouted masonry walls.
2. Embedment depth shall be measured from the outside face of 7. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 .
masonry wall. 8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 below,
with the information on page 55. Figure 2 on page 55 as applicable.
illustrates critical and minimum edge and end distances. 9. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls
4. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8 inches. are permitted to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
No more than one anchor shall be permitted per masonry cell. 10. Threaded rod shall meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM
5. Anchors shall be permitted to be installed at any location in the F1554, Grade 36 steel, which is 58,000 psi.
face of the fully grouted masonry wall construction (cell, web, 11. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible
bed joint), except anchors shall not be installed within 1 1/2 inches exterior weathering conditions, as defined in Figure 1 of ASTM
of the head joint, as show in Figure 2 on page 55. C62, allowable tension loads shall be multiplied by 0.80.
120
100% 100%
110 @50°F @70°F
100 81%
90 @110°F
67%
80 @135°F 63%

70 @150°F
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Base Material Temperature (°F)
Figure 1. Load capacity based on in-service temperature for SET-XP® epoxy

adhesive in the face of fully grouted CMU wall construction

54

SET-XP® Edge Distance and Spacing Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction IBC *
Factors – Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction7
Edge or Edge Distance1,8 Spacing2,9
Critical (Full Anchor Critical (Full Anchor
Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)4 Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
Capacity)3 Capacity)5
Rod Dia. Minimum Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Critical Minimum
(in.) or Embed. Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Load
Spacing, Scr Reduction Spacing, Allowable Load
Rebar Size Depth Distance, Reduction Distance, Reduction Factor Reduction Factor
(in.) Smin (in.)
No. (in.) Ccr (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) Factor
Adhesive Anchors
Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear 10
Tension or Tension or Tension or
Shear Shear Shear Perp. Para. Shear Shear Shear
3/8 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.91 0.72 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
1/2 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.58 0.87 8 1.00 4 0.82 1.00
5/8 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.48 0.87 8 1.00 4 0.82 1.00
3/4 6 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.44 0.85 8 1.00 4 0.82 1.00
#3 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.96 0.62 0.84 8 1.00 4 0.87 0.91
#4 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 0.88 0.54 0.82 8 1.00 4 0.87 0.91
#5 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 0.88 0.43 0.82 8 1.00 4 0.87 1.00
1. Edge distance (Ccr or Cmin) is the distance measured from anchor 6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an
centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall. Refer to Figure 2 allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the
below for an illustration showing critical and minimum edge and allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance, Scr,
end distances. by the load reduction factors shown above.
2. Anchor spacing (Scr or Smin) is the distance measured from centerline 7. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than
to centerline of two anchors. one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated separately and
3. Critical edge distance, Ccr, is the least edge distance at which multiplied.
tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a load 8. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with
reduction factor equals 1.0 (no load reduction). edge distances between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear
4. Minimum edge distance, Cmin, is the least edge distance where an interpolation.
anchor has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined by 9. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension with spacing between
multiplying the allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
edge distance, Ccr, by the load reduction factors shown above. 10. Perpendicular shear loads act towards the edge or end. Parallel shear loads
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 5 on page 57). Perpendicular
allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance and parallel shear load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is
is not influenced by adjacent anchors. located between the critical minimum edge and end distance.

in this area
for reduced
allowable
load capacity
4" minimum
end distance
Critical end
distance
Shaded Area = Placement for (see load table)
Full and Reduced Allowable Load
Capacity in Grout-Filled CMU No installation
within 1½" of
head joint

Figure 2. Allowable anchor locations for full and reduced

load capacity when installation is in the face of fully grouted
CMU masonry wall construction

55

SET-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and Rebar IBC *
in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12
Diameter (in.) or Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embedment3 Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7, 8 (lb.)
Rebar Size No. (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Perp. Shear Parallel
Threaded Rod Installed in the Top of CMU Wall
4 1/2 1,485 590 1,050
1/2 5/8
12 2,440 665 1,625
5 5/8 1,700 565 1,435
5/8 3/4
Adhesive Anchors
15 2,960 660 1,785

6 1/2 1,610 735 1,370
3/4 7/8
21 4,760 670 1,375
Rebar Installed in the Top of CMU Wall
4 1/2 1,265 550 865
#4 5/8
12 2,715 465 1,280
5 5/8 1,345 590 1,140
#5 3/4
15 3,090 590 1,285
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of the bond values shown in this table and steel values, shown on page 61.
2. Allowable loads are for installation in the grouted CMU core opening.
3. Embedment depth shall be measured from the horizontal surface of the grouted CMU core opening on top of the masonry wall.
4. Critical and minimum edge distance, end distance and spacing shall comply with the information on pages 57 and 58. Figures 3A and 3B on
page 57 illustrate critical and minimum edge and end distances.
5. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8 inches (203 mm).
6. Anchors are permitted to be installed in the CMU core opening shown in Figures 3A and 3B on page 57. Anchors are limited to one installation
per CMU core opening.
7. Tabulated allowable load values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry walls.
8. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 .
9. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 on page 54, as applicable.
10. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls with SET-XP® adhesive are permitted to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
11. Threaded rod shall meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554, Grade 36 steel, which is 58,000 psi.
12. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible exterior weathering conditions, as defined in Figure 1 of ASTM C62,
allowable tension loads shall be multiplied by 0.80.

56

SET-XP® Edge and End Distance Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction IBC *
Factors — Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1,4,5
Minimum Edge
Critical (Full Anchor Capacity)2 Minimum End (Reduced Anchor Capacity)3 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
Critical Critical End Allowable Minimum Minimum

Rod Dia. Minimum Load End Min. End Allowable Load Edge, Allowable Load
(in.) or Embed. Edge, Ccr Distance, Ccr Reduction Distance, Reduction Factor Cmin Reduction Factor
Rebar Size Depth (in.) (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) (in.)
No. (in.)
Load Direction Load Direction Load Direction
Shear6 Shear6
Adhesive Anchors
Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or
Tension Tension
Shear Shear Shear Shear Perp. Parallel Shear Perp. Parallel
4 1/2 2 3/4 20 1.00 3 13/16 0.88 0.84 0.66 1 3/4 0.83 0.63 0.77
1/2
12 2 3/4 20 1.00 3 13/16 0.64 0.91 0.34 1 3/4 0.95 0.55 0.69
5 5/8 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.90 1.00 0.50 1 3/4 0.82 0.57 0.71
5/8
15 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.38 0.85 0.29 1 3/4 0.91 0.72 0.73
7 7/8 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.98 0.72 0.57 — — — —
7/8
21 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.63 0.96 0.64 — — — —
4 1/2 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.96 0.90 0.76 — — — —
#4
12 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.58 1.00 0.46 — — — —
5 5/8 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 1.00 0.86 0.60 — — — —
#5
15 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.41 0.76 0.49 — — — —
1. Edge and end distances (Ccr or Cmin) are the distances measured from anchor centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall. Refer to Figures 3A and 3B below
for illustrations showing critical and minimum edge and end distances.
2. Critical edge and end distances, Ccr, are the least edge distances at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a load reduction factor equals
1.0 (no load reduction).
3. Minimum edge and end distances, Cmin, are the least edge distances where an anchor has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the
allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical edge distance, Ccr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
4. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated
separately and multiplied.
5. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with edge distances between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
6. Perpendicular shear loads act towards the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 5 below). Perpendicular and parallel shear
load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is located between the critical minimum edge and end distance.
Critical end distance Installation in this area for

20" full allowable load capacity
Minimum end distance Edge o
(see table) f wall
A1
C 3
2¾" 1¾"
Critical Minimum Installation in this area for
End of wall
edge distance edge distance reduced allowable load capacity
A1
Figure 3A. Allowable anchor locations of 1/2"- and 5/8"-diameter
threaded rod for full and reduced load capacity when installation is in
the top of fully grouted CMU masonry wall construction B2
Critical end distance Installation in this area for

20" full allowable load capacity
4¼" Minimum end distance
1. Direction of shear load A is parallel to edge of wall and
perpendicular to end of wall.
2. Direction of shear load B is parallel to end of wall and
2¾" perpendicular to edge of wall.
3. Direction of shear load C is perpendicular to edge of wall.
Critical Installation in this area for
edge distance reduced allowable load capacity
Figure 5. Direction of shear load in
relation to edge and end of wall
Figure 3B. Allowable anchor locations of 7/8"-diameter threaded rod and
#4 and #5 rebar for full and reduced load capacity when installation is in
the top of fully grouted CMU masonry wall construction

57

SET-XP® Spacing Distance Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction Factors — IBC *
Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1,4,5
Critical Spacing Minimum Spacing (Reduced Anchor Capacity)3
(Full Anchor Capacity)2
Minimum Embed. Critical Spacing, Scr Allowable Load Minimum Spacing, Scr
Rod Dia. (in.) Allowable Load Reduction Factor
Depth (in.) Reduction Factor (in.)
or Rebar Size No. (in.)
Load Direction Load Direction
Tension or Shear Tension or Shear Tension or Shear Tension Shear
Adhesive Anchors
4 1/2 18 1.00 8 0.80 0.92

1/2
12 48 1.00 8 0.63 0.98
5 5/8 22.5 1.00 8 0.86 1.00
5/8
15 60 1.00 8 0.56 1.00
7 7/8 31.5 1.00 8 0.84 0.82
7/8
21 84 1.00 8 0.51 0.98
4 1/2 18 1.00 8 0.97 0.93
#4
12 48 1.00 8 0.75 1.00
5 5/8 22.5 1.00 8 1.00 1.00
#5
15 60 1.00 8 0.82 1.00
1. Anchor spacing (Scr or Smin) is the distance measured from centerline to centerline of two anchors.
2. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor perofrmance is not influenced by
adjacent anchors.
3. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchor has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the allowable loads assigned
to anchors installed at critical spacing distance, Scr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
4. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated separately and multiplied.

58

SET-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads – Threaded Rod in the IBC *
Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction1,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11
Diameter Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embed2 Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
(in.) (in.) (in.) Tension Shear
3/8 9/16 1 1/4 245 415
1/2 3/4 1 1/4 245 505
5/8 7/8 1 1/4 290 530
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values shown in this table and steel values shown on page 61.
Adhesive Anchors
2. Embedment depth is considered the minimum wall thickness of 8" x 8" x 16" ASTM C90 concrete masonry blocks, and is measured from
the outside to the inside face of the block wall. The minimum length Opti-Mesh plastic screen tube for use in hollow CMU is 3 1/2".
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply with the information provided on page 60. Figure 4 on page 60 illustrates
critical and minimum edge and end distances.
4. Anchors are permitted to be installed in the face shell of hollow masonry wall construction as shown in Figure 4.
5. Anchors are limited to one or two anchors per masonry cell and must comply with the spacing and edge distance requirements provided.
6. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in hollow masonry walls.
7. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 on page 54,
as applicable.
9. Threaded rods installed in hollow masonry walls with SET-XP® adhesive are permitted to resist dead, live load and wind load applications.
10. Threaded rods must meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554, Grade 36, which is 58,000 psi.
11. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible exterior weathering conditions, as defined in Figure 1 of ASTM C62, allowable
tension loads must be multiplied by 0.80.

59

SET-XP® Edge, End and Spacing Distance Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction IBC *
Factors — Threaded Rod in the Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction7
Edge or End Distance1,8 Spacing2,9
Critical
Critical (Full Anchor Capacity)3 Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)4 Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
(Full Anchor Capacity)5
Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Critical Minimum
Rod Diameter Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Load Allowable Load
Spacing, Scr Spacing, Smin
(in.) Distance, Ccr Reduction Distance, Cmin Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
(in.) (in.)
(in.) Factor (in.) Factor
Adhesive Anchors
Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or

Tension Shear 10
Tension Shear
Shear Shear Shear Shear Shear Shear
3/8 12 1.00 4 0.71 0.57 8 1.00 4 0.56 0.92
1/2 12 1.00 4 0.73 0.51 8 1.00 4 0.61 0.85
5/8 12 1.00 4 0.66 0.49 8 1.00 4 0.65 0.76
1. Edge and end distances (Ccr or Cmin) are the distances measured from anchor centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall. Refer to Figure 4 below for an
illustration showing critical and minimum edge and end distances.
3. Critical edge and end distances, Ccr, are the least edge distances at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a load reduction factor equals
1.0 (no load reduction).
4. Minimum edge and end distances, Cmin, are the least edge distances where an anchor has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined by multiplying
the allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical edge distance, Ccr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance is not influenced by
adjacent anchors.
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the allowable loads
assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance, Scr , by the load reduction factors shown above.
9. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension with spacing between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
10. Perpendicular shear loads act toward the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 5 on page 57). Perpendicular and parallel
shear load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is located between the critical minimum edge and end distance.
4" min. edge distance 12" critical edge distance
Installation in this area

for reduced allowable
load capacity

4" min. edge distance
12" critical edge distance
CL
No installation within 1½"

of centerline of bedjoint,
head joint and web of hollow
cament block wall (typical).
Installations in this area for CL

Figure 4. Allowable anchor locations for full and

reduced load capacity when installation is in the face
of hollow CMU masonry wall construction

60

SET-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — IBC *
Tension Load Based on Steel Strength2 (lb.) Shear Load Based on Steel Strength 3 (lb.)
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Threaded Rod Tensile Stress
Diameter Area ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.) (in.2) Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193 Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193
Grades B8 Grades B8
Grade B65 Grade B65
and B8M7
and B8M7
3/8 0.078 1,495 3,220 2,830 1,930 770 1,660 1,460 995
1/2 0.142 2,720 5,860 5,155 3,515 1,400 3,020 2,655 1,810
Adhesive Anchors
5/8 0.226 4,325 9,325 8,205 5,595 2,230 4,805 4,225 2,880
3/4 0.334 6,395 13,780 12,125 8,265 3,295 7,100 6,245 4,260
7/8 0.462 8,845 19,055 16,770 11,435 4,555 9,815 8,640 5,890
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on pages 54, 56 or 59 and steel values in the table above.
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on the following equation: Fv = 0.33 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.
3. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on the following equation: Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.
4. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 58,000 psi) of ASTM F1554, Grade 36 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
5. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 110,000 psi) of ASTM A193, Grade B6 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
6. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 125,000 psi) of ASTM A193, Grade B7 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
7. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 75,000 psi) of ASTM A193, Grades B8 and B8M used to calculate allowable steel strength.
SET-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — IBC *

Rebar Tensile Stress Area Based on Steel Strength Based on Steel Strength
Size (in.2)
ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615
#3 0.11 2,200 2,640 1,310 1,685
#4 0.20 4,000 4,800 2,380 3,060
#5 0.31 6,200 7,400 3,690 4,745
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on pages 54, 56 or 59 and steel values in the table above.
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (20,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 40 rebar.
3. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (24,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 60 rebar.
4. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.)
5. Fu = 70,000 psi for Grade 40 rebar.
6. Fu = 90,000 psi for Grade 60 rebar.

61
ET-HP® Epoxy Adhesive

ET-HP® is a two-component, high-solids, epoxy-based system for use as a high-
strength, non-shrink anchor-grouting material. Resin and hardener are dispensed and
mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. ET-HP® is formulated for anchoring
threaded rod and rebar into concrete (cracked/uncracked) and masonry.
Features
• Passed the demanding ICC-ES AC308 adverse-condition tests pertaining
Adhesive Anchors
to elevated temperatures and long-term sustained loads

• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete
per ICC-ES ESR-3372 Cracked
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for masonry per IAPMO UES ER-241 Concrete
CODE LISTED

cracked and uncracked concrete and masonry
• Cure times: 24 hours at 80°F, 72 hours at 50°F
• Easy hole-cleaning – no power-brushing required
• When properly mixed, adhesive will be a uniform gray color
• Available in 22 oz. and 56 oz. cartridges for application versatility
Applications
• Threaded rod anchoring and rebar doweling into concrete and
unreinforced masonry
current approvals
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-3372 (concrete); ICC-ES ESR-3638

(unreinforced masonry); IAPMO UES ER-241 (masonry); City of L.A.

RR25120 (unreinforced masonry); AASHTO M-235 and ASTM C881
(Type IV, Grade 3, Class C); multiple DOT listings; FL-17449.1;
FL-16230.2.
Chemical Resistance
ET-HP® Adhesive
Installation and Application Instructions
(See also pages 124–127.) Design Example
• Surfaces to receive epoxy must be clean. See pages 324 and 328.
• Base material temperature must be 50°F or above at the time of
installation. For best results, material should be 70°–80°F at time
of application. Suggested Specifications
• To warm cold material, store cartridges in a warm, uniformly heated See www.strongtie.com for more information.
facilitate warming.
70°F and above.
62
ET-HP® Epoxy Adhesive

Test Criteria
Anchors installed with ET-HP® adhesive have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance
Criteria for Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Masonry Elements (AC58) and Adhesive Anchors in
Concrete Elements (AC308).
Consistency ASTM C881 Non-sag/thixotropic paste

Heat deflection ASTM D648 133°F (56°C)
Adhesive Anchors
Glass transition temperature ASTM D648 168°F (76°C)
2,300 psi (2 days)

Bond strength (moist cure, 60°F) ASTM C882
2,440 psi (14 days)
Water absorption ASTM D570 0.34% (24 hours)

Compressive yield strength
ASTM D695 16,300 psi (7 days)
(cured 60°F)
Compressive modulus ASTM D695 595,500 psi (7 days)
10 minutes – 60 gram mass

Gel time ASTM C881
30 minutes – thin film
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) — 3 g/L
*Material and curing conditions: 73 ± 2°F unless otherwise noted.
ET-HP® Cartridge Systems

Model Capacity Carton
Cartridge Type Dispensing Tools Mixing Nozzle
No. ounces Quantity
ET-HP22-N4 22 Side-by-side 10 EDT22S EMN22i
EDTA22CKT
ET-HP22 22 Side-by-side 10 EDTA22P EMN22i
ET-HP56 56 Side-by-side 6 EDTA56P EMN22i or EMN50
2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive accessories is available on
pages 128 through 135, or at www.strongtie.com.
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair ET-HP adhesive performance.
4. One EMN22i mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied with each cartridge.
Cure Schedule
Base Material
Temperature Cure
Time
°F °C
50 10 72 hrs.
60 16 24 hrs.
80 27 24 hrs.
100 38 24 hrs.
63
ET-HP® Design Information — Concrete

ET-HP® Installation Information and Additional Data for *
Threaded Rod and Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
Drill Bit Diameter dhole in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Minimum hef in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Adhesive Anchors
Permitted Embedment Depth Range

Maximum hef in. 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef+ 5do
Critical Edge Distance2 cac in. See foonote 2
2. cac = hef ( τk,uncr /1160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef )], where:
[h/hef ] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f'c)0.5/(∏ x da))

64
IBC *
ET-HP® Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/5 1 1 1/4
Tension Resistance of Steel — ASTM A193, Grade B7 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,750 57,750 75,750 121,125
Adhesive Anchors
Threaded Nsa lb.
Rod Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless 8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi) 12

Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi) 12
SD
Characteristic Bond Strength 5,13 τk,uncr psi 390 380 370 360 350 335 315
Uncracked
Concrete Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Characteristic Bond Strength5,9,10,11,12,13 τk,cr psi 160 200 160 205 190 165 140
Cracked
Concrete Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry — 0.657
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction 9. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E
with the design criteria of ACI 318-11. or F, the bond strength values for 3/8" and 1 1/4" anchors must be multiplied by
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F αN,seis = 0.78.
(66ºC). Maximum long-term temperature of 110°F (43°C). 10. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E
3. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short or F, the bond strength values for 1/2", 5/8" and 3/4" anchors must be multiplied
intervals (diurnal cycling). by αN,seis = 0.85.
4. Long-term concrete temperatures are constant temperatures over a 11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category
significant time period. C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors must be multiplied by
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths αN,seis = 0.82.
may be multiplied by 2.70. 12. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category
6. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1" anchors must be multiplied by
9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are αN,seis = 0.70.
used, refer to Section D.4.5 to determine the appropriate value of φ. 13. For applications where maximum short-term temperature is 110ºF (43ºC) and
7. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 the maximum long-term temperature is 75°F (24°C), bond strengths may be
Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.4 (c) for multiplied by 3.50. No additional increase is permitted for anchors that only
Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix resist wind or seismic loads.
C are used, refer to Section D.4.5 to determine the appropriate value
of φ.
8. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318
Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.4 (c) for
Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
are used and the requirements of Section D.4.4 (c) for Condition A
are met, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of
φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to

65

IBC *
ET-HP® Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Rebar Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) Nsa lb. 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 110,700
Strength Reduction Factor – Steel Failure φ — 0.656
Adhesive Anchors

SD
Characteristic Bond Strength5,9 τk,uncr psi 370 360 350 335 325 315 295
Uncracked Minimum 4 5
Concrete 2,3,4 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Characteristic Bond Strength5,9 τk,cr psi 130 140 155 165 180 190 215
Cracked Minimum 4 5
Concrete 2,3,4 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Bond Strength in Tension - Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Periodic and Continuous Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry — 0.657
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-saturated Concrete φsat — 0.457
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F (66ºC). Maximum long-term temperature of 110°F (43ºC).
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be multiplied by 2.70.

9. For applications where maximum short-term temperature is 110ºF (43ºC) and the maximum long-term temperature is 75ºF (24ºC), bond strengths may be multiplied
by 3.50. No additional increase is permitted for anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads.

66

IBC *
ET-HP® Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod in Normal-Weight Concrete1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6) Vsa lb. 4,290 9,370 14,910 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Adhesive Anchors
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless
Threaded (ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M) 2,225 4,855 7,730 11,420 15,800 20,725 33,140
Rod
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 0.63 0.85 0.75
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM A193, Grade B7 0.63 0.85 0.75
αV,seis 5
—
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6) 0.60 0.85 0.75
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M) 0.60 0.85 0.75
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. hef
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D.4.3 to determine
the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
4. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
5. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D,
E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis for the corresponding anchor steel type.

67

IBC *
ET-HP® Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) Vsa lb. 4,950 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 66,420
Rebar
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) αV,seis5 — 0.6 0.8 0.75
Adhesive Anchors

the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
5. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D,
E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis.

68

ET-HP® Tension Design Strengths for Threaded Rod Anchors IBC *
Rod Dia. Embed. and cac on three sides
(in.) SDC A-B 6 SDC C-F 7,8 SDC A-B 6 SDC C-F 7,8
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 710 — 415 — 465 — 270 —
3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 895 365 525 215 440 305 255 180
Adhesive Anchors
3/8
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 1,345 550 785 320 410 455 240 265
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 1,065 — 680 — 705 — 450 —
1/2 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 1,550 810 985 515 635 565 405 360
SD
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 2,320 1,215 1,480 775 590 850 375 540
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 1,475 635 940 405 925 395 590 255
5/8 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 2,360 1,015 1,505 645 865 635 550 405
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 3,540 1,520 2,260 970 805 955 510 610
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 3/8 1,925 1,110 1,225 705 1,115 645 710 410
3/4 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 3/8 3,300 1,900 2,105 1,215 1,110 1,100 710 700
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 5/8 4,950 2,855 3,155 1,820 1,035 1,655 660 1,055
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 5 2,330 1,285 1,435 790 1,275 705 785 435
7/8 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 5 4,355 2,400 2,675 1,475 1,380 1,315 850 805
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 3/8 6,530 3,600 4,015 2,215 1,285 1,970 790 1,210
4 9 6 9 5 5/8 2,755 1,350 1,445 710 1,440 705 755 370
1 8 13 12 13 5 5/8 5,505 2,695 2,890 1,415 1,665 1,410 875 740
12 17 18 17 5 3/4 8,260 4,045 4,335 2,125 1,550 2,115 815 1,110
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 3/4 4,020 1,775 2,350 1,040 — — — —
1 1/4 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 6 3/4 8,040 3,550 4,705 2,075 — — — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 6 7/8 12,060 5,320 7,055 3,115 — — — —
Threaded Tension Design Strength of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)

(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 3,370 4,360 7,270 6,395 7,270 3,310

1/2 6,175 7,990 13,315 11,715 13,315 6,070
5/8 9,835 12,715 21,190 18,645 21,190 9,660
3/4 14,530 18,790 31,315 27,555 31,315 14,280
7/8 20,095 25,990 43,315 38,115 43,315 19,750
1 26,365 34,090 56,815 49,995 56,815 25,905
1 1/4 42,150 54,505 90,845 79,945 90,845 41,425
1. Tension design strength must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or threaded rod steel design strength.
2. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term
temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F.
5. Strength reduction factor, f, is based on using a load combination from ACI 318-11 Section 9.2.
6. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level
seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
7. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3. Design strengths in Bold indicate
that the anchor ductility requirements of D.3.3.4.3 (a)1 to 3 are satisfied when using ASTM F1554 Grade 36 threaded rod. Any other ductility requirements
must be satisfied.
8. Tension design strengths in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.

69

ET-HP® Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
Nominal Uncracked Cracked Edge Distances = Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rod Dia. Embed. Depth (in.) (in.) cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.)
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 505 — 330 —
3/8 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 640 260 315 220
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 960 395 295 325
Adhesive Anchors
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 760 — 505 —

1/2 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 1,105 580 455 405
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 1,655 870 420 605
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 1,055 455 660 280
5/8 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 1,685 725 620 455
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 2,530 1,085 575 680
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 3/8 1,375 795 795 460
3/4 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 3/8 2,355 1,355 795 785
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 5/8 3,535 2,040 740 1,180
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 5 1,665 920 910 505
7/8 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 5 3,110 1,715 985 940
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 3/8 4,665 2,570 920 1,405
4 9 6 9 5 5/8 1,970 965 1,030 505
1 8 13 12 13 5 5/8 3,930 1,925 1,190 1,005
12 17 18 17 5 3/4 5,900 2,890 1,105 1,510
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 3/4 2,870 1,270 — —
1 1/4 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 6 3/4 5,745 2,535 — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 6 7/8 8,615 3,800 — —

(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,405 3,115 5,195 4,570 5,195 2,365
1/2 4,410 5,705 9,510 8,370 9,510 4,335

5/8 7,025 9,080 15,135 13,320 15,135 6,900
3/4 10,380 13,420 22,370 19,680 22,370 10,200
7/8 14,355 18,565 30,940 27,225 30,940 14,105
1 18,830 24,350 40,580 35,710 40,580 18,505
1 1/4 30,105 38,930 64,890 57,105 64,890 29,590
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic
inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads
using a conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L assuming 50% dead load and 50% live
load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

70

Rod Dia. Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Embed. Depth cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.)
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 425 — 280 —
3/8 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 535 220 265 185
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 805 330 245 275
Adhesive Anchors
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 640 — 425 —
1/2 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 930 485 380 340
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 1,390 730 355 510
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 885 380 555 235
5/8 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 1,415 610 520 380
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 2,125 910 485 575
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 3/8 1,155 665 670 385
3/4 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 3/8 1,980 1,140 665 660
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 5/8 2,970 1,715 620 995
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 5 1,400 770 765 425
7/8 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 5 2,615 1,440 830 790
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 3/8 3,920 2,160 770 1,180
4 9 6 9 5 5/8 1,655 810 865 425
1 8 13 12 13 5 5/8 3,305 1,615 1,000 845
12 17 18 17 5 3/4 4,955 2,425 930 1,270
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 3/4 2,410 1,065 — —
1 1/4 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 6 3/4 4,825 2,130 — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 6 7/8 7,235 3,190 — —

(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,020 2,615 4,360 3,835 4,360 1,985
1/2 3,705 4,795 7,990 7,030 7,990 3,640

5/8 5,900 7,630 12,715 11,185 12,715 5,795
3/4 8,720 11,275 18,790 16,535 18,790 8,570
7/8 12,055 15,595 25,990 22,870 25,990 11,850
1 15,820 20,455 34,090 29,995 34,090 15,545
1 1/4 25,290 32,705 54,505 47,965 54,505 24,855
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D
assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature
of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a conversion factor of
a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% wind load.

71

Nominal Minimum Dimensions Minimum Dimensions Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Rod Dia. Embed. for Uncracked for Cracked Edge Distances = cac on all sides
(in.) (in.) and cac on three sides
(in.) Depth
(in.) SDC A-B 5
SDC C-F 6,7
SDC A-B 5
SDC C-F 6,7
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 495 — 290 — 325 — 190 —
3/8 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 625 255 370 150 310 215 180 125
Adhesive Anchors
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 940 385 550 225 285 320 170 185
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 745 — 475 — 495 — 315 —
1/2 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 1,085 565 690 360 445 395 285 250
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 1,625 850 1,035 545 415 595 265 380
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 1,035 445 660 285 650 275 415 180
5/8 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 1,650 710 1,055 450 605 445 385 285
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 2,480 1,065 1,580 680 565 670 355 425
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 3/8 1,350 775 860 495 780 450 495 285
3/4 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 3/8 2,310 1,330 1,475 850 775 770 495 490
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 5/8 3,465 2,000 2,210 1,275 725 1,160 460 740
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 5 1,630 900 1,005 555 895 495 550 305
7/8 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 5 3,050 1,680 1,875 1,035 965 920 595 565
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 3/8 4,570 2,520 2,810 1,550 900 1,380 555 845
4 9 6 9 5 5/8 1,930 945 1,010 495 1,010 495 530 260
1 8 13 12 13 5 5/8 3,855 1,885 2,025 990 1,165 985 615 520
12 17 18 17 5 3/4 5,780 2,830 3,035 1,490 1,085 1,480 570 775
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 3/4 2,815 1,245 1,645 730 — — — —
1 1/4 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 6 3/4 5,630 2,485 3,295 1,455 — — — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 6 7/8 8,440 3,725 4,940 2,180 — — — —

(in.) GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
3/8 2,360 3,050 5,090 4,475 5,090 2,315

1/2 4,325 5,595 9,320 8,200 9,320 4,250
5/8 6,885 8,900 14,835 13,050 14,835 6,760
3/4 10,170 13,155 21,920 19,290 21,920 9,995
7/8 14,065 18,195 30,320 26,680 30,320 13,825
1 18,455 23,865 39,770 34,995 39,770 18,135
1 1/4 29,505 38,155 63,590 55,960 63,590 29,000
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection,
short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a conversion
factor of a = 1/0.7 = 1.43. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% seismic load.
5. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the strength-level
6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.
7. Design strengths in Bold indicate that the anchor ductility requirements of D.3.3.4.3 (a)1 to 3 are satisfied when using ASTM F1554 Grade 36 threaded rod.
Any other ductility requirements must be satisfied.
8. Allowable tension loads in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.4.4.

72

IBC *
ET-HP® Tension Design Strengths for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Minimum Minimum
Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Rebar Nominal Dimensions for Dimensions for Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.)
Size Depth (in.) SDC A-B6 SDC C-F7,8 SDC A-B6 SDC C-F7,8
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 670 — 500 — 445 — 335 —
Adhesive Anchors
#3 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 845 295 635 220 420 250 315 190
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 1,270 440 950 330 390 375 295 280
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 1,010 — 755 — 675 — 505 —
#4 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 1,465 575 1,100 430 610 410 455 310
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 2,200 865 1,650 650 565 615 425 460
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 1,390 615 1,040 460 885 390 660 295
SD
#5 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 2,220 985 1,665 735 820 625 615 470
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 3,330 1,475 2,500 1,105 760 940 570 705
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 1/4 1,805 895 1,355 670 1,060 525 795 395
#6 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 1/4 3,095 1,535 2,325 1,150 1,050 900 790 675
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 1/4 4,645 2,300 3,485 1,725 980 1,350 735 1,015
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 4 7/8 2,190 1,195 1,645 895 1,215 660 910 495
#7 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 4 7/8 4,090 2,225 3,065 1,670 1,305 1,230 980 925
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 1/8 6,135 3,340 4,600 2,505 1,215 1,850 910 1,385
4 9 6 9 5 3/8 2,580 1,560 1,935 1,170 1,365 825 1,025 620
#8 8 13 12 13 5 3/8 5,160 3,120 3,870 2,340 1,570 1,650 1,175 1,240
12 17 18 17 6 5/8 7,745 4,680 5,810 3,510 1,460 2,475 1,095 1,860
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 1/2 3,780 2,745 2,835 2,060 — — — —
#10 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 7 7,555 5,490 5,665 4,115 — — — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 9 1/8 11,335 8,230 8,500 6,175 — — — —
Tension Design Strength of 1. Tension design strength must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or rebar steel design strength.
Rebar Steel (lb.) 2. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D
Rebar Size
ASTM A615 ASTM A706 assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature
GR 60 GR 60 of 110°F.
#5 18,135 16,120 6. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F
when the tension component of the strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed
#6 25,740 22,880 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the same load combination.
7. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements of ACI
#7 35,100 31,200
318-11 Section D.3.3.
#8 46,215 41,080 8. Tension design strengths in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with ACI 318-11
Section D.3.3.4.4.
#10 74,100 66,040

73

ET-HP® Allowable Tension Loads for Rebar in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rebar Size Embed. Depth cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.)
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 480 — 320 —
#3 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 605 210 300 180
905 315 280 270
Adhesive Anchors
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4

2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 720 — 480 —
#4 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 1,045 410 435 295
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 1,570 620 405 440
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 995 440 630 280
#5 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 1,585 705 585 445
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 2,380 1,055 545 670
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 1/4 1,290 640 755 375
#6 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 1/4 2,210 1,095 750 645
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 1/4 3,320 1,645 700 965
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 4 7/8 1,565 855 870 470
#7 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 4 7/8 2,920 1,590 930 880
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 1/8 4,380 2,385 870 1,320
4 9 6 9 5 3/8 1,845 1,115 975 590
#8 8 13 12 13 5 3/8 3,685 2,230 1,120 1,180
12 17 18 17 6 5/8 5,530 3,345 1,045 1,770
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 1/2 2,700 1,960 — —
#10 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 7 5,395 3,920 — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 9 1/8 8,095 5,880 — —

Rebar Steel (lb.)
Rebar Size
ASTM A615 ASTM A706

GR 60 GR 60
#3 4,595 4,085
#4 8,355 7,430
#5 12,955 11,515 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11
term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a
#7 25,070 22,285 conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L
#8 33,010 29,345 assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

74

Uncracked (in.) Cracked (in.) Edge Distances = Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one
Rebar Size Embed. Depth cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.)
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 400 — 265 —
#3 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 505 175 250 150
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 760 265 235 225
Adhesive Anchors
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 605 — 405 —
#4 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 880 345 365 245
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 1,320 520 340 370
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 835 370 530 235
#5 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 1,330 590 490 375
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 2,000 885 455 565
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 1/4 1,085 535 635 315
#6 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 1/4 1,855 920 630 540
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 1/4 2,785 1,380 590 810
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 4 7/8 1,315 715 730 395
#7 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 4 7/8 2,455 1,335 785 740
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 1/8 3,680 2,005 730 1,110
4 9 6 9 5 3/8 1,550 935 820 495
#8 8 13 12 13 5 3/8 3,095 1,870 940 990
12 17 18 17 6 5/8 4,645 2,810 875 1,485
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 1/2 2,270 1,645 — —
#10 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 7 4,535 3,295 — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 9 1/8 6,800 4,940 — —

Rebar Steel (lb.)
Rebar Size
ASTM A615 ASTM A706
GR 60 GR 60
#3 3,860 3,430
#4 7,020 6,240
#5 10,880 9,670 2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11
term temperature of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a
#7 21,060 18,720 conversion factor of α = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor α is based on the load combination assuming
#8 27,730 24,650 100% wind load.

75

Minimum
Minimum Dimensions Edge Distances = 1 3/4" on one side
Rebar Nominal for Uncracked (in.) Dimensions for Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. Cracked (in.)
Size Depth (in.) SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7
2 3/8 4 1/4 3 5/8 — — 470 — 350 — 310 — 235 —
#3 3 4 7/8 4 1/2 4 7/8 2 1/4 590 205 445 155 295 175 220 135
Adhesive Anchors
4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 890 310 665 230 275 265 205 195
2 3/4 5 1/4 4 1/8 — — 705 — 530 — 475 — 355 —
#4 4 6 1/2 6 6 1/2 3 1,025 405 770 300 425 285 320 215
6 8 1/2 9 8 1/2 3 1,540 605 1,155 455 395 430 300 320
3 1/8 6 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/4 3 5/8 975 430 730 320 620 275 460 205
#5 5 8 1/8 7 1/2 8 1/8 3 5/8 1,555 690 1,165 515 575 440 430 330
7 1/2 10 5/8 11 1/4 10 5/8 3 5/8 2,330 1,035 1,750 775 530 660 400 495
3 1/2 7 1/4 5 1/4 7 1/4 4 1/4 1,265 625 950 470 740 370 555 275
#6 6 9 3/4 9 9 3/4 4 1/4 2,165 1,075 1,630 805 735 630 555 475
9 12 3/4 13 1/2 12 3/4 4 1/4 3,250 1,610 2,440 1,210 685 945 515 710
3 3/4 8 1/8 5 5/8 8 1/8 4 7/8 1,535 835 1,150 625 850 460 635 345
#7 7 11 3/8 10 1/2 11 3/8 4 7/8 2,865 1,560 2,145 1,170 915 860 685 650
10 1/2 14 7/8 15 3/4 14 7/8 5 1/8 4,295 2,340 3,220 1,755 850 1,295 635 970
4 9 6 9 5 3/8 1,805 1,090 1,355 820 955 580 720 435
#8 8 13 12 13 5 3/8 3,610 2,185 2,710 1,640 1,100 1,155 825 870
12 17 18 17 6 5/8 5,420 3,275 4,065 2,455 1,020 1,735 765 1,300
5 11 1/4 7 1/2 11 1/4 6 1/2 2,645 1,920 1,985 1,440 — — — —
#10 10 16 1/4 15 16 1/4 7 5,290 3,845 3,965 2,880 — — — —
15 21 1/4 22 1/2 21 1/4 9 1/8 7,935 5,760 5,950 4,325 — — — —

of Rebar Steel (lb.) 1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete, bond or rebar steel load.
Rebar Size
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D

ASTM A615 ASTM A706
GR 60 GR 60 assuming dry concrete, periodic inspection, short-term temperature of 150°F and long-term temperature
of 110°F. Tension design strengths are converted to allowable tension loads using a conversion factor of
#3 4,505 4,005 a = 1/0.7 = 1.43. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% seismic load.
#5 12,695 11,285 5. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F
#7 24,570 21,840 6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the Designer shall consider the ductility requirements of ACI
#8 32,350 28,755 318-11 Section D.3.3.
7. Allowable tension loads in SDC C-F have been adjusted by 0.75 factor in accordance with ACI 318-11
#10 51,870 46,230 Section D.3.3.4.4.

76

ET-HP® Allowable Tension Loads for IBC *
Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load Tension Load
Critical Critical Based on Bond Strength Based on Steel Strength
Rod Drill Embed. Edge Spacing
Dia. Bit Depth f'c ≥ 2,000 psi F1554 F593
Dist. Dist. A193 GR B7
in. Dia. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
3⁄8 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 14 8,777 324 2,195 2,105 4,535 3,630
1⁄2 (356) (39.0) (1.4) (9.8) (9.4) (20.2) (16.1)
(9.5) (89) (133)
Adhesive Anchors
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 17 15,368 605 3,840 3,750 8,080 6,470
5⁄8 (432) (68.4) (2.7) (17.1) (16.7) (35.9) (28.8)
(12.7) (108) (162)
5⁄8 5 7 1⁄2 20 22,877 718 5,720 5,875 12,660 10,120
3⁄4 (127) (508) (101.8) (3.2) (25.4) (26.1) (56.3) (45.0)
(15.9) (191)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 27 35,459 4,940 8,865 8,460 18,230 12,400
7⁄8 (686) (157.7) (22.0) (39.4) (37.6) (81.1) (55.2)
(19.1) (171) (257)
7⁄8 7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 31 43,596 1,130 10,900 11,500 24,785 16,860
1
(22.2) (197) (295) (787) (193.9) (5.0) (48.5) (51.2) (110.2) (75.0)
1 9 13 1⁄2 36 47,333 1,243 11,835 15,025 32,380 22,020
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (229) (914) (210.5) (5.5) (52.6) (66.8) (144.0) (97.9)
(343)
1 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 40 1⁄2 61,840 15,460 19,025 41,000 27,880
1 1⁄4 —
(28.6) (257) (387) (1029) (275.1) (68.8) (84.6) (182.4) (124.0)
1 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 78,748 4,738 19,685 23,490 50,620 34,420
1 3⁄8 (1143) (350.3) (21.1) (87.6) (104.5) (225.2) (153.1)
(31.8) (286) (429)
1. Allowable load must the lesser of the bond or steel strength. 5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive
2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads
safety factor of 4.0. only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
distance on pages 84 and 85. consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
4. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart below for 6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead
allowable load adjustment for temperature. or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to fire-
exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.
In-Service Temperature Sensitivity

Base Material Percent
Temperature Allowable
°F °C Load
40 4 100%
70 21 100%
110 43 100%
135 57 85%
150 66 69%
1. Refer to temperature-sensitivity chart for
allowable bond strength reduction for
temperature. See page 319 for more
information.
2. Percent allowable load may be linearly
interpolated for intermediate base
material temperatures.
3. °C = (°F-32) / 1.8

77

ET-HP® Allowable Shear Loads for IBC *
Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete
Shear Load Based on Shear Load Based on
Critical Critical Concrete Edge Distance Steel Strength
in. in.
3⁄8 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 7,615 591 1,905 1,085 2,340 1,870
1⁄2 (33.9) (2.6) (8.5) (4.8) (10.4) (8.3)
(9.5) (89) (133) (133)
Adhesive Anchors
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 11,273 1,502 2,820 1,930 4,160 3,330
5⁄8 (50.1) (6.7) (12.5) (8.6) (18.5) (14.8)
(12.7) (108) (162) (162)
5⁄8 5 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 19,559 1,289 4,890 3,025 6,520 5,220
3⁄4 (127) (87.0) (5.7) (21.8) (13.5) (29.0) (23.2)
(15.9) (191) (191)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 27,696 2,263 6,925 4,360 9,390 6,385
7⁄8 (123.2) (10.1) (30.8) (19.4) (41.8) (28.4)
(19.1) (171) (257) (257)
7⁄8 7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 6,925 5,925 12,770 8,685
1 — —
(22.2) (197) (295) (295) (30.8) (26.4) (56.8) (38.6)
1 9 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 53,960 3,821 13,490 7,740 16,680 11,345
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (229) (240.0) (17.0) (60.0) (34.4) (74.2) (50.5)
(343) (343)
1 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 59,280 14,820 9,800 21,125 14,365
1 1⁄4 —
(28.6) (257) (387) (387) (263.7) (65.9) (43.6) (94.0) (63.9)
1 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 64,572 3,503 16,145 12,100 26,075 17,730
1 3⁄8 (287.2) (15.6) (71.8) (53.8) (116.0) (78.9)
(31.8) (286) (429) (429)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 84 and 85.
4. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart on page 77 for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic
loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity
loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
ET-HP® Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod IBC *

Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall
Tension Load Based on Tension Load Based on Edge W=
13⁄4" 6" or 8"
Min. Min. Bond Strength Steel Strength
Rod Dia. Drill Bit Embed. Stemwall Edge End
Depth Width f'c ≥ 2,000 psi F1554
in. Dia. Dist. Dist.
in. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete Grade 36
(mm) in. in. in.

(mm) (mm) d
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable En
5"
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
5⁄8 9 1⁄2 6 1 3⁄4 5 10,720 1,559 2,680 5,875
3⁄4 (152.4)
(15.9) (241.3) (44.5) (127.0) (47.7) (6.9) (11.9) (26.1)
5⁄8 12 6 1 3⁄4 5 16,150 260 4,040 5,875
3⁄4 (304.8) (152.4)
(15.9) (44.5) (127.0) (71.8) (1.2) (18.0) (26.1)
7⁄8 12 1⁄2 8 1 3⁄4 5 17,000 303 4,250 11,500
1 (203.2)
(22.2) (317.5) (44.5) (127.0) (75.6) (1.3) (18.9) (51.2)
7⁄8 15 1⁄2 8 1 3⁄4 5 23,340 762 5,835 11,500
1 (203.2)
(22.2) (393.7) (44.5) (127.0) (103.8) (3.4) (26.0) (51.2)
Edge and end distances
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength. for threaded rod in
2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
concrete foundation
stemwall corner
4. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or
seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to installation
resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.

78

IBC *
ET-HP® Allowable Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load Based
Tension Load Based on Bond Strength
Critical Critical on Steel Strength
Rebar Drill Embed. Edge Spacing
Size Bit Depth f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi ASTM A615
Dist. Dist.
No. Dia. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Grade 60 Rebar
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 17 17,596 533 4,400 4,400
— —
#4 (108) (162) (432) (78.3) (2.4) (19.6) (19.6) 4,800
Adhesive Anchors
(12.7) 5⁄8 (21.4)
6 9 24 20,250 263 5,060
— — —
(152) (229) (610) (90.1) (1.2) (22.5)
5 7 1⁄2 20 25,427 1,899 6,355 — — 6,355
#5 (127) (191) (508) (113.1) (8.4) (28.3) (28.3) 7,440
(15.9) 3⁄4 (33.1)
9 3⁄8 14 1⁄8 37 1⁄2 29,510 2,270 7,375
— — —
(238) (359) (953) (131.3) (10.1) (32.8)
6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 27 41,812 595 10,455 10,455
— —
#6 (171) (257) (686) (186.0) (2.6) (46.5) (46.5) 10,560
(19.1) 7⁄8 (47.0)
11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 44,210 1,227 11,050
— — —
(286) (429) (1,143) (196.7) (5.5) (49.2)
7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 31 50,241 2,995 12,560 12,560
— —
#7 (197) (295) (787) (223.5) (13.3) (55.9) (55.9) 14,400
1
(22.2) 13 1⁄8 19 3⁄4 52 1⁄2 59,325 3,444 14,830 (64.1)
— — —
(333) (502) (1,334) (263.9) (15.3) (66.0)
9 13 1⁄2 36 60,145 5,493 15,035 — — 15,035
(229) (343) (914) (267.5) (24.4) (66.9) (66.9)
#8 12 18 48 — — — — — 18,260 18,960
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (305) (457) (1,219) (81.2) (84.3)
15 22 1⁄2 60 85,970 17,965 21,490
— — —
(381) (572) (1,524) (382.4) (79.9) (95.6)
9 13 1⁄2 36 15,035 15,035
— — — —
(229) (343) (914) (66.9) (66.9)
#9 13 19 1⁄2 52 21,310 24,000
1 1⁄4 — — — — —
(28.6) (330) (495) (1,321) (94.8) (106.8)
16 7⁄8 25 3⁄8 67 1⁄2 110,370 4,768 27,590
— — —
(429) (645) (1,715) (491.0) (21.2) (122.7)
11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 70,685 1,112 17,670 17,670
— —
(286) (429) (1,143) (314.4) (4.9) (78.6) (78.6)
#10 15 22 1⁄2 60 23,960 30,480
1 1⁄2 — — — — —
(31.8) (381) (572) (1,524) (106.6) (135.6)
18 3⁄4 28 1⁄8 75 120,976 6,706 30,245
— — —
(476) (714) (1,905) (538.1) (29.8) (134.5)
12 3⁄8 18 5⁄8 49 1⁄2 78,422 4,603 19,605 19,605
(348.8) (20.5) (87.2) — — (87.2)
(314) (473) (1,257)
#11 16 1⁄2 24 3⁄4 66 28,605 37,440
1 5⁄8 — — — — —
(34.9) (419) (629) (1,676) (127.2) (166.5)
20 5⁄8 31 82 1⁄2 150,415 8,287 37,605
(787) — — —
(524) (2,096) (669.1) (36.9) (167.3)
#14 15 3⁄4 23 5⁄8 63 91,518 3,797 22,880 22,880 54,000
2 — —
(44.5) (400) (600) (1,600) (407.1) (16.9) (101.8) (101.8) (240.2)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special
consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to
fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

79

IBC *
ET-HP® Allowable Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete
Shear Load Based on Shear Load Based
Critical Critical Concrete Edge Distance on Steel Strength
Rebar Embed.
Drill Bit Edge Spacing
Size Depth f'c ≥ 2,500 psi ASTM A615
Dia. Dist. Dist.
No. in. (17.2 MPa) Concrete Grade 60 Rebar
in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable
#4 4 1⁄4 8 6 3⁄8 13,564 971 3,390 3,060
(12.7) 5⁄8 (203) (60.3) (4.3) (15.1) (13.6)
(108) (162)
Adhesive Anchors
#5 5 10 7 1⁄2 20,914 3,034 5,230 4,740

(15.9) 3⁄4 (127) (254) (93.0) (13.5) (23.3) (21.1)
(191)
#6 6 3⁄4 12 10 1⁄8 30,148 1,322 7,535 6,730
(19.1) 7⁄8 (305) (134.1) (5.9) (33.5) (29.9)
(171) (257)
#7 7 3⁄4 14 11 5⁄8 39,838 1,854 9,960 9,180
1
(22.2) (197) (356) (295) (177.2) (8.2) (44.3) (40.8)
#8 9 16 13 1⁄2 53,090 3,562 13,270 12,085
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (229) (406) (236.2) (15.8) (59.0) (53.8)
(343)
#9 10 1⁄8 18 15 1⁄4 63,818 3,671 15,955 15,300
(28.7) 1 1⁄4 (457) (148.7) (16.3) (71.0) (68.1)
(257) (387)
#10 11 1⁄4 20 16 7⁄8 82,782 2,245 20,695 19,430
(32.3) 1 1⁄2 (508) (368.2) (10.0) (92.1) (86.4)
(286) (429)
#11 12 3⁄8 22 18 5⁄8 96,056 3,671 24,015 23,865
(35.8) 1 5⁄8 (559) (427.3) (16.3) (106.8) (106.2)
(314) (473)
#14 12 3⁄8 22 18 5⁄8 24,015 34,425
2 — —
(43.0) (314) (559) (473) (106.8) (153.1)
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in
fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been
given to fire-exposure conditions.

80
ET-HP® Design Information — Masonry

ET-HP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and Rebar IBC *
in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
Diameter (in.) or Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embedment2 Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
Rebar Size No. (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Load
3/8 1/2 3 3/8 1,425 845
1/2 5/8 4 1/2 1,425 1,470
5/8 3/4 5 5/8 1,560 1,835
Adhesive Anchors
3/4 7/8 6 1/2 1,560 2,050
#3 1/2 3 3/8 1,275 1,335
#4 5/8 4 1/2 1,435 1,355
#5 3/4 5 5/8 1,550 1,355
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of the bond values shown in this table and steel values, shown on page 83.
2. Embedment depth shall be measured from the outside face of masonry wall.
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply with the information on page 82. Figure 2 on page 82 illustrates
critical and minimum edge and end distances.
4. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8 inches. The minimum allowable member thickness shall be no less than 1 1/2
times the actual anchor embedment.
5. No more than one anchor shall be permitted per masonry cell.
6. Anchors shall be permitted to be installed at any location in the face of the fully grouted masonry wall construction (cell, web, bed joint),
except anchors shall not be installed within 1 1/2 inches of the head joint, as show in Figure 2 on page 82.
7. Tabulated allowable load values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry walls.
8. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
9. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 below,
as applicable.
10. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls with ET-HP® are permitted to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
11. Threaded rod shall meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554, Grade 36 steel, which is 58,000 psi.
12. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible exterior weathering conditions, as defined in Figure 1 of ASTM C62, allowable
tension loads shall be multiplied by 0.80.
120
100% 100%
110 @50°F @70°F

100 84%
@110°F
90 71%
@135°F
80
70 53%
@150°F
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Base Material Temperature (˚F )
Figure 1. Load capacity based on in-service temperature for ET-HP® epoxy

adhesive in the face of fully grouted CMU wall construction

81

ET-HP® Edge Distance and Spacing Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction IBC *
Factors — Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction2,7
Edge or End Distance1,8 Spacing2,9
Critical Critical Minimum
Minimum (Reduced Anchor Capacity)4
(Full Anchor Capacity)3 (Full Anchor Capacity)5 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
Rod Dia. Minimum Critical Edge Allowable Minimum Allowable
(in.) Critical Minimum
Embed. or End Load Edge or Allowable Load Load Allowable Load
or Spacing, Spacing,
Depth Distance, Reduction End Distance, Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
Rebar Size Scr (in.) Smin (in.)
(in.) Ccr (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) Factor
No.
Adhesive Anchors
Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear10 Tension or Tension or Tension or

Shear Shear Shear Perp. Parallel Shear Shear Shear
3/8 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.76 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.47 0.94

1/2 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.92 0.9 8 1.00 4 0.60 0.96
5/8 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.55 0.86 8 1.00 4 0.72 0.98
3/4 6 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.55 0.86 8 1.00 4 0.85 1.00
#3 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.96 0.86 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.37 0.92
#4 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.71 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.69 0.96
#5 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.71 1.00 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
1. Edge distance (Ccr or Cmin) is the distance measured from anchor centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall. Refer to Figure 2 below for an illustration
showing critical and minimum edge and end distances.
3. Critical edge distance, Ccr, is the least edge distance at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a load reduction factor equals 1.0 (no load
reduction).
4. Minimum edge distance, Cmin, is the least edge distance where an anchor has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined by multiplying the allowable
loads assigned to anchors installed at critical edge distance, Ccr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance is not influenced by
adjacent anchors.
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the allowable loads
assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance, Scr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
9. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension with spacing between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
10. Perpendicular shear loads act towards the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 3 below). Perpendicular and parallel shear
load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is located between the critical minimum edge and end distance.

edge distance (see load table) Installation Edge of Wall
in this area
for reduced
allowable
load capacity
Shear Load A1
Shear
End of Wall
4" minimum Load B2

end distance
Critical end
distance
(see load table)
No installation
within 1½" of
head joint

Figure 2. Allowable anchor placement in Figure 3. Anchor placement in grouted

grouted CMU face shell CMU mortar “T” joint
1. Direction of Shear Load A is parallel to edge of
wall and perpendicular to end of wall.
2. Direction of Shear Load B is parallel to end of
wall and perpendicular to edge of wall.
82

ET-HP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — IBC *
Tension Load Based on Steel Strength2 (lb.) Shear Load Based on Steel Strength3 (lb.)
Threaded Tensile Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Rod Stress ASTM ASTMA
Diameter Area ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 F1554 193 ASTM ASTM A193
Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193
Grade B65 Grades
(in.) (in.2) B8 Grade 364 Grade B76 A193 Grades B8
and B8M 7
Grade B6 and B8M7
5
3/8 0.078 1,495 3,220 2,830 1,930 770 1,660 1,460 995
1/2 0.142 2,720 5,860 5,155 3,515 1,400 3,020 2,655 1,810
5/8 0.226 4,325 9,325 8,205 5,595 2,230 4,805 4,225 2,880
Adhesive Anchors
3/4 0.334 6,395 13,780 12,125 8,265 3,295 7,100 6,245 4,260
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on 5. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 110,000 psi) of
page 81 and steel values in the table above. ASTM A193, Grade B6 used to calculate allowable steel
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on the following strength.
equation: Fv = 0.33 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area. 6. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 125,000 psi) of
3. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on the following ASTM A193, Grade B7 used to calculate allowable steel SCREEN TUBE
equation: Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area. strength.
4. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 58,000 psi) of ASTM 7. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 75,000 psi) of ASTM
F1554, Grade 36 used to calculate allowable steel strength. A193, Grades B8 and B8M used to calculate allowable steel
strength.
ET-HP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — IBC *
Configuration A
Tensile (Shear)
Based on Steel Strength Based on Steel Strength
Rebar Size Stress Area
(in.2) ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615
#3 0.11 2,200 2,640 1,310 1,685
#4 0.20 4,000 4,800 2,380 3,060 SCREEN TUBE
#5 0.31 6,200 7,400 3,690 4,745

1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on Section 3.3.3 (24,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 22.5º 3⁄4" DIA.
BENT
page 81 and steel values in the table above. 60 rebar. 1" MAX. THREADED
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 4. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section ROD
Section 3.3.3 (20,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 3.3.3 (Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area).
40 rebar. 5. Fu = 70,000 psi for Grade 40 rebar.
3. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 6. Fu = 90,000 psi for Grade 60 rebar. Configuration B
ET-HP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for
® (Tension & Shear)
Installations in Unreinforced Brick Masonry Walls — IBC *
Minimum URM Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick)
6"x6"x3⁄8"
Min. Min. Tension Load Based Shear Load Based STEEL
Min. on URM Strength on URM Strength PLATE
STEEL
Rod Drill Embed. Edge/End Vertical Horiz.
SCREEN TUBE
Dia. Bit Depth Spacing Spacing STEEL SLEEVE

Dist. Minimum Net Mortar Minimum Net Mortar
in. Dia. in. Dist. Dist.
in. Strength = 50 psi Strength = 50 psi
(mm) in. (mm) in. in. 58 ⁄ " DIA.
(mm) ROD
(mm) (mm) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) HEX
NUT
Configuration A (Simpson Strong-Tie® ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)

3⁄4 8 24 18 18 1,000
1 —
(19.1) (203) (610) (457) (457) (4.4)
Configuration B (Simpson Strong-Tie ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)
® Configuration C
13 16 18 24 1,200 1,000 (Tension & Shear)
3⁄4 1
(19.1) (330) (406) (457) (610) (5.3) (4.4)
Configuration C (Simpson Strong-Tie® ETS Screen Tube and AST Steel Sleeve Required)
5⁄8 24 18 18 1,200 750 Installation Instructions for
1 **
(15.9) (610) (457) (457) (5.3) (3.3) Configuration C
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 Grade 8. Configuration B has a 3⁄4" threaded rod bent and installed
1. Drill hole perpendicular to the
36 minimum. at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13 inches into the
wall to a depth of 8" with a
2. All holes are drilled with a 1"-diameter carbide-tipped wall, to within 1-inch (maximum) of the exterior wall
1"-diameter carbide-tipped drill
drill bit with the drill set in the rotation-only mode. surface. This configuration is designed to resist tension
bit (rotation-only mode).
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum and shear loads. The pre-bent threaded rod is installed
with a 31⁄32" diameter by 13-inch-long screen tube (part # 2. Clean hole with oil-free compressed
thickness of 13 inches (three wythes of brick).
ETS7513 or ETS7513P). air and a nylon brush.
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear
tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi. 9. Configuration C is designed to resist tension and shear 3. Fill 8" steel screen tube with mixed
forces. It consists of a 5⁄8"-diameter, ASTM F1554 Grade adhesive and insert into hole.
5. The allowable load for Configuration B and C anchors
subjected to a combined tension and shear load is 36 threaded rod and an 8"-long sleeve (part # AST800) 4. Insert steel sleeve slowly into screen
determined by assuming a straight-line relationship and a 31⁄32"-diameter by 8-inch-long screen tube (part # tube (adhesive will displace).
between allowable tension and shear. ETS758). The steel sleeve has a plastic plug in one end. 5. Allow adhesive to cure (see cure schedule).
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are A 6" by 6" by 3⁄8" thick ASTM A 36 steel plate is located 6. Drill through plastic plug in (inside) end
limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only. on the back face of the wall. of steel sleeve with 5⁄8" bit.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar 10. Special inspection requirements are determined by Drill completely through the wall with
embedded 8 inches into the wall with a 31⁄32"-diameter by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local 5⁄8" carbide-tipped concrete drill bit
8-inch-long screen tube (part # ETS758 or ETS758P). building official. (rotation-only mode).
This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only. 11. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for
7. Insert 5⁄8" rod through hole and attach
allowable load adjustment for temperature.
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. metal plate and nut.
83

ET-HP® Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts 5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
load application. 8. Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 9. Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable tension load based
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. on bond strength values or allowable Shear Load Based on Concrete
Edge Distance values only.
Edge Distance Tension (fc )
Adhesive Anchors
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 IBC *

Edge Rebar #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #14
Dist. E 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 5 9 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 9 15 9 16 7⁄8 10 1⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 12 3⁄8 20 5⁄8 15 3⁄4
cact ccr 5 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 9 7 1⁄2 14 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 11 5⁄8 19 3⁄4 13 1⁄2 22 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 25 3⁄8 15 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 28 1⁄8 18 5⁄8 31 23 5⁄8
(in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4
fcmin 0.50 0.50 0.59 0.50 0.64 0.50 0.57 0.50 0.52 0.50 0.47 0.50 0.47 0.58 0.58 0.51 0.58 0.51 0.58
1 3⁄4 0.50 0.50 0.59 0.50 0.64 0.50 0.57 0.50 0.52 0.50 0.47
2 3⁄4 0.64 0.61 0.65 0.59 0.67 0.56 0.60 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.50 0.50 0.47 0.58 0.58 0.51 0.58 0.51 0.58
3 0.68 0.64 0.66 0.61 0.68 0.57 0.61 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.50 0.51 0.48 0.59 0.59 0.51 0.59 0.51 0.59
4 0.82 0.74 0.72 0.70 0.71 0.63 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.60 0.53 0.56 0.50 0.62 0.62 0.53 0.61 0.53 0.61
5 0.96 0.85 0.77 0.78 0.73 0.69 0.66 0.66 0.61 0.64 0.55 0.60 0.52 0.66 0.65 0.55 0.64 0.55 0.63
6 1.00 0.96 0.83 0.87 0.76 0.75 0.69 0.72 0.63 0.68 0.58 0.65 0.55 0.69 0.68 0.57 0.67 0.57 0.65
7 1.00 0.89 0.96 0.79 0.81 0.72 0.77 0.66 0.72 0.60 0.70 0.57 0.72 0.71 0.59 0.69 0.58 0.67
8 0.94 1.00 0.82 0.87 0.75 0.82 0.69 0.77 0.63 0.74 0.59 0.76 0.74 0.61 0.72 0.60 0.69
9 1.00 0.85 0.93 0.78 0.87 0.71 0.81 0.66 0.79 0.62 0.79 0.77 0.63 0.75 0.62 0.71
10 0.88 0.99 0.80 0.92 0.74 0.85 0.68 0.84 0.64 0.82 0.80 0.65 0.77 0.64 0.73
12 0.94 1.00 0.86 1.00 0.79 0.94 0.73 0.93 0.69 0.89 0.86 0.69 0.82 0.67 0.77
14 1.00 0.92 0.85 1.00 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.96 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.71 0.81
16 0.98 0.90 0.83 0.78 1.00 0.97 0.77 0.93 0.74 0.85
18 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.83 1.00 0.80 0.98 0.77 0.89
20 1.00 0.94 0.87 0.84 1.00 0.81 0.93
22 0.99 0.92 0.88 0.84 0.97
24 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.88 1.00
26 1.00 0.96 0.91
28 1.00 0.95
30 0.98
32 1.00
See notes below.
Edge Distance Shear (fc )

Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 IBC *
Edge Rebar #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #14
Dist. E 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄4 4 1⁄4 5 5 6 3⁄4 6 3⁄4 7 3⁄4 7 3⁄4 9 9 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 11 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 12 3⁄8 12 3⁄8
cact ccr 5 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 8 7 1⁄2 10 10 1⁄8 12 11 5⁄8 14 13 1⁄2 16 18 15 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 20 22 22
(in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4
fcmin 0.29 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.13 0.10 0.13 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14
1 3⁄4 0.29 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.13 0.10 0.13 0.09 0.08 0.08
2 3⁄4 0.49 0.37 0.29 0.28 0.21 0.23 0.19 0.22 0.16 0.16 0.14 0.08 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14
3 0.54 0.42 0.33 0.32 0.24 0.26 0.21 0.24 0.18 0.18 0.16 0.10 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.15
4 0.75 0.59 0.46 0.47 0.35 0.36 0.30 0.33 0.26 0.26 0.23 0.16 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.20
5 0.95 0.76 0.60 0.62 0.45 0.47 0.39 0.42 0.33 0.33 0.29 0.22 0.29 0.28 0.25 0.24 0.24
6 1.00 0.94 0.73 0.77 0.56 0.57 0.47 0.50 0.41 0.41 0.35 0.28 0.36 0.34 0.30 0.29 0.29
7 1.00 0.87 0.92 0.67 0.68 0.56 0.59 0.48 0.49 0.42 0.34 0.43 0.40 0.35 0.33 0.33
8 1.00 1.00 0.78 0.78 0.65 0.68 0.55 0.57 0.48 0.40 0.50 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.37
9 0.89 0.88 0.74 0.77 0.63 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.57 0.52 0.45 0.42 0.42
10 1.00 0.99 0.82 0.86 0.70 0.73 0.61 0.52 0.64 0.58 0.50 0.46 0.46
11 1.00 0.91 0.94 0.78 0.80 0.68 0.58 0.71 0.64 0.55 0.51 0.51
12 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.88 0.74 0.64 0.78 0.70 0.60 0.55 0.55
13 0.93 0.96 0.81 0.70 0.85 0.76 0.65 0.60 0.60
14 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.76 0.91 0.82 0.70 0.64 0.64
15 0.94 0.82 0.98 0.89 0.75 0.69 0.69
16 1.00 0.88 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.73
18 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.82
20 1.00 0.91 0.91
22 1.00 1.00
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
2. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches). 6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
3. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). fccr is always = 1.00.
4. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches). 7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].
84

ET-HP® Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing. 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear 8. Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
load application. 9. Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable Tension Load
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. Based on Bond Strength values or allowable Shear Load Based
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. on Concrete Edge Distance values only.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
*
Adhesive Anchors
Spacing Tension (fs) IBC
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
Rebar #4 #5#6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #14
sact E 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 5 9 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 9 15 9 16 7⁄8 10 1⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 12 3⁄8 20 5⁄8 15 3⁄4
(in.) scr 14 17 24 20 37 1⁄2 27 45 31 52 1⁄2 36 60 36 67 1⁄2 40 1⁄2 45 75 49 1⁄2 82 1⁄2 63
smin 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄8 3 2 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8 3 7⁄8 6 5⁄8 4 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 8 1⁄2 5 1⁄8 5 5⁄8 9 3⁄8 6 1⁄4 10 3⁄8 7 7⁄8
fsmin 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89
1 3⁄4 0.89
2 0.89
4 0.91 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.89 0.89
6 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.91 0.89 0.90 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.89 0.89
8 0.95 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.90 0.91 0.89 0.90 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.89 0.89
10 0.96 0.95 0.93 0.94 0.91 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.90 0.91 0.90 0.91 0.89 0.91 0.90 0.89 0.90 0.89
12 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.95 0.91 0.93 0.91 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.91 0.89 0.90 0.89 0.90
14 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.96 0.92 0.94 0.91 0.93 0.91 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.91 0.90 0.90
16 0.99 0.96 0.97 0.93 0.95 0.92 0.94 0.91 0.93 0.91 0.93 0.90 0.92 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.90 0.91
18 1.00 0.97 0.99 0.93 0.96 0.92 0.95 0.92 0.94 0.91 0.94 0.91 0.93 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.90 0.91
20 0.98 1.00 0.94 0.97 0.93 0.96 0.92 0.94 0.92 0.94 0.91 0.94 0.93 0.91 0.92 0.90 0.91
24 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.94 0.97 0.93 0.96 0.92 0.96 0.92 0.95 0.94 0.91 0.94 0.91 0.92
28 0.97 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.94 0.97 0.93 0.97 0.93 0.96 0.95 0.92 0.95 0.92 0.93
32 0.98 0.96 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.94 0.99 0.93 0.97 0.96 0.93 0.96 0.92 0.94
36 0.99 0.97 0.96 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.94 0.99 0.97 0.93 0.97 0.93 0.95
40 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.96 0.95 1.00 0.99 0.94 0.98 0.94 0.95
45 1.00 0.98 0.97 0.96 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.94 0.96
50 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 1.00 0.95 0.97
55 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.98
60 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.97 0.99
65 1.00 0.98 0.97 1.00
70 0.99 0.98
75 1.00 0.99
82 1⁄2 1.00
See Notes Below.
IBC *
Spacing Shear (fs)
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
Rebar #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #14
sact E 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4 7 3⁄4 9 10 1⁄8 11 1⁄4 12 3⁄8 12 3⁄8
(in.) scr 5 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 10 1⁄8 11 5⁄8 13 1⁄2 15 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 18 5⁄8 18 5⁄8
smin 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 3 7⁄8 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄8 5 5⁄8 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4
fsmin 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.83
1 3⁄4 0.83
2 0.84
3 0.89 0.87 0.85
4 0.94 0.91 0.88 0.85 0.83
5 0.99 0.95 0.92 0.87 0.85 0.84 1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
6 1.00 0.99 0.95 0.90 0.88 0.86 0.84 0.84 2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are
7 1.00 0.98 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.86 0.85 0.84 0.84 installed (inches).
8 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.87 0.85 0.85 3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
9 0.97 0.94 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.87 0.87 4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
10 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.90 0.88 0.88 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual
12 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.91 0.91 spacing distance.
14 1.00 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.94 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing
distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
16 1.00 0.99 0.96 0.96
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
18 1.00 0.99 0.99 spacing distance.
20 1.00 1.00 8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].

85
AT Acrylic Adhesive
AT is a high-strength, acrylic-based adhesive anchoring system, formulated for use as a high-strength

anchor-grouting material in a wide range of temperature conditions. It is a two-part system, with the resin
and initiator being simultaneously dispensed and mixed through the mixing nozzle.
Features
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for URM per ICC-ES ESR-1958
• Cure times – 24 hours at 0°F, 1 hour at 60°F
Adhesive Anchors
• Non-sag gel formulation ideal for horizontal, vertical and

overhead applications
• Suitable for use in damp or wet anchor sites
• Available in 9.6 oz.,12.5 oz. and 30 oz. cartridges for application versatility
Applications
• Threaded rod anchoring and rebar doweling into concrete, masonry and
URM (red brick)
current approvals
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-1958 (URM); AASHTO M-235 and

ASTM C881 (Type I and IV, Grade 3, Class A, B and C –
except AT adhesive is a non-epoxy formulated for fast cure time);
multiple DOT listings (refer to strongtie.com/DOT).
Chemical Resistance

(See also pages 124–127.)
• Surfaces to receive adhesive must be clean.
• Base material temperature must be 0°F or above at the time of installation.
• For information on installations below 0°F, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
• Mixed material in nozzle can harden in 5–7 minutes at temperatures of AT Adhesive
70°F and above.
Design Example
See page 324.
Suggested Specifications
See www.strongtie.com for more information.
86
AT Acrylic Adhesive
Test Criteria
Anchors installed with AT adhesive have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES
Acceptance Criteria for Anchors in Unreinforced Masonry Elements (AC60).
Adhesive Anchors
2,960 psi (2 days)
Bond strength (moist cure, 60°F) ASTM C882
3,567 psi (14 days)
Compressive yield strength (cured 60°F) ASTM D695 10,930 psi (7 days)
Compressive modulus (cured 60°F) ASTM D695 502,330 psi (7 days)
Shore D hardness ASTM D2240 91
VOC ASTM D2369 25 g/L
Shrinkage coefficient ASTM D2566 0.004 in./in.
*Material and curing conditions: 73 ± 2°F, unless otherwise noted.
AT Adhesive Cartridge Systems

Model Capacity Carton Dispensing Mixing
Cartridge Type
No. (ounces) Quantity Tools Nozzle
AT10 9.6 Single 12 CDT10S
AT13 12.5 Side-by-side 10 ADT813S
ADT30S AMN19Q
AT30 30 Side-by-side 5 ADTA30CKT
ADTA30P
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair AT adhesive performance.

Base Material Percent Percent 1. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity
Temperature Allowable Allowable chart for allowable bond strength reduction
Load for Load for for in-service temperature. See page 319.
°F °C Tinst = 0°F Tinst ≥ 70°F 2. Tinst is the base material temperature during
0 -18 100% 100% installation and curing of the adhesive.
3. Percent allowable load for Tinst = 0°F (-18°C)
32 0 100% 100% is to be used for Tinst between 0°F (-18°C)
70 21 100% 100% and 70°F (21°C).
110 43 82% 82% 4. Percent allowable load may be linearly
interpolated for intermediate base material
135 57 74% 82%
in-service temperatures.
150 66 38% 65% 5. °C = (°F-32) / 1.8
180 82 22% 28%
Cure Schedule
Base Material
(hrs.)
°F °C
0 -18 24
25 -4 8
40 4 4
60 16 1
70 21 30 min.
100 38 20 min.
87
AT Design Information — Concrete

AT Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors IBC *
in Normal-Weight Concrete (continued on next page)
in. in.
1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 7 3,362 99 840
(44) (67) (178) (15.0) (0.4) (3.7)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄8 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 6 1⁄8 8,937 314 2,235 2,105 4,535 3,630
7⁄16 (39.8) (1.4) (9.9) (9.4) (20.2) (16.1)
(9.5) (89) (133) (156)
4 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 18 10,411 525 2,605
(114) (171) (457) (46.3) (2.3) (11.6)
2 1⁄8 3 3⁄16 8 1⁄2 5,252 501 1,315
(54) (81) (216) (23.4) (2.2) (5.8)
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 16,668 822 4,165 3,750 8,080 6,470
9⁄16 (74.1) (3.7) (18.5) (16.7) (35.9) (28.8)
(12.7) (108) (162) (191)
6 9 24 19,182 331 4,795
(152) (229) (610) (85.3) (1.5) (21.3)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 10 8,495 561 2,125
(64) (95) (254) (37.8) (2.5) (9.5)
4 5 5⁄8 16 4,315
— —
(102) (143) (406) (19.2)
5⁄8 5 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 9 5⁄8 26,025 1,866 6,505 5,875 12,660 10,120
11⁄16 (115.8) (8.3) (28.9) (26.1) (56.3) (45.0)
(15.9) (140) (191) (244)
7 7⁄16 10 7⁄8 29 3⁄4 7,215
— —
(189) (276) (756) (32.1)
9 3⁄8 14 1⁄8 37 1⁄2 31,683 1,571 7,920
(238) (359) (953) (140.9) (7.0) (35.2)
See notes on next page.

3⁄4" – 1 1⁄4" diameters
on next page

88

in Normal-Weight Concrete (continued from previous page)
in. in.
3 3⁄8 5 1⁄16 13 1⁄2 12,991 725 3,250
(86) (129) (343) (57.8) (3.2) (14.5)
Adhesive Anchors
5 1⁄16 7 5⁄8 20 1⁄4 6,330
— —
(129) (194) (514) (28.2)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 11 7⁄8 37,616 1,817 9,405 8,460 18,230 12,400
13⁄16 (167.3) (8.1) (41.8) (37.6) (81.1) (55.2)
(19.1) (171) (257) (302)
9 13 1⁄2 36 10,000
— —
(229) (343) (914) (44.5)
11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 42,381 683 10,595
(286) (429) (1143) (188.5) (3.0) (47.1)
3 7⁄8 5 13⁄16 15 1⁄2 14,206 457 3,550
(98) (148) (394) (63.2) (2.0) (15.8)
5 13⁄16 8 3⁄4 23 1⁄4 7,130
— —
(148) (222) (591) (31.7)
7⁄8 7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 13 5⁄8 42,848 3,155 10,710 11,500 24,785 16,860
1 (190.6) (14.0) (47.6) (51.2) (110.2) (75.0)
(22.2) (197) (295) (346)
10 7⁄16 15 5⁄8 41 3⁄4 12,250
— —
(265) (397) (1060) (54.5)
13 1⁄8 19 5⁄8 52 1⁄2 55,148 5,673 13,785
(333) (498) (1334) (245.3) (25.2) (61.3)
4 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 18 20,797 1,763 5,200
(114) (171) (457) (92.5) (7.8) (23.1)
6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 27 10,165
— —
(171) (257) (686) (45.2)
1 9 13 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 60,504 2,065 15,125 15,025 32,380 22,020
(25.4) 1 1⁄16 (229) (269.1) (9.2) (67.3) (66.8) (144.0) (97.9)
(343) (400)
12 18 48 17,880
— —
(305) (457) (1219) (79.5)
15 22 1⁄2 60 82,529 5,146 20,630
(381) (572) (1524) (367.1) (22.9) (91.8)
5 1⁄8 7 3⁄4 20 1⁄2 26,600 6,650
—
(130) (197) (521) (118.3) (29.6)
7 5⁄8 11 1⁄2 30 1⁄2 11,780
— —
(194) (292) (775) (52.4)
1 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 17 3⁄4 67,600 16,900 19,025 41,000 27,880
1 3⁄16 —
(28.6) (257) (387) (451) (300.7) (75.2) (84.6) (182.4) (124.0)
13 1⁄2 20 1⁄4 54 21,385
— —
(343) (514) (1372) (95.1)
16 7⁄8 25 3⁄8 67 1⁄2 103,460 25,865
—
(429) (645) (1715) (460.2) (115.1)
5 5⁄8 8 7⁄16 22 1⁄2 32,368 2,054 8,090
(143) (214) (572) (144.0) (9.1) (36.0)
8 7⁄16 12 3⁄4 33 3⁄4 13,090
— —
(214) (324) (857) (58.2)
1 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 19 3⁄4 72,363 7,457 18,090 23,490 50,620 34,420
1 5⁄16 (321.9) (33.2) (80.5) (104.5) (225.2) (153.1)
(31.8) (286) (429) (502)
15 22 1⁄2 60 24,860
— —
(381) (572) (1524) (110.6)
18 3⁄4 28 1⁄8 75 126,500 15,813 31,625
(476) (714) (1905) (562.7) (70.3) (140.7)
1. Reference page 318 for oversize holes.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pages 97, 99 and 100.
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided
special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
7. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration
is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

89

AT Allowable Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors IBC *
in Normal-Weight Concrete
in. in.
1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 4,869 369 1,215
(44) (67) (21.7) (1.6) (5.4)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄8 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 5,540 620 1,385 1,085 2,340 1,870
7⁄16 (24.6) (2.8) (6.2) (4.8) (10.4) (8.3)
(9.5) (89) (133) (133)
4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 1,385
— —
(114) (133) (6.2)
2 1⁄8 3 1⁄4 8,318 643 2,080
(54) (83) (37.0) (2.9) (9.3)
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 9,998 522 2,500 1,930 4,160 3,330
9⁄16 (44.5) (2.3) (11.1) (8.6) (18.5) (14.8)
(12.7) (108) (162) (162)
6 6 3⁄8 2,500
(152) — —
(162) (11.1)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 14,806 728 3,700
(64) (95) (65.9) (3.2) (16.5)
5⁄8 5 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 8 1⁄4 15,692 305 3,925 3,025 6,520 5,220
11⁄16 (69.8) (1.4) (17.5) (13.5) (29.0) (23.2)
(15.9) (140) (191) (210)
9 3⁄8 8 1⁄4 3,925
— —
(238) (210) (17.5)
3 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 20,350 5,090
—
(86) (130) (90.5) (22.6)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 20,350 1,521 5,090 4,360 9,390 6,385
13⁄16 (90.5) (6.8) (22.6) (19.4) (41.8) (28.4)
(19.1) (171) (257) (257)
11 1⁄4 10 1⁄8 5,090
— —
(286) (257) (22.6)
3 7⁄8 5 7⁄8 27,475 1,655 6,870
(98) (149) (122.2) (7.4) (30.6)
7⁄8 7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 30,876 1,714 7,720 5,925 12,770 8,685
1 (137.3) (7.6) (34.3) (26.4) (56.8) (38.6)
(22.2) (197) (295) (295)
13 1⁄8 11 5⁄8 7,720
— —
(333) (295) (34.3)
4 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 32,687 2,287 8,170

(114) (171) (145.4) (10.2) (36.3)
1 9 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 33,858 2,035 8,465 7,740 16,680 11,345
(25.4) 1 1⁄16 (229) (150.6) (9.1) (37.7) (34.4) (74.2) (50.5)
(343) (343)
15 13 1⁄2 8,465
(381) — —
(343) (37.7)
5 1⁄8 7 3⁄4 41,536 10,385
—
(130) (197) (184.8) (46.2)
1 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 49,812 12,455 9,800 21,125 14,365
1 3⁄16 —
(28.6) (257) (387) (387) (221.6) (55.4) (43.6) (94.0) (63.9)
16 7⁄8 15 1⁄4 12,455
— —
(429) (387) (55.4)
5 5⁄8 8 1⁄2 50,385 1,090 12,595
(143) (216) (224.1) (4.8) (56.0)
1 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 65,765 4,636 16,440 12,100 26,075 17,730
1 5⁄16 (292.5) (20.6) (73.1) (53.8) (116.0) (78.9)
(31.8) (286) (429) (429)
18 3⁄4 16 7⁄8 16,440
— —
(476) (429) (73.1)

90

IBC *
AT Allowable Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load Based
Drill Embed. Critical Critical on Steel Strength
Rebar Edge Spacing
Size Bit Depth f' ≥ 2,000 psi f' ≥ 4,000 psi ASTM A615
Dist. Dist. c c
No. Dia. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Grade 60 Rebar
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable
3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 6 1⁄8 8,245 849 2,060 2,060
— —
#3 (89) (133) (156) (36.7) (3.8) (9.2) (9.2) 2,640
Adhesive Anchors
(9.5) 1⁄2 (11.7)
4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 6 1⁄8 2,060 2,060
— — — —
(114) (133) (156) (9.2) (9.2)
4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 12,743 1,760 3,185 3,185
— —
(108) (162) (191) (56.7) (7.8) (14.2) (14.2)
#4 5 7⁄8 8 7⁄8 23 1⁄2 3,185 3,985 4,800
9⁄16 — — — —
(12.7) (149) (225) (597) (14.2) (17.7) (21.4)
7 1⁄2 11 1⁄4 30 3,185 19,124 854 4,780
— —
(191) (286) (762) (14.2) (85.1) (3.8) (21.3)
5 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 9 5⁄8 20,396 1,412 5,100 5,100
— —
(140) (191) (244) (90.7) (6.3) (22.7) (22.7)
#5 7 1⁄4 10 7⁄8 29 5,100 6,095 7,440
(15.9) 3⁄4 — — — —
(184) (276) (737) (22.7) (27.1) (33.1)
9 3⁄8 14 1⁄8 37 1⁄2 5,100 28,115 1,496 7,030
— —
(191) (359) (953) (22.7) (125.1) (6.7) (31.3)
6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 11 7⁄8 31,839 1,454 7,960 7,960
— —
(171) (257) (302) (141.6) (6.5) (35.4) (35.4)
#6 9 13 1⁄2 36 — — 7,960 — — 8,730 10,560
(19.1) 7⁄8 (229) (914) (35.4) (38.8) (47.0)
(343)
11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 7,960 37,992 1,999 9,500
— —
(286) (429) (1143) (35.4) (169.0) (8.9) (42.3)
7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 13 5⁄8 35,250 2,693 8,815 8,815
— —
(197) (295) (346) (156.8) (12.0) (39.2) (39.2)
#7 10 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 42 8,815 10,815 14,400
1 — — — —
(22.2) (267) (400) (1067) (39.2) (48.1) (64.1)
13 1⁄8 19 5⁄8 52 1⁄2 8,815 50,889 3,717 12,720
— —
(333) (498) (1334) (39.2) (226.4) (16.5) (56.6)
9 13 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 49,973 5,023 12,495 — — 12,495
(229) (343) (400) (222.3) (22.3) (55.6) (55.6)
#8 12 18 48 12,495 16,325 18,960
1 1⁄8 — — — —
(25.4) (305) (457) (1219) (55.6) (72.6) (84.3)
15 22 1⁄2 60 12,495 80,598 2,195 20,150
— —
(381) (572) (1524) (55.6) (358.5) (9.8) (89.6)
#9 16 7⁄8 25 3⁄8 67 1⁄2 96,096 489 24,025 24,000
(28.6) 1 1⁄4 — — —
(429) (645) (1715) (427.5) (2.2) (106.9) (106.8)
#10 18 3⁄4 28 1⁄8 75 — — — 124,031 2,447 31,010 30,480
(31.8) 1 3⁄8 (1905) (551.7) (10.9) (137.9) (135.6)
(476) (714)
#11 20 5⁄8 31 82 1⁄2 166,059 4,222 41,515 37,440
(34.9) 1 5⁄8 (787) — — —
(524) (2096) (738.7) (18.8) (184.7) (166.5)
seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper
consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.

91

AT Allowable Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels IBC *
Rebar Embed.
Size Depth ASTM A615
Dia. Dist. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) Concrete
No. in. Grade 60 Rebar
in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable
3 1⁄2 8,294 515 2,075
#3 (89) 6 5 1⁄4 (36.9) (2.3) (9.2) 1,680
Adhesive Anchors
(9.5) 1⁄2 (152) (7.5)

4 1⁄2 (133) 2,075
— —
(114) (9.2)
4 1⁄4 11,012 383 2,755
#4 (108) 8 6 3⁄8 (49.0) (1.7) (12.3) 3,060
(12.7) 9⁄16 (203) (13.6)
7 1⁄2 (162) 2,755
— —
(191) (12.3)
5 1⁄2 15,758 1,154 3,940
#5 (140) 10 8 1⁄4 (70.1) (5.1) (17.5) 4,740
(15.9) 3⁄4 (254) (21.1)
9 3⁄8 (210) 3,940
— —
(238) (17.5)
6 3⁄4 23,314 1,494 5,830
#6 (171) 12 10 1⁄8 (103.7) (6.6) (25.9) 6,730
(19.1) 7⁄8 (305) (29.9)
11 1⁄4 (257) 5,830
— —
(286) (25.9)
7 3⁄4 32,662 5,588 8,165
#7 (197) 14 11 5⁄8 (145.3) (24.9) (36.3) 9,180
1
(22.2) 13 1⁄8 (356) (295) 8,165 (40.8)
— —
(333) (36.3)
9 33,428 2,319 8,360
#8 (229) 16 13 1⁄2 (148.7) (10.3) (37.2) 12,085
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (406) (53.8)
15 (343) 8,360
— —
(381) (37.2)

AT Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in IBC *
Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall
Tension Load Based on Tension Load Based on
Embed. Stemwall
Rod Dia. Drill Bit Edge End
(mm) in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) Edge
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Allowable W=
13⁄4" 6" or 8"
lb. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN)
5⁄8 10 6 1 3⁄4 5 12,913 3,230 5,875
11⁄16 (254.0) (152.4) (127.0) (57.4) (14.4) (26.1)
(15.9) (44.5)
d
7⁄8 15 8 1 3⁄4 5 21,838 5,460 11,500 En
(22.2)
1 (381.0) (203.2) (44.5) (127.0) (97.1) (24.3) (51.2) 5"

Edge and end distances for

threaded rod in concrete
foundation stemwall corner
installation

92

in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Critical Critical Bond Strength Steel Strength
Dia. Bit Depth f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 F593
in. Dia. in. Lightweight Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in.
1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 2,842 226 710
(44) (67) (89) (12.6) (1.0) (3.2)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄8 2,105 4,535 3,630
7⁄16 (9.4) (20.2) (16.1)
(9.5) 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 7 5,132 762 1,280
(89) (133) (178) (22.8) (3.4) (5.7)
2 1⁄8 3 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 4,415 454 1,100
1⁄2 (54) (79) (108) (19.6) (2.0) (4.9) 3,750 8,080 6,470
9⁄16 (16.7) (35.9) (28.8)
(12.7) 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 8 1⁄2 6,709 1,002 1,675
(108) (162) (216) (29.8) (4.5) (7.5)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 5,568 498 1,390
5⁄8 (64) (95) (127) (24.8) (2.2) (6.2) 5,875 12,660 10,120
11⁄16 (26.1) (56.3) (45.0)
(15.9) 5 7 1⁄2 10 6,298 1,155 1,575
(127) (191) (254) (28.0) (5.1) (7.0)
2. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in spacing is allowed.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 101.
seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration
is given to fire-exposure and elevated-temperature conditions.
AT Allowable Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in IBC *

Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Dia. Bit Depth f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 F593
in. Dia. in. Lightweight Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm)
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable

1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 3,042 249 760
3⁄8 (44) (67) (89) (13.5) (1.1) (3.4) 1,085 2,340 1,870
7⁄16 (4.8) (10.4) (8.3)
(9.5) 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 7 5,320 187 1,330
(89) (133) (178) (23.7) (0.8) (5.9)
2 1⁄8 3 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 4,076 458 1,020
1⁄2 (54) (79) (108) (18.1) (2.0) (4.5) 1,930 4,160 3,330
9⁄16 (8.6) (18.5) (14.8)
(12.7) 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 8 1⁄2 9,838 625 2,460
(108) (162) (216) (43.8) (2.8) (10.9)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 5,360 351 1,340
5⁄8 (64) (95) (127) (23.8) (1.6) (6.0) 3,025 6,520 5,220
11⁄16 (13.5) (29.0) (23.2)
(15.9) 5 7 1⁄2 10 12,430 518 3,105
(127) (191) (254) (55.3) (2.3) (13.8)
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 101.
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind
or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be
used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
6. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in spacing is allowed.

93
AT Design Information — Masonry

AT Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod IBC *
Anchors in 6- and 8-Inch Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
6-Inch Grout-Filled CMU 8-Inch Grout-Filled CMU
Min. Min. Min. Allowable Loads Based Allowable Loads Based Figure 1
Rod Drill Embed. on CMU Strength on CMU Strength
Edge End Spacing
Dia. Bit Depth Edge 1" Min.
Dist. Dist. Dist.
in. Dia. in. Tension Shear Tension Shear Distance (Typ.)
in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable End
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) Distance
1" Min.
Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 1) (Typ.) 1" Min.
Adhesive Anchors
(Typ.)
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 12 12 17 770 1,325 770 1,325
9⁄16 (305) (305) (432) (3.4) (5.9) (3.4) (5.9)
(12.7) (108)
4 27 1,375
— — —
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 12 (102) (686) (6.1)
13⁄16 (305)
(19.1) (171) 12 27 2,670
— — — Allowable anchor placement
(305) (686) (11.9)
in grouted CMU face shell
Anchor Installed in Mortar “T” Joint (See Figure 2)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 16 8 27 1,030
13⁄16 — — —
(19.1) (171) (406) (203) (686) (4.6)
See notes 1–7 below
Figure 2
AT Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod IBC *

Anchors in 6- and 8-Inch Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU Edge
Distance
6- and 8-Inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable
Shear Load
Min. Min. Min. Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength Direction Shown
Rod Drill Embed. By Arrows
Edge End Spacing
Dia. Bit Depth Shear Shear
Dist. Dist. Dist. Tension
in. Dia. in. Perpendicular8 Parallel9
in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) Allowable Allowable Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) End
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) Distance
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening (Top-of-Wall) (See Figure 3)

1⁄2 4 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 11 17 650 285 705
(12.7)
9⁄16
(108) (44) (279) (432) (2.9) (1.3) (3.1) Anchor placement in
5 1 3⁄4 11 20 815 330 755 grouted CMU mortar
5⁄8 (127) (44) (279) (508) 3.6 (1.5) (3.4) “T” joint
11⁄16
(15.9) 12 1 3⁄4 11 48 1,120 410 815
(305) (44) (279) (1219) (5.0) (1.8) (3.6)
7⁄8 12 1 3⁄4 11 48 1,385 290 1,030
1
(22.2) (305) (44) (279) (1219) (6.2) (1.3) (4.6)
Figure 3
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for
Grade 36 minimum. allowable load adjustment for temperature.

13⁄4" Edge
2. Values for 6- and 8-inch wide concrete masonry 6. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety
units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive factor of 5.0.
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1500 psi. 7. Anchors must be spaced a minimum distance of
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside four times the anchor embedment. End
face of the concrete masonry unit for installations 8. Shear load applied perpendicular to edge of
through a face shell. CMU wall.
4. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1⁄3% for short- 9. Shear load applied parallel to edge of CMU wall.
term loading due to wind or seismic forces where
permitted by code. Anchor installed in cell opening
(top of wall)
AT Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded

Rod Anchors in Lightweight, Medium-Weight and IBC *
Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Min. Min. 6- and 8-Inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads
Rod Drill Embed. Based on CMU Strength Figure 4
Edge End
Dia. Bit Depth Dist. Dist. Tension Shear
in. Dia. in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) 45⁄8"
4"
Anchor Installed in Face Shell with Simpson Stong-Tie® Stainless-Steel Screen Tube (See Figure 4)
3⁄8 3 1/2 4 4 5⁄8 1,400 280 1,326 265
9⁄16 (101.6) (6.2) (1.2) (5.9) (1.2)
(9.5) (88.9) (117.5)
1⁄2 3 1/2 4 4 5⁄8 280 265
11⁄16 — —
(12.7) (88.9) (101.6) (117.5) (1.2) (1.2)
5⁄8 3 4 4 5⁄8 280 265
7⁄8 — —
(15.9) (76.2) (101.6) (117.5) (1.2) (1.2)
1. See notes 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 above.
2. Set drill to rotation-only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.
Anchor installed in face shell with
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. screen tube in hollow cell
94

AT Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for
Installations in Unreinforced Brick Masonry Walls— IBC *
Minimum URM Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick)
Min. Min. Tension Load Based Shear Load Based
Min. on URM Strength on URM Strength
Rod/Rebar Drill Embed. Edge/End Vertical Horiz.
Dia./Size Bit Depth Spacing Spacing
Dist. Minimum Net Mortar Minimum Net Mortar
in. Dia. in. Dist. Dist.
in. Strength = 50 psi Strength = 50 psi
(mm) in. (mm) in. in. SCREEN TUBE
(mm) (mm) (mm) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN)
Configuration A (Simpson Strong-Tie® ATS or ATSP Screen Tube Required)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄4 8 24 18 18 1,000
1 —
(19.1) (203) (610) (457) (457) (4.4)
#5 1 8 24 18 18 — 750
(15.9) (203) (610) (457) (457) (3.3) Configuration A
#6 8 24 18 18 1,000 (Shear)
1 —
(19.1) (203) (610) (457) (457) (4.4)
Configuration B (Simpson Strong-Tie ATS or ATSP Screen Tube Required)
3⁄4 13 16 18 24 1,200 1,000
1
(19.1) (330) (406) (457) (610) (5.3) (4.4)
SCREEN TUBE
Configuration C (Simpson Strong-Tie ATS Screen Tube and AST Steel Sleeve Required)
5⁄8 24 18 18 1,200 750 22.5º 3⁄4" DIA.
1 ** BENT
(15.9) (610) (457) (457) (5.3) (3.3) 1" MAX. THREADED
ROD
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 Grade 36 minimum.
2. All holes are drilled with a 1" diameter carbide-tipped drill bit with the drill set in the rotation-only mode.
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum thickness of 13 inches (three wythes of brick).
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi. Configuration B
5. The allowable load for Configuration B and C anchors subjected to a combined tension and shear load is (Tension & Shear)
determined by assuming a straight-line relationship between allowable tension and shear.
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar embedded 8 inches into the wall with a 31⁄32" diameter by 6"x6"x3⁄8"
8-inch long screen tube (part # ATS758 or ATS758P). This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only. STEEL STEEL
PLATE SCREEN TUBE
8. Configuration B has a 3⁄4" threaded rod bent and installed at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13 inches
into the wall, to within 1-inch (maximum) of the exterior wall surface. This configuration is designed to STEEL SLEEVE
resist tension and shear loads. The pre-bent threaded rod is installed with a 31⁄32" diameter by 13-inch long
⁄ " DIA.
58
screen tube (part # ATS7513 or ATS7513P). ROD
HEX
9. Configuration C is designed to resist tension and shear forces. It consists of a 5⁄8" diameter, ASTM F1554 NUT
Grade 36 threaded rod and an 8" long steel sleeve (part # AST800) and a 31⁄32" diameter by 8-inch long
screen tube (part # ATS758). The steel sleeve has a plastic plug in one end. A 6" by 6" by 3⁄8" thick ASTM A
36 steel plate is located on the back face of the wall.
10. Special inspection requirements are determined by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local Configuration C
building official.
(Tension & Shear)

AT Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Installation Instructions for
Rod Anchors in Lightweight, Medium-Weight and * Configuration C
IBC
Normal-Weight Hollow CMU 1. Drill hole perpendicular to the wall
to a depth of 8" with a 1" diameter
8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads carbide-tipped drill bit (rotation
Critical Critical Based on CMU Strength
Rod Drill Embed. only mode).
Edge Spacing
Dia. Bit Depth 2. Clean hole with oil-free compressed
Dist. Dist. Tension Shear
in. Dia. in. air and a nylon brush.
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable 3. Fill 8" steel screen tube with mixed
(mm) (mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) adhesive and insert into hole.
Anchor Installed in Face Shell with Simpson Strong-Tie ATSP (Plastic) Screen Tube 4. Insert steel sleeve slowly into screen
tube (adhesive will displace).
3⁄8 3 1/2 12 8 1,545 310 1,385 275
9⁄16 5. Allow adhesive to cure (see cure schedule).
(9.5) (88.9) (305) (203) (6.9) (1.4) (6.2) (1.2)
6. Drill through plastic plug in (inside) end
1⁄2 3 1/2 12 8 1,510 300 1,305 260 of steel sleeve with 5⁄8" bit.
3⁄4 (305) (203) (6.7) (1.3) (5.8) (1.2)
(12.7) (88.9)
7. Drill completely through the wall with
5⁄8 3 12 8 1,590 320 1,345 270 5⁄8" carbide tipped concrete drill bit
7⁄8 (76.2) (305) (203) (7.1) (1.4) (6.0) (1.2)
(15.9) (rotation mode only).
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 Grade 36 minimum. 8. Insert 5⁄8" rod through hole and attach
2. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. metal plate and nut.
3. Edge distances may be reduced to 4" with a corresponding 37% reduction in tension capacity. Shear
capacity is unaffected.
4. Values for 8-inch wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units with min.
compressive strength of 1,900 psi and 1 1⁄4" thick face shell.
5. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.

95

AT Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in
8-inch Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight CMU IBC *
Chair Blocks Filled with Normal-Weight Concrete
8-inch Concrete-Filled
CMU Chair Block
Min. Min. Critical
Rod Dia. Drill Bit Embed. Depth Edge Dist. Spacing Dist. Allowable Tension Loads
in. Dia. in. in. in. Based on CMU Strength
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm)
Ultimate Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Adhesive Anchors
4 1/2 1 3/4 18 3,540 710

(114) (44.5) (457) (15.7) (3.2)
1/2 7 1 3/4 28 6,285 1,255
9/16 (178) (711) (28.0) (5.6)
(12.7) (44.5)
12 1 3/4 48 18,950 3,750
(305) (44.5) (1,220) (84.3) (16.7)
4 1/2 1 3/4 18 4,775 955
(114) (44.5) (457) (21.2) (4.2)
7 1 3/4 28 7,960 1,590
5/8 (178) (44.5) (711) (35.4) (7.1)
11/16
(15.9) 12 1 3/4 48 3,400
(305) —
(44.5) (1,219) (15.1)
15 1 3/4 60 22,425 4,485
(381) (44.5) (1,524) (99.8) (20.0)
2. Values are for 8-inch wide concrete masonry units CMU filled with concrete with minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi
and poured monolithically with the floor slab.
3. Center #5 rebar in CMU cell and concrete slab as shown.
4. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
Edge Distance

#5 Rebar
f'c ≥ 2,500 psi
Concrete,
Slab on Grade
(Monolithic Pour)
4" Thick
Slab
Minimum
3 Courses High

96

AT Allowable Load Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension Load
How to use these charts 5. The load-adjustment factor (fc ) is the intersection of the row
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. and column.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
load application. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 8. Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 9. Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable tension load based
on bond strength values only.
Adhesive Anchors
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
Edge Rebar #3 #4 #4 #5 #6
Dist. E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 6 7 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 9 3⁄8 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4
cact ccr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 3 3⁄16 6 3⁄8 9 11 1⁄4 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 14 1⁄8 5 1⁄16 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8
(in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4
fcmin 0.59 0.59 0.65 0.50 0.50 0.65 0.65 0.50 0.50 0.61 0.50 0.50 0.56
1 3⁄4 0.59 0.59 0.65 0.50 0.50 0.65 0.65 0.50 0.50 0.61 0.50 0.50 0.56
2 0.71 0.62 0.67 0.59 0.53 0.66 0.66 0.56 0.52 0.62 0.54 0.51 0.57
3 1.00 0.74 0.74 0.93 0.64 0.71 0.70 0.81 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.57 0.60
4 0.85 0.81 1.00 0.74 0.76 0.73 1.00 0.70 0.68 0.84 0.63 0.63
5 0.97 0.88 0.85 0.81 0.77 0.78 0.71 0.99 0.69 0.65
6 1.00 0.95 0.96 0.86 0.81 0.87 0.74 1.00 0.75 0.68
7 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.84 0.96 0.78 0.81 0.71
8 0.95 0.88 1.00 0.81 0.87 0.74
9 1.00 0.92 0.84 0.93 0.77
10 0.95 0.87 0.99 0.80
11 0.99 0.90 1.00 0.83
12 1.00 0.93 0.86
13 0.96 0.89
14 1.00 0.92
15 0.95
16 0.97
17 1.00
See notes below.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) (continued)

Dia. 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 IBC *
Edge Rebar #7 #8 #9 #10 #11

Dist. E 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 15 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 20 5⁄8
cact ccr 5 13⁄16 11 5⁄8 19 5⁄8 6 3⁄4 13 1⁄2 22 1⁄2 7 3⁄4 15 1⁄4 25 3⁄8 8 7⁄16 16 7⁄8 28 1⁄8 31
(in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4
fcmin 0.49 0.49 0.52 0.44 0.44 0.39 0.47 0.47 0.43 0.47 0.47 0.43 0.43
1 3⁄4 0.49 0.49 0.52 0.44 0.44 0.39
2 3⁄4 0.62 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.49 0.42 0.47 0.47 0.43 0.47 0.47 0.43 0.43
4 0.77 0.61 0.58 0.69 0.55 0.46 0.60 0.52 0.46 0.59 0.52 0.46 0.46
6 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.92 0.64 0.51 0.81 0.61 0.51 0.77 0.59 0.50 0.50
8 0.81 0.69 1.00 0.74 0.57 1.00 0.69 0.56 0.96 0.67 0.55 0.54
10 0.92 0.74 0.83 0.63 0.78 0.61 1.00 0.74 0.59 0.58
12 1.00 0.80 0.93 0.69 0.86 0.66 0.82 0.64 0.62
14 0.85 1.00 0.75 0.95 0.71 0.89 0.68 0.66
16 0.90 0.81 1.00 0.76 0.97 0.73 0.70
18 0.96 0.87 0.81 1.00 0.77 0.74
20 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.82 0.78
22 0.99 0.91 0.86 0.82
24 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.86
26 1.00 0.95 0.90
28 1.00 0.94
30 0.98
32 1.00
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual
2. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is edge distance.
installed (inches). 6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge
3. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
4. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches). 7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
edge distance.
97

AT Allowable Load Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance, Shear Load
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 9. Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable shear load based on
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. concrete edge distance values only.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and column.
Edge Distance Shear (fc )

Adhesive Anchors
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *

Edge Rebar #3 #4 #5 #6
Dist. E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 6 4 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 9 3⁄8 5 1⁄2 9 3⁄8 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4
cact ccr 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 6 6 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 8 8 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 10 10 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 12 12
(in.) c 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4
min
fcmin 0.40 0.35 0.39 0.19 0.39 0.18 0.15 0.25 0.16 0.25 0.12 0.11 0.14 0.10 0.14 0.10 0.11 0.14 0.10 0.14
1 3⁄4 0.40 0.35 0.39 0.19 0.39 0.18 0.15 0.25 0.16 0.25 0.12 0.11 0.14 0.10 0.14 0.10 0.11 0.14 0.10 0.14
2 3⁄4 0.57 0.54 0.56 0.38 0.53 0.36 0.33 0.41 0.29 0.37 0.27 0.26 0.29 0.21 0.24 0.21 0.22 0.24 0.19 0.22
3 0.61 0.58 0.61 0.43 0.57 0.40 0.38 0.45 0.33 0.40 0.31 0.30 0.33 0.24 0.27 0.23 0.24 0.27 0.21 0.24
3 1⁄2 0.70 0.68 0.70 0.52 0.64 0.49 0.47 0.53 0.40 0.46 0.39 0.38 0.40 0.29 0.32 0.29 0.30 0.32 0.25 0.29
4 0.79 0.77 0.78 0.62 0.71 0.58 0.56 0.61 0.46 0.52 0.46 0.46 0.48 0.35 0.37 0.34 0.35 0.37 0.30 0.33
4 1⁄2 0.87 0.86 0.87 0.71 0.78 0.67 0.66 0.70 0.53 0.58 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.40 0.43 0.40 0.40 0.42 0.34 0.37
5 0.96 0.95 0.96 0.81 0.86 0.76 0.75 0.78 0.60 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.63 0.45 0.48 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.39 0.41
5 1⁄2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.93 0.84 0.84 0.86 0.66 0.70 0.69 0.69 0.70 0.51 0.53 0.50 0.51 0.53 0.43 0.45
6 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.73 0.76 0.77 0.77 0.78 0.56 0.58 0.56 0.56 0.58 0.47 0.50
6 1⁄2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.62 0.64 0.61 0.61 0.63 0.52 0.54
7 0.87 0.88 0.92 0.92 0.93 0.67 0.69 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.56 0.58
7 1⁄2 0.93 0.94 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.72 0.72 0.73 0.60 0.62
8 1.00 1.00 0.78 0.79 0.77 0.77 0.78 0.65 0.66
8 1⁄2 0.84 0.84 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.69 0.71
9 0.89 0.90 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.74 0.75
9 1⁄2 0.95 0.95 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.78 0.79
10 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.82 0.83
10 1⁄2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.87
11 0.91 0.92
11 1⁄2 0.96 0.96
12 1.00 1.00
See notes below.

Edge Distance Shear (fc ) (continued)
IBC *
Dia. 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
Edge Rebar #7 #8
Dist. E 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 15 9 15 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4
cact ccr 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 14 14 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 16 16 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8
(in.) c 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4
min
fcmin 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.14 0.12 0.12 0.14 0.12 0.12
1 3⁄4 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.09
2 3⁄4 0.18 0.17 0.18 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.14 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.12 0.14 0.12 0.12
3 0.21 0.20 0.21 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.14 0.16 0.14 0.14
4 0.30 0.29 0.30 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.20 0.20
5 0.39 0.38 0.39 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.34 0.29 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.26 0.26
6 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.42 0.35 0.36 0.36 0.35 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
7 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.50 0.42 0.43 0.43 0.42 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.38
8 0.67 0.66 0.67 0.55 0.55 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.49 0.49 0.46 0.45 0.45
9 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.63 0.63 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.57 0.56 0.56 0.52 0.51 0.51
10 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.70 0.70 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.61 0.62 0.64 0.63 0.63 0.58 0.57 0.57
11 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.78 0.78 0.80 0.80 0.81 0.68 0.68 0.71 0.70 0.70 0.64 0.63 0.63
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.85 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.74 0.74 0.78 0.77 0.77 0.70 0.70 0.70
13 0.93 0.93 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.81 0.81 0.85 0.84 0.84 0.76 0.76 0.76
14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.87 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.82 0.82 0.82
15 0.94 0.94 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.89 0.88 0.88
16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.95
17 1.00 1.00 1.00
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
2. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches). fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
3. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). fccr is always = 1.00.
4. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches). 6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge
distance.
* See page 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. 7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].
98

AT Allowable Load Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Tension Load
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
load application. 8. Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. on bond strength values only.
Adhesive Anchors
Spacing Tension (fs)
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
Rebar #3 #4 #4 #5 #6
sact E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 6 7 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 9 3⁄8 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4
(in.) scr 7 6 1⁄8 18 8 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 24 30 10 9 5⁄8 37 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 11 7⁄8 45
smin 7⁄8 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄8 3 3 3⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8
fsmin 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.80 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.57 0.58 0.80
7⁄8 0.57
1 0.58
1 1⁄2 0.61 0.59 0.58
2 0.65 0.60 0.62 0.61 0.58
2 1⁄2 0.68 0.64 0.80 0.65 0.61 0.63 0.60
3 0.72 0.68 0.81 0.67 0.64 0.80 0.66 0.59 0.61
3 1⁄2 0.75 0.72 0.82 0.70 0.68 0.80 0.68 0.62 0.63 0.59
4 0.79 0.76 0.82 0.73 0.71 0.81 0.80 0.71 0.65 0.65 0.61
5 0.86 0.84 0.83 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.81 0.75 0.71 0.80 0.68 0.66
6 0.93 0.92 0.85 0.84 0.86 0.83 0.82 0.80 0.77 0.81 0.72 0.71 0.80
7 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.84 0.82 0.85 0.83 0.81 0.75 0.76 0.81
8 0.87 0.95 1.00 0.85 0.83 0.90 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.81 0.81
9 0.89 1.00 0.86 0.84 0.95 0.94 0.82 0.82 0.85 0.82
10 0.90 0.87 0.84 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.86 0.90 0.82
12 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.84 0.93 1.00 0.83
14 0.95 0.90 0.87 0.85 1.00 0.84
16 0.97 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.85
18 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.88 0.86
20 0.96 0.92 0.89 0.87
24 1.00 0.94 0.91 0.89
28 0.97 0.93 0.91
32 1.00 0.95 0.93 7⁄8" – 1 1⁄4"
diameters
36 0.98 0.95
40 1.00 0.97 on next
45 1.00 page
1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
2. Sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. Scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. Smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].

99

Spacing Tension (fs) (continued)
Dia. 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
IBC *
Rebar #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
sact E 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 15 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 20 5⁄8
(in.) scr 15 1⁄2 13 5⁄8 52 1⁄2 18 15 3⁄4 60 20 1⁄2 17 3⁄4 67 1⁄2 22 1⁄2 19 3⁄4 75 82 1⁄2
smin 2 3 7⁄8 6 5⁄8 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄8 8 1⁄2 2 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 9 3⁄8 10 3⁄8
fsmin 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.57 0.58 0.80 0.80
2 0.57
3 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.57
4 0.63 0.59 0.62 0.60 0.59
Adhesive Anchors
5 0.67 0.63 0.65 0.60 0.63 0.62

6 0.70 0.67 0.67 0.64 0.65 0.61 0.64 0.59
8 0.76 0.76 0.81 0.73 0.71 0.80 0.70 0.68 0.68 0.65
10 0.82 0.84 0.81 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.75 0.74 0.81 0.73 0.71 0.80
12 0.89 0.93 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.82 0.80 0.81 0.81 0.77 0.77 0.81 0.80
14 0.95 1.00 0.83 0.89 0.93 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.82 0.81 0.83 0.81 0.81
16 1.00 0.84 0.95 1.00 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.82 0.82
20 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.99 1.00 0.84 0.95 1.00 0.83 0.83
24 0.88 0.86 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.84 0.84
28 0.89 0.88 0.87 0.86 0.85
32 0.91 0.89 0.88 0.87 0.86
36 0.93 0.91 0.89 0.88 0.87
40 0.95 0.92 0.91 0.89 0.88
50 0.99 0.96 0.94 0.92 0.91
60 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.94
70 1.00 0.98 0.97
80 1.00 0.99
83 1.00
See notes on previous page.
AT Allowable Load Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Shear Load
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. concrete edge distance values only.
Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
IBC *
Rebar #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8
sact E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 9 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4
(in.) scr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 3 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 8 1⁄4 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 5 7⁄8 11 5⁄8 6 3⁄4 13 1⁄2 7 3⁄4 15 1⁄4 8 1⁄2 16 7⁄8
smin 7⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3 7⁄8 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄8 2 7⁄8 5 5⁄8
fsmin 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83
7⁄8 0.90
1 0.91
1 1⁄2 0.94 0.92 0.91
2 0.96 0.84 0.94 0.93 0.91 0.90
2 1⁄2 0.99 0.87 0.96 0.85 0.95 0.92 0.91 0.91
3 1.00 0.89 0.99 0.87 0.97 0.84 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90
3 1⁄2 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.99 0.85 0.95 0.83 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91
4 0.94 0.91 1.00 0.87 0.97 0.85 0.95 0.83 0.94 0.93 0.92
5 0.99 0.95 0.90 1.00 0.87 0.98 0.85 0.96 0.84 0.95 0.94
6 1.00 0.99 0.93 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.98 0.86 0.97 0.84 0.96 0.84
7 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.99 0.86 0.97 0.85
8 0.99 0.95 0.92 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.99 0.87
9 1.00 0.97 0.94 0.92 0.90 1.00 0.88
10 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.90
12 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.93
14 1.00 0.98 0.96
16 1.00 0.99
17 1.00
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
2. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches). 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches). fscr is always = 1.00.
4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches). 7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
spacing distance.
100

AT Allowable Load Adjustment Factors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance only. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
shear load application. 8. Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 9. Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable tension load
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. based on bond strength values or allowable shear load
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row based on concrete edge distance values only.
and column.
Adhesive Anchors
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Edge Distance Shear (fc )
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC * Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
Edge E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5 Edge E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5
Dist. Dist.
ccr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 3 1⁄8 6 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 ccr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 3 1⁄8 6 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2
cact cact
(in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 (in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4
fcmin 0.59 0.59 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 fcmin 0.40 0.35 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.11
1 3⁄4 0.59 0.59 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 3⁄4 0.40 0.35 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.11
2 0.71 0.62 0.59 0.53 0.56 0.52 2 0.57 0.40 0.33 0.20 0.23 0.15
2 1⁄4 0.82 0.65 0.68 0.55 0.63 0.54 2 1⁄4 0.74 0.44 0.48 0.24 0.34 0.19
2 1⁄2 0.94 0.68 0.77 0.58 0.69 0.57 2 1⁄2 0.91 0.49 0.63 0.29 0.45 0.23
2 3⁄4 1.00 0.71 0.86 0.61 0.75 0.59 2 3⁄4 1.00 0.54 0.78 0.33 0.56 0.26
3 0.74 0.95 0.64 0.81 0.61 3 0.58 0.93 0.38 0.67 0.30
3 1⁄4 0.77 1.00 0.66 0.88 0.63 3 1⁄4 0.63 1.00 0.43 0.78 0.34
3 1⁄2 0.80 0.69 0.94 0.65 3 1⁄2 0.68 0.47 0.89 0.38
3 3⁄4 0.82 0.72 1.00 0.67 3 3⁄4 0.72 0.52 1.00 0.42
4 0.85 0.74 0.70 4 0.77 0.56 0.46
4 1⁄4 0.88 0.77 0.72 4 1⁄4 0.81 0.61 0.50
4 1⁄2 0.91 0.80 0.74 4 1⁄2 0.86 0.66 0.54
4 3⁄4 0.94 0.82 0.76 4 3⁄4 0.91 0.70 0.57
5 0.97 0.85 0.78 5 0.95 0.75 0.61
5 1⁄4 1.00 0.88 0.80 5 1⁄4 1.00 0.79 0.65
5 1⁄2 0.91 0.83 5 1⁄2 0.84 0.69
5 3⁄4 0.93 0.85 5 3⁄4 0.89 0.73
6 0.96 0.87 6 0.93 0.77

6 1⁄4 0.99 0.89 6 1⁄4 0.98 0.81
6 1⁄2 1.00 0.91 6 1⁄2 1.00 0.85
6 3⁄4 0.93 6 3⁄4 0.88
7 0.96 7 0.92
7 1⁄4 0.98 7 1⁄4 0.96
7 1⁄2 1.00 7 1⁄2 1.00
2. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge
distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
edge distance.

101
SET Epoxy Adhesive
SET is a high-strength, non-shrink, epoxy-based adhesive formulated for anchoring and doweling threaded rod
and rebar. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle.
Features
• Code listed under the IBC/IRC for URM per ICC-ES ESR-1772
• Meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM C881 specification for
Type I and IV, Grade 3, Class C
Adhesive Anchors
• Cure times – 24 hours at 65°F, 72 hours at 40°F

Applications
• Threaded rod anchoring and rebar doweling into concrete, masonry
and URM (red brick)
• Pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures
• Paste-over for crack injection preparation
• Bonding hardened concrete to hardened concrete
• CalTrans and multiple DOT listings; refer to www.strongtie.com/DOT
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-1772 (unreinforced masonry); Florida

FL15730.5; AASHTO M-235 and ASTM C881 (Type I and IV, Grade
3, Class C); CalTrans Approved; Multiple DOT listings; NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 (216 in.2 /1,000 gal.)
Chemical Resistance

For best results, material should be 70°–80°F at time of application.
• To warm cold material, store cartridges in a warm, uniformly heated area or SET Adhesive
storage container. Do not immerse cartridges in water to facilitate warming.
• Mixed material in nozzle can harden in 30 minutes at temperatures of 70°F
and above.
Design Example
See page 324.
102
SET Epoxy Adhesive

Test Criteria
Anchors installed with SET adhesive have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES
Acceptance Criteria for Anchors in Unreinforced Masonry Elements (AC60).
Heat deflection temperature ASTM D648 136°F (58°C)
Adhesive Anchors
3,218 psi (2 days)
Bond strength (moist cure) ASTM C882
3,366 psi (14 days)
5,065 psi (24 hours)

Compressive yield strength ASTM D695
12,650 psi (7 days)
Compressive modulus ASTM D695 439,000 psi (7 days)
30 minutes – 60 gram mass

Gel time (75°F) ASTM C881
60 minutes – thin film

SET Cartridge System

Model Capacity Cartridge Type Carton Quantity Dispensing Tools Mixing Nozzle
No. (ounces)
SET22 22 Side-by-side 10 EDT22S, EDTA22CKT EMN22i
SET22-N4 22 Side-by-side 10 EDTA22P EMN22i
SET56 56 Side-by-side 6 EDTA56P EMN50
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair SET adhesive performance.
4. One EMN22i mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied with each cartridge.
Cure Schedule
Base Material
(hrs.)
°F °C
40 4 72
65 18 24
85 29 20
90 32 16
For water-saturated concrete (including damp and water-filled holes), the cure times must be doubled.

Base Material Percent
Temperature Allowable
°F °C Load
40 4 100%
70 21 100%
110 43 100%
135 57 75%
150 66 44%
180 82 20%
1. Refer to temperature sensitivity chart for allowable bond strength reduction for temperature. See page 319 for more information.
2. Percent allowable load may be linearly interpolated for intermediate base material temperatures.
3. °C = (°F-32) / 1.8
103
SET Design Information — Concrete

SET Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
(continued on next page)
Tension Load
Critical Critical Based on Steel Strength
Dia. Bit Depth f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi F1554 F593
in. Dia. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Allow. Allow. Allow.
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 7 1,900 485 475 1,900 475
—
(44) (67) (178) (8.5) (2.2) (2.1) (8.5) (2.1)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄8 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 14 10,200 119 2,550 10,280 97 2,570 2,105 4,535 3,630
1⁄2 (356) (45.4) (0.5) (11.3) (45.7) (0.4) (11.4) (9.4) (20.2) (16.1)
(9.5) (89) (133)
4 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 18 10,613 84 2,655 10,613 2,655
—
(114) (171) (457) (47.2) (0.4) (11.8) (47.2) (11.8)
2 1⁄8 3 3⁄16 8 1⁄2 7,216 1,163 1,805 7,216 1,805
—
(54) (81) (216) (32.1) (5.2) (8.0) (32.1) (8.0)
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 17 17,700 629 4,425 18,400 788 4,600 3,750 8,080 6,470
5⁄8 (432) (78.7) (2.8) (19.7) (81.8) (3.5) (20.5) (16.7) (35.9) (28.8)
(12.7) (108) (162)
6 9 24 18,556 853 4,640 18,556 4,640
(152) (229) (610) (82.5) (3.8) (20.6) (82.5) — (20.6)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 10 6,780 315 1,695 6,780 1,695
—
(64) (95) (254) (30.2) (1.4) (7.5) (30.2) (7.5)
3 3⁄4 5 5⁄8 15 4,190 4,875
— — — —
(95) (143) (381) (18.6) (21.7)
5⁄8 5 7 1⁄2 20 26,700 1,121 6,680 32,200 964 8,050 5,875 12,660 10,120
3⁄4 (127) (508) (118.8) (5.0) (29.7) (143.2) (4.3) (35.8) (26.1) (56.3) (45.0)
(15.9) (191)
7 3⁄16 10 7⁄8 28 3⁄4 7,515 8,200
— — — —
(183) (276) (730) (33.4) (36.5)
9 3⁄8 14 1⁄8 37 1⁄2 33,402 1,198 8,350 33,402 8,350
—
(238) (359) (953) (148.6) (5.3) (37.1) (148.6) (37.1)
3 3⁄8 5 1⁄16 13 1⁄2 15,456 2,621 3,865 15,456 3,865
—
(86) (129) (343) (68.8) (11.7) (17.2) (68.8) (17.2)
5 1⁄16 7 5⁄8 20 1⁄4 7,195 7,245
— — — —
(129) (194) (514) (32.0) (32.2)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 27 42,100 1,945 10,525 42,480 1,575 10,620 8,460 18,230 12,400
7⁄8 (686) (187.3) (8.7) (46.8) (189.0) (7.0) (47.2) (37.6) (81.1) (55.2)
(19.1) (171) (257)
9 13 1⁄2 36 — — 11,220 — — 11,265
(229) (343) (914) (49.9) (50.1)

11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 47,634 608 11,910 47,634 11,910
—
(286) (429) (1143) (211.9) (2.7) (53.0) (211.9) (53.0)
See notes on next page.
7⁄8" – 1 1⁄4" diameters on

next page

104

SET Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
(continued from previous page)
Tension Load
Critical Critical Based on Steel Strength
Dia. Bit Depth f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi F1554 F593
in. Dia. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Allow. Allow. Allow.
3 7⁄8 5 13⁄16 15 1⁄2 19,120 1,239 4,780 19,120 4,780
—
(98) (148) (394) (85.1) (5.5) (21.3) (85.1) (21.3)
Adhesive Anchors
5 13⁄16 8 3⁄4 23 1⁄4 8,535 9,250
— — — —
(148) (222) (591) (38.0) (41.1)
7⁄8 7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 31 49,160 2,149 12,290 54,880 1,050 13,720 11,500 24,785 16,860
1 (787) (218.7) (9.6) (54.7) (244.1) (4.7) (61.0) (51.2) (110.2) (75.0)
(22.2) (197) (295)
10 7⁄16 15 5⁄8 41 3⁄4 14,480 15,195
— — — —
(265) (397) (1060) (64.4) (67.6)
13 1⁄8 19 5⁄8 52 1⁄2 66,679 506 16,670 66,679 16,670
—
(333) (498) (1334) (296.6) (2.3) (74.2) (296.6) (74.2)
4 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 18 20,076 2,388 5,020 20,076 5,020
—
(114) (171) (457) (89.3) (10.6) (22.3) (89.3) (22.3)
6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 27 10,020 10,640
— — — —
(171) (257) (686) (44.6) (47.3)
1 9 13 1⁄2 36 60,060 5,472 15,015 65,020 2,924 16,255 15,025 32,380 22,020
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (229) (914) (267.2) (24.3) (66.8) (289.2) (13.0) (72.3) (66.8) (144.0) (97.9)
(343)
12 18 48 17,810 18,430
— — — —
(305) (457) (1219) (79.2) (82.0)
15 22 1⁄2 60 82,401 6,432 20,600 82,401 20,600
—
(381) (572) (1524) (366.5) (28.6) (91.6) (366.5) (91.6)
5 1⁄8 7 3⁄4 20 1⁄2 27,560 6,890 27,560 6,890
— —
(130) (197) (521) (122.6) (30.6) (122.6) (30.6)
7 5⁄8 11 1⁄2 30 1⁄2 12,105 12,500
— — — —
(194) (292) (775) (53.8) (55.6)
1 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 40 1⁄2 69,200 17,300 72,340 18,085 19,025 41,000 27,880
1 1⁄4 — —
(28.6) (257) (387) (1029) (307.8) (77.0) (321.8) (80.4) (84.6) (182.4) (124.0)
13 1⁄2 20 1⁄4 54 21,380 21,770
— — — —
(343) (514) (1372) (95.1) (96.8)
16 7⁄8 25 3⁄8 67 1⁄2 101,820 25,455 101,820 25,455
— —
(429) (645) (1715) (452.9) (113.2) (452.9) (113.2)
5 5⁄8 8 7⁄16 22 1⁄2 35,858 2,389 8,965 35,858 8,965
—
(143) (214) (572) (159.5) (10.6) (39.9) (159.5) (39.9)
8 7⁄16 12 3⁄4 33 3⁄4 14,115 14,115
— — — —
(214) (324) (857) (62.8) (62.8)
1 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 77,045 7,024 19,260 77,045 19,260 23,490 50,620 34,425
1 3⁄8 —
(31.8) (286) (429) (1143) (342.7) (31.2) (85.7) (342.7) (85.7) (104.5) (225.2) (153.1)
15 22 1⁄2 60 24,965 24,965
— — — —
(381) (572) (1524) (111.0) (111.0)
18 3⁄4 28 1⁄8 75 122,681 10,940 30,670 122,681 30,670
—
(476) (714) (1905) (545.7) (48.7) (136.4) (545.7) (136.4)
5. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-resistive construction,
the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to fire-exposure conditions.
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated-
temperature conditions.
7. Allowable load based on bond strength may be interpolated for concrete compressive strengths between 2,000 psi and 4,000 psi.

105

SET Allowable Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors IBC *
Rod Embed.
Dia. Depth f'c ≥ 2,000 psi F1554 F593
Dia. Dist. Dist. A193 GR B7
in. in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 4,573 317 1,145
(44) (67) (20.3) (1.4) (5.1)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄8 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 6,935 965 1,735 1,085 2,340 1,870
1⁄2 (30.8) (4.3) (7.7) (4.8) (10.4) (8.3)
(9.5) (89) (133) (133)
4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 1,735
— —
(114) (133) (7.7)
2 1⁄8 3 1⁄4 7,001 437 1,750
(54) (83) (31.1) (1.9) (7.8)
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 11,116 1,696 2,780 1,930 4,160 3,330
5⁄8 (49.4) (7.5) (12.4) (8.6) (18.5) (14.8)
(12.7) (108) (162) (162)
6 6 3⁄8 2,780
(152) — —
(162) (12.4)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 14,427 826 3,605
(64) (95) (64.2) (3.7) (16.0)
5⁄8 5 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 19,501 1,027 4,875 3,025 6,520 5,220
3⁄4 (127) (86.7) (4.6) (21.7) (13.5) (29.0) (23.2)
(15.9) (191) (191)
9 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4,875
— —
(238) (191) (21.7)
3 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 21,180 942 5,295
(86) (130) (94.2) (4.2) (23.6)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 25,244 2,538 6,310 4,360 9,390 6,385
7⁄8 (112.3) (11.3) (28.1) (19.4) (41.8) (28.4)
(19.1) (171) (257) (257)
11 1⁄4 10 1⁄8 6,310
— —
(286) (257) (28.1)
3 7⁄8 5 7⁄8 28,333 2,406 7,085
(98) (149) (126.0) (10.7) (31.5)
7⁄8 7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 33,533 2,793 8,385 5,925 12,770 8,685
1 (149.2) (12.4) (37.3) (26.4) (56.8) (38.6)
(22.2) (197) (295) (295)
13 1⁄8 11 5⁄8 8,385
— —
(333) (295) (37.3)
4 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 30,520 2,166 7,630

(114) (171) (135.8) (9.6) (33.9)
1 9 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 50,187 2,176 12,545 7,740 16,680 11,345
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (229) (223.2) (9.7) (55.8) (34.4) (74.2) (50.5)
(343) (343)
15 13 1⁄2 12,545
(381) — —
(343) (55.8)
5 1⁄8 7 3⁄4 41,325 10,330
—
(130) (197) (183.8) (46.0)
1 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 58,285 14,570 9,800 21,125 14,365
1 1⁄4 —
(28.6) (257) (387) (387) (259.3) (64.8) (43.6) (94.0) (63.9)
16 7⁄8 15 1⁄4 14,570
— —
(429) (387) (64.8)
5 5⁄8 8 1⁄2 52,130 3,969 13,035
(143) (216) (231.9) (17.7) (58.0)
1 1⁄4 11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 66,383 3,948 16,595 12,100 26,075 17,730
1 3⁄8 (295.3) (17.6) (73.8) (53.8) (116.0) (78.9)
(31.8) (286) (429) (429)
18 3⁄4 16 7⁄8 16,595
— —
(476) (429) (73.8)

106

SET Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in IBC *
Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall
Embed. Stemwall
(mm) in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
5⁄8 10 6 1 3⁄4 5 13,634 3,410 5,875
3⁄4 (254.0) (152.4) (127.0) (60.6) (15.2) (26.1)
(15.9) (44.5)
Adhesive Anchors
7⁄8 15 8 1 3⁄4 5 22,664 5,665 11,500
1
(22.2) (381.0) (203.2) (44.5) (127.0) (100.8) (25.2) (51.2)
4. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction, provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use
in fire-resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has
been given to fire-exposure conditions.
Edge W=
13⁄4" 6" or 8"
d
En
5"
Edge and end distances for

threaded rod in concrete foundation
stemwall corner installation
SET Allowable Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in IBC *

Normal-Weight Concrete, Load Applied Parallel to Concrete Edge
Min. Min. Concrete Edge Distance Steel Strength
Embed.
Depth f'c ≥ 2,000 psi F1554
in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete Grade 36
(mm) in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 8 1⁄2 8,496 654 2,125 1,930
5⁄8 (37.8) (2.9) (9.5) (8.6)
(12.7) (108.0) (44.5) (219.9)
5⁄8 5 1 3⁄4 10 8,857 225 2,215 3,025
3⁄4 (127.0) (254.0) (39.4) (1.0) (9.9) (13.5)
(15.9) (44.5)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge distance, steel strength or wood bearing capacity.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing on page 119.

107

IBC *
SET Allowable Tension Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load Based on Bond Strength Tension Load Based on
Embed. Critical Critical Steel Strength
Rebar Drill Bit Depth Edge Spacing
Size f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi ASTM A615
Dia. in. Dist. Dist.
No. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Grade 60 Rebar
in. (mm) in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Allowable
4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 17 16,480 245 4,120 18,320 560 4,580
Adhesive Anchors
#4 (108) (162) (432) (73.3) (1.1) (18.3) (81.5) (2.5) (20.4) 4,800
(12.7) 5⁄8 (21.4)
6 9 24 19,360 678 4,840 19,360 4,840
—
(152) (229) (610) (86.1) (3.0) (21.5) (86.1) (21.5)
5 7 1⁄2 20 24,600 2,598 6,150 26,040 1,740 6,510
#5 (127) (191) (508) (109.4) (11.6) (27.4) (115.8) (7.7) (29.0) 7,440
(15.9) 3⁄4 (33.1)
9 3⁄8 14 1⁄8 37 1⁄2 48,380 2,841 12,095 48,380 12,095
—
(238) (359) (953) (215.2) (12.6) (53.8) (215.2) (53.8)
6 3⁄4 10 1⁄8 27 38,380 4,044 9,595 40,500 1,533 10,125
#6 (171) (257) (686) (170.7) (18.0) (42.7) (180.2) (6.8) (45.0) 10,560
(19.1) 7⁄8 (47.0)
11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 65,020 3,152 16,255 65,020 16,255
—
(286) (429) (1,143) (289.2) (14.0) (72.3) (289.2) (72.3)
7 3⁄4 11 5⁄8 31 47,760 1,266 11,940 47,760 11,940
—
#7 (197) (295) (787) (212.4) (5.6) (53.1) (212.4) (53.1) 14,400
1
(22.2) 13 1⁄8 19 5⁄8 52 1⁄2 81,560 3,575 20,390 81,560 20,390 (64.1)
—
(333) (498) (1,334) (362.8) (15.9) (90.7) (362.8) (90.7)
9 13 1⁄2 36 53,680 — 13,420 53,680 — 13,420
#8 (229) (343) (914) (238.8) (59.7) (238.8) (59.7) 18,960
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (84.3)
15 22 1⁄2 60 94,240 7,520 23,560 94,240 23,560
(381) —
(572) (1,524) (419.2) (33.5) (104.8) (419.2) (104.8)
10 1⁄8 15 1⁄4 40 1⁄2 53,680 7,977 13,420 53,680 13,420
—
#9 (257) (387) (1,029) (238.8) (35.5) (59.7) (238.8) (59.7) 24,000
(28.6) 1 1⁄4 (106.8)
16 7⁄8 25 3⁄8 67 1⁄2 111,460 5,753 27,865 111,460 27,865
(495.8) (25.6) (123.9) —
(429) (645) (1,715) (495.8) (123.9)
11 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 45 76,000 1,408 19,000 76,000 19,000
—
#10 (286) (429) (1,143) (338.1) (6.3) (84.5) (338.1) (84.5) 30,480
(31.8) 1 1⁄2 (135.6)
18 3⁄4 28 75 125,840 9,551 31,460 125,840 31,460

(711) (1,905) (559.8) (42.5) (139.9) —
(476) (559.8) (139.9)
12 3⁄8 18 5⁄8 49 1⁄2 87,500 3,498 21,875 87,500 21,875
—
#11 (314) (473) (1,257) (389.2) (15.6) (97.3) (389.2) (97.3) 37,440
(34.9) 1 5⁄8 (166.5)
20 5⁄8 28 82 1⁄2 132,080 11,297 33,020 132,080 33,020
(711) (587.5) (50.3) (146.9) —
(524) (2,096) (587.5) (146.9)
6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to fire exposure
and elevated-temperature conditions.
7. Allowable load based on bond strength may be interpolated for concrete compressive strengths between 2,000 psi and 4,000 psi.

108

IBC *
SET Allowable Shear Loads for Rebar Dowels in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rebar Drill Bit Embed. Edge Spacing
Size Depth ASTM A615
Dia. Dist. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) Concrete
No. in. Grade 60 Rebar
in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Allowable
4 1⁄4 15,156 542 3,790
(108) (67.4) (2.4) (16.9)
Adhesive Anchors
#4 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 3,060
(12.7) 5⁄8 (13.6)
6 (162) (162) 15,156 3,790
—
(152) (67.4) (16.9)
5 24,245 1,121 6,060

#5 (127) 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 (107.8) (5.0) (27.0) 4,740
(15.9) 3⁄4 (21.1)
9 3⁄8 (191) (191) 24,245 6,060
—
(238) (107.8) (27.0)
6 3⁄4 33,195 2,314 8,300
#6 (171) (147.7) (10.3) (36.9) 6,730
7⁄8 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8
(19.1) (257) (257) (29.9)
11 1⁄4 33,195 8,300
—
(286) (147.7) (36.9)
7 3⁄4 47,017 2,227 11,755

(197) (209.1) (9.9) (52.3)
#7 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 9,180
1
(22.2) (295) (295) (40.8)
13 1⁄8 47,017 11,755
—
(333) (209.1) (52.3)
9 58,880 — 14,720
#8 (229) 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 (261.9) (65.5) 12,085
(25.4) 1 1⁄8 (53.8)
15 (343) (343) 58,880 14,720
—
(381) (261.9) (65.5)
10 1⁄8 58,880 1,487 14,720
#9 (257) 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 (261.9) (6.6) (65.5) 15,300
(28.6) 1 1⁄4 (68.1)
(387) (387) 58,880 14,720
16 7⁄8 —
(429) (261.9) (65.5)
11 1⁄4 65,840 7,120 16,460
#10 (286) 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 (292.9) (31.7) (73.2) 19,430
1 1⁄2
(31.8) 18 3⁄4 (429) (429) 65,840 16,460 (86.4)

—
(476) (292.9) (73.2)
12 3⁄8 81,400 9,596 20,350
(314) (362.1) (42.7) (90.5)
#11 18 5⁄8 18 5⁄8 23,870
(34.9) 1 5⁄8 (106.2)
20 5⁄8 (473) (473) 81,400 20,350
—
(524) (362.1) (90.5)
4. Refer to in-service temperature Sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.

109

IBC *
SET Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Critical Critical Bond Strength Steel Strength
Rod Embed.
Dia. Depth f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 F593
in. in. Lightweight Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in. in.
1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 2,400 540 600
(44) (67) (89) (10.7) (2.4) (2.7) 2,105 4,535 3,630
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄8 1⁄2
(9.5) 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 7 6,220 422 1,555 (9.4) (20.2) (16.1)
(89) (133) (178) (27.7) (1.9) (6.9)
2 1⁄8 3 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2,900 550 725
1⁄2 (54) (79) (108) (12.9) (2.4) (3.2) 3,750 8,080 6,470
5⁄8 (16.7) (35.9) (28.8)
(12.7) 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 8 1⁄2 6,720 1,087 1,680
(108) (162) (216) (29.9) (4.8) (7.5)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 4,820 327 1,205
5⁄8 (64) (95) (127) (21.4) (1.5) (5.4) 5,875 12,660 10,120
3⁄4 (26.1) (56.3) (45.0)
(15.9) 5 7 1⁄2 10 9,160 1,677 2,290
(127) (191) (254) (40.7) (7.5) (10.2)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the bond or steel strength. 6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction,
2. The allowable loads listed under allowable bond are based on a safety provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-
factor of 4.0. resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to
3. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to
spacing is allowed. fire-exposure conditions.
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 120. 7. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall
installations unless proper consideration is given to fire-exposure and
5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load
elevated-temperature conditions.
adjustment for temperature.
IBC *
SET Allowable Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Rod Embed.
Dia. Depth f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 F593
in. in. Lightweight Concrete Grade 36 304SS
in. in. in.

1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 2,364 129 590
3⁄8 (44) (67) (89) (10.5) (0.6) (2.6) 1,085 2,340 1,870
1⁄2 (4.8) (10.4) (8.3)
(9.5) 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 7 5,784 547 1,445
(89) (133) (178) (25.7) (2.4) (6.4)
2 1⁄8 3 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2,948 224 735
1⁄2 (54) (79) (108) (13.1) (1.0) (3.3) 1,930 4,160 3,330
5⁄8 (8.6) (18.5) (14.8)
(12.7) 4 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 8 1⁄2 8,436 891 2,110
(108) (162) (216) (37.5) (4.0) (9.4)
2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 3,584 1,072 895
5⁄8 (64) (95) (127) (15.9) (4.8) (4.0) 3,025 6,520 5,220
3⁄4 (13.5) (29.0) (23.2)
(15.9) 5 7 1⁄2 10 11,784 650 2,945
(127) (191) (254) (52.4) (2.9) (13.1)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on concrete edge 5. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load
distance or steel strength. adjustment for temperature.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete edge distance are based on a safety 6. Anchors are permitted to be used within fire-resistive construction,
factor of 4.0. provided the anchors resist wind or seismic loads only. For use in fire-
3. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. No reduction in resistive construction, the anchors can also be permitted to be used to
spacing is allowed. resist gravity loads, provided special consideration has been given to
4. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance on page 120. fire-exposure conditions.

110
SET Design Information — Masonry

SET Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in IBC *
8-inch Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
8-inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads
Min. Critical Critical Critical Based on CMU Strength
Rod Drill Embed. Edge End Spacing
Dia. Bit Depth Dist. Dist. Dist. Tension Shear
in. Dia. in. in. in. in.
(mm) in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Anchor Installed Anywhere on the Face of the CMU Wall (See Figure 1)
Adhesive Anchors
1⁄2 4 1⁄4 17 17 17 6,496 1,300 6,766 1,355
5⁄8 (432) (432) (432) (28.9) (5.8) (30.1) (6.0)
(12.7) (108)
5⁄8 5 20 20 20 8,232 1,645 13,676 2,735
3⁄4 (127) (508) (508) (508) (36.6) (7.3) (60.8) (12.2)
(15.9)
3⁄4 6 3⁄4 27 27 27 15,656 3,130 17,578 3,515
7⁄8 (686) (686) (686) (69.6) (13.9) (78.2) (15.6)
(19.1) (171)
2. Values for 8-inch wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive strength
of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1500 psi.
4. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1⁄3% for short-term loading due to wind forces or seismic forces where permitted by code.
7. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for end distance, edge distance and spacing on page 121.

in this area
for reduced
allowable
load capacity
4" minimum
end distance
Critical end
distance
(see load table)
Shaded Area = Placement
for Full and Reduced
No installation
Allowable Load Capacity within 1¼" of
in Grout-Filled CMU head joint

Figure 1

111

SET Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in
6- and 8-inch Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight IBC *
Grout-Filled CMU — Anchor Installed in Cell Opening (Top of Wall)
Min. Min. Min. 6- and 8-inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads
Rod Drill Embed. Based on CMU Strength
Edge End Spacing
Dia. Bit Depth Dist. Dist. Dist. Tension Shear
in. Dia. in. in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Allowable Tension and Shear Values EXCLUDING Earthquake Loads1
Adhesive Anchors
5⁄8 5 3 3 1⁄2 20 12,573 2,515 9,530 1,905

3⁄4 (127) (76) (508) (55.9) (11.2) (42.4) (8.5)
(15.9) (89)
3⁄4 5 3 3 1⁄2 20 — 2,515 — 1,905
7⁄8 (127) (76) (508) (11.2) (8.5)
(19.1) (89)
7⁄8 12 2 3 7⁄8 48 8,908 1,780
1 — —
(22.2) (305) (51) (98) (1219) (39.6) (7.9)
Allowable Tension and Shear Values INCLUDING Earthquake Loads2
5⁄8 5 3 3 1⁄2 20 6,500 1,300 6,780 1,355
3⁄4 (127) (76) (508) (28.9) (5.8) (30.2) (6.0)
(15.9) (89)
3⁄4 5 3 3 1⁄2 20 — 1,300 — 1,355
7⁄8 (127) (76) (508) (5.8) (6.0)
(19.1) (89)
1. Allowable tension and shear values EXCLUDING earthquake loads may not be increased for wind forces.
2. Allowable tension and shear values INCLUDING earthquake loads may be increased 33 1/3% for wind forces or seismic forces where
permitted by code.
3. Also see notes 1–3 and 5–7 on next page.
Edge
End
Figure 2
Anchor installed
in cell opening

(top of wall)

112

SET Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors IBC *
in Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
6- and 8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads
Embed. Min. Min. Based on CMU Strength
Rod Dia. Drill Bit Depth Edge Dist. End Dist.
in. Dia. Tension Shear
in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
Anchor Installed in Face Shell with Simpson Strong‑Tie® Epoxy Carbon-Steel Screen Tube
5⁄8 3 1⁄2 4 4 5⁄8 881 175 1,440 290
7⁄8 (101.6) (3.9) (0.8) (6.4) (1.3)
(15.9) (88.9) (117.5)
Adhesive Anchors
3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 4 5⁄8 175 290
1 (101.6) — —
(19.1) (88.9) (117.5) (0.8) (1.3)
2. Values for 8-inch wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive strength
of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1500 psi.
3. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit for installations
through a face shell.
4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind forces or seismic forces.
7. Anchors must be spaced a minimum distance of four times the anchor embedment.
8. Screen tubes not for use with SET1.7KTA.
45⁄8"
4"
Figure 3
Anchor installed in face shell
with screen tube in hollow cell

113

SET Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Installations
in Unreinforced Brick Masonry Walls — Minimum URM IBC *
Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick)
Rod/Rebar Drill Embed. Min. Min. Min. Tension Load Based Shear Load Based
Dia./Size Bit Depth Edge/End Vertical Horiz. on URM Strength on URM Strength
in. Dia. in. Dist. Spacing Dist. Spacing Dist. Allowable Allowable
SCREEN TUBE
(mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Configuration A (Simpson Strong‑Tie® ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)
3⁄4 8 16 16 16 1,000
1 —
(19.1) (203) (406) (406) (406) (4.4)
Adhesive Anchors
#5 8 16 16 16 750
1 —
(15.9) (203) (406) (406) (406) (3.3)
#6 8 16 16 16 1,000 Configuration A
1 —
(19.1) (203) (406) (406) (406) (4.4) (Shear)
Configuration B (Simpson Strong‑Tie ETS or ETSP Screen Tube Required)
3⁄4 13 16 16 16 1,200 1,000
1
(19.1) (330) (406) (406) (406) (5.3) (4.4)
Configuration C (Simpson Strong‑Tie ETS Screen Tube and AST Steel Sleeve Required)
5⁄8 16 16 16 1,200 750
1 ** SCREEN TUBE
(15.9) (406) (406) (406) (5.3) (3.3)
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 Grade 36 minimum. 22.5º 3
⁄4" DIA.
BENT
2. All holes are drilled with a 1" diameter carbide-tipped drill bit with the drill set in the rotation-only mode. 1" MAX. THREADED
ROD
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum thickness of 13 inches (three wythes of brick).
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi. For
installations using a wet diamond core-drill bit, the allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate
minimum net mortar strength of 325 psi. Configuration B
5. The allowable load for Configuration B and C anchors subjected to a combined tension and shear load is determined (Tension & Shear)
by assuming a straight-line relationship between allowable tension and shear.
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar embedded 8 inches into the wall with a 31⁄32" diameter by 8-inch
long screen tube (part # ETS758 or ETS758P). This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only. 6"x6"x3⁄8"
STEEL STEEL
8. Configuration B has a 3⁄4" threaded rod bent and installed at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13 inches into the wall, PLATE SCREEN TUBE
to within 1-inch (maximum) of the exterior wall surface. This configuration is designed to resist tension and shear loads.
STEEL SLEEVE
The pre-bent threaded rod is installed with a 31⁄32" diameter by 13-inch long screen tube (part # ETS7513 or ETS7513P).
9. Configuration C is designed to resist tension and shear forces. It consists of a 5⁄8" diameter, ASTM F1554 Grade 36 ⁄ " DIA.
58
ROD
threaded rod and an 8" long sleeve (part # AST800) and a 31⁄32" diameter by 8-inch long screen tube (part # ETS758). HEX
NUT
The steel sleeve has a plastic plug in one end. A 6" by 6" by 3⁄8" thick ASTM A 36 steel plate is located on the back face
of the wall.
10. Special inspection requirements are determined by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local building official.
Configuration C
(Tension & Shear)

SET Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for
Threaded Rod Anchors in Lightweight, IBC * Installation Instructions for
Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU Configuration C
8-inch Hollow CMU Allowable Loads 1. Drill hole perpendicular to the wall to a
Critical Critical depth of 8" with a 1" diameter carbide-
Rod Drill Embed. Based on CMU Strength
Edge Spacing tipped drill bit (rotation only mode).
Dia. Bit Depth Dist. Dist. Tension Shear
in. Dia. in. 2. Clean hole with oil-free compressed air
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable and a nylon brush.
(mm) (mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) 3. Fill 8" steel screen tube with mixed
Anchor Installed in Face Shell with Simpson Strong-Tie ETSP (Plastic) Screen Tube adhesive and insert into hole.
4. Insert steel sleeve slowly into screen tube
3⁄8 3 1/2 12 8 1,500 300 1,280 255 (adhesive will displace).
9⁄16 (305) (203) (6.7) (1.3) (5.7) (1.1)
(9.5) (88.9)
5. Allow adhesive to cure
1⁄2 3 1/2 12 8 1,500 300 1,280 255 (see cure schedule).
3⁄4 (305) (203) (6.7) (1.3) (5.7) (1.1)
(12.7) (88.9) 6. Drill through plastic plug in (inside) end of
5⁄8 3 1/2 12 8 1,500 300 1,380 275 steel sleeve with 5/8" bit.
7⁄8 (305) (203) (6.7) (1.3) (6.1) (1.2)
(15.9) (88.9) 7. Drill completely through the wall with 5/8"
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 Grade 36 minimum. carbide tipped concrete drill bit (rotation
2. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 mode only).
3. Edge distances may be reduced to 4" with a corresponding 32% reduction in tension capacity. Shear capacity is 8. Insert 5/8" rod through hole and attach
unaffected. metal plate and nut.
4. Values for 8-inch wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units with min.
compressive strength of 1,900 psi and 1 1⁄4" thick face shell.
7. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. Wall design must satisfy
applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.

114

SET Allowable Tension Loads for Threaded Rod Anchors in
8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight CMU IBC *
Chair Blocks Filled with Normal-Weight Concrete
8-inch Concrete-Filled
CMU Chair Block
Min. Min. Critical
Rod Drill Embed. Edge Spacing Allowable Tension Loads
Dia. Bit Depth Dist. Dist. Based on CMU
in. Dia. in. in. in. Strength
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm)
Ultimate Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Adhesive Anchors
4 1/2 1 3/4 18 4,810 960
1/2 (114) (44.5) (457) (21.4) (4.3)
5/8
(12.7) 7 1 3/4 28 7,715 1,545
(178) (44.5) (711) (34.3) (6.9)
4 1/2 1 3/4 18 4,955 990
(114) (44.5) (457) (22.0) (4.4)
5/8 7 1 3/4 28 7,600 1,520
3/4 (178) (711) (33.8) (6.8)
(15.9) (44.5)
12 1 3/4 48 12,200 2,440
(305) (44.5) (1,219) (54.4) (10.9)
2. Values are for 8-inch-wide concrete masonry units CMU filled with concrete with minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi and poured
monolithically with the floor slab.
3. Center #5 rebar in CMU cell and concrete slab as shown.
Edge Distance
#5 Rebar
f'c ≥ 2,500 psi

Concrete,
Slab on Grade
(Monolithic Pour)
4" Thick
Slab
Minimum
3 Courses High

115

SET Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension Load
4. Locate the edge distance (cact ) at which the anchor is to be installed. based on bond strength values only.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc ) is the intersection of the row and column.
*
Adhesive Anchors
IBC
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Rebar #4 #5 #6
Edge
Dist. E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 6 2 1⁄2 5 9 3⁄8 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4
cact ccr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 3 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 9 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 14 1⁄8 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8
(in.)
cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4
fcmin 0.65 0.65 0.69 0.65 0.65 0.59 0.48 0.48 0.64 0.48 0.48 0.57
1 3⁄4 0.65 0.65 0.69 0.65 0.65 0.59 0.48 0.48 0.64 0.48 0.48 0.57
2 0.75 0.68 0.71 0.71 0.67 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.65 0.52 0.50 0.58
3 1.00 0.78 0.77 0.95 0.74 0.66 0.81 0.59 0.68 0.68 0.56 0.61
4 0.88 0.83 1.00 0.82 0.72 1.00 0.68 0.71 0.83 0.62 0.63
5 0.98 0.89 0.90 0.77 0.77 0.73 0.99 0.68 0.66
6 1.00 0.95 0.97 0.83 0.86 0.76 1.00 0.74 0.69
7 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.95 0.79 0.81 0.72
8 0.94 1.00 0.82 0.87 0.75
9 1.00 0.85 0.93 0.78
10 0.88 0.99 0.80
11 0.91 1.00 0.83
12 0.94 0.86
14 1.00 0.92
16 0.98
17 1.00
See notes below.

IBC
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) (continued)
Dia. 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
Rebar #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
Edge
Dist. E 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 15 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 12 3⁄8 20 5⁄8
cact ccr 5 7⁄8 11 5⁄8 19 5⁄8 6 3⁄4 13 1⁄2 22 1⁄2 7 3⁄4 15 1⁄4 25 3⁄8 8 1⁄2 16 7⁄8 28 1⁄8 28 1⁄8 28 1⁄8
(in.)
cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4
fcmin 0.48 0.48 0.52 0.48 0.48 0.47 0.58 0.58 0.51 0.58 0.58 0.51 0.58 0.51
1 3⁄4 0.48 0.48 0.52 0.48 0.48 0.47
2 3⁄4 0.61 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.52 0.50 0.58 0.58 0.51 0.58 0.58 0.51 0.58 0.51
4 0.77 0.60 0.58 0.71 0.58 0.53 0.69 0.62 0.54 0.67 0.62 0.53 0.61 0.53
6 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.92 0.67 0.58 0.85 0.69 0.58 0.82 0.68 0.57 0.67 0.57
8 0.81 0.69 1.00 0.76 0.63 1.00 0.76 0.62 0.97 0.74 0.61 0.72 0.61
10 0.91 0.74 0.85 0.68 0.82 0.67 1.00 0.80 0.65 0.77 0.65
12 1.00 0.80 0.93 0.73 0.89 0.71 0.86 0.69 0.82 0.69
14 0.85 1.00 0.78 0.96 0.75 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.73
16 0.90 0.83 1.00 0.80 0.97 0.77 0.93 0.77
18 0.96 0.89 0.84 1.00 0.80 0.98 0.81
20 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.84 1.00 0.84
24 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.92
28 1.00 1.00 1.00

116

SET Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance, Shear Load
4. Locate the edge distance (cact ) at which the anchor is to be installed. concrete edge distance values only.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc ) is the intersection of the row and column.
*
Adhesive Anchors
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) IBC
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 1⁄2 5⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄4
Rebar #4 #5 #6
Edge
Dist. E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 4 1⁄4 6 2 1⁄2 5 5 9 3⁄8 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4
cact ccr 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 5 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 10 1⁄8
(in.)
cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4
fcmin 0.49 0.32 0.35 0.37 0.20 0.25 0.24 0.18 0.15 0.21 0.19 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.15
1 3⁄4 0.49 0.32 0.35 0.37 0.20 0.25 0.24 0.18 0.15 0.21 0.19 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.15
2 0.53 0.37 0.40 0.40 0.24 0.29 0.28 0.22 0.19 0.24 0.23 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.18
3 0.67 0.56 0.58 0.54 0.42 0.45 0.45 0.36 0.33 0.38 0.37 0.29 0.29 0.30 0.28
4 0.82 0.76 0.77 0.68 0.59 0.61 0.61 0.50 0.48 0.52 0.51 0.39 0.39 0.40 0.38
5 0.96 0.95 0.95 0.81 0.76 0.78 0.77 0.64 0.63 0.66 0.65 0.49 0.49 0.50 0.48
6 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.79 0.78 0.79 0.79 0.59 0.59 0.60 0.58
7 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.68
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.78
9 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89
10 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99
11 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
See notes below.
IBC *
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) (continued)
Dia. 7⁄8 7⁄8 1 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
Rebar #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
Edge
Dist. E 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 9 15 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 12 3⁄8 20 5⁄8
cact ccr 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 11 5⁄8 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 15 1⁄4 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 16 7⁄8 18 5⁄8 18 5⁄8
(in.)
cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4 2 3⁄4
fcmin 0.14 0.13 0.14 0.10 0.14 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.17 0.16 0.12 0.17 0.16 0.12 0.16 0.12
1 3⁄4 0.14 0.13 0.14 0.10 0.14 0.10 0.12 0.10
2 3⁄4 0.23 0.22 0.23 0.19 0.21 0.18 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.12 0.17 0.16 0.12 0.16 0.12
3 0.25 0.24 0.25 0.21 0.23 0.20 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.14 0.18 0.17 0.14 0.17 0.13
4 0.34 0.33 0.34 0.31 0.30 0.27 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.24 0.21 0.24 0.23 0.20 0.23 0.19
5 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.36 0.35 0.32 0.31 0.28 0.30 0.29 0.26 0.28 0.24
6 0.51 0.50 0.51 0.49 0.45 0.43 0.44 0.43 0.39 0.38 0.35 0.36 0.35 0.32 0.33 0.30
7 0.60 0.59 0.60 0.58 0.52 0.50 0.51 0.50 0.45 0.45 0.42 0.42 0.41 0.38 0.38 0.36
8 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.67 0.60 0.58 0.59 0.58 0.52 0.51 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.45 0.44 0.41
9 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.76 0.67 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.51 0.49 0.47
10 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.85 0.74 0.73 0.74 0.73 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.54 0.52
11 0.95 0.94 0.95 0.94 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.72 0.71 0.70 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.60 0.58
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.78 0.78 0.77 0.71 0.71 0.70 0.65 0.63
13 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.85 0.85 0.84 0.77 0.77 0.76 0.70 0.69
14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.92 0.91 0.83 0.83 0.82 0.76 0.74
15 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.81 0.80
16 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.86 0.85
17 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.91
18 5⁄8 1.00 1.00
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge
2. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches). distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
3. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). 7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
4. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches). edge distance.
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance. 8. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].

117

SET Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Tension Load
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
4. Locate the spacing (sact ) at which the anchor is to be installed. based on bond strength values only.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs ) is the intersection of the row and column.
*
Adhesive Anchors
IBC
Spacing Tension (fs )
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Rebar #4 #5 #6
sact E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 6 2 1⁄2 5 9 3⁄8 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 11 1⁄4
(in.) scr 7 14 18 8 1⁄2 17 24 10 20 37 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 27 45
smin 7⁄8 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄8 3 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8
fsmin 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.52 0.89 0.90
7⁄8 0.52
1 0.53
2 0.61 0.89 0.58 0.56 0.53
4 0.76 0.91 0.91 0.71 0.90 0.90 0.67 0.90 0.61 0.89
6 0.92 0.93 0.92 0.84 0.92 0.91 0.78 0.91 0.90 0.69 0.90 0.90 1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
8 1.00 0.95 0.94 0.97 0.93 0.92 0.89 0.92 0.91 0.78 0.91 0.91 2. sact = actual spacing distance at which
10 0.96 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.86 0.92 0.91 anchors are installed (inches).
12 0.98 0.96 0.96 0.94 0.95 0.92 0.94 0.93 0.92 3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load
(inches).
14 1.00 0.97 0.98 0.95 0.96 0.93 1.02 0.94 0.92
4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced
16 0.99 0.99 0.96 0.97 0.93 0.95 0.93
load (inches).
18 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.99 0.94 0.96 0.93
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at
20 0.98 1.00 0.95 0.97 0.94 actual spacing distance.
24 1.00 0.96 0.99 0.95 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load
28 0.97 1.00 0.96 at critical spacing distance. fscr is always =
32 0.98 0.97 1.00.
36 1.00 0.98 7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
40 1.00 0.99 minimum spacing distance.
45 1.00 8. fs = fsmin + [(1 - fsmin) (sact - smin) / (scr - smin)].
IBC *
Spacing Tension (fs ) (continued)
Dia. 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4

Rebar #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
sact E 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 13 1⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 15 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 16 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 18 3⁄4 12 3⁄8 20 5⁄8
(in.) scr 15 1⁄2 31 52 1⁄2 18 36 60 20 1⁄2 40 1⁄2 67 1⁄2 22 1⁄2 45 75 49 1⁄2 82 1⁄2
smin 2 3 7⁄8 6 5⁄8 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄8 8 1⁄2 2 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 9 3⁄8 6 1⁄4 10 3⁄8
fsmin 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.52 0.89 0.90 0.89 0.90
2 0.52
3 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
4 0.59 0.89 0.57 0.56 0.55
5 0.63 0.89 0.60 0.89 0.58 0.57
6 0.66 0.90 0.63 0.90 0.61 0.89 0.60 0.89
8 0.73 0.91 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.90 0.66 0.90 0.65 0.90 0.89
10 0.80 0.91 0.91 0.76 0.91 0.90 0.72 0.91 0.90 0.69 0.90 0.90 0.90
12 0.88 0.92 0.91 0.82 0.92 0.91 0.77 0.91 0.91 0.74 0.91 0.90 0.90 0.90
14 0.95 0.93 0.92 0.88 0.92 0.91 0.83 0.92 0.91 0.79 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.91
16 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.88 0.92 0.91 0.84 0.92 0.91 0.91 0.91
20 0.96 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.99 0.94 0.92 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91
24 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.93 1.00 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.94 0.92
28 0.99 0.95 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.93 0.95 0.93 0.95 0.92
32 1.00 0.96 0.99 0.95 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.93 0.96 0.93
36 0.96 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.95 0.97 0.94 0.97 0.94
40 0.97 0.96 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.95 0.98 0.94
50 0.99 0.98 0.97 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.95
60 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97
70 1.00 0.99 0.98
75 1.00 0.99
82 1⁄2 1.00
See notes above.

118

SET Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Shear Load
4. Locate the spacing (sact ) at which the anchor is to be installed. concrete edge distance values only.
5. The load-adjustment factor (fs ) is the intersection of the row and column.
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
Spacing Shear (fs )
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4
Rebar #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11
sact E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 7 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 9 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 5 5⁄8 11 1⁄4 12 3⁄8
(in.) scr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 3 1⁄4 6 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 5 1⁄8 10 1⁄8 5 7⁄8 11 5⁄8 6 3⁄4 13 1⁄2 7 3⁄4 15 1⁄4 8 1⁄2 16 7⁄8 18 5⁄8
smin 7⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 1 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3 7⁄8 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄8 2 7⁄8 5 5⁄8 6 1⁄4
fsmin 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.90 0.83 0.83
7⁄8 0.90
1 0.91
1 1⁄2 0.94 0.92 0.91
2 0.96 0.84 0.94 0.93 0.91 0.90
2 1⁄2 0.99 0.87 0.96 0.85 0.95 0.83 0.92 0.91 0.91
3 1.00 0.89 0.99 0.87 0.97 0.85 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90
3 1⁄2 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.99 0.86 0.95 0.83 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91
4 0.94 0.91 1.00 0.88 0.97 0.85 0.95 0.83 0.94 0.93 0.92
5 0.99 0.95 0.92 1.00 0.87 0.98 0.85 0.96 0.84 0.95 0.94
6 1.00 0.99 0.95 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.98 0.86 0.97 0.84 0.96 0.84
7 1.00 0.98 0.92 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.99 0.86 0.97 0.85 0.84
8 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.99 0.87 0.85
9 0.97 0.94 0.92 0.90 1.00 0.88 0.87
10 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.90 0.88
12 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.91
14 1.00 0.98 0.96 0.94
16 1.00 0.99 0.96
17 1.00 0.98
18 5⁄8 1.00
2. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).

119

SET Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance only. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
4. Locate the edge distance (cact ) at which the anchor is to be installed. on bond strength values or allowable shear load based on concrete
5. The load-adjustment factor (fc ) is the intersection of the row and column. edge distance values only.
Adhesive Anchors
* IBC *
IBC Edge Distance Shear (fc )
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8
Edge E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5 Edge E 1 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 4 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 5
Dist. Dist.
ccr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 3 1⁄8 6 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 ccr 2 5⁄8 5 1⁄4 3 1⁄8 6 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 7 1⁄2
cact cact
(in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 (in.) cmin 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1 3⁄4
fcmin 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.48 0.48 fcmin 0.25 0.25 0.20 0.20 0.15 0.15
1 3⁄4 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.48 0.48 1 3⁄4 0.25 0.25 0.20 0.20 0.15 0.15
2 0.75 0.68 0.71 0.67 0.55 0.50 2 0.46 0.30 0.35 0.24 0.26 0.19
2 1⁄4 0.85 0.70 0.78 0.69 0.61 0.53 2 1⁄4 0.68 0.36 0.49 0.29 0.36 0.22
2 1⁄2 0.95 0.73 0.84 0.71 0.68 0.55 2 1⁄2 0.89 0.41 0.64 0.33 0.47 0.26
2 3⁄4 1.00 0.75 0.90 0.73 0.74 0.57 2 3⁄4 1.00 0.46 0.78 0.37 0.58 0.30
3 0.78 0.97 0.74 0.81 0.59 3 0.52 0.93 0.42 0.68 0.33
3 1⁄4 0.80 1.00 0.76 0.87 0.62 3 1⁄4 0.57 1.00 0.46 0.79 0.37
3 1⁄2 0.83 0.78 0.94 0.64 3 1⁄2 0.63 0.50 0.89 0.41
3 3⁄4 0.85 0.80 1.00 0.66 3 3⁄4 0.68 0.55 1.00 0.45
4 0.88 0.82 0.68 4 0.73 0.59 0.48
4 1⁄4 0.90 0.84 0.71 4 1⁄4 0.79 0.63 0.52
4 1⁄2 0.93 0.86 0.73 4 1⁄2 0.84 0.68 0.56
4 3⁄4 0.95 0.88 0.75 4 3⁄4 0.89 0.72 0.59
5 0.98 0.90 0.77 5 0.95 0.76 0.63
5 1⁄4 1.00 0.91 0.80 5 1⁄4 1.00 0.81 0.67
5 1⁄2 0.93 0.82 5 1⁄2 0.85 0.70
5 3⁄4 0.95 0.84 5 3⁄4 0.89 0.74
6 0.97 0.86 6 0.94 0.78

6 1⁄4 0.99 0.89 6 1⁄4 0.98 0.82
6 1⁄2 1.00 0.91 6 1⁄2 1.00 0.85
6 3⁄4 0.93 6 3⁄4 0.89
7 0.95 7 0.93
7 1⁄4 0.98 7 1⁄4 0.96
7 1⁄2 1.00 7 1⁄2 1.00
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.

120

SET Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors in Face of Wall Installation in 8" Grout-Filled CMU:
End/Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced end and edge distance and spacing. 5. The load-adjustment factor (fc or fs ) is the intersection of the row and
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear column.
load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load-adjustment factor.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.
4. Locate the end or edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the 8. Adjustment factors do not apply to allowable steel strength values.
anchor is to be installed. 9. Adjustment factors are to be applied to allowable tension or shear load
Adhesive Anchors
based on CMU strength values only.
End Distance Tension (fc ) Edge Distance Tension (fc )

Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
E 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4 E 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4
cact cact
ccr 17 20 27 ccr 17 20 27
(in.) (in.)
cmin 4 4 4 cmin 4 4 4
fcmin 1.00 0.84 0.54** fcmin 1.00 0.84 0.54**
4 1.00 0.84 0.54 4 1.00 0.84 0.54
8 1.00 0.88 0.62 8 1.00 0.88 0.62
12 1.00 0.92 0.70 12 1.00 0.92 0.70 ** The allowable tension load reduction factor
is permitted to equal 1.0 provided both of the
16 1.00 0.96 0.78 16 1.00 0.96 0.78 following conditions are met: (a) The anchor is
17 1.00 0.97 0.80 17 1.00 0.97 0.80 installed with a minimum end distance, Cmin,
20 1.00 0.86 20 1.00 0.86 between 4 inches and 8 inches; and (b) a
24 0.94 24 0.94 masonry return wall of identical construction is
on the opposite side (such as two masonry walls
27 1.00 27 1.00 intersecting at a building corner).
See notes below. See notes below.
End and Edge Distance Shear (fc )

Shear Load Perpendicular to End and Edge Distance Shear (fc ) *
End or Edge Shear Load Parallel to End or Edge IBC
Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
E 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4 E 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4 2. cact = actual end or edge distance at which
cact cact
ccr 17 20 27 ccr 17 20 27 anchor is installed (inches).
(in.) (in.)
cmin 4 4 4 cmin 4 4 4 3. ccr = critical end or edge distance for 100%
fcmin 0.43 0.25 0.25 fcmin 0.95 0.51 0.45 load (inches).
4. cmin = minimum end or edge distance for
4 0.43 0.25 0.25 4 0.95 0.51 0.45
reduced load (inches).

8 0.61 0.44 0.38 8 0.97 0.63 0.55 5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at
12 0.78 0.63 0.51 12 0.98 0.76 0.64 actual end or edge distance.
16 0.96 0.81 0.64 16 1.00 0.88 0.74 6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at
17 1.00 0.86 0.67 17 1.00 0.91 0.76 critical end or edge distance. fccr is always
= 1.00.
20 1.00 0.77 20 1.00 0.83
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
24 0.90 24 0.93 minimum end or edge distance.
27 1.00 27 1.00 8. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].
Spacing Tension (fs ) Spacing Shear (fs )

Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC *
E 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4 E 4 1⁄4 5 6 3⁄4
sact sact
scr 17 20 27 scr 17 20 27
(in.) (in.) 1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
smin 8 8 8 smin 8 8 8 2. sact = actual spacing distance at which
fsmin 0.89 0.81 0.59 fsmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 anchors are installed (inches).
8 0.89 0.81 0.59 8 3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load
12 (inches).
12 0.94 0.87 0.68
4. smin = minimum spacing distance for
16 0.99 0.94 0.76 16
1.00 for all spacing ≥ 8 in. reduced load (inches).
17 1.00 0.95 0.78 17 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at
20 1.00 0.85 20 actual spacing distance.
24 0.94 24 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load
27 1.00 27 at critical spacing distance. fscr is always
= 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
minimum spacing distance.

121
EDOT Epoxy Adhesive
Formulated specifically for transportation projects, EDOT adhesive is a two-component, high-solids epoxy
system. It is designed for use as a high-strength, non-shrink anchor-grouting material. EDOT adhesive
provides an economical solution for transportation applications. Visit www.strongtie.com/DOT for specific
state DOT approvals.
Features
• Meets ASTM C881 and AASHTO M-235 specifications for Type I, II, IV and
V, Grade 3, Class C
Adhesive Anchors
• Cure times – 24 hours at 60°F, 72 hours at 40°F

• When properly mixed, adhesive will be a uniform tan color
• Available in 1-, 10- and 100-gallon bulk kits
• Made in the USA using global materials
Applications
• Threaded rod anchoring and rebar doweling into concrete and masonry
current approvals
Codes: Multiple DOT listings (refer to www.strongtie.com/DOT

for current approvals)
Chemical Resistance


For best results, material should be 70°–80°F at time of application.
• To warm cold material, store cartridges in a warm, uniformly heated area or
storage container. Do not immerse cartridges in water to facilitate warming.
70°F and above. EDOT Adhesive
122
EDOT Epoxy Adhesive

Test Criteria
Anchors installed with EDOT adhesive have been tested in accordance with ASTM E1512.
Consistency (77°F) ASTM C881 Non-sag/thixotropic paste

Bond strength (moist cure, 60°F) 2,920 psi (2 days)
ASTM C882
Hardened concrete to hardened concrete 3,410 psi (14 days)
Adhesive Anchors
Bond strength
ASTM C882 2,298 psi (14 days)
Fresh concrete to hardened concrete
Compressive yield strength (cured 60°F) ASTM D695 10,390 psi (7 days)
Compressive modulus (cured 60°F) ASTM D695 408,100 psi (7 days)
Shore D Hardness ASTM D2240 83
Shrinkage coefficient ASTM D2566 0.002 in./in.
EDOT Package Systems

Model No. Capacity Cartridge Type Carton Quantity Dispensing Tool(s) Mixing Nozzle
EDOT22 22 ounces cartridge, side-by-side 10 EDT22S, EDTA22CKT, EDTA22P EMN22i
EDOT22-N1 22 ounces cartridge, side-by-side 10 EDT22S, EDTA22CKT, EDTA22P EMN22i
EDOT56 56 ounces cartridge, side-by-side 6 EMN22i or EMN50 —
EDOT1KT 1-gallon kit (2) 1/2 gal. pails 1 kit
For bulk applications, use the EMN37A bulk mixing nozzle.
EDOT10KT 10-gallon kit (2) 5 gal. pails 1 kit
EDOT100KT 100-gallon kit (2) 50 gal. drums 1 kit Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for more information.
1. Cartridge estimation guidelines are available at www.strongtie.com/apps. 3. Use only Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzles in accordance with
2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or improper use of
adhesive accessories is available on pages 128 through 135, or at mixing nozzle may impair EDOT adhesive performance.
www.strongtie.com. 4. One EMN22i mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied
with each cartridge.

Cure Schedule
Base Material
ºF ºC
40 4 72 hrs
60 16 24 hrs
80 27 24 hrs
100 38 24 hrs

Base Material
Temperature Percent of
Allowable Load
ºF ºC
40 4 100%
70 21 100%
110 43 100%
135 57 85%
Pot Life for 1 Gallon Mixed

Adhesive Pot Life
Temperature Time
°F °C (min)
60 16 60
70 21 35
80 27 25
90 32 15
100 38 10
123
Adhesive Anchoring Installation Instructions

NOTE: Always check expiration date on WARNING: When drilling and cleaning hole, use eye and lung protection.
product label. Do not use expired product. When installing adhesive, use eye and skin protection.
1 Hole Preparation – Horizontal, Vertical and Overhead Applications

1. Drill. 2. Blow. 3. Brush. 4. Blow.
4 4 cycles 4
Drill
seconds Remove dust (min.)
Clean with a seconds Remove dust
hole to
(min.) from hole nylon brush for (min.) from hole with oil-
specified with oil-free a minimum of free compressed
diameter compressed air 4 cycles. Brush air for a minimum
and depth. for a minimum should provide of 4 seconds.
Adhesive Anchors
of 4 seconds. resistance to Compressed

Compressed insertion. If no air nozzle must
air nozzle must resistance is felt, reach the
80 reach the bottom the brush is worn 80 bottom of the
psi min. of the hole. and must be psi min. hole.
replaced.
Refer to page 135 or vist www.strongtie.com for proper brush part number.
2 Cartridge Preparation
1. Check. 2. Open. 3. Attach.
Check expiration date on Open cartridge Attach proper
product label. Do not use per package Simpson
expired product. Product instructions. Strong-Tie®
is usable until end of nozzle and
printed expiration month. extension to
cartridge. Do
not modify 4. Insert. 5. Dispense.
nozzle. Insert cartridge into dispensing Dispense adhesive to the side until
Refer to www.strongtie.com for
proper mixing nozzle and dispensing tool. properly mixed (uniform color).
tool part number.
FOR SOLID BASE MATERIALS

3A Filling the Hole – Vertical Anchorage
Prepare the hole per “Hole Preparation” instructions on product label.
DRY AND DAMP HOLES:
1. Fill. 2. Insert.
3. Do not

Fill hole 1/2 to Insert clean, disturb.
2/3 full, starting oil-free anchor, Do not disturb
from bottom of turning slowly
anchor until
hole to prevent until the anchor
fully cured.(See
air pockets. contacts the
bottom of the cure schedule
Withdraw
nozzle as hole hole. for specific
fills up. adhesive.)
Threaded
rod or rebar
WATER-FILLED HOLES:
1. Fill. 2. Insert. 3. Do not

Fill hole Insert clean, disturb.
completely oil-free anchor, Do not disturb
full, starting turning slowly anchor until
from bottom of until the anchor fully cured.
hole to prevent contacts the (See cure
water pockets. bottom of the schedule.)
hole.
Withdraw
nozzle as hole
fills up.
Threaded
rod or rebar
Note: Nozzle extensions may be needed for deep holes.
124

3B Filling the Hole – Piston Plug Delivery System
Prepare the hole per “Hole Preparation” instructions on product label
√
Step 4:
• Install the appropriate
Simpson Strong-Tie
! adhesive retaining cap
Adhesive Anchors
Step 1:
• Attach the piston plug to
one end of the flexible tubing
(PPFT25) Step 2:
• Cut tubing to the length • Insert the piston plug to the back of the drilled hole and dispense adhesive
needed for the application,
mark tubing as noted below
and attach other end of tubing
Step 5:
to the mixing nozzle
√
• Place either threaded
• If using a pneumatic rod or rebar through
dispensing tool, regulate air the adhesive retaining
pressure to 80–100 psi cap and into adhesive-
filled hole
• Turn rod/rebar slowly
until the insert
! bottoms out
• Do not disturb until
fully cured
½ to ⅔ ⅓ to ½ Step 3:
embedment • Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full
• Note: as adhesive is dispensed into the drilled hole, the piston plug will
slowly displace out of the hole due to back pressure, preventing air gaps
3C Filling the Hole – Horizontal and Overhead Anchorage with Adhesive Retaining Caps
Prepare the hole per “Hole Preparation” instructions on product label.
Threaded rod or rebar Threaded rod or rebar
1. Install. 2. Fill. 3. Insert. 4. Do not disturb.

Install Simpson Strong-Tie® Fill hole 12 – 23 full, starting from Insert clean, oil-free anchor, turning Do not disturb anchor until fully
ARC adhesive retaining cap. bottom of hole to prevent air slowly until the anchor contacts the cured (see cure schedule).
Refer to page 132 or visit pockets. Withdraw nozzle as hole bottom of the hole.
www.strongtie.com for proper fills up.
ARC size.
Note: Nozzle extensions may be needed for deep holes.
FOR HOLLOW BASE MATERIALS

3D Filling the Hole – When Anchoring with Screens: For AT, ET-HP®, SET-XP® and SET Adhesives
(except SET1.7KTA)
Prepare the hole per instructions on “Hole Preparation.”
1. Fill. 2. Insert. 3. Insert. 4. Do not disturb.

Fill screen completely. Fill from the Insert adhesive-filled screen into hole. Insert clean, oil-free anchor, turning Do not disturb anchor until fully
bottom of the screen and withdraw slowly until the anchor contacts the cured. (See cure schedule for specific
the nozzle as the screen fills to prevent bottom of the screen. adhesive.)
air pockets. (Opti-Mesh screens: Close
integral cap after filling.)
Installation instructions continued on page 126.
125

FOR UNREINFORCED BRICK MASONRY
1A Hole Preparation – For Configurations A and C (Horizontal) and B (22 1/2-Degree Downward)
Installations with a Carbide-Tipped Drill Bit.
4 4 4
seconds cycles seconds
(min.) (min.) (min.)
Adhesive Anchors
80 psi 80 psi
min. min.
1. Drill. 2. Blow. 3. Brush. 4. Blow.
Drill 1-inch-diameter hole to Remove dust from hole with Clean with a nylon brush for a Remove dust from hole
specified depth with a carbide- oil-free compressed air for minimum of 4 cycles. Brush MUST with oil-free compressed air
tipped drill bit, using rotation a minimum of 4 seconds. reach the bottom of the hole. for a minimum of 4 seconds.
only mode. For Configurations Compressed air nozzle MUST Brush should provide resistance Compressed air nozzle MUST
A and C, drill 8 inches deep. For reach the bottom of the hole. to insertion. If no resistance is felt, reach the bottom of the hole.
Configuration B, drill to within 1 the brush is worn and must be
inch of the opposite side of wall replaced.
(minimum 13 inches deep).
1B Hole Preparation – For using SET Adhesive Configurations A and C (Horizontal) and B (22 1/2-Degree Downward)
Installations with a Wet Diamond Core-Drill Bit. (See page 114, footnote 4.)
4
cycles
(min.)
1. Drill. 2. Flush. 3. Brush. 4. Flush.

Drill hole to specified depth with Flush out hole with pressurized Clean with a nylon brush Flush out hole with pressurized
1-inch-diameter wet diamond water until water runs clear. (Simpson Strong-Tie part number water until water runs clear.
core-drill bit. For Configurations ETB10) for a minimum of 4 brush
A and C, drill 8 inches deep. For strokes. Brush MUST reach the
Configuration B, drill to within 1 bottom of the hole. Brush should
inch of the opposite side of wall provide resistance to insertion. If

(minimum 13 inches deep). no resistance is felt, the brush is
worn and must be replaced.
30 4 4
seconds cycles seconds
(min.) (min.) (min.)
80 psi 80 psi
min. min.
5. Blow. 6. Brush.
7. Blow.
Remove free standing water from Clean with a nylon brush
Blow hole with oil-free compressed
hole with oil-free compressed air (Simpson Strong-Tie part number
air for a minimum of 4 seconds.
and blow out hole for a minimum ETB10) for a minimum of 4 brush
Compressed air nozzle MUST reach
of 30 seconds. Compressed air strokes. Brush MUST reach the
the bottom of the hole.
nozzle MUST reach the bottom of bottom of the hole. Brush should
the hole. provide resistance to insertion. If
no resistance is felt, the brush is
worn and must be replaced.
126
2 Cartridge Preparation
1. Check. 2. Open. 3. Attach. 4. Insert.

Check cartridge expiration Open cartridge Attach proper Insert cartridge into
date. Do not use expired per package Simpson Strong-Tie® dispensing tool.
ANCHO VE
ADHESI
EPOXY
RING
product. Product is usable instructions. nozzle to cartridge.
until end of printed expiration Do not modify nozzle.
month.
Adhesive Anchors
5. Dispense.
Dispense adhesive to
the side until properly
mixed (uniform color).
3A Filling the Hole – For Configurations A (Horizontal) and B (22 1/2 - Degree Downward) Installations.
1. Fill. 2. Insert. 3. Insert. 4. Do not disturb.

Fill screen completely. Fill from Insert adhesive filled Insert clean, oil-free anchor, Do not disturb anchor until fully
the bottom of the screen and screen into hole. turning slowly until the anchor cured. (See cure schedule for
withdraw the nozzle as the screen contacts the bottom of the specific adhesive.)
fills to prevent air pockets. (Opti- screen.
Mesh® screens: Close integral cap
after filling.)
Note: Opti-Mesh® plastic screens or steel wire mesh screens may be used for Configurations A and B.
3B Filling the Hole – For Configuration C (Horizontal Through-Bolt) Installation.

steel
sleeve
inside
steel
screen
tube
1. Fill. 2. Insert. 3. Insert. 4. Cure

Fill screen completely. Fill from Insert adhesive filled screen into Insert steel sleeve (capped end first) Allow adhesive to cure (see Cure
the bottom of the screen and hole. slowly into screen tube (adhesive will Time Table 1).
withdraw the nozzle as the screen displace).
fills to prevent air pockets.
steel
screen tube 6"x6"x 3⁄8"
steel steel
sleeve plate
5
⁄8" dia. HEX
rod nut
5. Drill. 6. Insert.
Drill through plastic plug in (inside) end of steel sleeve Insert 5⁄8" rod through hole and attach metal plate and nut.
and completely through the wall with 5⁄8" carbide
tipped concrete drill bit (rotation mode only).
Note: Steel wire mesh screens shall be used for Configuration C.
127
Adhesive Accessories
Adhesive Dispensing Tools

CDT10S
Manual dispensing tool for 10 oz. single-cartridge adhesives
Adhesive Anchors
EDT22S
Manual dispensing tool for 22 oz. cartridges
EDTA22CKT
Battery-powered dispensing tool for 22 oz. cartridges
(kit includes two battery packs and charger)
EDTA22P
Pneumatic dispensing tool for 22 oz. cartridges
EDTA56P

ADT813S
Manual dispensing tool for 12.5 oz. cartridges
ADT30S
Manual dispensing tool for 30 oz. cartridges
ADTA30CKT
Battery-powered dispensing tool for 30 oz. cartridges
(kit includes two battery packs and charger)
ADTA30P
128
Adhesive Mixing Nozzles

EMN22i
An 18-element static mixing nozzle for use with 10 oz., 22 oz. and 56 oz. epoxy
adhesive cartridges
Adhesive Anchors
EMN37A
An 18-element static mixing nozzle for dispensing epoxy adhesive through bulk
metering equipment
EMN50
High-volume static mixing nozzle for 22 oz. and 56 oz. epoxy adhesive cartridges
AMN19Q
A 19-element, static mixing nozzle for use with 10 oz., 13 oz.,
and 30 oz. acrylic adhesive cartridges
For more information on adhesive dispensing tools and mixing nozzles, including
ordering information, visit www.strongtie.com.
129
Piston Plug Delivery System

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Adhesive Piston Plug Delivery System offers you an easy-to-use, more reliable and less time-consuming
means to dispense adhesive into drilled holes for threaded rod and rebar dowel installations at overhead, upwardly inclined and
horizontal orientations.
The matched tolerance design between the piston plug and drilled hole virtually eliminates the formation of voids and air pockets
during adhesive dispensing.
Features
Adhesive Anchors
• Designed for dispensing adhesive into drilled holes at

overhead, upwardly inclined and horizontal orientations, as well
as deep embedments
• Suitable for use with all Simpson Strong-Tie anchoring adhesives
• Adhesive piston plugs are sized to fit each drilled hole diameter
• Model number is embossed on each adhesive piston plug
for identification
• A barbed end provides a reliable connection to the flexible
extension tubing
• Flexible extension tubing is available in 25-foot-long rolls to be
cut to required lengths
Use the piston plug delivery system with

Simpson Strong-Tie® adhesive products:

AT-XP® SET-XP® ET-HP®
AT SET EDOT
130
Adhesive Piston Plugs
Drill Bit Carton
Model No. Pkg. Quantity
Diameter Quantity*
PP56-RP10 9/16" 10 100
PP62-RP10 5/8" 10 100
PP68-RP10 11/16" 10 100
PP75-RP10 3/4" 10 100
PP81-RP10 13/16" 10 100
PP87-RP10 7/8" 10 100
Adhesive Anchors
PP100-RP10 1" 10 100
PP112-RP10 1 1/8" 10 100
PP137-RP10 1 3/8" 10 100
PP175-RP10 1 3/4" 10 100
*10 packages of 10
Adhesive Tubing
Model No. Description Pkg. Quantity
PPFT25 Adhesive Piston Plug Flexible Tubing — 25 ft. roll 1
Adhesive Retaining Caps

Model No. Drill Bit Diameter Cap Depth Pkg. Quantity Carton Quantity*
ARC50A-RP25 9/16" 1/2" 25 200
ARC50-RP25 5/8" 1/2" 25 200
ARC62A-RP25 11/16" 9/16" 25 200
ARC62-RP25 3/4" 9/16" 25 200
ARC75A-RP25 13/16" 9/16" 25 200
ARC75-RP25 7/8" 9/16" 25 200
ARC87-RP25 1" 11/16" 25 200
ARC100-RP25 1 1/8" 11/16" 25 200
ARC125-RP25 1 3/8" 7/8" 25 200
ARC137-RP25 1 3/4" 11/16" 25 200
*8 packages of 25
Installation Sequence
√
Step 4:
• Install the appropriate
! Simpson Strong-Tie
adhesive retaining cap
Step 1:
• Attach the piston plug to
one end of the flexible tubing
(PPFT25) Step 2:
• Cut tubing to the length • Insert the piston plug to the back of the drilled hole and dispense adhesive
needed for the application,
mark tubing as noted below
and attach other end of tubing Step 5:
to the mixing nozzle
• If using a pneumatic
dispensing tool, regulate air
√ • Place either threaded
rod or rebar through
the adhesive retaining
pressure to 80–100 psi cap and into adhesive-
filled hole
• Turn rod/rebar slowly
until the insert
! bottoms out
• Do not disturb until
fully cured
½ to ⅔ ⅓ to ½ Step 3:
embedment • Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full
• Note: as adhesive is dispensed into the drilled hole, the piston plug will
slowly displace out of the hole due to back pressure, preventing air gaps
131

Adhesive retaining caps make overhead and horizontal installation easier by preventing the adhesive from
running out of the hole. They also center the rod in the hole, making them ideal for applications where
precise anchor placement is required. It may be necessary to provide support for the insert during cure time.
Adhesive retaining caps are not designed to support the weight of the insert in overhead installations.
Material: Plastic
Adhesive Anchors
The “X” cut in the cap allows the

mixing nozzle and insert to pass
through, while containing the
adhesive in the hole.

Drill Bit Anchor Rebar Cap Depth Package Carton Qty.*
Dia. Diameter Model No.
Size (in.) Qty. (ea.)
(in.) (in.)
7/16 3/8 ARC37A-RP25 7/16 25 200
#3
1/2 3/8 ARC37-RP25 7/16 25 200
9/16 1/2 ARC50A-RP25 1/2 25 200
#4
5/8 1/2 ARC50-RP25 1/2 25 200
11/16 5/8 ARC62A-RP25 9/16 25 200

#5
3/4 5/8 ARC62-RP25 9/16 25 200
13/16 3/4 ARC75A-RP25 9/16 25 200
#6
7/8 3/4 ARC75-RP25 9/16 25 200
1 7/8 #7 ARC87-RP25 11/16 25 200
1 1/16 1 ARC100A-RP25 11/16 25 200
#8
1 1/8 1 ARC100-RP25 11/16 25 200
1 3/8 1 1/4 #10 ARC125-RP25 7/8 25 200
1 3/4 — #11 ARC137-RP25 11/16 25 200
*8 packages of 25.
132
Steel Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes

Screen tubes are used in hollow base material applications to contain adhesive around the anchor and prevent
it from running into voids. Simpson Strong‑Tie® screen tubes are specifically designed to work with AT, SET
and ET-HP® adhesives in order to precisely control the amount of adhesive that passes through the mesh. This
results in thorough coating and bonding of the rod to the screen tube and base material. Order screen tubes
based upon rod diameter and adhesive type. The actual outside diameter of the screen tube is larger than the
rod diameter.
Adhesive Anchors
Material: Acrylic screen tubes: 50 mesh stainless steel
Epoxy screen tubes: 60 mesh carbon steel
Caution: Screen tubes are designed for a specific
adhesive type. Epoxy screen tubes must be used
with SET or ET-HP® formulations and acrylic screen
tubes must be used with AT.
Epoxy Screen Tube
(Acrylic screen tubes similar)
Screen tubes are for use in hollow CMU, hollow brick

and unreinforced masonry applications. Contact
Simpson Strong‑Tie for information on special-order sizes.
Acrylic Adhesive (AT) Screen Tubes – Stainless Steel

Actual Screen Size
For Rod Dia. Hole Size Model Carton
O.D./Length
(in.) (in.) No. Qty.
(in.)
15⁄32 x 3 1⁄2 ATS373 150
3⁄8 9⁄16
15⁄32 x 6 ATS376 150
19⁄32 x 3 1⁄2 ATS503 100
1⁄2 11⁄16 19⁄32 x 6 ATS506 100
19⁄32 x 10 ATS5010 50
25⁄32 x 3 ATS623 50
25⁄32 x 6 ATS626 50
5⁄8 7⁄8
25⁄32 x 10 ATS6210 25
25⁄32 x 13 ATS6213 25
31/32 x 8 ATS758 25
3⁄4 1 31/32 x 13 ATS7513 25
31/32 x 17 ATS7517 25
Epoxy Adhesive (SET and ET-HP®) Screen Tubes – Carbon Steel

Actual Screen Size
For Rod Dia. Hole Size Model Carton
O.D./Length
(in.) (in.) No. Qty.
(in.)
15⁄32 x 6 ETS376 150
3⁄8 9⁄16
15⁄32 x 10 ETS3710 100
19⁄32 x 6 ETS506 100
1⁄2 11⁄16
19⁄32 x 10 ETS5010 50
25⁄32 x 6 ETS626 50
5⁄8 7⁄8 25⁄32 x 10 ETS6210 25
25⁄32 x 13 ETS6213 25
31/32 x 8 ETS758 25
31/32 x 13 ETS7513 25
3⁄4 1
31/32 x 17 ETS7517 25
31/32 x 21 ETS7521 25
Note: Not for use with SET1.7KTA.
133
Opti-Mesh Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes
Screen tubes are vital to the performance of adhesive anchors in base materials that are hollow or contain
voids, such as hollow block and brick. The Simpson Strong‑Tie® Opti‑Mesh screen tube provides the
economical advantage of a plastic screen tube while providing performance comparable to steel screen
tubes and better than competitive plastic screen tubes.
Material: Plastic
Caution: Screen tubes are designed for a specific adhesive type. Epoxy screen
tubes must be used with SET-XP®, ET-HP® or SET formulations, and acrylic adhesive screen
tubes must be used with AT.
Adhesive Anchors
Integral Cap: Serves to center and

secure the rod in the screen tube, while
displaying important information such as
rod diameter, drill bit diameter and the
Simpson Strong‑Tie® “≠” symbol for easy
inspection after installation. The cap also
prevents adhesive from running out the
front of the screen tube.
Flanges: Prevents the screen tube from
slipping into over-drilled holes. Allows
screen tube to function in holes that are
drilled too deep.
Open-Mesh Collar: This section of larger
mesh allows extra adhesive to flow out the
screen tube behind the face shell of hollow
block applications. The extra "collar" of
adhesive increases bearing area and
results in higher load capacities in hollow
concrete block.
Color-Coded, Formula-Specific Mesh:
The screen tube mesh is sized to allow
only the right amount of adhesive to flow
through the screen tube to bond with the
base material while the balance remains
in the screen to bond the rod. The acrylic
screen tube mesh is white, while the epoxy
screen tube mesh is black.
Acrylic Adhesive
Screen Tube
(mesh is white)

U.S. Patent
6,837,018
Epoxy Adhesive
Screen Tube
(mesh is black) The integral cap centers
the rod and displays drill
bit and rod diameter.
Epoxy Adhesive (SET-XP®, ET-HP® and SET)

Screen Tubes – Plastic Acrylic Adhesive (AT) Screen Tubes – Plastic
For Rod Dia. Hole Size Length Model Carton For Rod Dia. Hole Size Length Model Carton
(in.) (in.) (in.) No. Qty. (in.) (in.) (in.) No. Qty.
3 1⁄2 ETS373P 150 3 1⁄2 ATS373P 150
3⁄8 9⁄16 6 ETS376P 150 3⁄8 9⁄16 6 ATS376P 150
10 ETS3710P 100 10 ATS3710P 100
3 1⁄2 ETS503P 100 3 1⁄2 ATS503P 100
1⁄2 3⁄4 6 ETS506P 100 1⁄2 3⁄4 6 ATS506P 100
10 ETS5010P 50 10 ATS5010P 50
3 1⁄2 ETS623P 50 3 1⁄2 ATS623P 50
6 ETS626P 50 6 ATS626P 50
5⁄8 7⁄8 5⁄8 7⁄8
10 ETS6210P 25 10 ATS6210P 25
13 ETS6213P 25 13 ATS6213P 25
8 ETS758P 25 8 ATS758P 25
13 ETS7513P 25 13 ATS7513P 25
3⁄4 1 3⁄4 1
17 ETS7517P 25 17 ATS7517P 25
21 ETS7521P 25 21 ATS7521P 25
Not for use with SET1.7KTA.
134
Hole-Cleaning Brushes
Brushes are used for cleaning drilled holes prior to adhesive anchor installation.
Brushes have a twisted wire handle with nylon bristles.
For Anchor/Rebar For Hole Diameter
Description Model No. Diameter Ctn Qty
(in.)
(in.)
1/2" dia x 3" brush ETB4 24
1⁄4" – 5⁄16" 3⁄8" – 7⁄16"
(8" total length)
ETB
3⁄4" x 4" brush ETB6 24
3⁄8" – 5⁄8" 1⁄2" – 3⁄4"
Adhesive Anchors
(16" total length)
1" x 4" brush ETB8 3⁄4" 13⁄16" – 7⁄8" 24
(16" total length)
1" x 4" brush ETB8L 3⁄4" 13⁄16" – 7⁄8" 24
(24" total length)
1 1⁄4" x 4" brush ETB10 24
7⁄8" – 1" 1" – 1 1⁄8"
(29" total length)
1 5⁄8" x 6" brush ETB12 24
(34" total length) 1 1⁄4" 1 3⁄16"– 1 3⁄8"
Adhesive Shear Tubes

Used in conjunction with anchoring adhesive and screen tubes, adhesive shear
tubes transfer anchor shear loads over a larger area, reducing localized crushing
Adhesive
in unreinforced masonry installations. Required for through-bolt applications per Shear Tube
ICC-ES’s unreinforced masonry anchorage “Configuration C” detail. For detailed
installation instructions, refer to the appropriate adhesive anchor ICC-ES report.
MATERIAL: Steel
6"x6"x3⁄8"
STEEL
FINISH: Zinc-plated PLATE
STEEL
SCREEN TUBE
For use with Drill Bit Threaded Rod STEEL SLEEVE

Description Model Carton
Simpson Screen Dia. Diameter
(in.) No. Qty.
Model No.1 (in.) (in.) ⁄ " DIA.
58
HEX ROD
13/16 x 8 AST800 ETS758, ATS758 1 5/8 1 NUT
1. Screens sold separately. Not for use with Simpson Strong-Tie screen ETS758P or
ATS758P plastic Opti-Mesh screen tubes.
Configuration C
Retrofit Bolts
RFBs are pre-cut threaded rod, supplied with nut and washer. For use with
Simpson Strong-Tie® adhesives. May be ordered in bulk without the nut and washer.
Use with Simpson Strong-Tie adhesives to anchor into existing concrete and masonry.
Each end of the threaded rod is stamped with rod length in inches and our “No-Equal”
symbol for easy identification after installation.
MATERIAL: ASTM F1554 Grade 36
COATING: Zinc-plated, hot-dip galvanized
Description Zinc-Plated Hot-Dip Galvanized Ctn Retail2

Dia. Length Model No. Model No. Qty Pack
1⁄2" x 4" RFB#4x4 RFB#4x4HDG 50 —
1⁄2" x 5" RFB#4x5 RFB#4x5HDG 50 10
RFB
1⁄2" x 6" RFB#4x6 RFB#4x6HDG 50 10
Retrofit Bolts
1⁄2" x 7" RFB#4x7 RFB#4x7HDG 50 10
1⁄2" x 8" — RFB#4x8HDG — 10
1⁄2" x 10" RFB#4x10 RFB#4x10HDG 25 10
5⁄8" x 5" RFB#5x5 RFB#5x5HDG 50 10 1. Bulk quantities do not include the nut
5⁄8" x 8" RFB#5x8 RFB#5x8HDG 50 10 and washer and must be ordered with
a “-B” suffix (example: RFB#4x5-B).
5⁄8" x 10" RFB#5x10 RFB#5x10HDG 50 10 Hot-dip galvanized RFBs not available
5⁄8" x 12" — RFB#5x12HDG — 10 in bulk.
5⁄8" x 16" RFB#5x16 RFB#5x16HDG 25 10 2. Retail packs must be ordered
with a “-R” suffix (example:
3⁄4" x 10 1⁄2" RFB#6x10.5 RFB#6x10.5HDG 25 — RFB#5x12HDG-R).
135
Mechanical Anchors
From complex infrastructure projects to
do-it-yourself ventures, Simpson Strong-Tie
offers a wide variety of anchoring products
to meet virtually any need.
Our mechanical anchors are designed to install easily and
securely into a variety of base materials — from concrete
and brick to hollow and grouted CMU. They offer optimal
performance even in the most demanding structural
applications. For applications where there is a risk of concrete
cracking, specific anchors have been designed and tested to
offer reliability under these conditions.
Torq-Cut™ Self-Undercutting Anchor

The Torq-Cut™ self-undercutting anchor is a heavy-duty, high-capacity anchor developed and tested for use
in cracked and uncracked concrete under static and seismic conditions. The Torq-Cut features a built-in,
hardened cutting ring that expands with installation torque, forming undercut grooves in the concrete. This
interlock between the anchor and the concrete provides superior load-carrying capacity. Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Features
• Code listed under IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete
per ICC-ES ESR-2705
• Self-undercutting feature provides higher load-carrying capacity than
conventional mechanical anchors
• Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions (seismic design
Mechanical Anchors
categories A through F)
• Ductile steel rod provides consistent, reliable performance
• Specially designed, low-friction expansion cone minimizes binding and
speeds installation
• Installation requires no special drill bit or secondary drilling operation
• Head is stamped with the Simpson Strong-Tie® “≠” sign and anchor
size identification for easy post-installation verification
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2705 (concrete); City of L.A. RR25946

(concrete); Florida FL-15731.3
Material: Carbon steel
Coating: Zinc plated or sherardized*
Torq-Cut™ Setting Tool

The TCAST is the steel setting tool used to install the Torq-Cut
self-undercutting anchor, driving the anchor into the pre-drilled
hole and protecting the threads on the Torq-Cut anchor from Torq-Cut™ Torq-Cut™
being damaged by hammer blows. Self-Undercutting Anchor Setting Tool
U.S. Patent 7,357,613 (Sold separately)
Installation Instructions: Pre-Set Version Installation Instructions: Through-Set Version

1. Drill a hole in the base material to the specified embedment depth 1. Drill a hole in the base material to the specified embedment depth
using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit specified for each using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit specified for each
diameter. diameter.
2. Blow the hole clean using compressed air. 2. Blow the hole clean using compressed air.
3. Assemble the anchor with nut and washer, and finger-tighten the 3. Assemble the anchor with nut and washer and finger-tighten the
nut so all components are snug (spacer sleeve, expansion sleeve nut so all components are snug (spacer sleeve, expansion sleeve
and cone). The bottom of the threaded rod should be flush with and cone). The bottom of the threaded rod should be flush with
the bottom of the cone. the bottom of the cone.
4. Place the anchor in the drilled hole, and use a hammer and setting 4. Place the anchor through the fixture and into the drilled hole. Use
tool to drive the anchor until the washer and nut are tight against a hammer and setting tool to drive the anchor until the washer and
the surface of the base material. nut are tight against the fixture.
5. Remove the nut and washer and install the fixture. Reassemble 5. Tighten to the required installation torque.
the nut and washer over the fixture. Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult to set the
anchor and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity. Do not install in holes drilled
6. Tighten to the required installation torque. with core drill bit.
Pre-Set and Through-Set Version Pre-Set Version Through-Set Version

Step 1 2 3 Step 4 5 6 Step 4 5
Setting Setting
Tool Tool
138
Torq-Cut™ Self-Undercutting Anchor

Torq-Cut™ Anchor Product Data, Pre-Set Version1
Min. Nominal Quantity
Min. Drilled Max. Fixture Min. Fixture Threaded Rod
Size Drill Bit Dia. Embedment
Model No. Hole Depth Thickness Hole Dia. Length
(in.) (in.) Depth, hnom
(A) (in.) (F) (in.) (in.) (D) (in.) Box Carton
(B) (in.)
1⁄2 x 8 3⁄4 TCAP500834 7⁄8 7 6 5/8 1 1⁄4 9⁄16 8 3⁄4 5 10
1⁄2 x 9 1⁄2 TCAP500912 7⁄8 7 6 5/8 2 9⁄16 9 1⁄2 5 10
5⁄8 x 11 1⁄2 TCAP621112 1 9 1/2 8 7/8 1 1⁄2 11⁄16 11 1⁄2 4 8
5⁄8 x 12 1⁄2 TCAP621212 1 9 1/2 8 7/8 2 1⁄2 11⁄16 12 1⁄2 4 8
3⁄4 x 14 5⁄8 TCAP751458 1 1⁄4 12 11 3/8 2 13⁄16 14 5⁄8 4 8
3⁄4 x 16 5⁄8 TCAP751658 1 1⁄4 12 11 3/8 4 13⁄16 16 5⁄8 4 8
1. See Figure 1 below.
Mechanical Anchors
Torq-Cut™ Anchor Product Data, Through-Set Version1
Min. Nominal Quantity
Min. Drilled Max. Fixture Min. Fixture Threaded Rod
Size Drill Bit Dia. Embedment
Model No. Hole Depth Thickness Hole Dia. Length
(in.) (in.) Depth, hnom
(A) (in.) (F) (in.) (in.) (D) (in.) Box Carton
(B) (in.)
1⁄2 x 8 3⁄4 TCAT500834 7⁄8 7 6 5/8 1 1⁄4 15⁄16 8 3⁄4 5 10
1⁄2 x 9 1⁄2 TCAT500912 7⁄8 7 6 5/8 2 15⁄16 9 1⁄2 5 10
5⁄8 x 11 1⁄2 TCAT621112 1 9 1/2 8 7/8 1 1⁄2 1 1⁄16 11 1⁄2 4 8
5⁄8 x 12 1⁄2 TCAT621212 1 9 1/2 8 7/8 2 1⁄2 1 1⁄16 12 1⁄2 4 8
3⁄4 x 14 5⁄8 TCAT751458 1 1⁄4 12 11 3/8 2 1 5⁄16 14 5⁄8 4 8
3⁄4 x 16 5⁄8 TCAT751658 1 1⁄4 12 11 3/8 4 1 5⁄16 16 5⁄8 4 8
1. See Figure 1 below.
Torq-Cut™ Anchor Material Specifications*

Carbon Steel Component Materials
Threaded Rod Nut Washer Spacer Sleeve Undercut Expansion Ring Expansion Cone
ASTM A193 SAE J403 SAE J403 SAE J403

Material SAE J995, Grade 8 ASTM F436, Type 1
Grade B7M Grade 1045 Steel Grade 1045 Steel Grade 1144 Steel
Zinc Plated Zinc Plated Zinc Plated Zinc Plated

Coating Zinc plated Zinc plated
ASTM B633 SC1 ASTM B633 SC1 ASTM B633 SC1 ASTM B633 SC1
*For added corrosion resistance, TCA with a sherardized coating is available by special order.
Torq-Cut™ Anchor Installation Data

Nominal Anchor Dia (in.) 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 Pre-Set Through-Set
Drill Bit Size (in.) 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 da da

Fixture
Thickness, tfix
Fixture Hole Dia Range
Pre-Set (in.) 9⁄16–3⁄4 11⁄16–7⁄8 13⁄16–1 1⁄8 dc dc
Min. Fixture Hole Dia

Through-Set (in.) 15⁄16 1 1⁄16 1 5⁄16 d d
Wrench Size (in.) 3⁄4 15⁄16 1 1⁄8 Effective Threaded

Embedment Rod
Drilled Depth , hef
2
Length
Setting Tool Required TCAST50 TCAST62 TCAST75 Hole (C) (D)
Depth1,2 Nominal
(A) Embedment
Depth1, hnom
(B)
1. The Drilled Hole Depth is 1⁄2" greater than the Nominal Embedment Depth.
2. For the Through-Set version of the Torq-Cut anchor, if the actual Fixture
Thickness (tfix) is less than the Maximum Fixture Thickness (F), the Minimum
Drilled Hole Depth (A) must be increased as follows:
Drilled Hole Depth = A + (F – tfix)
Similarly, the Minimum Nominal Embedment Depth (B) is increased as follows:
Nominal Embedment Depth = B + (F – tfix) Figure 1
Drilled Hole Depth
139
Torq-Cut™ Design Information — Concrete

Torq-Cut™ Anchor Installation and Additional Data1
1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Drill Bit Diameter d in. 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
SD
Pre-Set Fixture Hole Diameter Range 2 dc in. 9⁄16–3⁄4 11⁄16–7⁄8 13⁄16–1 1⁄8
Through-Set Minimum Fixture Hole Diameter 2 dc in. 15⁄16 1 1⁄16 1 5⁄16
Installation Torque Tinst ft.-lb. 90 185 240
Minimum Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 6 5/8 8 7⁄8 11 3⁄8
Minimum Overall Depth of Drilled Hole hhole in. 7 9 1/2 12
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 8 5⁄8 12 15 3⁄8
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 7 10 7 3⁄4
Mechanical Anchors
Minimum Spacing smin in. 7 9 7 3⁄4

Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 8 5⁄8 12 15 3⁄8
Additional Data
Anchor Category Category — 1 1 1
Yield Strength fya ksi 80 80 80
Tensile Strength futa ksi 100 100 100
Effective Tensile and Shear Stress Area Ase in2 0.142 0.226 0.334
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range – uncracked concrete βuncr lb./in. 635,830
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range - cracked concrete βcr lb./in. 346,694
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D.
2. The clearance must comply with applicable code requirements for the connected element.
IBC *
Torq-Cut™ Tension Strength Design Data1
1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Minimum Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 6 5/8 8 7/8 11 3/8
Nominal Steel Strength in Tension Nsa lb. 14,190 22,600 33,450
Strength Reduction Factor – Steel Failure φsa — 0.752
SD
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension 6
Minimum Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 5 3⁄4 8 10 1⁄4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 8 5⁄8 12 15 3⁄8
Effectiveness Factor – Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24 24 24

Effectiveness Factor – Cracked Concrete kcr — 21 17 21
Modification Factor ψc,N — 1.0 1.0 1.0
Strength Reduction Factor – Concrete Breakout Failure φcb — 0.655
Pullout Strength in Tension 6
Pullout Strength Uncracked Concrete Np,uncr lb N/A3 N/A3 N/A3
Pullout Strength Cracked Concrete Np,cr lb N/A3 N/A3 N/A3
Strength Reduction Factor - Pullout Failure φp — N/A3 N/A3 N/A3
Tension Resistance for Seismic Applications 6
Tension Resistance - Seismic Loads Neq lb 14,190 22,600 33,450
1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction 5. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations
with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used
modified below. and the requirements of ACI 318 Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B
2. The tabulated value of φ sa applies when the load combinations are met. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement
of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. is not provided. For installations where complying supplementary
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318
appropriate value of φsa must be determined in accordance with D.4.3 for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI
ACI 318 D.4.4. Torq-Cut ™ anchors are ductile steel elements as 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318 Section
defined in ACI 318 D.1. D.4.3 for Condition A are met, the appropriate value of φcb must
3. N/A (Not Applicable) denotes that pullout resistance does not need be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3(c). If the load
to be considered. combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φp applies when the load combinations of
Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the 6. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify
requirements of ACI 318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the load the value of concrete breakout strength, Np,cr, Np,uncr and Neq by 0.6.
combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φ All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.4.4(c). 7. Pullout strength applies for 2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 3,500 psi concrete. For
f'c > 3,500 psi concrete, pullout strength need not be considered since
steel controls for concrete strengths greater than 3,500 psi.

140

IBC *
Torq-Cut™ Shear Strength Design Data1
1/2 5/8 3/4
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 6 5/8 8 7/8 11 3/8
Pre-Set Configuration: Steel Strength in Shear Vsa lb. 8,515 13,560 20,070
Through-Set Configuration: Steel Strength in Shear Vsa lb. 26,065 38,720 49,235
Mechanical Anchors
SD
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear5
Outside Diameter da in. 7/8 1 1 3/4
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. 4.3 5.8 7.5
Strength Reduction Factor – Concrete Breakout Failure φcb — 0.703
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp lb. 2.0
Strength Reduction Factor – Concrete Pryout Failure φcp — 0.704
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications
Pre-Set Configuration: Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Loads Veq lb. 8,515 13,560 20,070
Through-Set Configuration: Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Loads Veq lb. 15,640 30,975 44,310
1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as
modified below.
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of ACI 318 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the
appropriate value of φsa must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4.
Torq-Cut™ anchors are ductile steel elements as defined in ACI 318 D.1.
3. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of ACI 318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement
is not provided. For installations where complying supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI
318 D.4.3 for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318
Section D.4.3 for Condition A are met, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3(c). If
the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI
318 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of ACI 318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. if the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are
used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.4.4(c).
5. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the value of concrete breakout strength by 0.6. All-
lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

141

IBC *
Torq-Cut™ Tension Design Strengths in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Tension Design Strength (lb.)
Min. Critical Minimum
Nominal Edge Distances = cmin on one side
SD
Anchor Concrete Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. and cac on three sides
Dia. Thickness Distance Distance
Depth
(in.) hmin cac cmin SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1/2 6 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 7 10,645 9,410 8,065 7,060 9,190 8,040 6,895 6,030
5/8 8 7/8 12 12 10 16,950 12,500 13,235 9,375 15,370 10,885 11,525 8,165
3/4 11 3/8 15 3/8 15 3/8 7 3/4 25,090 22,395 19,195 16,800 16,385 14,335 12,290 10,755
1. Tension design strengths are based on the strength design provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
Mechanical Anchors

5. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the
strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the same load
combination.
6. When designing anchorages in SDC C-F, the designer shall consider the ductility requirements of ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.
Torq-Cut™ Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *

Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Nominal Min. Concrete Critical Edge Minimum
Anchor Embed. Thickness Distance c Edge Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Dia. ac Distance c Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Depth hmin min and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.)
(in.) (in.) (in.)
Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1/2 6 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 7 7,605 6,720 6,565 5,745
5/8 8 7/8 12 12 10 12,105 8,930 10,980 7,775
3/4 11 3/8 15 3/8 15 3/8 7 3/4 17,920 15,995 11,705 10,240
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion factor of a = 1.4.
The conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

142

Anchor Nominal Min. Concrete Critical Edge Minimum Edge Edge Distances = Edge Distances = cmin on one
Dia. Embed. Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/2 6 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 7 6,385 5,645 5,515 4,825
5/8 8 7/8 12 12 10 10,170 7,500 9,220 6,530
3/4 11 3/8 15 3/8 15 3/8 7 3/4 15,055 13,435 9,830 8,600
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion factor
of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% wind load.
Mechanical Anchors

Anchor Nominal Concrete Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Embed. and cac on three sides
Dia. Thickness Distance Distance
Depth
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/2 6 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 7 7,450 6,585 5,645 4,940 6,435 5,630 4,825 4,220
5/8 8 7/8 12 12 10 11,865 8,750 9,265 6,565 10,760 7,620 8,070 5,715
3/4 11 3/8 15 3/8 15 3/8 7 3/4 17,565 15,675 13,435 11,760 11,470 10,035 8,605 7,530
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion
4. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the
strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the
same load combination.

143
Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor

A wedge-type expansion anchor designed for optimal performance in cracked and uncracked concrete as well
as uncracked masonry. The Strong-Bolt® 2 is available in carbon steel (1/4" through 1" diameter), Type 304 (1/4"
diameter only) and Type 316 stainless steel (1/4" through 3/4" diameter). Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Features
• Code listed under IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per
ICC-ES ESR-3037
• Code listed under IBC/IRC for masonry per IAPMO UES ER-240
• Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions (seismic design
categories A through F)
Mechanical Anchors
• Qualified for minimum concrete thickness of 3 1/4", and lightweight

concrete-over-metal deck thickness of 2 1/2" and 3 1/4"
• Standard (ANSI) fractional sizes: fits standard fixtures and installs with
Head Stamp
common drill bit and tool sizes
The head is stamped with the length
identification letter, bracketed top
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-3037 (concrete); IAPMO UES ER-240
and bottom by horizontal lines.
(carbon steel in CMU); City of L.A. RR25891 (concrete),
RR25936 (carbon steel in CMU); Florida FL-15731.2;
FL-16230.4; UL File Ex3605; FM 3043342 and 3047639;
Mulitiple DOT listings; meets the requirements of Federal
Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 4
Material: Carbon-steel stud with special alloy clip; stainless-
steel stud with stainless-steel clip
Coating: Zinc plated
Material Specifications
Anchor Nut Washer Clip
Body
Carbon Steel, Carbon Steel Carbon Steel

Carbon Steel1 ASTM A 563, ASTM F844 ASTM A 568
Grade A
Strong-Bolt® 2
Wedge Anchor
Type 304 Type 304 Type 304 Type 316
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Type 316 Type 316 Type 316 Type 316

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
1. Zinc meets ASTM B 633, Class SC 1 (Fe / Zn 5), Type III.
Strong-Bolt® 2 Anchor Installation Data

Strong-Bolt 2
Dia. 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1
(in.)
Drill Bit Size (in.) 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1
Min. Fixture Hole (in.) 5⁄16 7⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8
Wrench Size (in.) 7⁄16 9⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16 1 1⁄8 1 5⁄16 1 1⁄2
Length Identification Head Marks on Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor – inches)
Mark Units A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
From in. 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Up To But Not Including in. 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
144
Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor

Strong-Bolt® 2 Anchor Product Data
Type 304 Type 316 Quantity
Size Carbon Steel Drill Bit Dia. Thread Length
(in.) Model No. (in.) (in.)
Model No. Model No. Box Carton
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 STB2-25134 STB2-251344SS STB2-251346SS 1⁄4 15/16 100 500
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 STB2-25214 STB2-252144SS STB2-252146SS 1⁄4 1 7/16 100 500
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 STB2-25314 STB2-253144SS STB2-253146SS 1⁄4 2 7/16 100 500
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 STB2-37234 — STB2-372346SS 3⁄8 1 5/16 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 STB2-37300 — STB2-373006SS 3⁄8 1 9/16 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 STB2-37312 — STB2-373126SS 3⁄8 2 1/16 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 STB2-37334 — STB2-373346SS 3⁄8 2 5/16 50 250
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 x 5 STB2-37500 — STB2-375006SS 3⁄8 3 9/16 50 200
3⁄8 x 7 STB2-37700 — STB2-377006SS 3⁄8 5 9/16 50 200
1⁄2 x 3 3⁄4 STB2-50334 — STB2-503346SS 1⁄2 2 1/16 25 125
1⁄2 x 4 3⁄4 STB2-50434 — STB2-504346SS 1⁄2 3 1/16 25 100
1⁄2 x 5 1⁄2 STB2-50512 — STB2-505126SS 1⁄2 3 13/16 25 100
1⁄2 x 7 STB2-50700 — STB2-507006SS 1⁄2 5 5/16 25 100
1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 STB2-50812 — STB2-508126SS 1⁄2 6 25 50
1⁄2 x 10 STB2-50100 — STB2-501006SS 1⁄2 6 25 50
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄2 STB2-62412 — STB2-624126SS 5⁄8 2 7/16 20 80
5⁄8 x 5 STB2-62500 — STB2-625006SS 5⁄8 2 15/16 20 80
5⁄8 x 6 STB2-62600 — STB2-626006SS 5⁄8 3 15/16 20 80
5⁄8 x 7 STB2-62700 — STB2-627006SS 5⁄8 4 15/16 20 80
5⁄8 x 8 1⁄2 STB2-62812 — STB2-628126SS 5⁄8 6 20 40
5⁄8 x 10 STB2-62100 — STB2-621006SS 5⁄8 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 5 1⁄2 STB2-75512 — STB2-755126SS 3⁄4 3 3/16 10 40
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 STB2-75614 — STB2-756146SS 3⁄4 3 15/16 10 40
3⁄4 x 7 STB2-75700 — STB2-757006SS 3⁄4 4 11/16 10 40
3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 STB2-75812 — STB2-758126SS 3⁄4 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 10 STB2-75100 — — 3⁄4 6 10 20
1x7 STB2-100700 — — 1 3 1⁄2 5 20
1 x 10 STB2-1001000 — — 1 3 1⁄2 5 10
1 x 13 STB2-1001300 — — 1 3 1⁄2 5 10
Installation:
Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten the Strong-Bolt 2 anchor
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to
the specified minimum hole depth, and blow it clean using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.) Alternatively, drill
the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling.
2. Assemble the anchor with nut and washer so the top of the nut is flush with the top of the anchor. Place the anchor in the fixture, and drive it
into the hole until the washer and nut are tight against the fixture.
3. Tighten to the required installation torque.
Installation Sequence:
145
Strong-Bolt® 2 Design Information — Concrete

Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Installation Information1
Nominal Anchor Diameter, da (in.)
1/4 4
3/8 5
1/2 5 5/8 5 3/4 5 15
Nominal Diameter da in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Drill Bit Diameter d in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1

Baseplate Clearance
Hole Diameter2 dc in. 5/16 7⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8 1 1/8
Installation Torque Tinst ft-lbf 4 30 60 90 150 230
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7⁄8 2 7⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 3 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 4 1⁄8 5 3⁄4 5 1/4 9 3/4
Mechanical Anchors
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 1/2 9
SD
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 7/8 2 3 3 4 1⁄8 3 5⁄8 5 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 6 5 1/2 10
Minimum Overall
Anchor Length ℓanch in. 2 1/4 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7 7 13
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 6 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 9 9 8 18 13 1/2
cmin in. 1 3/4 6 7 4 4 6 1⁄2 6 1⁄2 8

Minimum Edge Distance
for s ≥ in. — — — — — — 8 —
smin in. 2 1/4 3 7 4 4 5 7 8

Minimum Spacing
for c ≥ in. — — — — — — —
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in 3 1/4 3 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄4 9 13 1/2
Additional Data
Yield Strength fya psi 56,000 92,000 85,000 70,000 60,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 70,000 115,000 110,000 78,000
Minimum Tensile and

Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.0318 0.0514 0.105 0.166 0.270 0.472

Axial Stiffness in Service
Load Range — Cracked and β lb./in. 73,7003 34,820 63,570 91,370 118,840 299,600
Uncracked Concrete
3. The tabulated value of β for 1/4-inch diameter carbon steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor is for installations in uncracked concrete only.
4. The 1/4-inch-diameter (6.4mm) anchor may be installed in top of uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete
thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in this table.
5. The 3/8-inch-through 1-inch-diameter (9.5mm through 25.4mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight
concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in this table.
146

Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Installation Information1
4 5
1/4 3/8 1/2 5 5/8 5 3/4 5
Nominal Diameter da in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Drill Bit Diameter d in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter2 dc in. 5/16 7/16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8
Installation Torque Tinst ft-lbf 4 30 60 80 150
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7⁄8 2 7⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 3 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 4 1⁄8 5 3⁄4
Mechanical Anchors
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5
SD
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 7/8 2 3 3 4 1⁄8 3 5⁄8 5 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 6
Minimum Overall Anchor Length ℓanch in. 2 1/4 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 8 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 9 8 8
cmin in. 1 3/4 6 6 1/2 5 4 4 6

Minimum Edge Distance
for s ≥ in. — 10 — — 8 8 —
smin in. 2 1/4 3 8 5 1/2 4 6 1/4 6 1/2

Minimum Spacing
for c ≥ in. — 10 — 8 5 1/2 —
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/4 3 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄4
Additional Data
Yield Strength fya psi 96,000 80,000 92,000 82,000 68,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 120,000 100,000 115,000 108,000 95,000
Minimum Tensile and Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.0255 0.0514 0.105 0.166 0.270
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — β lb./in. 54,4303 29,150 54,900 61,270 154,290
Cracked and Uncracked Concrete
3. The tabulated value of β for 1/4-inch diameter stainless steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor is for installtions in uncracked concrete only.
4. The 1/4-inch-diameter (6.4mm) anchor may be installed in top of uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete
thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in this table.
5. The 3/8-inch-through 3/4-inch-diameter (9.5mm through 19.1mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight
concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in this table.
147

IBC *
Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension Strength Design Data1
1/4 8 3/8 9 1/2 9 5/8 9 3/4 9 19
Anchor Category 1, 2 or 3 — 1 2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4 5 1/4 9 3/4
Steel Strength in Tension (ACI 318 Section D.5.1)
Steel Strength in Tension Nsa lb. 2,225 5,600 12,100 19,070 29,700 36,815
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 φsa — 0.75 0.65
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (ACI 318 Section D.5.2)10
Mechanical Anchors
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 1/2 9
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 9 9 8 18 13 1/2
SD
Effectiveness Factor —
Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24
Effectiveness Factor — kcr — —7 17

Cracked Concrete
Modification Factor ψc,N — —7 1.00
Strength Reduction Factor — φcb — 0.65 0.55

Concrete Breakout Failure3
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318 Section D.5.3)10
Pullout Strength, Cracked Concrete
(f'c =2,500 psi) Np,cr lb. —7 1,3005 2,7755 N/A4 3,7355 N/A4 6,9855 N/A4 8,5005 7,7005 11,1855
Pullout Strength, Uncracked Concrete

(f'c =2,500 psi) Np,uncr lb. N/A4 N/A4 3,3405 3,6155 5,2555 N/A4 9,0255 7,1155 8,8705 8,3605 9,6905
Strength Reduction Factor — φp — 0.65 0.55

Pullout Failure6
Tensile Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318 Section D.3.3.)10
Tension Strength of Single Anchor for
Seismic Loads (f'c =2,500 psi) Np.eq lb. —7 1,3005 2,7755 N/A4 3,7355 N/A4 6,9855 N/A4 8,5005 7,7005 11,1855
Strength Reduction Factor — φeq — 0.65 0.55

Pullout Failure6

1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. if the load combinations of ACI
318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4. Strong-Bolt 2 anchors are ductile steel elements
as defined in ACI 318 D.1.
3. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI
318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided. For installations where complying supplementary
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318 D.4.3 for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of ACI 318 Section D.4.3 for Condition A are met, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3(c). If
the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(c).
4. N/A (not applicable) denotes that pullout resistance does not need to be considered.
5. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c /2,500 psi)0.5.
6. The tabulated value of φp or φeq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI
318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. if the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318 Section D.4.4(c).
7. The 1/4-inch diameter carbon steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this report.
8. The 1/4-inch diameter (6.4mm) anchor may be installed in top of uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete
thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in the table on page 146.
9. The 3/8-inch through 1-inch diameter (9.5mm through 25.4mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight
concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in the table on page 146.
10. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the value of concrete breakout strength Np,cr, Np,uncr and Neq by 0.6. All-lightweight
concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

148

*
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension Strength Design Data1 IBC
1/410 3/811 1/211 5/811 3/411
Anchor Category 1, 2 or 3 — 1
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4
Steel Strength in Tension Nsa lb. 3,060 5,140 12,075 17,930 25,650
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure 2 φsa — 0.75
SD
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5
Mechanical Anchors
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 8 1/2 4 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 9 8 8
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr — —9 17
Modification Factor ψc,N — —9 1.00
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure3 φcb — 0.65
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318 Section D.5.3) 12
Pullout Strength, Cracked Concrete (f'c=2,500 psi) Np,cr lb. —9 1,7206 3,1456 2,5605 4,3055 N/A4 6,5457 N/A4 8,2305
Pullout Strength, Uncracked Concrete (f'c=2,500 psi) Np,uncr lb. 1,9257 N/A4 4,7706 3,2305 4,4955 N/A4 7,6155 7,7257 9,6257
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure 8 φp — 0.65
Tensile Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318 Section D.3.3.)12
Tension Strength of Single Anchor for Seismic Loads
(f'c=2,500 psi) Np.eq lb. —9 1,7206 2,8306 2,5605 4,3055 N/A4 6,5457 N/A4 8,2305
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure8 φeq — 0.65
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. if the load combinations of ACI
318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4. Strong-Bolt 2 anchors are ductile steel elements
as defined in ACI 318 D.1.
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318 D.4.3 for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of ACI 318 Section D.4.3 for Condition A are met, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3(c). If
the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(c).
4. N/A (not applicable) denotes that pullout resistance does not need to be considered.
5. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c/2,500 psi)0.5.
6. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c/2,500 psi)0.3 .
7. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c/2,500 psi)0.4 .
8. The tabulated value of φp or φeq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI
318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. if the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318 Section D.4.4(c).
9. The 1/4-inch diameter stainless steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this report.
11. The 3/8-inch through 3/4-inch diameter (9.5mm through 19.1mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight
12. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the value of concrete breakout strength Np,cr, Np,uncr and Neq by 0.6. All-lightweight
concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

149

IBC *
Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Shear Strength Design Data1
6
1/4 7
3/8 1/2 7 5/8 7 3/4 7 17
Anchor Category 1, 2 or 3 — 1 2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4 5 1/4 9 3/4
Steel Strength in Shear (ACI 318 Section D.6.1)
Steel Strength in Shear Vsa lb. 965 1,800 7,235 11,035 14,480 15,020
Strength Reduction Factor — φsa — 0.65 0.60
Steel Failure2
Mechanical Anchors
SD
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear (ACI 318 Section D.6.2)8
Outside Diameter da in. 0.25 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 1.00
Load-Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. 1.500 1.500 2.500 2.250 3.375 2.750 4.500 3.375 5.000 4.500 8.000
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete φcb — 0.70

Breakout Failure2
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear (ACI 318 Section D.6.3)
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp — 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/8 2 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/8 5 4 1/2 9
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete φcp — 0.70

Pryout Failure4
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications(ACI 318 Section D.3.3.)
Shear Strength of Single Anchor for Vsa.eq lb. —5 1,800 6,510 9,930 11,775 15,020
Seismic Loads (f'c=2,500 psi)
Strength Reduction Factor — — 0.65 0.60
Steel Failure2 φsa
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318
D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. if the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa must be determined in accordance with ACI
318 D.4.4. Strong-Bolt 2 anchors are ductile steel elements as defined in ACI 318 D.1.

reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318 D.4.3 for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and
the requirements of ACI 318 Section D.4.3 for Condition A are met, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3(c). If the load
combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.4.4(c).
5. The 1/4-inch diameter carbon steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this report.
7. The 3/8-inch through 1-inch diameter (9.5mm through 25.4mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete
over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in the table on page 146.
8. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the value of concrete breakout by 0.6. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

150

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Shear Strength Design Data1
6 7
1/4 3/8 1/2 7 5/8 7 3/4 7
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4
Steel Strength in Shear (ACI 318 Section D.6.1)
Steel Strength in Shear Vsa lb. 1,605 3,085 7,245 6,745 10,760 15,045
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 φsa — 0.65
SD
Mechanical Anchors
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear (ACI 318 Section D.6.2)8
Outside Diameter da in. 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. 1.500 1.500 2.500 2.250 3.375 2.750 4.500 3.375 5.000
Strength Reduction Factor — — 0.70

Concrete Breakout Failure3 φcb
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear (ACI 318 Section D.6.3)
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp — 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/8 2 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/8 5
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pryout Failure4 φcp — 0.70
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications (ACI 318 Section D.3.3.)
Shear Strength of Single Anchor for Seismic Loads Vsa.eq lb. —5 3,085 6,100 6,745 10,760 13,620
(f'c=2,500 psi)
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 φsa — 0.65
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318
D.4.3(c) Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa must be determined in accordance with ACI
318 D.4.3.(c) for Strong-Bolt 2 anchors are ductile steel elements as defined in ACI 318 D.1.
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318 D.4.3 for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and
the requirements of ACI 318 Section D.4.3 for Condition A are met, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3(c). If the
load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are
met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.4.4(c).
5. The 1/4-inch diameter stainless-steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this report.
7. The 3/8-inch through 3/4-inch diameter (9.5mm through 19.1mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight
8. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the value of concrete breakout by 0.6. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope
of this table.

151

Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Information for Installation in the IBC *
Topside of Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,3,4
Design Information Symbol Units
3/8 1/2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 7/8 2 3/4
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 2 1/4
Minimum Concrete Thickness 5
hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 4 3/4 4 4
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 4 3/4 4 1/2 4 3/4
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 7 6 1/2 8
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4mm; 1 lbf = 4.45N
Mechanical Anchors
1. Installation must comply with the table on page 146 and Figure 1 below.
2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations according to values in the tables on pages 148 and 150.
3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to bottom of flute) is 1 1/2 inches.
4. Steel deck thickness shall be a minimum 20 gauge.
5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to concrete thickness above upper flute.
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Information for Installation in the *

Topside of Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,3,4 IBC
3/8 1/2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 7/8 2 3/4
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 2 1/4
Minimum Concrete Thickness5 hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 4 3/4 4 4
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 4 3/4 6
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 6 1/2 8
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4mm; 1 lbf = 4.45N
1. Installation must comply with the table on page147 and Figure 1 below.
2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations according to values in the tables on pages 149 and 151.
3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to bottom of flute) is 1 1/2 inches.
4. Steel deck thickness shall be a minimum 20 gauge.
5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to concrete thickness above upper flute.

Sand-lightweight Concrete or Normal-weight
hmin,deck Concrete Over Steel Deck (Minimum 2,500 psi)
Min.
Upper 20 Gauge
Flute Steel
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾" Deck
Min. 3½"
Min. 2½" Min. 6" Typ. Lower

Flute
Figure 1
Min. 3,000 psi normal or
Min. 11⁄2" Min. 1⁄2" typ. sand-lightweight concrete
Upper Min.
flute 20 gauge
Max. 3" Min. 4 ⁄2"
1
Min. 41⁄2" steel
deck
Min. 12" typ.
Lower
Figure 2 Max. 1" offset, typ. flute

152

Carbon Steel Strong‑Bolt® 2 Tension and Shear Strength Design IBC *
Data for the Soffit of Concrete over Profile Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,6,8,9
Carbon Steel
Lower Flute Upper Flute
3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8 4 1⁄8 2 2 3⁄4
SD
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 5⁄8 3 2 1⁄4 4 2 3⁄4 5 3 3⁄8 1 5⁄8 2 1⁄4
Installation Torque Tinst ft.-lbf. 30 60 90 150 30 60
Pullout Strength, concrete on metal deck (cracked) 3,4 Np,deck,cr lb. 1,040 7
2,615 7
2,040 7
2,730 7
2,615 7
4,990 7
2,815 7
1,340 7
3,7857
Pullout Strength, concrete on metal deck Np,deck,uncr lb. 1,7657 3,1507 2,5807 3,8407 3,6857 6,5657 3,8007 2,2757 4,7957
(uncracked)3,4
Mechanical Anchors
Pullout Strength, concrete on metal deck (seismic)3,4 Np,deck,eq lb. 1,0407 2,6157 2,0407 2,7307 2,6157 4,9907 2,8157 1,3407 3,7857
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on metal deck5 Vsa,deck lb. 1,595 3,490 2,135 4,580 2,640 7,000 4,535 3,545 5,920
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on metal deck Vsa,deck,eq lb. 1,595 3,490 1,920 4,120 2,375 6,300 3,690 3,545 5,330
(seismic)5
1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction with the loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,deck,uncr shall be
design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below. substituted for Np,uncr. For seismic loads, Np,deck,eq shall be substituted for Np.
2. Profile steel deck must comply with the configuration in Figure 2 on the 5. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.6.1.2(c), the shear strength for
previous page, and have a minimum base-steel thickness of 0.035 inch [20 anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete
gauge]. Steel must comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M SS Grade 33 with over metal deck floor and rood assemblies Vsa,deck shall be substituted for
minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi. Concrete compressive strength shall Vsa. For seismic loads, Vsa,deck,eq shall be substituted for Vsa.
be 3,000 psi minimum. 6. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3.0hef or
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight 1.5 times the flute width.
concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies, calculation of the 7. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive
concrete breakout strength may be omitted. strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value
4. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.5.
in cracked concrete for anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or 8. Concrete shall be normal-weight or structural sand-lightweight concrete
normal-weight concrete over metal deck floor and rood assemblies Np,deck,cr having a minimum specified compressive strength, f'c, of 3,000 psi.
shall be substituted for Np,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking at service 9. Minimum distance to edge of panel is 2hef.
Stainless Steel Strong‑Bolt® 2 Tension and Shear Strength Design Data IBC *
for the Soffit of Concrete over Profile Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,6,10,11
Stainless Steel
Characteristic Symbol Units Lower Flute Upper Flute
3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8 4 1⁄8 2 2 3⁄4
SD
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 5⁄8 3 2 1⁄4 4 2 3⁄4 5 3 3⁄8 1 5⁄8 2 1⁄4
Installation Torque Tinst ft.-lbf. 30 60 80 150 30 60
Pullout Strength, concrete on metal deck (cracked)3 Np,deck,cr lb. 1,2308 2,6058 1,9907 2,5507 1,7509 4,0209 3,0307 1,5508 2,0557
Pullout Strength, concrete on metal deck Np,deck,uncr lb. 1,5808 3,9508 2,4757 2,6607 2,4707 5,0007 4,2759 1,9908 2,5607
(uncracked)3
Pullout Strength, concrete on metal deck (seismic)5 Np,deck,eq lb. 1,2308 2,3458 1,9907 2,5507 1,7509 4,0209 3,0307 1,5508 2,0557
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on metal deck 4
Vsa,deck lb. 2,285 3,085 3,430 4,680 3,235 5,430 6,135 3,085 5,955
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on metal deck Vsa,deck,eq lb. 2,285 3,085 2,400 3,275 3,235 5,430 5,520 3,085 4,170
(seismic)5
1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction with the 5. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.6.1.2(c), the shear strength for
design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below. anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete
2. Profile steel deck must comply with the configuration in Figure 2 on the over metal deck floor and rood assemblies Vsa,deck shall be substituted for
previous page, and have a minimum base-steel thickness of 0.035 inch [20 Vsa. For seismic loads, Vsa, deck,eq shall be substituted for Vsa.
gauge]. Steel must comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M SS Grade 33 with 6. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3.0hef or
minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi. Concrete compressive strength shall 1.5 times the flute width.
be 3,000 psi minimum. 7. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive strengths
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.5.
concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies, calculation of the 8. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive strengths
concrete breakout strength may be omitted. shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.3.
4. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength 9. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive strengths
in cracked concrete for anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.4.
normal-weight concrete over metal deck floor and rood assemblies Np,deck,cr 10. Concrete shall be normal-weight or structural sand-lightweight concrete
shall be substituted for Np,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking at service having a minimum specified compressive strength, f'c, of 3,000 psi.
loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,deck,uncr shall be
11. Minimum distance to edge of panel is 2hef.
substituted for Np,uncr. For seismic loads, Np,deck,eq shall be substituted for Np.

153

Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension Design Strengths IBC *
Nominal Concrete Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Anchor Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. Thickness Distance and cac on three sides
Dia. Distance
Depth
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 1,435 — — — 1,070 — — —
SD
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 1,435 845 1,075 635 1,325 845 990 635
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 6 6 2,170 1,805 1,630 1,355 2,170 1,805 1,630 1,355
2 3/4 4 1/2 7 7 2,350 1,865 1,760 1,400 2,350 1,865 1,760 1,400
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 1/2 4 3,415 2,430 2,560 1,820 2,740 2,430 2,055 1,820
Mechanical Anchors
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 6 1/2 3,555 2,520 2,665 1,890 3,085 2,520 2,310 1,890
5/8
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 6 1/2 5,865 4,480 4,400 3,360 5,420 4,480 4,065 3,360
4 1/8 6 3/4 9 6 1/2 4,625 3,425 3,470 2,570 3,495 3,425 2,620 2,570
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 1/2 5,765 5,525 4,325 4,145 5,765 5,525 4,325 4,145
5 1/4 9 18 8 4,600 4,235 3,450 3,175 2,800 4,235 2,100 3,175
1
9 3/4 13 1/2 13 1/2 8 5,330 6,150 3,995 4,615 5,330 6,150 3,995 4,615
strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated with the same
load combination.
Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads IBC *

in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) — Static Load
Nominal Min. Concrete Critical Edge Minimum Edge
Anchor Dia. Edge Distances = Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Embed. Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin
(in.) cac on all sides and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 1,025 — 765 —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 1,025 605 945 605

3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 6 6 1,550 1,290 1,550 1,290
2 3/4 4 1/2 7 7 1,680 1,330 1,680 1,330
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 1/2 4 2,440 1,735 1,955 1,735
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 6 1/2 2,540 1,800 2,205 1,800
5/8
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 6 1/2 4,190 3,200 3,870 3,200
4 1/8 6 3/4 9 6 1/2 3,305 2,445 2,495 2,445
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 1/2 4,120 3,945 4,120 3,945
5 1/4 9 18 8 3,285 3,025 2,000 3,025
1
9 3/4 13 1/2 13 1/2 8 3,805 4,395 3,805 4,395

154

Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads IBC *
in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) — Wind Load
Anchor Dia. Embed. Edge Distances = Edge Distances = cmin on one
Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin
(in.) cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 860 — 640 —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 860 505 795 505
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 6 6 1,300 1,085 1,300 1,085
2 3/4 4 1/2 7 7 1,410 1,120 1,410 1,120
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 1/2 4 2,050 1,460 1,645 1,460
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 6 1/2 2,135 1,510 1,850 1,510
5/8
Mechanical Anchors
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 6 1/2 3,520 2,690 3,250 2,690
4 1/8 6 3/4 9 6 1/2 2,775 2,055 2,095 2,055
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 1/2 3,460 3,315 3,460 3,315
5 1/4 9 18 8 2,760 2,540 1,680 2,540
1
9 3/4 13 1/2 13 1/2 8 3,200 3,690 3,200 3,690
Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads in IBC *

Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) — Seismic Load
Nominal Min. Concrete Critical Edge Minimum Edge Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Anchor Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. Thickness Distance c and cac on three sides
Dia. ac Distance cmin
Depth hmin
(in.) (in.) (in.) SDC A-B4 SDC C-F 5,6 SDC A-B4 SDC C-F 5,6
(in.) (in.)
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 1,005 — — — 750 — — —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 1,005 590 755 445 930 590 695 445
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 6 6 1,520 1,265 1,140 950 1,520 1,265 1,140 950
2 3/4 4 1/2 7 7 1,645 1,305 1,230 980 1,645 1,305 1,230 980
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 1/2 4 2,390 1,700 1,790 1,275 1,920 1,700 1,440 1,275
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 6 1/2 2,490 1,765 1,865 1,325 2,160 1,765 1,615 1,325
5/8
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 6 1/2 4,105 3,135 3,080 2,350 3,795 3,135 2,845 2,350
4 1/8 6 3/4 9 6 1/2 3,240 2,400 2,430 1,800 2,445 2,400 1,835 1,800
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 1/2 4,035 3,870 3,030 2,900 4,035 3,870 3,030 2,900
5 1/4 9 18 8 3,220 2,965 2,415 2,225 1,960 2,965 1,470 2,225
1
9 3/4 13 1/2 13 1/2 8 3,730 4,305 2,795 3,230 3,730 4,305 2,795 3,230
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion factor of a = 1/0.7 = 1.43.
The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% seismic load.

155

IBC *
Stainless Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension Design Strengths in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Nominal Min. Concrete Critical Edge Minimum Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Anchor Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. Thickness Distance c Edge Distance and cac on three sides
Dia. ac
Depth hmin cmin
(in.) (in.) SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7
(in.) (in.) (in.)
SD
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 1,250 — — — 1,070 — — —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 1,435 1,015 1,075 760 1,325 1,015 990 760
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 8 1/2 6 3,085 2,045 2,090 1,380 2,175 2,045 1,630 1,380
2 3/4 4 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 2,100 1,665 1,575 1,250 2,100 1,665 1,575 1,250
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 5 2,920 2,800 2,190 2,100 2,920 2,800 2,190 2,100
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 4 3,555 2,520 2,665 1,890 1,910 2,460 1,430 1,845
Mechanical Anchors
5/8
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 4 4,950 4,255 3,710 3,190 3,905 3,685 2,925 2,765
4 1/8 6 3/4 8 6 4,835 3,425 3,625 2,570 3,625 3,425 2,720 2,570
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 6,255 5,350 4,690 4,010 6,255 5,225 4,690 3,920
Stainless Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *

Anchor Dia. Embed. Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin Edge Distances = cac on all sides
(in.) and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 895 — 765 —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 1,025 725 945 725
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 8 1/2 6 2,205 1,460 1,555 1,460
2 3/4 4 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 1,500 1,190 1,500 1,190

1/2
3 7/8 6 7 5 2,085 2,000 2,085 2,000
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 4 2,540 1,800 1,365 1,755
5/8
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 4 3,535 3,040 2,790 2,630
4 1/8 6 3/4 8 6 3,455 2,445 2,590 2,445
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 4,470 3,820 4,470 3,730
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion
factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

156

Anchor Dia. Embed. Distance cmin Edge Distances = Edge Distances = cmin on one
Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac
(in.) cac on all sides side and Cac on three sides
(in.) (in.) (in.)
(in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 750 — 640 —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 860 610 795 610
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 8 1/2 6 1,850 1,225 1,305 1,225
2 3/4 4 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 1,260 1,000 1,260 1,000
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 5 1,750 1,680 1,750 1,680
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 4 2,135 1,510 1,145 1,475
5/8
Mechanical Anchors
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 4 2,970 2,555 2,345 2,210
4 1/8 6 3/4 8 6 2,900 2,055 2,175 2,055
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 3,755 3,210 3,755 3,135
factor of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% wind load.

Anchor Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Embed. Thickness Distance and cac on three sides
Dia. Distance
Depth
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 1 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 3/4 875 — — — 750 — — —
1 7/8 3 1/4 6 1/2 6 1,005 710 755 530 930 710 695 530
3/8
2 7/8 4 1/2 8 1/2 6 2,160 1,430 1,465 965 1,525 1,430 1,140 965
2 3/4 4 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 1,470 1,165 1,105 875 1,470 1,165 1,105 875
1/2
3 7/8 6 7 5 2,045 1,960 1,535 1,470 2,045 1,960 1,535 1,470
3 3/8 5 1/2 7 1/2 4 2,490 1,765 1,865 1,325 1,335 1,720 1,000 1,290
5/8
5 1/8 7 7/8 9 4 3,465 2,980 2,595 2,235 2,735 2,580 2,050 1,935
4 1/8 6 3/4 8 6 3,385 2,400 2,540 1,800 2,540 2,400 1,905 1,800
3/4
5 3/4 8 3/4 8 6 4,380 3,745 3,285 2,805 4,380 3,660 3,285 2,745
4. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of the
load combination.

157

Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension Design Strengths in Soffit of Normal-Weight or IBC *
Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi)
Nominal
Anchor Minimum End Lower Flute Upper Flute
Embed.
Dia. Distance cmin
Depth SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7
(in.) (in.)
(in.)
SD
2 3 1/4 1,145 675 860 505 1,480 870 1,110 655
3/8
3 3/8 6 2,050 1,700 1,535 1,275 — — — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,675 1,325 1,260 995 3,115 2,460 2,340 1,845
1/2
4 1/2 8 2,495 1,775 1,870 1,330 — — — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 2,395 1,700 1,795 1,275 — — — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 4,265 3,245 3,200 2,435 — — — —
3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4 2,470 1,830 1,855 1,370 — — — —
Mechanical Anchors
load combination.
8. Installation must comply with Figure 2 on page 152.
Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit

of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile IBC *
Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Static Load
Nominal Minimum End Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Anchor Dia. Embed. Depth Distance cmin Lower Flute Upper Flute
(in.) (in.) (in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
2 3 1/4 820 480 1,055 620
3/8
3 3/8 6 1,465 1,215 — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,195 945 2,225 1,755
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,780 1,270 — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 1,710 1,215 — —
5/8

5 5/8 10 3,045 2,320 — —
3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4 1,765 1,305 — —
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix
D using a conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D +
1.6L assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

158

Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit
of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile *
Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Wind Load IBC
Anchor Nominal Embed. Minimum End Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Dia. Depth Distance cmin Lower Flute Upper Flute
2 3 1/4 685 405 890 520
3/8
3 3/8 6 1,230 1,020 — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,005 795 1,870 1,475
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,495 1,065 — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 1,435 1,020 — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 2,560 1,945 — —
4 1/8 6 3/4 1,480 1,100 — —
Mechanical Anchors
3/4
D using a conversion factor of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination
Carbon Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit of

Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile Steel IBC *
Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Seismic Load
Nominal Minimum
Anchor Lower Flute Upper Flute
Embed. End Distance
Dia. Depth cmin SDC A-B4 SDC C-F 5,6 SDC A-B4 SDC C-F 5,6
(in.) (in.) (in.)
2 3 1/4 800 475 600 355 1,035 610 775 460
3/8
3 3/8 6 1,435 1,190 1,075 895 — — — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,175 930 880 695 2,180 1,720 1,640 1,290
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,745 1,245 1,310 930 — — — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 1,675 1,190 1,255 895 — — — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 2,985 2,270 2,240 1,705 — — — —
3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4 1,730 1,280 1,300 960 — — — —

4. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component
of the strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor

159

Stainless Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension Design Strengths in Soffit of Normal-Weight IBC *
or Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi)
Nominal
Anchor Minimum End Lower Flute Upper Flute
Embed.
Dia. Distance cmin
Depth SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7
(in.) (in.)
(in.)
SD
2 3 1/4 1,025 800 770 600 1,295 1,010 970 755
3/8
3 3/8 6 2,570 1,695 1,735 1,145 — — — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,610 1,295 1,205 970 1,665 1,335 1,250 1,000
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,730 1,660 1,295 1,245 — — — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 1,605 1,135 1,205 855 — — — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 3,250 2,615 2,440 1,960 — — — —
3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4 2,780 1,970 2,085 1,475 — — — —
Mechanical Anchors
5. The tension design strength listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component
Stainless Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit

Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Static Load IBC
2 3 1/4 730 570 925 720
3/8
3 3/8 6 1,835 1,210 — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,150 925 1,190 955
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,235 1,185 — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 1,145 810 — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 2,320 1,870 — —
1,985 1,405 — —

3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D
using a conversion factor of a = 1.4. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L
assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

160

Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Wind Load IBC
2 3 1/4 615 480 775 605
3/8
3 3/8 6 1,540 1,015 — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 965 775 1,000 800
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,040 995 — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 965 680 — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 1,950 1,570 — —
4 1/8 6 3/4 1,670 1,180 — —
Mechanical Anchors
3/4
D using a conversion factor of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination

of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile IBC *
Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Seismic Load
Minimum Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Nominal
Anchor End Lower Flute Upper Flute
Embed.
Dia. Distance
Depth SDC A-B4
SDC C-F5,6
SDC A-B4
SDC C-F5,6
(in.) cmin
(in.) (in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
2 3 1/4 720 560 540 420 905 705 680 530
3/8
3 3/8 6 1,800 1,185 1,215 800 — — — —
2 3/4 4 1/2 1,125 905 845 680 1,165 935 875 700
1/2
4 1/2 8 1,210 1,160 905 870 — — — —
3 3/8 5 1/2 1,125 795 845 600 — — — —
5/8
5 5/8 10 2,275 1,830 1,710 1,370 — — — —
3/4 4 1/8 6 3/4 1,945 1,380 1,460 1,035 — — — —
4. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component

161
Strong-Bolt® 2 Design Information — Masonry

Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Tension and Shear Loads in IBC *
8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Size Min. Embed. Install. Torque Critical Edge Critical End Critical Tension Load Shear Load
Drill Bit Dia.
in. Depth ft.-lb. Dist. Dist. Spacing Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.)
(mm) in. (mm) (N-m) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in the Face of the CMU Wall (See Figure 1)
1/4 1 3/4 4 12 12 8 1,150 230 1,500 300
1/4 (5.4) (305) (305) (203) (5.1) (1.0) (6.7) (1.3)
(6.4) (45)
3/8 2 5/8 20 12 12 8 2,185 435 3,875 775
3/8 (27.1) (305) (305) (203) (9.7) (1.9) (17.2) (3.4)
(9.5) (67)
1/2 3 1/2 35 12 12 8 2,645 530 5,055 1,010
1/2 (47.5) (305) (305) (203) (11.8) (2.4) (22.5) (4.5)
(12.7) (89)
5/8 4 3/8 55 20 20 8 4,460 890 8,815 1,765
Mechanical Anchors
5/8 (74.6) (508) (508) (203) (19.8) (4.0) (39.2) (7.9)

(15.9) (111)
3/4 5 1/4 100 20 20 8 5,240 1,050 12,450 2,490
3/4 (135.6) (508) (508) (203) (23.3) (4.7) (55.4) (11.1)
(19.1) (133)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installation under the IBC
and IRC.
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations on the face of the CMU wall at least 1 1/4 inch away edge distance (see load table) Installation
from headjoints. in this area
3. Values for 8-inch-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive for reduced
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi. allowable
load capacity
5. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the parabolic interaction equation (n = 5/3).
6. Refer to allowable load adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 163.
7. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1/3% for short-term loading due to wind forces or seismic 4" minimum
forces where permitted by code. end distance
Critical end
distance
(see load table)
No installation
within 1¼" of
head joint

Figure 1

Carbon-Steel Strong‑Bolt® 2 Tension and Shear Loads in IBC *
8" Lightweight, Medium-weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Shear Load Perp. To Edge Shear Load
Tension Load Parallel To
Min. Embed. Install. Min. Edge. Critical End Critical Edge
Size Drill Bit
Depth. Torque Dist. Dist. Spacing
in. Dia. in. ft.-lb. in. in. in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) in. (mm) (N-m) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening or Web (Top of Wall) (See Figure 2)

1⁄2 3 1⁄2 35 1 3⁄4 12 8 2,080 415 1,165 235 3,360 670
1⁄2 (47.5) (305) (203) (9.3) (1.8) (5.2) (1.0) (14.9) (3.0)
(12.7) (89) (45)
5⁄8 4 3⁄8 55 1 3⁄4 12 8 3,200 640 1,370 275 3,845 770
5⁄8 (74.6) (305) (203) (14.2) (2.8) (6.1) (1.2) (17.1) (3.4)
(15.9) (111) (45)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installation under the IBC
and IRC.
2. Values for 8-inch-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the parabolic interaction equation (n = 5/3).
13⁄4" Edge
4. Refer to allowable load adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 163.
5. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1/3% for short-term loading due to wind forces or seismic
forces where permitted by code.
End
Figure 2
162
Strong-Bolt® 2 Design Information — Masonry

Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt® 2 Allowable Load Adjustment Factors for Face-of-Wall Installation in
8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row and
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear load column.
application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacings are multiplied
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the anchor is together.
to be installed.
Edge or End Distance Tension (fc) Edge or End Distance Shear (fc)
Dia.
E
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
IBC * Dia.
E
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
IBC *
1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4
Mechanical Anchors
cact ccr 12 12 12 20 20 cact ccr 12 12 12 20 20
(in.) (in.)
cmin 2 4 4 4 4 cmin 2 4 4 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 fcmin 0.88 0.71 0.60 0.36 0.28
2 1.00 2 0.88
4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 4 0.90 0.71 0.60 0.36 0.28
6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 6 0.93 0.78 0.70 0.44 0.37
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 8 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.52 0.46
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 10 0.98 0.93 0.90 0.60 0.55
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.68 0.64
14 1.00 0.99 14 0.76 0.73
16 1.00 0.99 16 0.84 0.82
18 1.00 1.00 18 0.92 0.91
20 1.00 1.00 20 1.00 1.00
Spacing Tension (fs) Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC * Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC *
E 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 E 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4
sact scr 8 8 8 8 8 sact scr 8 8 8 8 8
(in.) (in.)
smin 4 4 4 4 4 smin 4 4 4 4 4
fsmin 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.80 fsmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.80 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.90 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Strong‑Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchors in Top-of-Wall

Installation in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
End Distance End Distance Shear End Distance
Tension (fc ) Perpendicular to Edge (fc ) Shear Parallel to Edge (fc )
Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8
IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8
IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8
IBC *
E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8
sact cact cact
(in.) ccr 12 12 (in.) ccr 12 12 (in.) ccr 12 12
cmin 4 4 cmin 4 4 cmin 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 fcmin 0.90 0.83 fcmin 0.53 0.50
4 1.00 1.00 4 0.90 0.83 4 0.53 0.50
6 1.00 1.00 6 0.93 0.87 6 0.65 0.63
8 1.00 1.00 8 0.95 0.92 8 0.77 0.75
10 1.00 1.00 10 0.98 0.96 10 0.88 0.88
12 1.00 1.00 12 1.00 1.00 12 1.00 1.00
Spacing Shear
Perpendicular
Spacing Tension (fs) or Parallel to Edge (fs)
Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8
sact sact
(in.) scr 8 8 (in.) scr 8 8
smin 4 4 smin 4 4
fcmin 0.93 0.86 fcmin 1.00 1.00
4 0.93 0.86 4 1.00 1.00
6 0.97 0.93 6 1.00 1.00
8 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 1.00 For footnotes, please see page 200.

163
Wedge-All® Wedge Anchor

A non-bottom-bearing, wedge-style expansion anchor for use in solid concrete or grout-filled masonry.
The Wedge-All® wedge anchor is available in carbon steel with zinc or mechanically galvanized coating,
as well as Types 303 / 304 and Type 316 stainless steel. Threaded studs are set by tightening the nut to
the specified torque. The Wedge-All is code listed for grout-filled masonry applications.
Features
• Code-listed under IBC/IRC for grout-filled CMU per ICC-ES
ESR-1396
• One-piece, wrap-around clip ensures uniform holding capacity
• Threaded end is chamfered for ease of starting nut
• Available in a wide range of diameters and lengths
Mechanical Anchors
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-1396 (CMU); Florida FL-15730.7; FM 3017082

and 3131136; UL File Ex3605; Mulitiple DOT listings; meets the
requirements of Federal Specification A-A-1923A, Type 4
Material: Carbon or stainless steel (Types 303 / 304; Type 316)
Coating: Carbon steel anchors are available zinc plated or Head Stamp
mechanically galvanized The head is stamped with
the length identification letter.
Installation
Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten anchors.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter
as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to
the specified embedment depth, and blow it clean using compressed
air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.) Alternatively, drill
the hole deep enough to accommodate the embedment depth and the
dust from drilling.
2. Assemble the anchor with nut and washer so the top of the nut is flush
with the top of the anchor. Place the anchor in the fixture, and drive it
into the hole until the washer and nut are tight against the fixture.

3. Tighten to the required installation torque.
Wedge-All® Anchor
Wedge-All® Anchor Installation Data

Wedge-All
Dia. 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
(in.)
Drill Bit Size (in.) 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
Min. Fixture Hole (in.) 5⁄16 7⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄8
Wrench Size (in.) 7⁄16 9⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16 1 1⁄8 1 5⁄16 1 1⁄2 1 7⁄8
Length Identification Head Marks on Wedge-All® Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor — inches).
Mark A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
From 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Up To
But Not 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Including
164

Wedge-All® Anchor Product Data — Carbon Steel:
Zinc Plated and Mechanically Galvanized Material Specifications
Quantity Carbon Steel — Zinc Plated
Zinc Plated Mechanically Drill Bit Thread
Size (in.) Component Materials
Model No. Galvanized Model No. Dia. (in.) Length (in.) Box Carton
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 — WA25134MG 15⁄16 100 500 Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 — WA25214MG 1/4 1 7⁄16 100 500 Material Meets Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
minimum ASTM A 563,
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 — WA25314MG 2 7⁄16 100 500 70,000 psi Grade A
3⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 WA37214 WA37214MG 1 1⁄8 50 250 tensile
strength
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 WA37234 WA37234MG 1 5⁄8 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 WA37300 WA37300MG 1 7⁄8 50 250 Application:
3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA37312 WA37312MG 3⁄8 2 1⁄2 50 250 Interior environment,
low level of corrosion
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 WA37334 WA37334MG 2 5⁄8 50 250
resistance. See
3⁄8 x 5 WA37500 WA37500MG 3 7⁄8 50 200
page 316 for more
3⁄8 x 7 WA37700 WA37700MG 5 7⁄8 50 200 corrosion information.
1⁄2 x 2 3⁄4 WA50234 WA50234MG 1 5⁄16 25 125
1⁄2 x 3 3⁄4 WA50334 WA50334MG 2 5⁄16 25 125
1⁄2 x 4 1⁄4 WA50414 WA50414MG 2 13⁄16 25 100
1⁄2 x 5 1⁄2 WA50512 WA50512MG 4 1⁄16 25 100
1⁄2
1⁄2 x 7 WA50700 WA50700MG 4 9⁄16 25 100
1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 WA50812 WA50812MG 6 25 50
1⁄2 x 10 WA50100 WA50100MG 6 25 50
1⁄2 x 12 WA50120 WA50120MG 6 25 50
5⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA62312 WA62312MG 1 7⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄2 WA62412 WA62412MG 2 7⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 5 WA62500 WA62500MG 3 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 6 WA62600 WA62600MG 4 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8
5⁄8 x 7 WA62700 WA62700MG 5 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 8 1⁄2 WA62812 WA62812MG 6 20 40
5⁄8 x 10 WA62100 WA62100MG 6 10 20
5⁄8 x 12 WA62120 WA62120MG 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 4 1⁄4 WA75414 WA75414MG 2 3⁄8 10 40 Material Specifications
3⁄4 x 4 3⁄4 WA75434 WA75434MG 2 7⁄8 10 40 Carbon Steel - Mechanically Galvanized1
3⁄4 x 5 1⁄2 WA75512 WA75512MG 3 5⁄8 10 40 Component Materials
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 WA75614 WA75614MG 4 3⁄8 10 40 Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
3⁄4
3⁄4 x 7 WA75700 WA75700MG 5 1⁄8 10 40 Material Meets Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 WA75812 WA75812MG 6 10 20 minimum ASTM A 563,
70,000 psi Grade A
3⁄4 x 10 WA75100 WA75100MG 6 10 20 tensile
3⁄4 x 12 WA75120 WA75120MG 6 5 10 strength
7⁄8 x 6 WA87600 WA87600MG 2 1⁄8 5 20 1. Mechanical Galvanizing meets ASTM B695,
7⁄8 x 8 WA87800 WA87800MG 2 1⁄8 5 10 Class 55, Type 1.
7⁄8
7⁄8 x 10 WA87100 WA87100MG 2 1⁄8 5 10 Application:
7⁄8 x 12 WA87120 WA87120MG 2 1⁄8 5 10 Exterior unpolluted
1x6 WA16000 WA16000MG 2 1⁄4 5 20 environment, medium
1x9 WA19000 WA19000MG 1 2 1⁄4 5 10 level of corrosion
resistance. Well suited
1 x 12 WA11200 WA11200MG 2 1⁄4 5 10
to humid environments.
1 1⁄4 x 9 WA12590 — 2 3⁄4 5 10 See page 316
1 1⁄4
1 1⁄4 x 12 WA12512 — 2 3⁄4 5 10 for more corrosion
1. The published length is the overall length of the anchor. Allow one anchor diameter for the information.
nut and washer thickness plus the fixture thickness when selecting the minimum length.
165
Wedge-All® Anchor Product Data - Stainless Steel Material Specifications

Type 303 / 304 Type 316 Drill Thread Type 303 /304 Stainless Steel1
Size Quantity
Stainless Stainless Bit Dia. Length Component Materials
(in.) Model No.2 Model No. (in.) (in.) Box Carton Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
3⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 WA372144SS WA372146SS 1 1⁄8 50 250
Type 303 Type 304
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 WA372344SS WA372346SS 1 5⁄8 50 250 Type 18-8 Type 18-8
or 304 or 316
3⁄8 x 3 WA373004SS WA373006SS 1 7⁄8 50 250 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA373124SS WA373126SS 3⁄8 2 1⁄2 50 250 1. Types 303 and 304 stainless steels perform equally
well in certain corrosive environments. Larger sizes
3⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 WA373344SS WA373346SS 2 5⁄8 50 250
are manufactured from Type 303.
3⁄8 x 5 WA375004SS WA375006SS 3 7⁄8 50 200
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 x 7 WA377004SS WA377006SS 5 7⁄8 50 200 Application:

1⁄2 x 2 3⁄4 WA502344SS WA502346SS 1 5⁄16 25 125 Exterior environment, high level of corrosion
1⁄2 x 3 3⁄4 WA503344SS WA503346SS 2 5⁄16 25 125 resistance. Resistant to organic chemicals, many
1⁄2 x 4 1⁄4 WA504144SS WA504146SS 2 13⁄16 25 100 inorganic chemicals, mild atmospheric pollution
and mild marine environments (not in direct contact
1⁄2 x 5 1⁄2 WA505124SS WA505126SS 4 1⁄16 25 100
1⁄2 with salt water). See page 316 for more corrosion
1⁄2 x 7 WA507004SS WA507006SS 5 9⁄16 25 100 information.
1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 WA508124SS WA508126SS 2 25 50
1⁄2 x 10 WA50100SS WA501003SS 2 25 50
1⁄2 x 12 WA50120SS WA501203SS 2 25 50 Material Specifications
5⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA623124SS WA623126SS 1 7⁄8 20 80 Type 316 Stainless Steel1
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄2 WA624124SS WA624126SS 2 7⁄8 20 80 Component Materials
5⁄8 x 5 WA625004SS WA625006SS 3 3⁄8 20 80
Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
5⁄8 x 6 WA626004SS WA626006SS 4 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 Type 316 Type 316 Type 316 Type 316
5⁄8 x 7 WA627004SS WA627006SS 5 3⁄8 20 80 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
5⁄8 x 8 1⁄2 WA628124SS WA628126SS 2 20 40
1. Type-316 stainless steel provides the greatest degree of
5⁄8 x 10 WA62100SS WA621003SS 2 10 20 corrosion resistance offered by Simpson Strong-Tie.
5⁄8 x 12 WA62120SS WA621203SS 2 10 20
3⁄4 x 4 1⁄4 WA754144SS WA754146SS 2 3⁄8 10 40 Application:
3⁄4 x 4 3⁄4 WA754344SS WA754346SS 2 7⁄8 10 40 Exterior environment, high level of corrosion
3⁄4 x 5 1⁄2 WA755124SS WA755126SS 3 5⁄8 10 40 resistance. Resistant to chlorides, sulfuric acid
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 WA756144SS WA756146SS 4 3⁄8 10 40 compounds and direct contact with salt water. See
3⁄4 page 316 for more corrosion information.
3⁄4 x 7 WA757004SS WA757006SS 5 1⁄8 10 40

3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 WA758124SS WA758126SS 2 1⁄4 10 20
3⁄4 x 10 WA75100SS WA751003SS 2 1⁄4 10 20
3⁄4 x 12 WA75120SS WA751203SS 2 1⁄4 5 10
7⁄8 x 6 WA87600SS WA876003SS 2 1⁄8 5 20
7⁄8 x 8 WA87800SS WA878003SS 2 1⁄8 5 10
7⁄8
7⁄8 x 10 WA87100SS WA871003SS 2 1⁄8 5 10
7⁄8 x 12 WA87120SS — 2 1⁄8 5 10
1x6 WA16000SS WA160003SS 2 1⁄4 5 20
1x9 WA19000SS WA190003SS 1 2 1⁄4 5 10
1 x 12 WA11200SS WA112003SS 2 1⁄4 5 10
1. The published length is the overall length of the anchor. Allow one anchor diameter for the
nut and washer thickness plus the fixture thickness when selecting a length.
2. Anchors with the “SS” suffix in the model number are manufactured from Type-303
stainless steel; the remaining anchors (with the “4SS” suffix) are manufactured from Type
304 stainless steel. Types 303 and 304 stainless steel perform equally well in certain
corrosive environments.
166
Wedge-All® Design Information — Concrete
IBC *
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Critical
Embed. Critical Install.
Size Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Depth Spacing Torque
in. Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete
in. in. ft.-lb.
(mm) in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable (N-m)
(mm)
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 680 167 170 205 960 233 240
1⁄4 (29) (64) (41) (3.0) (0.7) (0.8) (0.9) (4.3) (1.0) (1.1) 8
(6.4) 2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 1,920 286 480 530 2,320 105 580 (10.8)
(57) (64) (79) (8.5) (1.3) (2.1) (2.4) (10.3) (0.5) (2.6)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 1,560 261 390 555 2,880 588 720
(44) (95) (60) (6.9) (1.2) (1.7) (2.5) (12.8) (2.6) (3.2)
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 3,360 464 840 1,100 5,440 553 1,360 30
(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (14.9) (2.1) (3.7) (4.9) (24.2) (2.5) (6.0) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 3,680 585 920 1,140 5,440 318 1,360
(86) (95) (121) (16.4) (2.6) (4.1) (5.1) (24.2) (1.4) (6.0)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 3,280 871 820 1,070 5,280 849 1,320
(57) (127) (79) (14.6) (3.9) (3.6) (4.8) (23.5) (3.8) (5.9)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 6,040 654 1,510 1,985 9,840 1,303 2,460 60
(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (26.9) (2.9) (6.7) (8.8) (43.8) (5.8) (10.9) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 6,960 839 1,740 2,350 11,840 2,462 2,960
(114) (127) (159) (31.0) (3.7) (7.7) (10.5) (52.7) (11.0) (13.2)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 4,520 120 1,130 1,640 8,600 729 2,150
(70) (159) (98) (20.1) (0.5) (5.0) (7.3) (38.3) (3.2) (9.6)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 8,200 612 2,050 2,990 15,720 1,224 3,930 90
(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (36.5) (2.7) (9.1) (13.3) (69.9) (5.4) (17.5) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 8,200 639 2,050 2,990 15,720 1,116 3,930
(140) (159) (197) (36.5) (2.8) (9.1) (13.3) (69.9) (5.0) (17.5)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 6,760 1,452 1,690 2,090 9,960 1,324 2,490
(86) (191) (121) (30.1) (6.5) (7.5) (9.3) (44.3) (5.9) (11.1)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 10,040 544 2,510 3,225 15,760 1,550 3,940 150
(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (44.7) (2.4) (11.2) (14.3) (70.1) (6.9) (17.5) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 10,040 1,588 2,510 3,380 17,000 1,668 4,250
(171) (191) (241) (44.7) (7.1) (11.2) (15.0) (75.6) (7.4) (18.9)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 7,480 821 1,870 2,275 10,720 1,253 2,680
7⁄8 (98) (222) (137) (33.3) (3.7) (8.3) (10.1) (47.7) (5.6) (11.9) 200
(22.2) 7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 11 17,040 1,566 4,260 4,670 20,320 2,401 5,080 (271.2)
(200) (222) (279) (75.8) (7.0) (18.9) (20.8) (90.4) (10.7) (22.6)
4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 15,400 2,440 3,850 3,885 15,680 1,876 3,920

1 (114) (254) (159) (68.5) (10.9) (17.1) (17.3) (69.7) (8.3) (17.4) 300
(25.4) 9 10 12 5⁄8 20,760 3,116 5,190 6,355 30,080 1,612 7,520 (406.7)
(229) (254) (321) (92.3) (13.9) (23.1) (28.3) (133.8) (7.2) (33.5)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 15,160 1,346 3,790 4,990 24,760 625 6,190
1 1⁄4 (143) (318) (200) (67.4) (6.0) (16.9) (22.2) (110.1) (2.8) (27.5) 400
(31.8) 9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4 20,160 3,250 5,040 8,635 48,920 1,693 12,230 (542.3)
(241) (318) (337) (89.7) (14.5) (22.4) (38.4) (217.6) (7.5) (54.4)
1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on pages 172 and 174.
3. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment depth.

167

IBC *
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Shear Load
Critical
Embed. Critical Install.
Size Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Depth Spacing Torque
in. Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete
in. in. ft.-lb.
(mm) in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable (N-m)
(mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 920 47 230 230 230
1⁄4 (29) (64) (41) (4.1) (0.2) (1.0) (1.0) (1.0) 8
(6.4) 2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 230 230 230 (10.8)
— —
(57) (64) (79) (1.0) (1.0) (1.0)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 2,280 96 570 570 570
(44) (95) (60) (10.1) (0.4) (2.5) (2.5) (2.5)
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 4,220 384 1,055 1,055 1,055 30

(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (18.8) (1.7) (4.7) (4.7) (4.7) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 1,055 1,055 1,055
— —
(86) (95) (121) (4.7) (4.7) (4.7)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 6,560 850 1,345 1,485 1,625
(57) (127) (79) (29.2) (3.8) (6.0) (6.6) (7.2)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 8,160 880 1,675 1,850 2,020 60
(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (36.3) (3.9) (7.5) (8.2) (9.0) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 1,675 1,850 2,020
(127) — —
(114) (159) (7.5) (8.2) (9.0)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 8,720 1,699 1,620 1,900 2,180
(70) (159) (98) (38.8) (7.6) (7.2) (8.5) (9.7)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 12,570 396 2,330 2,740 3,145 90
(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (55.9) (1.8) (10.4) (12.2) (14.0) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 2,330 2,740 3,145
— —
(140) (159) (197) (10.4) (12.2) (14.0)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 11,360 792 2,840 2,840 2,840
(86) (191) (121) (50.5) (3.5) (12.6) (12.6) (12.6)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 18,430 1,921 4,610 4,610 4,610 150
(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (82.0) (8.5) (20.5) (20.5) (20.5) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 4,610 4,610 4,610
— —
(171) (191) (241) (20.5) (20.5) (20.5)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 13,760 2,059 3,440 3,440 3,440
7⁄8 (98) (222) (137) (61.2) (9.2) (15.3) (15.3) (15.3) 200
(22.2) 7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 11 22,300 477 5,575 5,575 5,575 (271.2)
(200) (222) (279) (99.2) (2.1) (24.8) (24.8) (24.8)

4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 22,519 1,156 5,730 5,730 5,730
1 (114) (254) (159) (100.2) (5.1) (25.5) (25.5) (25.5) 300
(25.4) 9 10 12 5⁄8 25,380 729 6,345 6,345 6,345 (406.7)
(229) (254) (321) (112.9) (3.2) (28.2) (28.2) (28.2)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 29,320 2,099 7,330 7,330 7,330
1 1⁄4 (143) (318) (200) (130.4) (9.3) (32.6) (32.6) (32.6) 400
(31.8) 9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4 7,330 7,330 7,330 (542.3)
— —
(241) (318) (337) (32.6) (32.6) (32.6)
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1⁄2 times the embedment depth.

168

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Critical Allowable Tension Load lb. (kN) Install.
Embed. Critical
Size Edge Torque
Depth Spacing
in. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi ft.-lb.
in. in.
(mm) in. (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) Concrete Concrete Concrete
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 155 185 215
1⁄4 (29) (64) (41) (0.7) (0.8) (1.0) 8
(6.4) 2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 430 475 520 (10.8)
(57) (64) (79) (1.9) (2.1) (2.3)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 350 500 650
(44) (95) (60) (1.6) (2.2) (2.9)
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 755 990 1,225 30
(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (3.4) (4.4) (5.4) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 830 1,025 1,225
(86) (95) (121) (3.7) (4.6) (5.4)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 740 965 1,190
(57) (127) (79) (3.3) (4.3) (5.3)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 1,360 1,785 2,215 60
(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (6.0) (7.9) (9.9) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 1,565 2,115 2,665
(114) (127) (159) (7.0) (9.4) (11.9)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 1,015 1,475 1,935
(70) (159) (98) (4.5) (6.6) (8.6)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 1,845 2,690 3,535 90
(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (8.2) (12.0) (15.7) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 1,845 2,690 3,535
(140) (159) (197) (8.2) (12.0) (15.7)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 1,520 1,880 2,240
(86) (191) (121) (6.8) (8.4) (10.0)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 2,260 2,905 3,545 150
(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (10.1) (12.9) (15.8) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 2,260 3,040 3,825
(171) (191) (241) (10.1) (13.5) (17.0)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 1,685 2,050 2,410
7⁄8 (98) (222) (137) (7.5) (9.1) (10.7) 200
(22.2) 7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 11 3,835 4,205 4,570 (271.2)
(200) (222) (279) (17.1) (18.7) (20.3)
4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 3,465 3,495 3,530

1 (114) (254) (159) (15.4) (15.5) (15.7) 300
(25.4) 9 10 12 5⁄8 4,670 5,720 6,770 (406.7)
(229) (254) (321) (20.8) (25.4) (30.1)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 3,410 4,490 5,570
1 1⁄4 (143) (318) (200) (15.2) (20.0) (24.8) 400
(31.8) 9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4 4,535 7,770 11,005 (542.3)
(241) (318) (337) (20.2) (34.6) (49.0)
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on pages 172 and 174.

169

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Critical Allowable Shear Load lb. (kN) Install.
Embed. Critical
Size Edge Torque
Depth Spacing
in. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi ft.-lb.
in. in.
(mm) in. (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) Concrete Concrete Concrete
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 265 265 265
1⁄4 (29) (64) (41) (1.2) (1.2) (1.2) 8
(6.4) 2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 265 265 265 (10.8)
(57) (64) (79) (1.2) (1.2) (1.2)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 655 655 655
(44) (95) (60) (2.9) (2.9) (2.9)
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 1,215 1,215 1,215 30

(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (5.4) (5.4) (5.4) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 1,215 1,215 1,215
(86) (95) (121) (5.4) (5.4) (5.4)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 1,545 1,710 1,870
(57) (127) (79) (6.9) (7.6) (8.3)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 1,925 2,130 2,325 60
(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (8.6) (9.5) (10.3) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 1,925 2,130 2,325
(114) (127) (159) (8.6) (9.5) (10.3)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 1,865 2,185 2,505
(70) (159) (98) (8.3) (9.7) (11.1)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 2,680 3,150 3,615 90
(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (11.9) (14.0) (16.1) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 2,680 3,150 3,615
(140) (159) (197) (11.9) (14.0) (16.1)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 3,265 3,265 3,265
(86) (191) (121) (14.5) (14.5) (14.5)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 5,300 5,300 5,300 150
(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (23.6) (23.6) (23.6) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 5,300 5,300 5,300
(171) (191) (241) (23.6) (23.6) (23.6)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 3,955 3,955 3,955
7⁄8 (98) (222) (137) (17.6) (17.6) (17.6) 200
(22.2) 7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 11 6,410 6,410 6,410 (271.2)
(200) (222) (279) (28.5) (28.5) (28.5)

4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 6,590 6,590 6,590
1 (114) (254) (159) (29.3) (29.3) (29.3) 300
(25.4) 9 10 12 5⁄8 7,295 7,295 7,295 (406.7)
(229) (254) (321) (32.4) (32.4) (32.4)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 8,430 8,430 8,430
1 1⁄4 (143) (318) (200) (37.5) (37.5) (37.5) 400
(31.8) 9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4 8,430 8,430 8,430 (542.3)
(241) (318) (337) (37.5) (37.5) (37.5)

170
Wedge-All® Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Tension Loads in IBC *
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Embed. Critical (Install in Concrete) (Install through Metal Deck) Install.
Critical
Size Depth Edge Torque
in. Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) ft.-lb.
in. in. Concrete Concrete
(mm) in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
1⁄4 1 1/2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 1,440 167 360
— — — —
(6.4) (38) (86) (70) (6.4) (0.7) (1.6)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 4 1⁄8 3,880 228 970 3,860 564 965 60
(12.7) (57) (171) (105) (17.3) (1.0) (4.3) (17.2) (2.5) (4.3) (81.3)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 5 5,920 239 1,480 5,220 370 1,305 90
Mechanical Anchors
(15.9) (70) (213) (127) (26.3) (1.1) (6.6) (23.2) (1.6) (5.8) (122.0) Wedge-All
Anchor
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 10 6 1⁄8 7,140 537 1,785 6,600 903 1,650 150
(19.1) (>86) (254) (156) (31.8) (2.4) (7.9) (29.4) (4.0) (7.3) (203.4)
6¼"
See notes 1–7 below.
3" Upper Min.
Flute 20 Gauge
Min. 4½" Steel
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Shear Loads in IBC * Deck

4½" 7½" Wedge-All
Anchor
Shear Load Shear Load Lightweight Concrete on

Metal Deck
Embed. Critical (Install in Concrete) (Install through Metal Deck) Install.
Critical
Size Depth Edge Torque
in. Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) ft.-lb.
in. in. Concrete Concrete
(mm) in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
1⁄4 1 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 1,660 627 415
— — — —
(6.4) (38) (86) (70) (7.4) (2.8) (1.8)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 4 1⁄8 5,575 377 1,395 7,260 607 1,815 60
(12.7) (57) (171) (105) (24.8) (1.7) (6.2) (32.3) (2.7) (8.1) (81.3)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 5 8,900 742 2,225 8,560 114 2,140 90
(15.9) (70) (213) (127) (39.6) (3.3) (9.9) (38.1) (0.5) (9.5) (122.0)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 10 6 1⁄8 10,400 495 2,600 11,040 321 2,760 150
(19.1) (86) (254) (156) (46.3) (2.2) (11.6) (49.1) (1.4) (12.3) (203.4)
1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor nominal anchor diameter.
of 4.0. 5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1⁄2 times the
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge embedment depth.
distance on page 176. 6. Metal deck must be minimum 20 gauge.
3. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. 7. Anchors installed in the bottom flute of the steel deck
Loads at reduced spacing have not been determined. must have a minimum allowable edge distance of 1 1⁄2"
4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to from the inclined edge of the bottom flute.
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads IBC *

in Grout-Filled CMU
Critical Critical Critical 8" Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Load Based on CMU Strength edge distance (see load table) Installation
Size Embed. Install. in this area
Edge End Spacing for reduced
Depth Tension Load Shear Load Torque
in. Dist. Dist. allowable
in. in. ft.-lb. load capacity
(mm) (mm) in. in. (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. (N-m)
(mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
4" minimum
Anchor Installed on the Face of the CMU Wall at Least 1 1⁄4 inch Away from Head Joint (See Figure) end distance
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 10 1⁄2 10 1⁄2 10 1⁄2 1,700 129 340 3,360 223 670 30 Critical end
distance
(9.5) (67) (267) (267) (267) (7.6) (0.6) (1.5) (14.9) (1.0) (3.0) (40.7) (see load table)
1⁄2 3 1⁄2 14 14 14 2,120 129 425 5,360 617 1,070 35 No installation

within 1¼" of
(12.7) (89) (356) (356) (356) (9.4) (0.6) (1.9) (23.8) (2.7) (4.8) (47.4) head joint
5⁄8 4 3⁄8 17 1⁄2 17 1⁄2 17 1⁄2 3,120 342 625 8,180 513 1,635 55
(15.9) (111) (445) (445) (445) (13.9) (1.5) (2.8) (36.4) (2.3) (7.3) (74.5) Installations in this area for
3⁄4 5 1⁄4 21 21 21 4,320 248 865 10,160 801 2,030 120
(19.1) (133) (533) (533) (533) (19.2) (1.1) (3.8) (45.2) (3.6) (9.0) (162.6) Shaded area = Placement
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety 5. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds for Full and Reduced
factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. to nominal anchor diameter.
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations on the face 6. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1⁄3% for short-
Allowable Load Capacity
of the CMU wall at least 1 1⁄4 inch away from headjoints. term loading due to wind and seismic forces, where in Grout-Filled CMU
3. Values for 8-inch wide concrete masonry units permitted by code.
(CMU) with a minimum specified compressive 7. Tension and shear loads for the Wedge-All® anchor
strength of masonry, f’m, at 28 days is 1,500 psi. may be combined using the parabolic interaction
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside equation (n=5⁄3).
face of the concrete masonry unit. 8. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge
distance on page 176.

171

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel Wedge-All® Anchors in
Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc)

Edge Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
Dist. ccr 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 12 1⁄2
cact cmin 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 5
(in.) fcmin 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70
Mechanical Anchors
1 0.70
1 1⁄2 0.80 0.70
2 0.90 0.77 0.70
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70
3 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70
3 1⁄2 0.97 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75 0.71
4 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70
4 1⁄2 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.76 0.73
5 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70
5 1⁄2 0.94 0.87 0.81 0.78 0.72
6 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.75
6 1⁄2 0.93 0.87 0.83 0.76
7 0.97 0.90 0.85 0.78
7 1⁄2 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80
8 0.96 0.90 0.82
8 1⁄2 0.99 0.93 0.84
8 3⁄4 1.00 0.94 0.85
10 1.00 0.90
12 1⁄2 1.00
15
See notes below.
Edge Distance Shear (fc) (Shear Applied Perpendicular to Edge)

Edge Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
IBC *
Dist. ccr 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 12 1⁄2

cact cmin 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 5
(in.) fcmin 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
1 0.30
1 1⁄2 0.53 0.30
2 0.77 0.46 0.30
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.61 0.42 0.30
3 0.77 0.53 0.39 0.30
3 1⁄2 0.92 0.65 0.49 0.38 0.30
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.71 0.53 0.42 0.33
4 0.77 0.58 0.46 0.37 0.30
4 1⁄2 0.88 0.67 0.53 0.43 0.36
5 1.00 0.77 0.61 0.50 0.42 0.30
5 1⁄2 0.86 0.69 0.57 0.48 0.35 1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is
6 0.95 0.77 0.63 0.53 0.39 installed (inches).
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.81 0.67 0.56 0.42 2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load
(inches).
6 1⁄2 0.84 0.70 0.59 0.44
3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced
7 0.92 0.77 0.65 0.49 load (inches).
7 1⁄2 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.53 4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at
8 0.90 0.77 0.58 actual edge distance.
8 1⁄2 0.97 0.83 0.63 5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at
8 3⁄4 1.00 0.85 0.65 critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
10 1.00 0.77 6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
12 1⁄2 1.00 minimum edge distance.
15 7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin / (ccr – cmin)].
Load-Adjustment Factors for Reduced Spacing:

Critical spacing is listed in the load tables. No adjustment in load is required when the anchors are spaced at critical spacing.
No additional testing has been performed to determine the adjustment factors for spacing dimensions less than those listed in the load tables.
172

Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance and Shear Load Applied Parallel to Edge
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a shear load application. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
3. Locate the edge distance (cact||) at which the anchor is to be installed.
4. The load adjustment factor (fc||) is the intersection of the row and
column.
Edge Distance Shear (fc||) (Shear Applied Parallel to Edge with End Distance ≥ EDmin)
Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
E 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 7 7⁄8 9 9 1⁄2
Edge
Mechanical Anchors
Dist. EDmin 9 13 1⁄2 18 22 27 31 1⁄2 36 38
cact|| ccr|| 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 12 1⁄2
(in.)
cmin|| 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 5
fcmin|| 1.00 0.93 0.70 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62
1 1.00
1 1⁄2 1.00 0.93
2 1.00 0.95 0.70
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.96 0.75 0.62
3 0.98 0.80 0.67 0.62
3 1⁄2 0.99 0.85 0.72 0.66 0.62
4 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.62
5 1.00 0.87 0.79 0.73 0.68 0.62
6 0.97 0.87 0.80 0.75 0.67
7 1.00 0.96 0.87 0.81 0.72
8 1.00 0.95 0.87 0.77
9 1.00 0.94 0.82
10 1.00 0.87
11 0.92
12 0.97
13 1.00
1. Table is not applicable to anchors with ED < EDmin. Factors from this table may not be combined with load-
adjustment factors for shear loads applied perpendicular to edge.
2. cact|| = actual edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load) at which anchor is installed
(inches).
3. ccr|| = critical edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load) for 100% load (inches).
4. cmin|| = minimum edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load) for reduced load (inches).
5. ED = actual end distance (measured parallel to direction of shear load) at which anchor is installed (inches).
6. EDmin = minimum edge distance (measured parallel to direction of shear load).
7. fc|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
8. fccr|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr|| is always = 1.00.
9. fcmin|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
10. fc|| = fcmin|| + [(1 – fcmin||) (cact|| – cmin||) / (ccr|| – cmin||)].

173

Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Tension Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a tension load application. column.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for a tension load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.

Dia. 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
E 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 1⁄2 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact
(in.) scr 1 5⁄8 3 1⁄8 2 3⁄8 3 5⁄8 4 3⁄4 3 1⁄8 4 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4
Mechanical Anchors
smin 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 7⁄8 1 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4
fsmin 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.43 0.70
3⁄4 0.50
1 0.64 0.48
1 1⁄4 0.79 0.72 0.57 0.47
1 1⁄2 0.93 0.76 0.67 0.46 0.54 0.46
1 3⁄4 1.00 0.79 0.76 0.53 0.70 0.61 0.43 0.52
2 0.83 0.86 0.59 0.73 0.68 0.48 0.57
2 1⁄4 0.87 0.95 0.65 0.75 0.75 0.53 0.70 0.63 0.43
2 1⁄2 0.91 1.00 0.72 0.78 0.82 0.57 0.72 0.69 0.47
2 3⁄4 0.94 0.78 0.80 0.89 0.62 0.74 0.74 0.50 0.70
3 0.98 0.84 0.83 0.96 0.67 0.76 0.80 0.54 0.72
3 1⁄2 1.00 0.97 0.88 1.00 0.76 0.79 0.91 0.61 0.75
4 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.83 1.00 0.68 0.78
4 1⁄2 0.98 0.95 0.87 0.75 0.81
5 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.84
6 0.98 0.96 0.90
7 1.00 1.00 0.96
8 1.00
See notes below.

Dia. 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
IBC *
E 3 3⁄8 5 6 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 7 7⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 5 5⁄8 9 1⁄2

sact
(in.) scr 4 3⁄4 7 9 1⁄2 5 3⁄8 11 6 1⁄4 12 5⁄8 7 7⁄8 13 1⁄4
smin 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 2 4 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 2 7⁄8 4 3⁄4
fsmin 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.70
2 0.48 0.43
3 0.67 0.49 0.60 0.54 0.46
4 0.86 0.62 0.73 0.77 0.70 0.68 0.57
5 1.00 0.75 0.78 0.94 0.74 0.82 0.72 0.68 0.71
6 0.87 0.83 1.00 0.79 0.96 0.76 0.79 0.74
7 1.00 0.88 0.83 1.00 0.79 0.90 0.78
8 0.93 0.87 0.83 1.00 0.81
9 0.98 0.91 0.87 0.85
10 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.89
11 1.00 0.94 0.92
12 0.98 0.96
13 1.00 0.99
14 1.00

174

Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a shear load application. column.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for a shear load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
E 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 1⁄2 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact
(in.) scr 1 5⁄8 3 1⁄8 2 3⁄8 3 5⁄8 4 3⁄4 3 1⁄8 4 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4
Mechanical Anchors
smin 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 7⁄8 1 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4
fsmin 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79
3⁄4 0.82
1 0.87 0.81
1 1⁄4 0.92 0.80 0.84 0.80
1 1⁄2 0.97 0.83 0.88 0.80 0.83 0.80
1 3⁄4 1.00 0.86 0.91 0.83 0.79 0.86 0.79 0.82
2 0.88 0.95 0.85 0.81 0.88 0.81 0.84
2 1⁄4 0.91 0.98 0.87 0.83 0.91 0.83 0.79 0.86 0.79
2 1⁄2 0.93 1.00 0.90 0.84 0.93 0.84 0.80 0.88 0.80
2 3⁄4 0.96 0.92 0.86 0.96 0.86 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.79
3 0.99 0.94 0.88 0.99 0.88 0.83 0.93 0.83 0.80
3 1⁄2 1.00 0.99 0.91 1.00 0.91 0.86 0.97 0.86 0.82
4 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.88 1.00 0.88 0.84
4 1⁄2 0.98 0.98 0.91 0.91 0.86
5 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.93 0.88
6 0.99 0.99 0.93
7 1.00 1.00 0.97
8 1.00
See notes below.
Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
E 3 3⁄8 5 6 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 7 7⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 5 5⁄8 9 1⁄2
sact
(in.) scr 4 3⁄4 7 9 1⁄2 5 3⁄8 11 6 1⁄4 12 5⁄8 7 7⁄8 13 1⁄4
smin 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 2 4 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 2 7⁄8 4 3⁄4
fsmin 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79
2 0.81 0.79
3 0.88 0.81 0.85 0.83 0.80
4 0.95 0.86 0.81 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.84
5 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.98 0.82 0.93 0.80 0.88 0.80
6 0.95 0.88 1.00 0.85 0.99 0.83 0.92 0.82
7 1.00 0.91 0.88 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.85
8 0.95 0.91 0.88 1.00 0.87
9 0.98 0.94 0.91 0.90
10 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.92
11 1.00 0.96 0.94
12 0.98 0.97
13 1.00 0.99
14 1.00

175

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Anchors in Sand-Lightweight
Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Shear (fc)

Edge Distance Tension (fc) (Shear Applied Perpendicular to Edge)
Edge Size 1⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC * Edge Size 1⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC *
Dist. ccr 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 10 Dist. ccr 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 10
cact cmin 1 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 cact cmin 1 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 4
Mechanical Anchors
(in.) fcmin 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 (in.) fcmin 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
1 3⁄8 0.70 1 3⁄8 0.30
1 1⁄2 0.72 1 1⁄2 0.34
2 0.79 2 0.52
2 1⁄2 0.87 2 1⁄2 0.69
2 3⁄4 0.91 0.70 2 3⁄4 0.78 0.30
3 0.94 0.72 3 0.87 0.34
3 3⁄8 1.00 0.75 0.70 3 3⁄8 1.00 0.41 0.30
3 1⁄2 0.76 0.71 3 1⁄2 0.43 0.32
4 0.79 0.74 0.70 4 0.52 0.39 0.30
4 1⁄2 0.83 0.77 0.73 4 1⁄2 0.61 0.46 0.36
5 0.87 0.80 0.75 5 0.69 0.53 0.42
5 1⁄2 0.91 0.83 0.78 5 1⁄2 0.78 0.60 0.48
6 0.94 0.86 0.80 6 0.87 0.67 0.53
6 1⁄2 0.98 0.89 0.83 6 1⁄2 0.96 0.74 0.59
6 3⁄4 1.00 0.90 0.84 6 3⁄4 1.00 0.77 0.62
7 0.92 0.85 7 0.81 0.65
7 1⁄2 0.95 0.88 7 1⁄2 0.88 0.71
8 0.98 0.90 8 0.95 0.77
8 3⁄8 1.00 0.92 8 3⁄8 1.00 0.81
8 1⁄2 0.93 8 1⁄2 0.83
9 0.95 9 0.88
9 1⁄2 0.98 9 1⁄2 0.94
10 1.00 10 1.00
See Notes Below See Notes Below

Load Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation in 8"
®
Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads

Edge Distance Tension (fc) Edge Distance Shear (fc)
Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC * Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC *
Edge ccr 10 1/2 14 17 1/2 21 Edge ccr 10 1/2 14 17 1/2 21
Dist. cact Dist. cact
(in.) cmin 4 4 4 4 (in.) cmin 4 4 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.80 fcmin 0.79 0.52 0.32 0.32
4 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.80 4 0.79 0.52 0.32 0.32
6 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.82 6 0.85 0.62 0.42 0.40
8 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.85 8 0.92 0.71 0.52 0.48
10 1/2 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.88 10 1/2 1.00 0.83 0.65 0.58
12 1.00 0.92 0.89 12 0.90 0.72 0.64
14 1.00 0.95 0.92 14 1.00 0.82 0.72
16 0.98 0.94 16 0.92 0.80
17 1/2 1.00 0.96 17 1/2 1.00 0.86
21 1.00 21 1.00
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin)(cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)]
Load-Adjustment Factors for Reduced Spacing:
Critical spacing is listed in the load tables. No adjustment in load is required when the anchors are spaced at critical spacing.
No additional testing has been performed to determine the adjustment factors for spacing dimensions less than those listed in the load tables.
176
Tie-Wire Wedge Anchor

The Tie-Wire anchor is a wedge-style expansion anchor for use in normal-weight concrete or in concrete
over metal deck. With a tri-segmented, dual-embossed clip, the Tie-Wire anchor is ideal for the installation
of acoustic ceiling grid and is easily set with the claw of a hammer.
Features
• 1/4" eyelet for easy threading of wire
• Sets with claw of hammer
• Tri-segmented clip – each segment adjusts independently to hole
irregularities
• Dual embossments on each clip segment enable the clip to undercut into
the concrete, increasing follow-up expansion
Mechanical Anchors
• Wedge-style expansion anchor for use in normal weight concrete or
concrete over metal deck

Installation
1. Drill a hole at least 1 1/2" deep using a 1/4" diameter carbide tipped bit.
2. Drive the anchor into the hole until the bottom of the head is flush with
the base material.
3. Set the anchor by prying/pulling the head with the claw end of the
hammer.
Drill Bit Eyelet Quantity

Size Model No. Dia. Hole Size
(in.) Box Carton
(in.) (in.)
1/4" x 1 1/2" TW25112 1/4 1/4 100 500

177
Tie-Wire Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Tie-Wire Anchor in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load Shear Load
Embed Critical Critical
Size Drill Bit Depth End Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1/4 1 1/2 2 1/2 5 1,155 290 380 95

1/4 (127) (5.1) (1.3) (1.7) (0.4)
(6.4) (38) (64)

Mechanical Anchors
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Tie-Wire Anchor in the Soffit of IBC *
Normal-Weight Concrete or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Embed Critical Critical
Size Drill Bit Depth End Dist.5 Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa)
in. Dia in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1/4 1 1/2 2 1/2 5 1,155 290 460 115

1/4 (127) (5.1) (1.3) (2.0) (0.5)
(6.4) (38) (64)

3. Metal deck must be minimum 20-gauge thick with minimum yield strength of 33 ksi.
4. Anchors installed in the bottom flute of the steel deck must have a minimum edge distance of 1 1/2" away
from inclined edge of the bottom flute. See the figure below.
5. Critical end distance is defined as the distance from the end of the slab in the direction of the flute.
Tie-Wire
Tie-Wire
Anchor
Anchor

3"
3"
Upper
Upper
Flute Min.
Min.
Flute 20-gauge
20steel
Gauge
Min.
Min.441⁄1/4"
2"
deck
Steel
Deck
4⁄"
4 11/2"
2 7⁄"
711/2"
2 1 ⁄ "Min.
Min.
111/2"
2
Installation in the Soffit of Concrete over Metal Deck

178
Easy-Set Pin-Drive Expansion Anchor

The Easy-Set is a pin-drive expansion anchor for medium- and heavy-duty
fastening applications into concrete and grout-filled block. Integrated nut
and washer help keep track of parts.

Coating: Yellow zinc dichromate plated
Installation
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult to set the anchor and will
reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter as
the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the specified
Mechanical Anchors
embedment depth plus 1⁄4" to allow for pin extension and blow it clean using
compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.) Alternatively,
drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and the dust
from drilling.
2. Adjust the nut for required embedment. Place the anchor through the fixture and
into the hole.
3. Hammer the center pin until the bottom of the head is flush with top of anchor.
Easy-Set
EZAC Product Data (EZAC)
Quanity
Size Model Thread Length
(in.) No. (in.) Box Carton
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄8 EZAC37238 1 50 250 Easy-Set Anchor Installation Data

3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 EZAC37312 1 1⁄8 50 250 Easy-Set
3⁄8 x 4 3⁄4 EZAC37434 1 1⁄2 50 200 Dia. 3/8 1/2 5/8
(in)
1/2 x 2 3/4 EZAC50234 1 25 125
Drill Bit Size (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8
1/2 x 3 1/2 EZAC50312 1 1⁄8 25 125 Min. Fixture Hole Size (in.) 7/16 9/16 11/16
1/2 x 4 3/4 EZAC50434 1 1⁄2 25 100 Wrench Size (in.) 9/16 3/4 15/16
1/2 x 6 EZAC50600 2 25 100
5⁄8 x 4 EZAC62400 1 5⁄8 15 60
5⁄8 x 4 3/4 EZAC62434 1 5⁄8 15 60
5⁄8 x 6 EZAC62600 2 15 60
EZAC Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

Critical Tension Load Shear Load IBC *
Embed. Critical Edge
Drill Bit Spacing
Size Depth Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi
Dia. Dist.
in. in. In. (13.8 MPa) Concrete
In. In.
(mm) (mm) (mm) Allowable lb. (kN) 1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing and
1 3/4 2 3/4 5 1/4 630 645 critical edge distance. Allowable loads at lesser spacings and
3/8 3/8 (2.8) (2.9)
(44) (70) (133) edge distance have not been determined.
2 1/2 3 3/8 6 3/4 1,005 1,230 3. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment
1/2 1/2 (4.5) (5.5) depth.
(64) (86) (171)
4. Tension and shear loads for the EZAC anchor may be
3 4 1/4 9 1,515 1,325 combined using the straight-line interaction equation (n = 1).
5/8 (76) 5/8 (229) (6.7) (5.9)
(108)

179
Sleeve-All® Sleeve Anchor

Sleeve-All® expanding anchors are pre-assembled, expanding sleeve
anchors for use in all types of solid base materials. This anchor is available
in acorn, hex, rod coupler, flat or round head style for a wide range of
applications.
Codes: Factory Mutual 3017082, 3026805 and 3029959
(3/8" – 1/2" diameter); Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605
(3/8" – 3/4" diameter); Mulitiple DOT listings; meets the
requirements of Federal Specification A-A-1922A
Material: Carbon steel or stainless steel
Coating: Carbon steel anchors are zinc plated
Mechanical Anchors
Installation
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter as
the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed.
2. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth, and blow it clean Hex Acorn
using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.)
Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth
and the dust from drilling.
3. Place the anchor in the fixture, and drive it into the hole until the washer and
nut are tight against the fixture.
4. Tighten to required installation torque.
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor’s
load capacity.
Rod
Coupler

Anchor 304
Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Component Stainless Steel
Anchor Body Material meets minimum 50,000 psi tensile Type 304
Sleeve SAE J403, Grade 1008 Cold-Rolled Steel Type 304
Round Flat Head
Commercial Grade, meets requirements
Nut Type 304 (Phillips Drive)
of ASTM A563 Grade A
SAE J403, Grade 1008 /1010
Washer Type 304
Cold-Rolled Steel
Sleeve-All® Anchor Installation Data

Sleeve-All
Dia. 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
(in.)
Drill Bit Size (in.) 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Wrench Size (in.)
1
3⁄8 7⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16
Wrench Size for Coupler Nut (in.) 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 –
1. Applies to acorn- and hex-head configurations only.
180
Sleeve-All® Sleeve Anchor

Sleeve-All® Anchor Product Data — Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Bolt Max. Quantity
Size Model Head Diameter – Fixture
(in.) No. Style Threads Thickness
per inch (in.) Box Carton
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄8 SL25138A Acorn 1⁄4 100 500
Head 3⁄16–24
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 SL25214A 1 1⁄8 100 500
5⁄16 x 1 1⁄2* SL31112H 3⁄8 100 500
1⁄4–20
5⁄16 x 2 1⁄2 SL31212H 1 1⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 1 7⁄8 SL37178H 3⁄8 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 SL37300H 5⁄16–18 1 1⁄2 50 200
3⁄8 x 4 SL37400H 2 1⁄4 50 200
1⁄2 x 2 1⁄4* SL50214H 1⁄2 50 200
Mechanical Anchors
1⁄2 x 3 SL50300H 3⁄4 25 100
3⁄8–16
1⁄2 x 4 SL50400H Hex 1 3⁄4 25 100
1⁄2 x 6 SL50600H Head 3 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 2 1⁄4* SL62214H 1⁄2 25 100
5⁄8 x 3 SL62300H 3⁄4 20 80
1⁄2–13
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄4 SL62414H 1 1⁄2 10 40
5⁄8 x 6 SL62600H 3 1⁄4 10 40
3⁄4 x 2 1⁄2* SL75212H 1⁄2 10 40
3⁄4 x 4 1⁄4 SL75414H 5⁄8–11 7⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 SL75614H 2 7⁄8 5 20
1⁄4 x 2 SL25200PF 7⁄8 100 500
3⁄16–24
1⁄4 x 3 SL25300PF 1 7⁄8 50 250
5⁄16 x 2 1⁄2 SL31212PF 1 1⁄16 50 250
Phillips 1⁄4–20
5⁄16 x 3 1⁄2 SL31312PF 2 1⁄16 50 250
Flat
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 SL37234PF Head 1 1⁄4 50 200
3⁄8 x 4 SL37400PF 2 1⁄2 50 200
5⁄16–18
3⁄8 x 5 SL37500PF 3 1⁄2 50 200
3⁄8 x 6 SL37600PF 4 1⁄2 50 200
1/4 x 2 3/4 SL25234 Round Head 3⁄16–24 7⁄8 50 250
*These models do not meet minimum embedment requirements for rated load values.
Sleeve-All® Anchor Product Data – Stainless Steel

Size Model Head Bolt Diameter – Max. Fixture Quantity

(in.) No. Style Threads per inch Thickness (in.) Box Carton
3⁄8 x 1 7⁄8 SL37178HSS 3⁄8 50 250
5⁄16–18
3⁄8 x 3 SL37300HSS Hex 1 1⁄2 50 200
1⁄2 x 3 SL50300HSS Head 3⁄4 25 100
3⁄8–16
1⁄2 x 4 SL50400HSS 1 3⁄4 25 100
Sleeve-All® Anchor (with rod coupler) Product Data –

Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Accepts Rod Quantity
Size Model Wrench
Dia.
(in.) No. Size
(in.) Box Carton
3⁄8 x 1 7⁄8 SL37178C 3⁄8 1⁄2 50 200
1⁄2 x 2 1⁄4 SL50214C 1⁄2 5⁄8 25 100
5⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 SL62214C 5⁄8 3/4 20 80
Length Identification Head Marks on Sleeve-All Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor – inches)
Mark A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
From 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Up To
But Not 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Including
181
Sleeve-All® Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

IBC *
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Sleeve-All® in Normal-Weight Concrete
Critical Critical Install.
Embed.
Size Edge Spacing f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) f'c ≥ 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) Torque
Depth
in. Dist. Dist. Concrete Concrete Concrete ft.-lb.
in.
(mm) in. in. (N-m)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
(mm) (mm)
1⁄4 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 880 94 220 1,320 189 330 1,440 90 360 5
(6.4) (29) (64) (114) (3.9) (0.4) (1.0) (5.9) (0.8) (1.5) (6.4) (0.4) (1.6) (7)
5⁄16 1 7⁄16 3 1⁄8 5 3⁄4 1,120 113 280 1,320 350 330 2,160 113 540 8
(7.9) (37) (79) (146) (5.0) (0.5) (1.2) (5.9) (1.6) (1.5) (9.6) (0.5) (2.4) (11)
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 6 1,600 294 400 2,680 450 670 3,080 223 770 15
(9.5) (38) (95) (152) (7.1) (1.3) (1.8) (11.9) (2.0) (3.0) (13.7) (1.0) (3.4) (20)
Mechanical Anchors
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 5 9 3,160 254 790 4,760 485 1,190 5,000 473 1,250 25
(12.7) (57) (127) (229) (14.1) (1.1) (3.5) (21.2) (2.2) (5.3) (22.2) (2.1) (5.6) (34)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 11 4,200 681 1,050 6,160 1,772 1,540 8,520 713 2,130 50
(15.9) (70) (159) (279) (18.7) (3.0) (4.7) (27.4) (7.9) (6.9) (37.9) (3.2) (9.5) (68)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 6,400 665 1,600 9,520 674 2,380 10,040 955 2,510 90
(19.1) (86) (191) (343) (28.5) (3.0) (7.1) (42.3) (3.0) (10.6) (44.7) (4.2) (11.2) (122)
2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on page 183.
5. Allowable tension loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for 3⁄8" Sleeve-All® in Grout-Filled

CMU (Anchor Installed in Horizontal Mortar Joint or Face Shell)
Embed. Min. Edge Min. End Min. Tension Load Shear Load Install. IBC *
Size Depth Dist. Dist. Spacing Torque
in. in. in. in. in. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. ft.-lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) (N-m)
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 16 16 24 2,000 400 2,300 460 15
(9.5) (38) (406) (406) (610) (8.9) (1.8) (10.2) (2.0) (20)
See notes beneath following table.
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Sleeve-All® in Grout-Filled CMU

Embed. Min. Edge Min. End Min. Tension Load Shear Load Install. IBC *
Size Depth Dist. Dist. Spacing Torque
in.

in. in. in. in. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. ft.-lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) (N-m)
Anchor Installed in a Single Face Shell
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 12 12 24 1,746 350 2,871 575 15
(9.5) (38) (305) (305) (610) (7.8) (1.6) (12.8) (2.6) (20)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 12 12 24 3,384 675 5,670 1,135 25
(12.7) (57) (305) (305) (610) (15.1) (3.0) (25.2) (5.0) (34) Edge Distance
Block
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 12 12 24 3,970 795 8,171 1,635 50 specified in table
1"
(15.9) (70) (305) (305) (610) (17.7) (3.5) (36.3) (7.3) (68)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 12 12 24 6,395 1,280 12,386 2,475 90
(19.1) (86) (305) (305) (610) (28.4) (5.7) (55.1) (11.0) (122)
Anchor Installed in Mortar “T” Joint
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 8 8 24 1,927 385 3,436 685 15
(9.5) (38) (203) (203) (610) (8.6) (1.7) (15.3) (3.0) (20)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 8 8 24 3,849 770 5,856 1,170 25 End
3" 3" Distance
(12.7) (57) (203) (203) (610) (17.1) (3.4) (26.0) (5.2) (34)
specified
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 8 8 24 4,625 925 7,040 1,410 50 in table
(15.9) (70) (203) (203) (610) (20.6) (4.1) (31.3) (6.3) (68)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 8 8 24 5,483 1,095 7,869 1,575 90 1" 1"
(19.1) (86) (203) (203) (610) (24.4) (4.9) (35.0) (7.0) (122)
Block Block
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations through a face shell with the following placement guidelines:
a. Minimum 3" from vertical mortar joint.
Face Shell Installation
b. Minimum 1" from vertical cell centerline. Allowable Anchor Placement in
3. Values for 6- and 8-inch-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive grout-filled CMU shown by shaded areas.
strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.

182
Sleeve-All® Design Information — Concrete

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Sleeve-All® Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row and
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the anchor 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied
is to be installed. together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc) Spacing Tension and Shear (fs)

Edge Size 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Size 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC *
Dist. ccr 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 E 1 1⁄8 1 7⁄16 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4 3 3⁄8
cact sact
cmin 1 1⁄4 1 9⁄16 1 7⁄8 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 scr 4 1⁄2 5 3⁄4 6 9 11 13 1⁄2
Mechanical Anchors
(in.) (in.)
fcmin 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 smin 2 1⁄4 2 7⁄8 3 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 6 3⁄4
1 1⁄4 0.60 fsmin 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
1 1⁄2 0.68 2 1⁄4 0.50
1 9⁄16 0.70 0.60 2 1⁄2 0.56
1 7⁄8 0.80 0.68 0.60 2 7⁄8 0.64 0.50
2 0.84 0.71 0.63 3 0.67 0.52 0.50
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.84 0.73 0.60 3 1⁄2 0.78 0.61 0.58
3 0.97 0.84 0.68 4 0.89 0.70 0.67
3 1⁄8 1.00 0.87 0.70 0.60 4 1⁄2 1.00 0.78 0.75 0.50
3 1⁄2 0.95 0.76 0.65 5 0.87 0.83 0.56
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.80 0.68 0.60 5 1⁄2 0.96 0.92 0.61 0.50
4 0.84 0.71 0.63 5 3⁄4 1.00 0.96 0.64 0.52
4 1⁄2 0.92 0.78 0.68 6 1.00 0.67 0.55
5 1.00 0.84 0.73 6 1⁄2 0.72 0.59
5 1⁄2 0.90 0.79 6 3⁄4 0.75 0.61 0.50
6 0.97 0.84 7 0.78 0.64 0.52
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.87 8 0.89 0.73 0.59
6 1⁄2 0.89 9 1.00 0.82 0.67
7 0.95 10 0.91 0.74
7 1⁄2 1.00 11 1.00 0.81
See notes below. 12 0.89
13 0.96
13 1⁄2 1.00
Edge Size 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC * 3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
Dist. ccr 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
cact cmin
1 1⁄4 1 9⁄16 1 7⁄8 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
(in.) fcmin 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
1 1⁄4 0.30 fscr is always = 1.00.
1 1⁄2 0.44 7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
1 9⁄16 0.48 0.30 8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
1 7⁄8 0.65 0.44 0.30
2 0.72 0.50 0.35
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.72 0.53 0.30
3 0.94 0.72 0.44
3 1⁄8 1.00 0.77 0.48 0.30
3 1⁄2 0.91 0.58 0.38
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.65 0.44 0.30
4 0.72 0.50 0.35
4 1⁄2 0.86 0.61 0.44
5 1.00 0.72 0.53
5 1⁄2 0.83 0.63
6 0.94 0.72
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.77
6 1⁄2 0.81
7 0.91
7 1⁄2 1.00
5. fcccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fcccr is always = 1.00.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fsmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].

183
Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor

The original high-strength screw anchor for use in cracked and uncracked concrete, as well as uncracked
masonry. The Titen HD® offers low installation torque and outstanding performance. Designed and tested
in dry, interior, non-corrosive environments or temporary outdoor applications, the Titen HD® demonstrates
Cracked
industry-leading performance even in seismic conditions.
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Features
• Code listed under IBC/IRC in accordance with ICC-ES AC193 for
cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES ESR-2713
• Code listed under IBC/IRC in accordance with ICC-ES AC106 for
masonry per ICC-ES ESR-1056
• Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions
• Thread design undercuts to efficiently transfer the load to the base
Mechanical Anchors
material
• Standard fractional sizes
• Specialized heat-treating process creates tip hardness for better
cutting without compromising the ductility
• No special drill bit required — designed to install using standard-sized
ANSI tolerance drill bits
• Testing shows the Titen HD® installs in concrete with 50% less torque
than competitor anchors
• Hex-washer head requires no separate washer and provides a clean
installed appearance
• Removable — ideal for temporary anchoring (e.g., formwork, bracing)
or applications where fixtures may need to be moved (reuse of the
anchor to achieve listed load values is not recommended)
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2713 (concrete); ICC-ES ESR-1056 Titen HD® NEW 1/4" Titen HD®
(masonry); City of L.A. RR25741 (concrete), RR25560 Screw Anchor Screw Anchor
(masonry); Florida FL-15730.6; FM 3017082, 3035761 and U.S. Patents 5,674,035 U.S. Patents 5,674,035
3043442; Multiple DOT listings and 6,623,228 and 6,623,228
Material: Carbon steel Serrated teeth on the tip of the Titen

HD® screw anchor facilitate cutting and
Coating: Zinc plated or mechanically galvanized reduce installation torque.
Installation

Holes in metal fixtures to be mounted should match the diameter specified in the table below.
Use a Titen HD® screw anchor one time only — installing the anchor multiple times may result
in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.
Do not use impact wrenches to install into hollow CMU.
Caution: Oversized holes in base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the
base material and reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter 2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and into the hole.
as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the
3. Tighten the anchor into the base material until the hex-washer head
specified embedment depth plus minimum hole depth overall (see table
contacts the fixture.
below right) to allow the thread tapping dust to settle, and blow it clean
using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.)
Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment
depth and the dust from drilling and tapping.
Installation Sequence Additional Installation Information

Titen HD® Wrench Size Recommended Min. Hole
Diameter Fixture Hole Depth Overdrill
(in.)
(in.) Size (in.) (in.)
1/4 3/8 3/8 to 7/16 1/8
3/8 9/16 1/2 to 9/16 1/4
1/2 3/4 5/8 to 11/16 1/2
5/8 15/16 3/4 to 13/16 1/2
3/4 1 1/8 7/8 to 15/16 1/2
184
Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor

Titen HD® Anchor Product Data — Zinc Plated Titen HD® Anchor Product Data —
Drill Bit Wrench Size Quantity Mechanically Galvanized
Size Model No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Box Carton Drill Bit Wrench Quantity
(in.) Size Model Dia. Size
1/4 x 1 7/8 THDB25178H 1/4 3/8 100 500 (in.) No. (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 2 3/4 THDB25234H 1/4 3/8 50 250
3⁄8 x 5 THD37500HMG 50 100
1/4 x 3 THDB25300H 1/4 3/8 50 250 3⁄8 9⁄16
1/4 x 3 1/2 THDB25312H 1/4 3/8 50 250 3⁄8 x 6 THD37600HMG 50 100
1/4 x 4 THDB25400H 1/4 3/8 50 250 1⁄2 x 5 THD50500HMG 20 80
3/8 x 1 3/4 THD37134H* 3/8 9/16 50 250 1⁄2 x 6 THD50600HMG 20 80
1⁄2 3⁄4
3/8 x 2 1/2 THD37212H* 3/8 9/16 50 200 1⁄2 x 6 1⁄2 THD50612HMG 20 40
3/8 x 3 THD37300H 3/8 9/16 50 200 1⁄2 x 8 THD50800HMG 20 40
3/8 x 4 THD37400H 3/8 9/16 50 200 5⁄8 x 5 THD62500HMG 10 40
Mechanical Anchors
3/8 x 5 THD37500H 3/8 9/16 50 100 5⁄8 x 6 THD62600HMG 10 40
3/8 x 6 THD37600H 3/8 9/16 50 100 5⁄8 15⁄16
5⁄8 x 6 1⁄2 THD62612HMG 10 40
1/2 x 3 THD50300H 1/2 3/4 25 100
5⁄8 x 8 THD62800HMG 10 20
1/2 x 4 THD50400H 1/2 3/4 20 80
5⁄8 x 5 THDB62500HMG 10 40
1/2 x 5 THD50500H 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 6 THD50600H 1/2 3/4 20 80 5⁄8 x 6 THDB62600HMG 10 40
5⁄8 15⁄16
1/2 x 6 1/2 THD50612H 1/2 3/4 20 40 5⁄8 x 6 1⁄2 THDB62612HMG 10 40
1/2 x 8 THD50800H 1/2 3/4 5 25 5⁄8 x 8 THDB62800HMG 10 20
1/2 x 12 THD501200H 1/2 3/4 5 25 3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 THD75812HMG 5 10
3⁄4 1 1⁄8
1/2 x 13 THD501300H 1/2 3/4 5 25 3⁄4 x 10 THD75100HMG 5 10
1/2 x 14 THD501400H 1/2 3/4 5 25 Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 65, Type 1. Intended for
1/2 x 15 THD501500H 1/2 3/4 5 25 some pressure-treated wood sill plate applications. Not for use in other
5/8 x 4 THDB62400H 5/8 15/16 10 40 corrosive or outdoor environments. See page 316 or visit
www.strongtie.com/info for more corrosion information.
5/8 x 5 THDB62500H 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 6 THDB62600H 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 6 1/2 THDB62612H 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 8 THDB62800H 5/8 15/16 10 20
3/4 x 4 THD75400H 3/4 1 1/8 10 40
3/4 x 5 THD7500H 3/4 1 1/8 5 20
3/4 x 6 THDT75600H 3/4 1 1/8 5 20
3/4 x 7 THD75700H 3/4 1 1/8 5 10
3/4 x 8 1/2 THD75812H 3/4 1 1/8 5 10
3/4 x 10 THD75100H 3/4 1 1/8 5 10
*These models do not meet minimum embedment depth requirements for strength
design and require maximum installation torque of 25 ft. – lb. using a torque
wrench, driver drill or cordless 1/4" impact driver with a maximum permitted torque
rating of 100 ft. – lb.
Titen HD® Installation Information and Additional Data1

1/4 4 3/8 1/2 5/8 4 3/4
Drill Bit Diameter dbit in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter dc in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
Maximum Installation Torque Tinst,max ft.-lbf 242 502 652 1002 1502
Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating Timpact,max ft.-lbf 1253 1503 3403 3403 3853
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 3/4 2 5/8 2 3/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 6 3/4
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 6 2 11/16 3 5/8 3 9/16 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 3/8 6 3/8 7 5/16
Minimum Spacing smin in. 3
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/4 3 1/2 4 5 5 6 1/4 6 8 1/2 8 3/4 10
Additional Data
Anchor Category Category — 1
Yield Strength fya psi 100,000 97,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 125,000 110,000
Minimum Tensile & Shear Stress Area Ase in2 0.042 0.099 0.183 0.276 0.414
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range – βuncr lb./in. 202,000 715,000
Uncracked Concrete
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range – βcr lb./in. 173,000 345,000
Cracked Concrete
2. Tinst,max is the maximum permitted installation torque for the embedment depth range covered by this table using a torque wrench.
3. Timpact,max is the maximum permitted torque rating for impact wrenches for the embedment depth range covered by this table.
4. Data for 1/4" anchor is only valid for THDB25 series. Data for the 5/8" anchor is valid only for the THDB62 series.
185
Titen HD® Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Titen HD® Tension Strength Design Data1
1/4 9 3/8 1/2 5/8 9 3/4
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa lb. 5,195 10,890 20,130 30,360 45,540
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φsa — 0.652
SD
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension 6,8
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.94 1.77 2.40 2.35 2.99 2.97 4.24 4.22 4.86
Critical Edge Distance6 cac in. 3 6 2 11⁄16 3 5⁄8 3 9⁄16 4 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 3⁄8 6 3⁄8 7 5⁄16
Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 30 24
Mechanical Anchors
Modification Factor ψc,N — 1.0

Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure φcb — 0.657
Pullout Strength in Tension8
Pullout Resistance, Uncracked Concrete (f'c=2,500 psi) Np,uncr lb. —3 —3 2,7004 —3 —3 —3 —3 9,8104 —3 —3
Pullout Resistance, Cracked Concrete (f'c=2,500 psi) Np,cr lb. —3 1,9054 1,2354 2,7004 —3 —3 3,2604 5,5704 6,0704 7,1954
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pullout Failure φ p — 0.65 5
Breakout or Pullout Strength in Tension for Seismic Applications8

Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads (f'c=2,500 psi) Np,eq lb. —3 1,9054 1,2354 2,7004 —3 —3 3,2604 5,5704 6,0704 7,1954
Strength Reduction Factor — Breakout or Pullout Failure φeq — 0.65 5
c 1.5h
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the (1) ψcp,N = 1.0 if ca,min ≥ cac or (2) ψcp,N = ca,min ≥ c ef if ca,min < cac
design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below. ac ac
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are The modification factor, ψcp,N is applied to the nominal concrete breakout
used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section strength, Ncb or Ncbg.
D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. Anchors are considered brittle 7. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section
steel elements. 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B are
3. Pullout strength is not reported since concrete breakout controls. met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
4. Adjust the characteristic pullout resistance for other concrete compressive
strengths by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified / 2,500)0.5.
5. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section value of φ.
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B are
8. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the
met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to value of concrete breakout strength, Np,cr, Np,uncr and Neq by 0.6. All-
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
6. The modification factor ψcp,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete. Otherwise, 9. Data for 1/4" anchor is valid only for THDB25 series. Data for 5/8" anchor is valid
the modification factor for uncracked concrete without supplementary only for THDB62 series.
reinforcement to control splitting is either:

Titen HD® Shear Strength Design Data1 IBC
1/4 5 3/8 1/2 5/8 5 3/4
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel Vsa lb. 2,020 4,460 7,455 10,000 16,840
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φsa — 0.602
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear6
Outside Diameter da in. 0.25 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. 1.19 1.94 1.77 2.40 2.35 2.99 2.97 4.24 4.22 4.86
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure φcb — 0.704
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp lb. 1.0 2.0
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pryout Failure φcp — 0.704
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications
Shear Resistance for Seismic Loads Veq lb. 1,695 2,855 4,790 8,000 9,350
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φeq — 0.602
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below. 4. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to
determine the appropriate value of φ. Anchors are considered brittle steel elements. determine the appropriate value of φ.
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 5. Data for 1/4" anchor is valid only for THDB25 series. Data for 5/8" anchor is valid
are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the only for THDB62 series.
load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used, and the requirements of 6. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the value
Section D.4.3(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section D.4.3 to determine the of concrete breakout strength by 0.6. All-lightweight concrete is beyond the
appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, scope of this table.
186

Titen HD® Tension and Shear Strength Design Data for the Soffit of Normal-Weight or IBC *
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck1,6,8
Lower Flute Upper Flute
Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 1
SD
1/4 8 3/8 1/2 1/4 8 3/8 1/2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2 1 7⁄8 2 1⁄2 2 3 1⁄2 1 5/8 2 1/2 1 7⁄8 2
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.94 1.23 1.77 1.29 2.56 1.19 1.94 1.23 1.29
Pullout Resistance, concrete on metal deck (cracked)2,3,4 Np,deck,cr lb. 420 535 375 870 905 2,040 655 1,195 500 1,700
Pullout Resistance, concrete on metal deck (uncracked)2,3,4 Np,deck,uncr lb. 995 1,275 825 1,905 1,295 2,910 1,555 2,850 1,095 2,430
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on metal deck5 Vsa, deck lb. 1,335 1,745 2,240 2,395 2,435 4,430 2,010 2,420 4,180 7,145
Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic Vsa, deck,eq lb. 870 1,135 1,434 1,533 1,556 2,846 1,305 1,575 2,676 4,591
Mechanical Anchors
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the shall be substituted for Np,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking at service
design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below. loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,deck,uncr shall be
2. Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum. The substituted for Np,uncr.
characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths shall be 5. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.6.1.2(c), the shear strength for
increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified /3,000)0.5. anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight over metal deck floor and roof assemblies Vsa,deck and Vsa,deck,eq shall be
concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 1 substituted for Vsa.
and Figure 2, calculation of the concrete breakout strength may be omitted. 6. Minimum edge distance to edge of panel is 2hef.
4. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength 7. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3hef, or
in cracked concrete for anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or 1.5 times the flute width.
normal-weight concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies Np,deck,cr 8. Data for 1/4" anchor is valid only for THDB25 series.
Titen HD® Anchor Tension and Shear Strength Design

Data in the Topside of Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Nominal Anchor Diameter, da 1. For anchors installed in the topside of concrete-filled deck
assemblies, as shown in Figures 2 and 3, the nominal
Design Information Symbol Units Figure 3 Figure 2 concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of
1/4" 3/8" anchors in shear, Vcb or Vcbg, respectively, must be calculated
in accordance with ACI 318 D.6.2, using the actual member
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2 thickness, hmin,deck, in the determination of Avc.
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.77 2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations according to
values in the tables featured on pages 185 and 186.
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4 3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to bottom of
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 3 3/4 7 1/4 flute) is 1 1/2 inch (see Figures 2 and 3).
4. Steel deck thickness shall be minimum 20 gauge.
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 3 1/2 3 5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to concrete
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 3 1/2 3 thickness above upper flute (see Figures 2 and 3).
Sand-lightweight Concrete
Min. 1½" for anchors installed in lower flute. or Normal-weight Concrete
Over Steel Deck
Min. 3¼" for anchors installed in upper flute. hmin,deck = Min. 3¼" (Minimum 2,500 psi)
Min. 3,000 psi Normal or Min.¾" Typ.
Min. ¾" Typ. Sand-lightweight Concrete
Upper Min.
Flute 20 Gauge Min.
Max. 3" Min. 4½" Upper 20 Gauge
Min. 4½" Steel Flute
Deck Steel
Max. 1" Min. 1½" Min. 1¾" Deck
Max. ¼" (+/-) Offset Min. 3½"
Offset, Typ. Min. 12" Typ. From Center of
Lower Min. 2½" Lower Flute Min. 6" Typ. Lower
Max. 1" Offset, Typ. Flute Flute
Figure 1. Installation of 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors in the Figure 2. Installation of 3/8" Diameter Anchors in the Topside and 1/4"
Soffit of Concrete over Metal Deck Diameter Anchors in the Soffit of Concrete over Metal Deck
Or Normal-Weight Concrete
Over Steel Deck
hmin deck = min. 2½" (Minimum 2,500 Psi)
Min.
Upper 20 Gauge
Flute Steel
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾" Deck
Min. 3½"
Min. 2½" Min. 6" Typ Lower

Flute
Figure 3. Installation of ¼" Diameter Anchors in the Topside of

Concrete over Metal Deck
187

IBC *
Titen HD® Tension Design Strengths in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Min. Critical Minimum Tension Design Strength (lb.)
Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Anchor Dia. Embed. Thickness Distance and cac on three sides
Distance
(in.) Depth hmin cac cmin SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
SD
1 5/8 3 1/4 3 1 1/2 1,265 715 950 540 660 630 495 470
1/4
2 1/2 3 1/2 6 1 1/2 2,110 1,240 1,580 930 660 965 495 725
2 1/2 4 2 11/16 1 3/4 1,755 805 1,315 600 1,350 805 1,015 600
3/8
3 1/4 5 3 5/8 1 3/4 2,900 1,755 2,175 1,315 1,810 1,290 1,360 970
3 1/4 5 3 9/16 1 3/4 2,810 1,990 2,105 1,495 1,765 1,265 1,325 950
1/2
4 6 1/4 4 1/2 1 3/4 4,035 2,855 3,025 2,140 2,285 1,620 1,710 1,220
4 6 4 1/2 1 3/4 3,990 1,975 2,995 1,480 2,250 1,610 1,690 1,210
5/8
Mechanical Anchors
5 1/2 8 1/2 6 3/8 1 3/4 6,375 3,620 4,780 2,715 3,390 2,405 2,540 1,805
5 1/2 8 3/4 6 3/8 1 3/4 6,760 3,945 5,070 2,960 3,355 2,395 2,515 1,795
3/4
6 1/4 10 7 5/16 1 3/4 8,355 4,675 6,265 3,510 3,990 2,835 2,990 2,125
IBC *
Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) — Static Load
Anchor Dia. Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Embed. Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin Edge Distances = cac on all sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1 5/8 3 1/4 3 1 1/2 905 510 470 450
1/4
2 1/2 3 1/2 6 1 1/2 1,505 885 470 690
2 1/2 4 2 11/16 1 3/4 1,255 575 965 575
3/8
3 1/4 5 3 5/8 1 3/4 2,070 1,255 1,295 920
3 1/4 5 3 9/16 1 3/4 2,005 1,420 1,260 905
1/2
4 6 1/4 4 1/2 1 3/4 2,880 2,040 1,630 1,155
4 6 4 1/2 1 3/4 2,850 1,410 1,605 1,150
5/8
5 1/2 8 1/2 6 3/8 1 3/4 4,555 2,585 2,420 1,720
5 1/2 8 3/4 6 3/8 1 3/4 4,830 2,820 2,395 1,710
3/4

6 1/4 10 7 5/16 1 3/4 5,970 3,340 2,850 2,025
IBC *
Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) — Wind Load
Anchor Dia. Edge Distances = cmin on one side
Embed. Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin Edge Distances = cac on all sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1 5/8 3 1/4 3 1 1/2 760 430 395 380
1/4
2 1/2 3 1/2 6 1 1/2 1,265 745 395 580
2 1/2 4 2 11/16 1 3/4 1,055 485 810 485
3/8
3 1/4 5 3 5/8 1 3/4 1,740 1,055 1,085 775
3 1/4 5 3 9/16 1 3/4 1,685 1,195 1,060 760
1/2
4 6 1/4 4 1/2 1 3/4 2,420 1,715 1,370 970
4 6 4 1/2 1 3/4 2,395 1,185 1,350 965
5/8
5 1/2 8 1/2 6 3/8 1 3/4 3,825 2,170 2,035 1,445
5 1/2 8 3/4 6 3/8 1 3/4 4,055 2,365 2,015 1,435
3/4
6 1/4 10 7 5/16 1 3/4 5,015 2,805 2,395 1,700
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion factor of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The
conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% wind load.

188

Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC *
Min. Critical Minimum Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides
Anchor Dia. Embed. Thickness Distance Distance and cac on three sides
(in.) Depth hmin cac cmin SDC A-B 4
SDC C-F 5,6
SDC A-B4 SDC C-F5,6
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1 5/8 3 1/4 3 1 1/2 885 500 665 380 460 440 345 330
1/4
2 1/2 3 1/2 6 1 1/2 1,475 870 1,105 650 460 675 345 510
2 1/2 4 2 11/16 1 3/4 1,230 565 920 420 945 565 710 420
3/8
3 1/4 5 3 5/8 1 3/4 2,030 1,230 1,525 920 1,265 905 950 680
3 1/4 5 3 9/16 1 3/4 1,965 1,395 1,475 1,045 1,235 885 930 665
1/2
4 6 1/4 4 1/2 1 3/4 2,825 2,000 2,120 1,500 1,600 1,135 1,195 855
Mechanical Anchors
4 6 4 1/2 1 3/4 2,795 1,385 2,095 1,035 1,575 1,125 1,185 845
5/8
5 1/2 8 1/2 6 3/8 1 3/4 4,465 2,535 3,345 1,900 2,375 1,685 1,780 1,265
5 1/2 8 3/4 6 3/8 1 3/4 4,730 2,760 3,550 2,070 2,350 1,675 1,760 1,255
3/4
6 1/4 10 7 5/16 1 3/4 5,850 3,275 4,385 2,455 2,795 1,985 2,095 1,490

189

Titen HD® Tension Design Strengths in Soffit of Normal-Weight or IBC *
Sand-Lightweight Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi)
Nominal Minimum End Lower Flute Upper Flute
Anchor Dia. Embed. Depth Distance cmin
(in.) SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F 6,7
(in.) (in.)
SD
1 5/8 2 1/2 645 275 485 205 1,010 425 760 320
1/4
2 1/2 4 830 350 620 260 1,855 775 1,390 585
1 7/8 2 1/2 535 245 400 185 710 325 535 245
3/8
2 1/2 3 5/8 1,240 565 930 425 — — — —
2 2 5/8 840 590 630 440 1,580 1,105 1,185 830
1/2
3 1/2 5 1/4 1,890 1,325 1,420 995 — — — —
Mechanical Anchors
load combination.
Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight IBC *

Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Static Load
Nominal Embed. Minimum End Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Anchor Dia. Depth Distance cmin Lower Flute Upper Flute
1 5/8 2 1/2 460 195 720 305
1/4
2 1/2 4 595 250 1,325 555
1 7/8 2 1/2 380 175 505 230
3/8
2 1/2 3 5/8 885 405 — —
2 2 5/8 600 420 1,130 790
1/2
3 1/2 5 1/4 1,350 945 — —


Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Wind Load
Nominal Embed. Minimum End Allowable Tension Load (lb.)
Anchor Dia. Depth Distance cmin Lower Flute Upper Flute
1 5/8 2 1/2 385 165 605 255
1/4
2 1/2 4 500 210 1,115 465
1 7/8 2 1/2 320 145 425 195
3/8
2 1/2 3 5/8 745 340 — —
2 2 5/8 505 355 950 665
1/2
3 1/2 5 1/4 1,135 795 — —
1. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D
using a conversion factor of a = 1/0.6 = 1.67. The conversion factor a is based on the load combination assuming 100% wind load.

190

Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Seismic Load
Nominal Minimum
Anchor Dia. Embed. End Distance Lower Flute Upper Flute
(in.) Depth cmin SDC A-B4 SDC C-F 5,6 SDC A-B4 SDC C-F 5,6
(in.) (in.)
1 5/8 2 1/2 450 195 340 145 705 300 530 225
1/4
2 1/2 4 580 245 435 180 1300 545 975 410
1 7/8 2 1/2 375 170 280 130 495 230 375 170
3/8
2 1/2 3 5/8 870 395 650 300 — — — —
2 2 5/8 590 415 440 310 1105 775 830 580
1/2
3 1/2 5 1/4 1325 930 995 695 — — — —
Mechanical Anchors
4. The allowable tension load listed for SDC (Seismic Design Category) A-B may also be used in SDC C-F when the tension component of
the strength-level seismic design load on the anchor does not exceed 20% of the total factored tension load on the anchor associated
with the same load combination.

191

IBC *
Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Critical Edge Critical f'c ≥3,000 psi
Drill Bit Embed. f'c ≥2,000 psi (13.8 MPa Concrete) f'c ≥4,000 psi (27.6 MPa Concrete)
Size Dist. Spacing (20.7 MPa Concrete)
Dia. Depth in.
(in.) in. in.
(in.) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
(mm) (mm)
1 1/2 6 4 2,070 520 635 2,974 745
— —
(38) (152) (102) (9.2) (2.3) (2.8) (13.2) (3.3)
3/8 2 3/4 4,297 1,075 1,315 6,204 1,550
3/8 — —
(9.5) (70) 3 6 (19.1) (4.8) (5.8) (27.6) (6.9)
3 3/4 (76) (152) 7,087 347 1,770 2,115 9,820 1,434 2,455
(95) (31.5) (1.5) (7.9) (9.4) (43.7) (6.4) (10.9)
2 3/4 4,610 1,155 1,400 6,580 1,645
— —
(70) (20.5) (5.1) (6.2) (29.3) (7.3)
Mechanical Anchors
1/2 3 3/8 4 8 7,413 412 1,855 2,270 10,742 600 2,685

1/2 (102) (203) (33.0) (1.8) (8.3) (10.1) (47.8) (2.7) (11.9)
(12.7) (92)
5 3/4 10,278 297 2,570 3,240 15,640 2,341 3,910
(146) (45.7) (1.3) (11.4) (14.4) (69.6) (10.4) (17.4)
2 3/4 4,610 1,155 1,400 6,580 1,645
— —
(70) (20.5) (5.1) (6.2) (29.3) (7.3)
5/8 4 1/8 5 10 8,742 615 2,185 2,630 12,286 1,604 3,070
5/8 (127) (254) (38.9) (2.7) (9.7) (11.7) (54.7) (7.1) (13.7)
(15.9) (105)
5 3/4 12,953 1,764 3,240 3,955 18,680 4,670
—
(146) (57.6) (7.8) (14.4) (17.6) (83.1) (20.8)
2 3/4 4,674 1,170 1,405 6,580 1,645
— —
(70) (20.8) (5.2) (6.3) (29.3) (7.3)
3/4 4 5/8 6 12 10,340 1,096 2,585 3,470 17,426 1,591 4,355
3/4 (152) (305) (46.0) (4.9) (11.5) (15.4) (77.5) (7.1) (19.4)
(19.1) (117)
5 3/4 13,765 1,016 3,440 4,055 18,680 1,743 4,670
(146) (61.2) (4.5) (15.3) (18.0) (83.1) (7.8) (20.8)
4. Tension and shear loads for the Titen HD anchor may be combined using the elliptical interaction equation (n=5/3).
Allowable load may be interpolated for concrete compressive strengths between 2,000 psi and 4,000 psi.
IBC *
Titen HD® Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Shear Load
Critical f'c ≥3,000 psi
Drill Bit Embed. Depth Critical Edge f'c ≥2,000 psi (13.8 MPa Concrete) f'c ≥4,000 psi (27.6 MPa Concrete)
Size (in.) Dia. Spacing in. (20.7 MPa Concrete)
(in.) in. (mm) Dist. in. (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable

1 1/2 6 4 2,912 730 825 3,668 915
— —
(38) (152) (102) (13.0) (3.2) (3.7) (16.3) (4.1)
3/8 2 3/4 6,353 1,585 1,665 1,740
3/8 — — —
(9.5) (70) 4 1/2 6 (28.3) (7.1) (7.4) (7.7)
3 3/4 (114) (152) 6,377 1,006 1,595 1,670 1,740
— —
(95) (28.4) (4.5) (7.1) (7.4) (7.7)
2 3/4 6,435 1,605 2,050 9,987 2,495
— —
(70) (28.6) (7.1) (9.1) (44.4) (7.8)
1/2 3 3/8 6 8 9,324 1,285 2,330 2,795 13,027 597 3,255
1/2 (152) (203) (41.5) (5.7) (10.4) (12.4) (57.9) (2.7) (14.5)
(12.7) (92)
5 3/4 11,319 1,245 2,830 3,045 3,255
— —
(146) (50.3) (5.5) (12.6) (13.5) (14.5)
2 3/4 7,745 1,940 2,220 9,987 2,495
— —
(70) (34.5) (8.6) (9.9) (44.4) (7.8)
5/8 4 1/8 7 1/2 10 8,706 1,830 2,175 3,415 18,607 1,650 4,650
5/8 (254) (38.7) (8.1) (9.7) (15.2) (82.8) (7.3) (20.7)
(15.9) (105) (191)
5 3/4 12,498 2,227 3,125 3,890 4,650
— —
(146) (55.6) (9.9) (13.9) (17.3) (20.7)
2 3/4 7,832 1,960 2,415 11,460 2,865
— —
(70) (34.8) (8.7) (10.7) (51.0) (12.7)
3/4 4 5/8 9 12 11,222 2,900 2,805 4,490 24,680 2,368 6,170
3/4 (229) (305) (49.9) (12.9) (12.5) (20.0) (109.8) (10.5) (27.4)
(19.1) (117)
5 3/4 19,793 3,547 4,950 5,560 24,680 795 6,170
(146) (88.0) (15.8) (22.0) (24.7) (109.8) (3.5) (27.4)
1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safefy factor of 4.0.
4. Tension and shear loads for the Titen HD anchor may be combined using the elliptical interaction equation (n=5/3).
Allowable load may be interpolated for concrete compressive strengths between 2,000 psi and 4,000 psi.

192

Titen HD® Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete, IBC *
Load Applied Parallel to Concrete Edge
Minimum Minimum Minimum Shear Load Based on
Embed. Concrete Edge Distance
Size Drill Bit Edge End Spacing
Depth
in. Dia. Dist. Dist. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) Concrete
in.
(mm) in. in. in. in.
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm)
2 3⁄4 4,660 575 1,165
(70) (20.7) (2.6) (5.2) 1¾ in.
3 1⁄4 1,530
— —
1⁄2 (83) 1 3⁄4 8 8 (6.8)
1⁄2 Note: Rebar not
(12.7) 3 1⁄2 (45) (203) (203) 6,840 860 1,710 shown for clarity.
(89) (30.4) (3.8) (7.6)
Mechanical Anchors
4 1⁄2 7,800 300 1,950
(114) (34.7) (1.3) (8.7)
2 3⁄4 4,820 585 1,205
(70) (21.4) (2.6) (5.3)
5⁄8 3 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 10 10 1,580
5⁄8 (254) (254) — —
(15.9) (83) (45) (7.0)
3 1⁄2 7,060 1,284 1,765
(89) (31.4) (5.7) (7.9)
Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight

Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads in IBC * Concrete, Load Applied at 60° Angle *
Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall to Horizontal for Tilt-Up Wall Braces IBC
Tension Load Tension Applied at 60 degrees
Min. Min. f'c ≥ 2,500 psi f'c ≥ 4,500 psi to Horizontal
Size Drill Embed. Stemwall Edge Embed.
End (17.2 MPa) (31.0 MPa) Size Drill Bit
Bit Depth Width Depth f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
in. Dia. Dist. Dist. Concrete Concrete in. Dia.
in. in. in. Concrete
(mm) in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in.
(mm) Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. (mm)
(mm) (mm)
lb. lb. lb. lb. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
8 15,420 3,855 20,300 5,075 5⁄8 5 13,420 1,273 3,355
(203) (68.6) (17.1) (90.3) (22.6) 5⁄8 (127) (59.7) (5.7) (14.9)
(15.9)
1⁄2 10 6 1 3⁄4
1⁄2 (254) (152)
(12.7) (45)
4 3⁄8 14,280 3,570 19,040 4,760 3⁄4 5 15,180 968 3,795

3⁄4 (127) (67.5) (4.3) (16.9)
(111) (63.5) (15.9) (84.7) (21.2) (19.1)
1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0. 1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. The minimum anchor spacing is 15 inches. 2. Anchor must be installed into a concrete floor slab, footing, or
3. The minimum concrete thickness (depth) is 12 inches. deadman with sufficient area, weight, and strength to resist the
anchorage load.
4. Allowable loads may be interpolated for compressive strengths between 2,500
and 4,500 psi. 3. Titen HD® has been qualified for temporary outdoor use of up to 90
days through testing for this application.
The Titen HD® screw anchor 3⁄4" x 6"

and 3⁄4" x 7" (models THDT75600H and
THD75700H) have a 1" section under
the head that is unthreaded to allow
installation into tilt-up wall braces.

193
IBC *
Titen HD® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Install in Concrete (see Figure below) Install through Metal Deck (see Figure below)
Embed. Critical Critical Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
Drill
Size Edge Spacing
Bit Depth f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa)
in. Dist. Dist.
Dia. in. Lightweight Concrete Lightweight Concrete Lightweight Concrete Lightweight Concrete
(mm) in. in.
in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lbs. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
2 3⁄4 2,560 640 4,240 1,060 — — — —
3⁄8 (70) 6 6 (11.4) (2.8) (18.9) (4.7)
3⁄8 (152) (152)
(9.5) 3 5,420 1,355 4,100 1,025
— — — —
(76) (24.1) (6.0) (18.2) (4.6)
2 3⁄4 3,040 760 6,380 1,595
Mechanical Anchors
— — — —
1⁄2 (70) 8 8 (13.5) (3.4) (28.4) (7.1)
1⁄2 (203) (203)
(12.7) 4 7,020 1,755 6,840 1,710
— — — —
(102) (31.2) (7.8) (30.4) (7.6)
2 3⁄4 3,100 775 6,380 1,595 — — — —
5⁄8 (70) 10 10 (13.8) (3.4) (28.4) (7.1)
5⁄8 (254) (254)
(15.9) 5 8,940 2,235 10,700 2,675
— — — —
(127) (39.8) (9.9) (47.6) (11.9)
2. Allowable loads for anchors installed in the lower flute of the steel deck are for flutes with a trapezoidal profile with a depth of 3 inches, and a width varying from
4 1⁄2 inches at the bottom to 7 1⁄2 inches at the top. The spacing of the flutes is 12 inches. The metal deck must be minimum 20-gauge with a minimum yield strength
of 38 ksi and minimum ultimate strength of 45 ksi.
3. Anchors may be installed off-center in the lower flute (up to 1 1⁄2" from the edge of the lower flute) without a load reduction.
4. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical edge distance and critical spacing. Testing at smaller edge distances and spacings has not been performed.
Min. 3,000 PSI

61⁄4"
3"
Upper
Flute Min.
20-Gauge
41⁄2" Steel
Lower 11⁄2" Deck

Flute
71⁄2" 41⁄2"
Titen HD® screw anchor installed in the top and bottom of a structural
sand-lightweight-concrete and metal-deck assembly

194
Titen HD® Design Information — Masonry

Titen HD® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads
in 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight IBC *
Grout-Filled CMU 4" minimum Critical edge distance
Min. Critical Critical Critical Values for 8-inch Lightweight, Medium-Weight in this area
Drill for reduced
Size Embed. Edge End Spacing or Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU allowable
Bit load capacity
in. Depth Dist. Dist. Dist. Tension Load Shear Load
Dia.
(mm) in. in. in. in.
in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
4" minimum
Anchor Installed in the Face of the CMU Wall (See Figure 4) end distance
12 12 6 2,390 480 4,340 870 Critical end

3⁄8 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 distance
(9.5) (70) (305) (305) (152) (10.6) (2.1) (19.3) (3.9) (see load table)
1⁄2 3 1⁄2 12 12 8 3,440 690 6,920 1,385 No installation

1⁄2 (305) (305) (203) (15.3) (3.1) (30.8) (6.2) within 1½" of
(12.7) (89)
Mechanical Anchors
head joint
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 12 12 10 5,300 1,060 10,420 2,085

5⁄8 (305) (305) (254) (23.6) (4.7) (46.4) (9.3)
(15.9) (114) Installations in this area for
3⁄4 5 1⁄2 12 12 12 7,990 1,600 15,000 3,000
3⁄4 (305) (305) (305) (35.5) (7.1) (66.7) (13.3)
(19.1) (140)
Figure 4. Shaded Area = Placement for
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC.
2. Values for 8-inch-wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
Full and Reduced Allowable Load Capacity
3. The masonry units must be fully grouted. in Grout-Filled CMU
4. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
6. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1⁄3% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where
permitted by code.
7. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding
applied loads.
8. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on page 200.
Titen HD® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads

in 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and *
Normal-Weight Hollow CMU IBC
8-inch Hollow CMU Loads Based
Min. Min. on CMU Strength 45⁄8"
Drill Embed.
Size Edge End
Bit Depth4 4"
in. Dist. Dist. Tension Load Shear Load
Dia. in.
(mm) in. in.
in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 5)

3⁄8 1 3⁄4 4 4 5⁄8 720 145 1,240 250
3⁄8 (102) (3.2) (0.6) (5.5) (1.1)
(9.5) (45) (117)
1⁄2 1 3⁄4 4 4 5⁄8 760 150 1,240 250
1⁄2 (102) (3.4) (0.7) (5.5) (1.1)
(12.7) (45) (117)
5⁄8 1 3⁄4 4 4 5⁄8 800 160 1,240 250
5⁄8 (102) (3.6) (0.7) (5.5) (1.1)
(15.9) (45) (117)
3⁄4 1 3⁄4 4 4 5⁄8 880 175 1,240 250
(19.1)
3⁄4
(45) (102) (117) (3.9) (0.8) (5.5) (1.1) Figure 5
2. Values for 8-inch-wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit and is based on the
anchor being embedded an additional 1⁄2" through 1 1⁄4" thick face shell.
5. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. CMU wall design
must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
6. Do not use impact wrenches to install in hollow CMU.

195

Titen HD® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in 8" Lightweight, IBC *
Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU Stemwall
Min. Min. Critical 8-inch Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength
Drill Embed. Edge
Size End Spacing
Bit Depth Dist. Tension Shear Perp. to Edge Shear Parallel to Edge
in. Dist. Dist.
Dia. in.
(mm) in. in. in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening or Web (Top of Wall) (See Figure 6)
1⁄2 4 1⁄2 1 3⁄4 8 8 2,860 570 800 160 2,920 585
1⁄2 (203) (203) (12.7) (2.5) (3.6) (0.7) (13.0) (2.6)
(12.7) (114) (45)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 1 3⁄4 10 10 2,860 570 800 160 3,380 675
5⁄8 (254) (254) (12.7) (2.5) (3.6) (0.7) (15.0) (3.0)
(15.9) (114) (45)
Mechanical Anchors
2. Values are for 8-inch-wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
3. The masonry units must be fully grouted.
5. Allowable loads may be increased 33 1⁄3% for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code.
6. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied design loads.
7. Loads are based on anchor installed in either the web or grout-filled cell opening in the top of wall.
13⁄4" Edge
End
Figure 6. Anchor Installed in top of wall

196

Titen HD® Allowable Tension Loads for 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and IBC *
Normal-Weight CMU Chair Blocks Filled with Normal-Weight Concrete
Min. Embed. Min. Critical 8-inch Concrete-Filled CMU Chair Block
Size Drill Bit Allowable Tension Loads Based on CMU Strength
Depth Edge Dist. Spacing
(mm) (in.) Ultimate lb. Allowable lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(kN) (kN)
2 3/8 1 3/4 9 1/2 3,175 635
(60) (44) (241) (14.1) (2.8)
3/8 3 3/8 1 3/4 13 1/2 5,175 1,035
3/8 (23.0) (4.6)
(9.5) (86) (44) (343)
5 2 1/4 20 10,584 2,115
(127) (57) (508) (47.1) (9.4)
8 2 1/4 32 13,722 2,754
1/2 (203) (57) (813) (61.0) (12.2)
Mechanical Anchors
1/2
(12.7) 10 2 1/4 40 16,630 3,325
(254) (57) (1016) (74.0) (14.8)
5 1/2 1 3/4 22 9,025 1,805
5/8 (140) (44) (559) (40.1) (8.1)
5/8
(15.9) 12 2 1/4 48 18,104 3,620
(305) (57) (1219) (80.5) (16.1)
2. Values are for 8-inch-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) filled with concrete, with minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi and
poured monolithically with the floor slab.
3. Center #5 rebar in CMU cell and concrete slab as shown in the illustration below.
Edge Distance
#5 Rebar
f'c ≥ 2,500 psi
Concrete,
Slab on Grade
(Monolithic Pour)
4" Thick
Slab
Minimum
3 Courses High

197

Load Adjustment Factors for Titen HD® Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension 5. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row and
and/or shear load application. column.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for either a tension 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor(s).
and/or shear load application. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
IBC *
Edge Distance Tension (fc)
Dia. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Edge E 1 1/2 2 3/4 3 3/4 2 3/4 3 5/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 5/8 5 3/4
Mechanical Anchors
Dist. ccr 6 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6
cact cmin 6
(in.) 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4
fcmin 1.00 0.83 0.73 0.67 0.57 0.73 0.67 0.57 0.59 0.67 0.48 0.58
1 3/4 0.83 0.73 0.67 0.57 0.73 0.67 0.57 0.59 0.67 0.48 0.58
2 0.86 0.78 0.71 0.62 0.76 0.70 0.60 0.62 0.69 0.51 0.60
2 1/4 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.67 0.79 0.72 0.64 0.65 0.71 0.54 0.63
2 1/2 0.93 0.89 0.78 0.71 0.82 0.75 0.67 0.68 0.73 0.57 0.65
2 3/4 0.97 0.95 0.82 0.76 0.85 0.77 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.60 0.68
3 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.81 0.88 0.80 0.74 0.75 0.77 0.63 0.70
3 1/4 0.89 0.86 0.91 0.82 0.77 0.78 0.79 0.66 0.73
3 1/2 0.93 0.90 0.94 0.85 0.80 0.81 0.81 0.69 0.75
3 3/4 0.96 0.95 0.97 0.87 0.83 0.84 0.83 0.72 0.78
4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.87 0.87 0.84 0.76 0.80
4 1/4 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.86 0.79 0.83
4 1/2 0.95 0.93 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.85
4 3/4 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.90 0.85 0.88
5 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.88 0.90
5 1/4 0.94 0.91 0.93
5 1/2 0.96 0.94 0.95
5 3/4 0.98 0.97 0.98
6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
See notes below.
IBC *
Dia. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Edge E 1 1/2 2 3/4 3 3/4 2 3/4 3 5/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 5/8 5 3/4

Dist. ccr 6 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 6 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 9 9 9
cact
(in.) cmin 6 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4
fcmin 1.00 0.25 0.24 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.19 0.16 0.19 0.19 0.14 0.13
1 3/4 0.25 0.24 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.19 0.16 0.19 0.19 0.14 0.13
2 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.25 0.22 0.23 0.20 0.23 0.22 0.17 0.16
2 1/2 0.45 0.45 0.38 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.27 0.30 0.27 0.23 0.22
3 0.59 0.59 0.47 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.34 0.37 0.33 0.29 0.28
3 1/2 0.73 0.72 0.56 0.53 0.51 0.44 0.42 0.44 0.39 0.35 0.34
4 0.86 0.86 0.65 0.62 0.61 0.51 0.49 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.40
4 1/2 1.00 1.00 0.74 0.72 0.71 0.58 0.56 0.58 0.50 0.47 0.46
5 0.82 0.81 0.80 0.65 0.63 0.65 0.55 0.53 0.52
5 1/2 0.91 0.91 0.90 0.72 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.58 0.58
6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.79 0.78 0.79 0.66 0.64 0.64
6 1/2 0.86 0.85 0.86 0.72 0.70 0.70
7 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.78 0.76 0.76
7 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.82 0.82
8 0.89 0.88 0.88
8 1/2 0.94 0.94 0.94
9 1.00 1.00 1.00
The tabled adjustment values (fc) have been calculated using 5. fc = percent of allowable load at actual edge distance.
the following information: 6. fccr = percentage of allowable load at critical edge
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
2. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed 7. fcmin = percent of allowable load at minimum edge
(inches). distance.
3. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). 8. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].

198

Load Adjustment Factors for Titen HD® Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. Locate the edge distance (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension 5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row and
and/or a shear load application. column.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for either a tension 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor(s).
and/or a shear load application. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
IBC *
Dia. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
E 1 1/2 2 3/4 3 3/4 2 3/4 3 5/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 5/8 5 3/4
Mechanical Anchors
sact
(in) scr 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
smin 4 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3 3
fsmin 1.00 0.66 0.56 0.72 0.63 0.76 0.79 0.69 0.73 0.80 0.70 0.72
1
1 1/2 0.66 0.56
2 0.70 0.61 0.72 0.63 0.76
2 1/2 0.74 0.66 0.74 0.66 0.78 0.79 0.69 0.73
3 0.77 0.71 0.77 0.69 0.80 0.80 0.71 0.75 0.80 0.70 0.72
4 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.81 0.75 0.84 0.83 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.73 0.75
5 0.92 0.90 0.86 0.82 0.88 0.86 0.79 0.82 0.84 0.77 0.78
6 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.88 0.92 0.89 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.80 0.81
7 0.95 0.94 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.83 0.84
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.93 0.91 0.87 0.88
9 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.93 0.90 0.91
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.94
11 0.98 0.97 0.97
12 1.00 1.00 1.00
See notes below
IBC *
Spacing Shear (fs)
Dia. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
E 1 1/2 2 3/4 3 3/4 2 3/4 3 5/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 5 3/4 2 3/4 4 5/8 5 3/4
sact
(in) scr 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
smin 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
fsmin 1.00 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77
1
1 1/2 0.77 0.77 0.88
2 0.80 0.80 0.77 0.77 0.77
2 1/2 0.82 0.82 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.77 0.77 0.77
3 0.85 0.85 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.77 0.77 0.77
4 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.80 0.80 0.80
5 0.95 0.95 0.89 0.89 0.89 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.82 0.82 0.82
6 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.85 0.85 0.85
7 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.91 0.91 0.91 0.87 0.87 0.87
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.90 0.90 0.90
9 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.92 0.92 0.92
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.95
11 0.97 0.97 0.97
12 1.00 1.00 1.00
The tabled adjustment values (fs) have been calculated 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual
using the following information: spacing distance.
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical
2. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
installed (inches). 7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at
3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches). minimum spacing distance.
4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load 8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
(inches).

199

Load-Adjustment Factors for Titen HD® Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation in 8" Grout-Filled CMU:
Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear row and column.
load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacings are
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the multiplied together.
anchor is to be installed.
Edge and End Distance Shear (fc )
Edge or End Distance Tension (fc ) Shear Load Parallel to Edge or End
IBC * ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄4 IBC *
Dia. 3 1 5 3
Dia. 38 1
⁄2 58 34
E 2 34 3 ½ 4 ½ 4 ½
Mechanical Anchors
E 4 ½ 3 ½ 4 ½ 4 ½

cact cact
ccr 12 12 12 12 (in.) ccr 12 12 12 12
(in.)
cmin 4 4 4 4 cmin 4 4 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.66 fcmin 0.77 0.48 0.46 0.44
4 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.66 4 0.77 0.48 0.46 0.44
6 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.75 6 0.83 0.61 0.60 0.58
8 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.83 8 0.89 0.74 0.73 0.72
10 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.92 10 0.94 0.87 0.87 0.86
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
See notes below See notes below
Edge or End Distance Shear (fc ) Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or End Distance Shear (fc )
Edge or End (Directed Towards Edge or End) Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or
End (Directed Away From Edge or End)
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
cact
E 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
ccr 12 12 12 12 E 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
(in.) cact
cmin 4 4 4 4 (in.) ccr 12 12 12 12
fcmin 0.58 0.38 0.30 0.21 cmin 4 4 4 4
4 0.58 0.38 0.30 0.21 fcmin 0.89 0.79 0.58 0.38
6 0.69 0.54 0.48 0.41 4 0.89 0.79 0.58 0.38
8 0.79 0.69 0.65 0.61 6 0.92 0.84 0.69 0.54
10 0.90 0.85 0.83 0.80 8 0.95 0.90 0.79 0.69
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 10 0.97 0.95 0.90 0.85
1. E = Embedment depth (inches). 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
2. cact = actual end or edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. ccr = critical end or edge distance for 100% load (inches).

4. cmin = minimum end or edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual end or edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical end or edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum end or edge distance.
Spacing Tension (fs ) Spacing Shear (fs )

Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
E 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 E 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact sact
(in.) scr 6 8 10 12 scr 6 8 10 12
(in.)
smin 3 4 5 6 smin 3 4 5 6
fsmin 0.87 0.69 0.59 0.50 fsmin 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62
3 0.87 3 0.62
4 0.91 0.69 4 0.75 0.62
5 0.96 0.77 0.59 5 0.87 0.72 0.62
6 1.00 0.85 0.67 0.50 6 1.00 0.81 0.70 0.62
8 1.00 0.84 0.67 8 1.00 0.85 0.75
10 1.00 0.83 10 1.00 0.87
12 1.00 12 1.00

200
Titen HD® Rod Coupler

The Titen HD® Rod Coupler is designed to be used in conjunction with a single or multi-story rod tie-
down system. This anchor provides a fast and simple way to attach threaded rod to a concrete stem
wall or thickened slab footing. Unlike adhesive anchors, the installation requires no special tools, cure
time or secondary setting process; just drill a hole and drive the anchor.
Features
•• The serrated cutting teeth and patented thread design
enable the Titen HD Rod Coupler to be installed quickly
and easily. Less installation time translates to lower
installed cost
•• The specialized heat treating process creates tip
Mechanical Anchors
hardness to facilitate cutting while the body remain
ductile
•• No special setting tools are required. The Titen HD Rod
Coupler installs with regular or hammer drill, ANSI size
bits and standard sockets
•• Compatible with threaded rods in 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" diameters

Installation
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate
the mechanical interlock of the threads with base material and will
reduce the anchor’s load capacity. Use a Titen HD® Rod Coupler one
time only. Installing the anchor multiple times may result in excessive
thread wear and reduce load capacity.
1. Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into
the base material to a depth of at least 1⁄2" deeper than the
required embedment.
2. Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed
air. Overhead application need not be blown clean.
3. Tighten the anchor with appropriate size socket until the
head sits flush against base material.

U.S. Patent
5,674,035 & 6,623,228
Installation Sequence:
Washer
recommended
to resist
shear loads
⁄ " min.
12 1
⁄2" min.
201

Titen HD® Rod Coupler Product Data
Drill Bit Wrench Quantity
Size Model Accepts Rod Dia. Size
(in) No. Dia. (in.) Box Carton
(in) (in)
3⁄8 x 6 3⁄4 THD37634RC 3⁄8 3⁄8 9⁄16 50 100
1⁄2 x 9 3⁄4 THD50934RC 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 20 40
Titen HD® Rod Coupler Allowable Tension Loads IBC *

in Normal-Weight Concrete Stemwall
Mechanical Anchors
Tension Load
Tension Load Based on
Based on
Minimum Minimum Minimum Connected
Embed. Stemwall Concrete Strength
Size Drill Bit Edge End Spacing Rod Strength
Depth Width
in. Dia. Dist. Dist. Dist. f'c ≥ 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) A307
in. in.
(mm) in. in. in. in. Concrete (SAE 1018)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Ultimate Allowable Allowable
3⁄8 5 8 1 3⁄4 10 20 8,900 2,225 2,105
3⁄8 (127) (203) (254) (508) (39.6) (9.9) (9.4)
(9.5) (45)
1⁄2 8 8 1 3⁄4 16 32 15,540 3,885 3,750
1⁄2 (203) (203) (406) (813) (69.1) (17.3) (16.7)
(12.7) (45)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the concrete or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength are based on a factor of safety of 4.0.
3. The allowable load based on steel strength is limited by the strength of the coupler nut supplied with this anchor. Use of higher
strength rod will not increase allowable loads.
4. The minimum concrete thickness is 1.5 times the embedment depth.
5. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the straight-line interaction equation (n=1).
Titen HD® Rod Coupler Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight IBC *

Concrete Stemwall, Load Applied Parallel to Concrete Edge
Shear Load
Minimum Minimum Based on Conc. Edge Dist.
Embed. Stemwall Minimum End
Size Drill Bit Edge Spacing
Depth Width Dist. f'c ≥ 2500 psi (17.2 MPa)
in. in. in. Concrete

(mm) in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄2 8 8 1 3⁄4 16 32 6,200 1,550
1⁄2 (203) (203) (406) (813) (27.6) (6.9)
(12.7) (45)
1. Install with a washer (not supplied with anchor) when used to resist shear loads.
2. The allowable load based on concrete edge distance is based on a factor of safety of 4.0. Steel strength does not control.
3. The minimum concrete thickness is 1.5 times the embedment depth.
4. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the straight-line interaction equation (n=1).

202
Titen® Concrete and Masonry Screw

Titen® screws are hardened screws for attaching all types of components to concrete and masonry. These
fasteners are commonly used in applications such as attaching electrical boxes, light fixtures or window
frames into concrete or masonry base materials.
Features
•• Available in 3/16" and 1/4" diameter sizes
•• Available in hex and Phillips flat-head designs in two colors
•• Drill bit included with each box

Coating: Zinc plated with a baked-on ceramic coating
Mechanical Anchors
Codes: Florida FL-2355.1
Installation
Caution: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance
problems in wet or corrosive environments. Steps must be taken to prevent
inadvertent sustained loads above the listed allowable loads. Overtightening
and bending moments can initiate cracks detrimental to the hardened screw's
performance. Use the Simpson Strong-Tie installation tool kit. It is designed to reduce
the potential for overtightening the screw.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical
interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchor's load
capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter
carbide drill bit as specified in the table. Drill the hole to the specified
embedment depth plus 1⁄2" to allow the thread tapping dust to settle
and blow it clean using compressed air. Overhead installations
need not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling and tapping.
2. Position fixture, insert screw and tighten using drill and installation tool
fitted with a hex socket or phillips bit.
Preservative-treated wood applications: suitable for use in non-ammonia
formulations of CCA, ACQ-C, ACQ-D, CA-B, BX/DOT and zinc borate.
Use in dry, interior environments only.
Use caution not to damage ceramic barrier coating during installation. Titen® Titen®
Recommendations are based on testing and experience at time of publication Hex-Head Screw (H) Phillips Flat-Head
Screw (PF)
and may change. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide estimates on service life
of screws.
Titen® Phillips head screw

available in white and
standard blue
11⁄2" max
203
Titen® Concrete and Masonry Screw

Blue Titen® Product Data (3/16" diameter) Blue Titen® Product Data (1/4" diameter)
Drill Bit Quantity Drill Bit Quantity
Size Size
Model No.1 Diameter Model No.1 Diameter
(in.) (in.) Box2 Carton
(in.) Box2 Carton (in.)
3⁄16 x 1 1⁄4 TTN18114H 1600 1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 TTN25114H 1600
3⁄16 x 1 3⁄4 TTN18134H 500 1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTN25134H 500
3⁄16 x 2 1⁄4 TTN18214H 500 1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTN25214H 500
3⁄16 x 2 3⁄4 TTN18234H 5⁄32 100 500 1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 TTN25234H 500
3⁄16 x 3 1⁄4 TTN18314H 400 1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTN25314H 3⁄16 100 400
3⁄16 x 3 3⁄4 TTN18334H 400 1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTN25334H 400
3⁄16 x 4 TTN18400H 400 1⁄4 x 4 TTN25400H 400
3⁄16 x 1 1⁄4 TTN18114PF 1600 1⁄4 x 5 TTN25500H 400
3⁄16 x 1 3⁄4 TTN18134PF 500 1⁄4 x 6 TTN25600H 400
3⁄16 x 2 1⁄4 TTN18214PF 500 1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 TTN25114PF 1600
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄16 x 2 3⁄4 TTN18234PF 5⁄32 100 500 1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTN25134PF 500
3⁄16 x 3 1⁄4 TTN18314PF 400 1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTN25214PF 500
3⁄16 x 3 3⁄4 TTN18334PF 400 1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 TTN25234PF 500
3⁄16 x 4 TTN18400PF 400 1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTN25314PF 3⁄16 100 400
1. H Suffix: Hex-Head, PF Suffix: Phillips Flat-Head. 1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTN25334PF 400
1⁄4 x 4 TTN25400PF 400
1⁄4 x 5 TTN25500PF 400
1⁄4 x 6 TTN25600PF 400
1. H Suffix: Hex-Head, PF Suffix: Phillips Flat-Head.
White Titen® Product Data (Phillips Flat-Head)

Drill Bit Quantity
Size Model No. Diameter
(in.) Box1
Carton
(in.)
3⁄16 x 1 1⁄4 TTNW18114PF 1600
Titen® Allowable Tension and
3⁄16 x 1 3⁄4 TTNW18134PF 500
Shear Loads in Face Shell of IBC *
3⁄16 x 2 1⁄4 TTNW18214PF 500
Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU
5⁄32 100
3⁄16 x 2 3⁄4 TTNW18234PF 500 Values for 6" or 8" Lightweight,
3⁄16 x 3 1⁄4 TTNW18314PF 400 Drill Embed. Critical Critical Medium-Weight or Normal-Weight CMU
Dia. Edge
Bit Depth Spacing Dist.
3⁄16 x 3 3⁄4 TTNW18334PF 400 in. Tension Load Shear Load
Dia. in. in.
TTNW25114PF 1600 (mm) in.
1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Avg. Ult. Allow. Avg. Ult. Allow.
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTNW25134PF 500 lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTNW25214PF 500 3⁄16 5⁄32 1 2 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 542 110 1,016 205
3⁄16 100 (25.4) (57.2) (28.6) (2.4) (0.5) (4.5) (0.9)
1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 TTNW25234PF 500 (4.8)
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTNW25314PF 400 1⁄4 3⁄16 1 3 1 1⁄2 740 150 1,242 250

1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTNW25334PF 400 (6.4) (25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (3.3) (0.7) (5.5) (1.1)
2. Maximum anchor embedment is 1 1⁄2" (38.1 mm).
Titen® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads IBC *

Drill Embed. Critical Critical
Dia. Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,000 psi
Bit Depth Spacing Dist.
in. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete (13.8 MPa) Concrete
Dia. in. in.
(mm) in.
in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
3⁄16 1 2 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 500 125 640 160 1,020 255
5⁄32 (25.4) (57.2) (28.6) (2.2) (0.6) (2.8) (0.7) (4.5) (1.1)
(4.8)
3⁄16 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 1,220 305 1,850 460 1,670 400
5⁄32 (5.4) (1.4) (8.2) (2.0) (7.4) (1.8)
(4.8) (38.1) (57.2) (28.6)
1⁄4 1 3 1 1⁄2 580 145 726 180 900 225
3⁄16 (25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (2.6) (0.6) (3.2) (0.8) (4.0) (1.0)
(6.4)
1⁄4 1 1⁄2 3 1 1⁄2 1,460 365 2,006 500 1,600 400
3⁄16
(6.4) (38.1) (76.2) (38.1) (6.5) (1.6) (8.9) (2.2) (7.1) (1.8)
2. Concrete must be minimum 1.5 x embedment.

204
Titen® Stainless Steel Concrete and Masonry Screw

Stainless Steel Titen® screws are ideal for attaching various types of components to concrete and masonry,
such as fastening electrical boxes or light fixtures. They offer the versatility of our standard Titen screws
with enhanced corrosion protection. Available in hex and Phillips flat head.
Features
•• Suitable for concrete, brick, grout-filled CMU and hollow-block
applications
•• Suitable for some preservative-treated wood applications
•• Acceptable for exterior use
•• Titen drill bits included in each box
•• Available in lengths from 1 1/4"–4"
Mechanical Anchors
Material: Type 410 stainless steel
Coating: Zinc plated with a protective overcoat
Installation
Caution: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance
problems in wet or corrosive environments. Steps must be taken to prevent
inadvertent sustained loads above the listed allowable loads. Overtightening
and bending moments can initiate cracks detrimental to the hardened screw’s
performance. Use the Simpson Strong-Tie Titen installation tool kit as it has a bit that
is designed to reduce the potential for overtightening the screw.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical
interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchor’s load
capacity.
embedment depth plus 1⁄2" to allow the thread tapping dust to settle
and blow it clean using compressed air. Overhead installations
need not be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling and tapping.
2. Position fixture, insert screw and tighten using drill and Titen screw
installation tool fitted with a hex socket or phillips bit.
Preservative-treated wood applications: suitable for use in non-ammonia
formulations of CCA, ACQ-C, ACQ-D, CA-B, SBX/DOT and zinc borate.
Acceptable for use in exterior environments. Use caution not to damage
coating during installation. The 410 stainless-steel Titen with top coat provides Titen® Titen®
“medium” corrosion protection. Recommendations are based on testing and Stainless-Steel Stainless-Steel
experience at time of publication and may change. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot Phillips Flat Head Screw Hex-Head Screw
provide estimates on service life of screws. (PFSS) (HSS)
11⁄2" max
205
Titen® Stainless Steel Concrete and Masonry Screw

Stainless-Steel Titen® Product Data
Drill Bit Quantity
Size Head Model No. Dia.
(in.) Style Box Carton
(in.)
1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 TTN25114HSS 100 1600
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTN25134HSS 100 500
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTN25214HSS 100 500
1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 Hex-Head TTN25234HSS 3⁄16 100 500
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTN25314HSS 100 400
1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTN25334HSS 100 400
1⁄4 x 4 TTN25400HSS 100 400
1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 TTN25114PFSS 100 1600
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTN25134PFSS 100 500
Mechanical Anchors
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTN25214PFSS 100 500

Phillips
1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 TTN25234PFSS 3⁄16 100 500
Flat-Head
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTN25314PFSS 100 400
1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTN25334PFSS 100 400
1⁄4 x 4 TTN25400PFSS 100 400
One drill bit is included in each box.
Stainless-Steel Titen® Allowable Tension and *

Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Critical
Drill Embed. Critical f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f' c ≥ 4,000 psi f' c ≥ 2,000 psi
Dia. Bit Depth Spacing Edge
in. Dia. Dist. (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa)
in. in. Concrete Concrete Concrete
(mm) in. (mm) in.
(mm) (mm)
Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
1⁄4 1 3 1 1⁄2 600 150 935 235 760 190
3⁄16 (25.4) (76.2) (2.7) (0.7) (4.2) (1.0) (3.4) (0.8)
(6.4) (38.1)
1⁄4 1 1⁄2 3 1 1⁄2 1,040 260 1,760 440 810 200
3⁄16
(6.4) (38.1) (76.2) (38.1) (4.6) (1.2) (7.8) (2.0) (3.6) (0.9)
2. Minimum concrete thickness is 1.5 x embedment.
Stainless-Steel Titen® Allowable Tension

and Shear Loads in Face Shell of IBC *
Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU
Critical Values for 6" or 8" Lightweight,
Drill Embed. Critical Medium-Weight or Normal-Weight CMU
Dia. Edge
Bit Depth Spacing
in. Dist. Tension Load Shear Load
Dia. in. in.
(mm) in.
in. (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
(mm)
1⁄4 1 4 1 1⁄2 550 110 495 100
3⁄16 (25.4) (101.6) (2.4) (0.5) (2.2) (0.4)
(6.4) (38.1)

206
Titen® Screw – Installation Accessories

Titen® Screw – Installation Tool
The Simpson Strong-Tie® Titen® screw installation kit makes
installation of Titen screws quick and easy. Accessories are
compatible with a standard three-jaw style chuck, and the
sockets have been designed to prevent over-torquing, which
can lead to fastener failure. Comes packaged in a rugged
Titen®
plastic box ideal for storage of the installation kit and Titen
Screw Installation Kit
screws. (Model TTNT01)
Eight-piece kit includes:
• Drill bit holder • Phillips bit socket
• 5 3/4" sleeve • #2 and #3 Phillips bits
Mechanical Anchors
• 1/4" and 5/16" hex sockets • Allen wrench
Titen® Installation Tool

Model Quantity
No. Box Carton
TTNT01 1 24
Special hex adapter (included with the Titen Screw

Installation Kit) allows the Titen Installation Tool to slide
over the bit and lock in, ready to drive screws.
Titen® Screw – Drill Bits

The same bits that come included with boxes of Titen
screws are also available separately. They work with the Titen
Installation Tool as well as drills with a standard three-jaw
style chuck.
Titen® Drill Bits
Size Model Use With Quantity
(in.) No. Screw Length Box Carton
5⁄32 x 3 1⁄2 MDB15312 To 1 3⁄4
5⁄32 x 4 1⁄2 MDB15412 3⁄16" 12 48
dia. To 3 1⁄4
5⁄32 x 5 1⁄2 MDB15512 To 4
3⁄16 x 3 1⁄2 MDB18312 To 1 3⁄4 Titen®

3⁄16 x 4 1⁄2 MDB18412 1⁄4" To 3 1⁄4 12 48
dia. Screw Drill Bit
3⁄16 x 5 1⁄2 MDB18512 To 4
Titen® Screw – SDS-Plus Drill Bit/Driver

This SDS-Plus shank bit works with the Titen Installation Tool
to allow pre-drilling and installation of Titen screws using a
rotohammer. Rotohammer must be in rotation-only mode
before driving screws.
Titen® Drill Bit/Driver Product Data

For Screw Drilling Overall
Size Model Dia. Depth Length
(in.) No. (in.) (in.) (in.)
5⁄32 x 5 MDBP15500H 2 1⁄4 5
5⁄32 x 6 MDBP15600H 3⁄16 3 1⁄4 6
5⁄32 x 7 MDBP15700H 4 1⁄4 7
Titen®
3⁄16 x 5 MDBP18500H 2 1⁄4 5 Screw Drill Bit / Driver
3⁄16 x 6 MDBP18600H 1⁄4 3 1⁄4 6
3⁄16 x 7 MDBP18700H 4 1⁄4 7
Titen drivers are sold individually.
207
Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger

The Titen HD® threaded rod hanger is a high-strength screw anchor designed to suspend threaded rod from
concrete slabs and beams or concrete over metal in order to hang pipes, cable trays and HVAC equipment.
The anchor offers low installation torque with no secondary setting, and has been tested to offer industry-
leading performance in cracked and uncracked concrete – even in seismic loading conditions. Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Features
•• Thread design undercuts to efficiently transfer the load to the
base material
•• Serrated cutting teeth and patented thread design enable
quick and easy installation
•• Specialized heat-treating process creates tip hardness to
facilitate cutting while the anchor body remains ductile
Mechanical Anchors
•• Designed to install using a rotary hammer or hammer drill with

standard ANSI drill bits – no special tools required
•• Installs with standard-sized sockets
•• The THD50234RH and THD37212RH are code listed for
cracked and uncracked concrete applications under the 2012
and 2009 IBC/IRC, per ICC-ES ESR-2713
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2713 (THD37212RH and THD50234RH);

City of L.A. RR25741; Florida FL-15730.6; Factory Mutual
3031136 (THD50234RH and THD37218RH) and 3035761
(THD37212RH) THD50234RH THD37212RH
(3⁄8" dia. shank) (3⁄8" dia. shank)
Installation
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the
mechanical interlock of the threads with base material and will reduce the
anchor’s load capacity.
Caution: Use a Titen HD® Rod Hanger one time only. Installing the anchor
multiple times may result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.
1. Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the
base material to a depth of at least 1⁄2" deeper than the

required embedment.
2. Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air.
3. IMPORTANT: Install with an applied torque of 15 ft-lbs for the
THD25112RH and THD37218RH rod hangers using a torque
wrench, driver drill, hammer drill or cordless 1⁄4" impact driver with
a maximum permitted torque rating of 100 ft-lb. THD37218RH THD25112RH
(1/4" dia. shank) (1/4" dia. shank)
U.S. Patent
5,674,035 &
6,623,228
⁄ " min.
12
208 ⁄2" min.

1
Titen HD® Rod Hanger Design Information — Concrete

Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger Product Data
Accepts Drill Bit Wrench Min. Quantity
Size Model Rod Dia. Dia. Size Embed.
(in.) No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1⁄4 x 1 1⁄2 THD25112RH 1⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 1 1⁄2 100 500
3⁄8 x 2 1⁄8 THD37218RH 3⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2 2 1⁄8 50 250

Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
3⁄8 x 2 1⁄2 THD37212RH 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 50 200
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
1⁄2 x 2 3⁄4 THD50234RH 1⁄2 3⁄8 11⁄16 2 3⁄4 50 100
Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger Installation Information and Additional Data1
Model Number
THD37212RH THD50234RH
Rod Hanger Diameter do in. 3⁄8 1⁄2
Drill Bit Diameter dbit in. 3⁄8 3⁄8
Maximum Installation Torque 2
Tinst,max ft.-lb. 50 50
Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating 3
Timpact,max ft.-lb. 150 150
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 3 3 1⁄4
Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 1⁄2 2 3⁄4
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.77 1.77
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 11⁄16 2 11⁄16
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 1 3⁄4
Minimum Spacing smin in. 3
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 4 1⁄4 4 1⁄4
Anchor Data
SD
Yield Strength fya psi 97,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 110,000
Minimum Tensile and Ase in.2 0.099 0.099
Shear Stress Area
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range – βuncr
Uncracked Concrete lb./in. 715,000
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range – βcr

Cracked Concrete lb./in. 345,000
2. Tinst,max is the maximum permitted installation torque for installations using a torque wrench.
3. Timpact,max is the maximum permitted torque rating for impact wrenches.
209

Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger Tension Strength Design Data IBC *
for Installations in Concrete1,6
Model Number
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa Ib. 10,890 10,890
Strength Reduction Factor – Steel Failure 2 φsa — 0.65
Mechanical Anchors
SD
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 11⁄16 2 11⁄16
Effectiveness Factor – Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24
Effectiveness Factor – Cracked Concrete kcr — 17
Modification Factor ψc,N — 1.0
Strength Reduction Factor – Concrete Breakout Failure5 φcb — 0.65
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318 Section D.5.3)6
Pullout Resistance – Uncracked Concrete

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,uncr Ib. 2,0253 2,0253
Pullout Resistance – Cracked Concrete

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr Ib. 1,2353 1,2353
Strength Reduction Factor – Pullout Failure4 φp — 0.65

Tension Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318 Section D.3.3) 6
Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,eq Ib. 1,2353 1,2353
Strength Reduction Factor – Pullout Failure4 φeq — 0.65

1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the 5. The value of ϕ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section

design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below. 9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B are
2. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318 Section met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition A are met, refer to Section
refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. Anchors are D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations
considered brittle steel elements. of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to Section D.4.4 to determine the
3. Adjust the characteristic pullout resistance for other concrete compressive appropriate value of φ.
strengths by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified /2,500)0.5. 6. For sand-lightweight concrete, the modification factor for concrete breakout
4. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318 Section strength must be taken as 0.6. Additionally, the pullout strength Np,uncr,
9.2 are used and the requirements of Section D.4.3(c) for Condition B are Np,cr and Np.eq must be multiplied by 0.6, as applicable.
met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to 7. For sand-lightweight concrete, in lieu of ACI 318 Section D.3.6, modify the
Section D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. value of concrete breakout strength, Np,cr, Np,uncr and Neq by 0.6.
All-lightweight concrete is beyond the scope of this table.

210

Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger Tension Strength Design Data for Installations in the Lower IBC *
and Upper Flute of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete Through Metal Deck1,2,5,6
Model No.
SD
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 3 3 1⁄4
Pullout Resistance – Cracked Concrete2,3,4 Np,deck,cr lbf. 870 870
Pullout Resistance – Uncracked Concrete2,3,4 Np,deck,uncr lbf. 1,430 1,430
Mechanical Anchors
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum. The characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths shall be increased
by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified/3,000 psi)0.5.
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figure 1,
calculation of the concrete breakout strength may be omitted.
4. In accordance with ACI 318 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete for anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or
normal-weight-concrete-over-metal-deck floor and roof assemblies Np,deck,cr shall be substituted for Np,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking at
service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,deck,uncr shall be substituted for Np,uncr.
5. Minimum distance to edge of panel is 2hef.
6. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width.
Min. 1½" for anchors installed in lower flute.

Min. 3¼" for anchors installed upper flute. Min. 3,000 psi normal or
Min. ¾" typ. sand-lightweight concrete
Upper Min.
flute 20 gauge
Max. 3" Min. 4½" Min. 4½" steel
deck
Min. 12" typ.
Lower
Max. 1" offset, typ. flute
Figure 1. Installation in Concrete Over Metal Deck
IBC *
Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Rod Drill Critical Critical f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Emb.
Model Hanger Bit Edge Spacing Concrete Concrete
Depth
Number Dia. Dia. Distance Distance
(in.)
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
THD25112RH 1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 3 6 1,319 330 2,102 525
THD37218RH 3⁄8 1⁄4 2 1⁄8 3 6 2,210 555 3,227 805
THD37212RH 3⁄8 3⁄8 2 1⁄2 3 6 3,650 915 5,275 1,320
THD50234RH 1⁄2 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 6 4,297 1,075 6,204 1,550

5. Allowable load may be interpolated for concrete compressive strengths between 2,000 psi and 4,000 psi.

211
Wood Rod Hanger Threaded Rod Anchor System

Simpson Strong-Tie’s wood rod hanger is a one-piece fastening system for suspending ¼" or 3/8" threaded
rod. Vertical rod hangers are designed to suspend threaded rod in overhead applications from wood
members. Horizontal rod hangers are available for applications requiring installation into the side of joists,
columns and overhead members. Both rod hangers provide attachment points for use in pipe hanging,
fire protection, electrical conduit and cable-tray applications. Recommended for use in dry, interior, non-
corrosive environments only.
Features
•• Threaded anchors for rod-hanging applications in wood
•• Suitable for installation horizontally or vertically in overhead applications
•• No pre-drilling required
•• Easily installed with a drill or screw gun
Mechanical Anchors
•• Type-17 tip provides for fast starts

•• UL/FM Listed

Vertical Horizontal
Wood Rod Hangers Wood Rod Hanger Wood Rod Hanger
Rod Quantity (RWV)
Diameter Size Model No. Application Point Style (RWH)
in. Box Carton
1/4 1/4" x 2" RWV25200
3/8 1/4" x 1" RWV37100

Vertical Type 17 25 250
3/8 1/4" x 2" RWV37200
3/8 5/16" x 2 1/2" RWV37212
1/4 1/4" x 1" RWH25100
3/8 1/4" x 2" RWH37200 Horizontal Type 17 25 250 Type-17 point for
3/8 5/16" x 2 1/2" RWH37212 use in wood
Nut Driver
Quantity
Model No. Description
Box Carton
RND62 Nut Driver 1 blister 10
Nut Driver
RND62
212
Wood Rod Hanger Design Information — Wood

IBC *
Vertical Wood Rod Hanger Allowable Loads
Loads
Rod Minimum Minimum Minimum UL FM
Model Size DF SP SPF
Diameter Edge Dist. End Dist. Spacing Approval Approval
No. (in.)
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Pipe Size Pipe Size
lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. in. in.
RWV25200 1/4 1/4 x 2 1,875 375 2,165 435 1,540 310 — —
RWV37100 3/8 1/4 x 1 2 3/4 2 3/4 765 155 950 190 525 105 — —
3/4
RWV37200 3/8 1/4 x 2 1,875 375 2,165 435 1,540 310 3 —
RWV37212 3/8 5/16 x 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 3,015 605 2,960 590 2,470 495 4 4
1. Load values are based on full shank penetration into the wood member.
Mechanical Anchors
2. Allowable loads may be increased by CD = 1.6 for wind or earthquake.
3. Allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 5.0.
4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes.
5. Allowable loads are based on Douglas Fir-Larch (DF), Southern Pine (SP) and Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) wood members
having a minimum specific gravity of 0.50, 0.55 and 0.42, respectively.
IBC *
Horizontal Wood Rod Hanger Allowable Loads
Minimum Minimum Loads
Rod Minimum UL Approval
Model Size Edge End DF SP SPF
Diameter Spacing
No. (in.) Distance Distance Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.) Pipe Size (in.)
(in.) (in.) lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. lb.
RWH25100 1/4 1/4 x 1 1 555 110 680 135 430 85 —
2 3/4 2 3/4
RWH37200 3/8 1/4 x 2 1,205 240 1,115 225 1,650 330 3
2 1/2
RWH37212 3/8 5/16 x 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 1,145 230 1,320 265 1,190 240 3
1. Load values are based on full shank penetration into the wood member. 5. Allowable loads are based on Douglas Fir-Larch (DF), Southern Pine (SP) and
2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading. Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) wood members having a minimum specific gravity of 0.50,
3. Allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 5.0. 0.55 and 0.42, respectively.
4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads.
Verify with local codes.
1. Attach RND62 nut driver to a drill. disengage the rod hanger at the appropriate depth to prevent
over-driving.
2. Insert rod hanger into the RND62 nut driver.
4. Insert threaded rod. Minimum thread engagement should be
3. Using rotation-only mode, drive rod hanger until it contacts
equal to the nominal diameter of the threaded insert.
the surface. Do not over-tighten. RND62 nut driver will
Vertical Wood Rod Hanger Horizontal Wood Rod Hanger

213
Blue Banger Hanger® Cast-In-Place, Internally Threaded Insert
Wood-Form Insert
Multi-thread, cast-in-place wood-form and metal-deck inserts for cracked and uncracked concrete
maximize jobsite efficiency and reduce inventory commitment. Also available in metal-roof-deck insert
version, offering a low-profile design that does not interfere with roofing material.
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Features
•• Code listed under the IBC/IRC in accordance with AC446 for cracked
and uncracked concrete applications, per ICC-ES ESR-3707
•• Multi-thread design allows insert to accept multiple rod diameters
•• Blue plastic ring acts as an insert locator when forms are removed
Mechanical Anchors
•• Plastic ring creates a countersunk recess to keep internal threads

clean from concrete residue
•• Nails snap off with a hammer strike after the forms are removed

Coating: Yellow zinc dichromate coating
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-3707; Factory Mutual 3024378 (see pipe size
limit tables); Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605 (see pipe size limit
tables)
Installation
1. Strike the top of the hanger and drive the 3 mounting nails into the
forming material until the bottom of the hanger is flush with the bottom of
the plywood. The hanger should be sitting 90° from the forming material.
2. Once concrete is hardened and forms are stripped, strike the mounting
nails to break them off.
3. Insert the rod into the sleeve and thread it into the hanger.

Patented multi-thread design
allows one product to handle
up to three rod diameters.
Product Data
For Rod Model Carton
Hanger Type Diameter (in) Number Qty.
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 BBWF2550 200
Wood-Form Insert 3/8, 1/2, 5/8 BBWF3762 150
5/8, 3/4 BBWF6275 150
214
Metal-Deck Insert
Features Cracked
•• Code-listed under the IBC/IRC in accordance with AC446 for Concrete
CODE LISTED
cracked and uncracked concrete applications, per ICC-ES ESR-3707
•• Multi-thread design allows insert to accept multiple rod diameters
•• Compression spring keeps insert perpendicular to deck, even if
bumped or stepped on after installation
•• 3" plastic sleeve keeps internal threads clean and provides guidance
to align threaded rod with the internal threads
Mechanical Anchors
•• Extended sleeve length allows easy location of insert even with
fireproofing on the underside of the deck
•• Installed height of 2" allows insert to be used on top of or between
deck flutes

Codes: ICC-ES ESR-3707; Factory Mutual 3024378 (see pipe size
limit tables); Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605 (see pipe size limit
tables)
Installation
1. Drill a hole in the metal deck using the appropriate diameter bit as
referenced in the table.
2. Insert the hanger in the hole and strike the top so that the plastic sleeve is
forced through the hole and expands against the bottom side of the deck.
The anchor can also be installed by stepping on it.
Patented multi-thread design

allows one product to handle
up to three rod diameters.
Product Data
For Rod Deck Hole Model Carton
Hanger Type Diameter (in) Diameter (in) Number Qty.
1⁄4, 3⁄8, 1⁄2 13⁄16 – 7⁄8 BBMD2550 100
Metal-Deck Insert 3⁄8, 1⁄2, 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 - 1 3⁄16 BBMD3762 50
5⁄8, 3⁄4 1 3⁄16 - 1 1⁄4 BBMD6275 50
215
Metal-Roof-Deck Insert
Features
•• Multi-thread design: The insert accepts three different rod
diameters
•• Low-profile design does not interfere with roofing material
•• Positive attachment to the roof deck prevents spinning and keeps
the hanger in position
•• Pre-staked, self-drilling screws allow quick installation
Mechanical Anchors

Installation
1. Drill a hole in the metal deck using the appropriate diameter bit as
referenced in the table.
2. Insert the hanger into the hole and fasten to the deck with the two
pre-staked screws provided.

Product Data
Hanger Type For Rod Diameter (in.) Deck Hole Diameter (in.) Model Number Carton Qty.
Roof-Deck Insert 1⁄4, 3⁄8, 1⁄2 7⁄8 BBRD2550 50
6"
3"
0.75"
0.
75 1.5
" "
2"
2.5"
0.6875"
216
Blue Banger Hanger® Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Wood-Form Insert: Tension and Shear Strength Design Data1,2,3,4,5,6,8
Model No.
BBWF2550 BBWF3762 BBWF6275
SD
Insert outside diameter 7
da in. 0.811 1.00 1.102
Effective embedment depth hef in. 1.875 1.954 1.875
Insert steel characterization – – Non-ductile
Modification factor for insert tension strength for inserts located in a region of a concrete Ψc,N – 1.25 1.25 1.25
member where analysis indicates no cracking at service load levels
Nominal tension strength of single insert in tension as governed by steel strength Nsa,insert lb. 8,415 16,755 18,685
Nominal seismic tension strength of single insert in tension as governed by steel strength Nsa,insert,eq lb. 7,695 8,195 7,695
Mechanical Anchors
Nominal steel shear strength of single insert Vsa lb. 6,810 8,210 8,760
Nominal steel shear strength of single insert for seismic loading Vsa,eq lb. 6,810 8,210 8,760
1. Concrete must be normal-weight or lightweight concrete with f'c of 3,000 psi minimum. 5. Strength reduction factor for load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed
2. Only the largest size of threaded rod specified for each insert must be used for by steel strength shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear.
applications resisting shear loads. 6. The concrete tension strength of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be
3. Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the calculated in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D.
provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D for cast-in headed anchors. The value of kc 7. Insert outside diameter = outside diameter of plastic sleeve.
shall be in accordance with the value for cast-in anchors in D.5.2.2. 8. The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is
4. Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for cast-in responsible for checking threaded rod strength in tension, shear and combined
headed anchors. tension and shear, as applicable.
IBC *
Metal-Deck Insert: Tension and Shear Strength Design Data1,2,3,4,5,6,8
Model No.
BBMD2550 BBMD3762 BBMD6275
Insert outside diameter7 da in. 0.94 1.16 1.29
Effective embedment depth hef in. 1.98 1.98 1.98
Insert steel characterization — — Non-ductile
SD
Modification factor for insert tension strength for inserts located in a region of a concrete Ψc,N — 1.25 1.25 1.25
member where analysis indicates no cracking at service load levels
Nominal tension strength of single insert in tension as governed by steel strength Nsa,insert lb. 10,085 16,655 14,200
Nominal seismic tension strength of single insert in tension as governed by steel strength Nsa,insert,eq lb. 7,920 7,920 7,920
Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in the soffit of concrete

on metal deck, lower flute Vsa,deck,lower lb. 3,105 2,610 3,345

on metal deck, upper flute Vsa,deck,upper lb. 3,500 1,710 5,565

on metal deck, for seismic loading, lower flute Vsa,deck,lower,eq lb. 3,105 2,610 3,345

on metal deck, for seismic loading, upper flute Vsa,deck,upper,eq lb. 3,500 1,710 5,565
1. Concrete must be normal-weight or lightweight concrete with f'c of 3,000

psi minimum. AN co
2. Only the largest size of threaded rod specified for each insert must be used AN c
for applications resisting shear loads.
3. Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the
provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D for cast-in headed anchors. The value of
kc shall be in accordance with the value for cast-in anchors in D.5.2.2.
4. Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for cast-in
headed anchors.
5. Strength reduction factor for load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2
governed by steel strength shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for
shear.
6. The concrete tension strength of headed cast-in specialty inserts in AN c
the sofit of concrete on metal deck assemblies shall be calculated in AN co Metal deck
accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D and Figure 1. N cb
7. Insert outside diameter = outside diameter of plastic sleeve.
c a,min BBMD Insert
8. The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional
is responsible for checking threaded rod strength in tension, shear and
N cb
Threaded rod
combined tension and shear, and the influence of bending on tension
values when loaded in shear, as applicable. Figure 1.
Idealization of concrete on deck; determination of
concrete breakout strength in accordance with ACI 318.
217

IBC *
Wood-Form Insert: Tension Design Strengths in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 3,000 psi)
Tension Design Strength Based on Concrete (lb.)
Threaded Nominal Concrete Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides Edge Distances = cmin on one side and cac
Embed. on three sides
Model No. Rod Dia. Depth Thickness Distance Distance
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
SD
1/4
BBWF2550 3/8 2 2 3/4 3 1 1/2 2,955 2,365 2,215 1,770 1,950 1,560 1,460 1,170
1/2
3/8
BBWF3762 1/2 2 2 3/4 3 1 9/16 3,140 2,515 2,355 1,885 2,070 1,655 1,550 1,240
5/8
5/8
Mechanical Anchors
BBWF6275 2 2 3/4 3 1 5/8 2,955 2,365 2,215 1,770 2,040 1,630 1,530 1,225
3/4
Tension Design Strength of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)

Threaded Rod
Dia. ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM
ASTM ASTM
SD
(in.) F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 1,385 1,790 2,980 1,435 2,860 2,625 2,980 1,360
3/8 3,370 4,360 7,270 3,490 6,975 6,395 7,270 3,310
1/2 6,175 7,990 13,315 6,390 12,780 11,715 13,315 6,070
5/8 9,835 12,715 21,190 10,170 20,340 18,645 21,190 9,660
3/4 14,530 18,790 31,315 15,030 30,060 27,555 31,315 14,280
1. Tension design strengh must be the lesser of the concrete or threaded rod strength.
Wood-Form Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in *

Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Static Load IBC
Min. Concrete Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete (lb.)

Threaded Nominal Critical Edge Minimum Edge
Thickness Edge Distances = cac on all Edge Distances = cmin on one
Model No. Rod Dia. Embed. Depth Distance cac Distance cmin
hmin sides side and cac on three sides

(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
(in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1/4
BBWF2550 3/8 2 2 3/4 3 1 1/2 2,110 1,690 1,395 1,115
1/2
3/8
BBWF3762 1/2 2 2 3/4 3 1 9/16 2,245 1,795 1,480 1,180
5/8
5/8
BBWF6275 2 2 3/4 3 1 5/8 2,110 1,690 1,455 1,165
3/4

Threaded Rod
ASTM ASTM
(in.) F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 990 1,280 2,130 1,025 2,045 1,875 2,130 970

3/8 2,405 3,115 5,195 2,495 4,980 4,570 5,195 2,365
1/2 4,410 5,705 9,510 4,565 9,130 8,370 9,510 4,335
5/8 7,025 9,080 15,135 7,265 14,530 13,320 15,135 6,900
3/4 10,380 13,420 22,370 10,735 21,470 19,680 22,370 10,200
1. Allowable tension load must be the lesser of the concrete or threaded rod steel load.

218

Wood-Form Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 3,000 psi) — IBC *
Wind Load
Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete (lb.)
Threaded Rod Nominal Min. Concrete Critical Edge Minimum Edge Edge Distances = Edge Distances = cmin on one
Model No. Dia. Embed. Depth Thickness hmin Distance cac Distance cmin cac on all sides side and cac on three sides
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4
BBWF2550 3/8 2 2 3/4 3 1 1/2 1,775 1,420 1,170 935
1/2
3/8
BBWF3762 1/2 2 2 3/4 3 1 9/16 1,885 1,510 1,240 995
5/8
5/8
BBWF6275 2 2 3/4 3 1 5/8 1,775 1,420 1,225 980
3/4
Mechanical Anchors
Threaded Rod
ASTM ASTM
(in.) F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 830 1,075 1,790 860 1,715 1,575 1,790 815

3/8 2,020 2,615 4,360 2,095 4,185 3,835 4,360 1,985
1/2 3,705 4,795 7,990 3,835 7,670 7,030 7,990 3,640
5/8 5,900 7,630 12,715 6,100 12,205 11,185 12,715 5,795
3/4 8,720 11,275 18,790 9,020 18,035 16,535 18,790 8,570
Wood-Form Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete (f'c = 3,000 psi) — IBC *
Seismic Load
Min. Critical Minimum Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete (lb.)
Threaded Nominal Concrete Edge Edge Edge Distances = cac on all sides Edge Distances = cmin on one side and cac on
Model No. Rod Dia. Embed. Thickness Distance Distance three sides
Depth
(in.) h min c ac c min SDC A-B4
SDC C-F5,6
SDC A-B4
SDC C-F5,6
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1/4
BBWF2550 3/8 2 2 3/4 3 1 1/2 2,070 1,655 1,550 1,240 1,365 1,090 1,020 820
1/2
3/8
BBWF3762 1/2 2 2 3/4 3 1 9/16 2,200 1,760 1,650 1,320 1,450 1,160 1,085 870
5/8
5/8
BBWF6275 2 2 3/4 3 1 5/8 2,070 1,655 1,550 1,240 1,430 1,140 1,070 860
3/4

Threaded
Rod Dia. ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM
ASTM ASTM
(in.) F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 970 1,255 2,085 1,005 2,000 1,840 2,085 950

3/8 2,360 3,050 5,090 2,445 4,885 4,475 5,090 2,315
1/2 4,325 5,595 9,320 4,475 8,945 8,200 9,320 4,250
5/8 6,885 8,900 14,835 7,120 14,240 13,050 14,835 6,760
3/4 10,170 13,155 21,920 10,520 21,040 19,290 21,920 9,995

219

Metal-Deck Insert: Tension Design Strength in Soffit of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight IBC *
Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi)
Nominal Minimum Tension Design Strength Based on Concrete (lb.)
Threaded Lower Flute Upper Flute
Embed. End Distance
Model No. Rod Dia. Depth cmin SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7 SDC A-B5 SDC C-F6,7
SD
(in.) (in.) (in.) Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked Uncracked Cracked
1/4
BBMD2550 3/8 2 2 1/8 1,930 1,545 1,445 1,155 2,510 2,010 1,885 1,505
1/2
3/8
BBMD3762 1/2 2 2 1/2 2,075 1,660 1,555 1,245 2,810 2,250 2,110 1,685
5/8
5/8
BBMD6275 2 2 1/2 2,075 1,660 1,555 1,245 2,810 2,250 2,110 1,685
3/4
Mechanical Anchors
Tension Design Strength of Threaded Rod Steel (lb.)

Threaded
Rod Dia. ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM
ASTM ASTM
(in.) F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
SD
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 1,385 1,790 2,980 1,435 2,860 2,625 2,980 1,360

3/8 3,370 4,360 7,270 3,490 6,975 6,395 7,270 3,310
1/2 6,175 7,990 13,315 6,390 12,780 11,715 13,315 6,070
5/8 9,835 12,715 21,190 10,170 20,340 18,645 21,190 9,660
3/4 14,530 18,790 31,315 15,030 30,060 27,555 31,315 14,280
1. Tension design strengh must be the lesser of the concrete or threaded rod strength.
Metal-Deck Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight

Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Static Load
Allowable Tension Load Based on Concrete (lb.) IBC *

Threaded Rod Nominal Embed. Minimum End
Model No. Dia. Depth Distance cmin Lower Flute Upper Flute
(in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4
BBMD2550 3/8 2 2 1/8 1,380 1,105 1,795 1,435
1/2
3/8
BBMD3762 1/2 2 2 1/2 1,480 1,185 2,005 1,605
5/8
5/8
BBMD6275 2 2 1/2 1,480 1,185 2,005 1,605
3/4

Threaded Rod ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM
Dia. (in.) ASTM ASTM
F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 990 1,280 2,130 1,025 2,045 1,875 2,130 970
3/8 2,405 3,115 5,195 2,495 4,980 4,570 5,195 2,365
1/2 4,410 5,705 9,510 4,565 9,130 8,370 9,510 4,335
5/8 7,025 9,080 15,135 7,265 14,530 13,320 15,135 6,900
3/4 10,380 13,420 22,370 10,735 21,470 19,680 22,370 10,200
2. Allowable tension loads are calculated based on the strength design provision of ACI 318-11 Appendix D using a conversion factor of a = 1.4. The
conversion factor a is based on the load combination 1.2D + 1.6L assuming 50% dead load and 50% live load: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4.

220

Metal-Deck Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight
Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Wind Load
IBC *
Threaded Rod Nominal Minimum End
Model No. Dia. Embed. Depth Distance cmin Lower Flute Upper Flute
(in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4
BBMD2550 3/8 2 2 1/8 1,160 925 1,505 1,205
1/2
3/8
BBMD3762 1/2 2 2 1/2 1,245 995 1,685 1,350
5/8
5/8
BBMD6275 2 2 1/2 1,245 995 1,685 1,350
3/4
Mechanical Anchors
F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 830 1,075 1,790 860 1,715 1,575 1,790 815
3/8 2,020 2,615 4,360 2,095 4,185 3,835 4,360 1,985
1/2 3,705 4,795 7,990 3,835 7,670 7,030 7,990 3,640
5/8 5,900 7,630 12,715 6,100 12,205 11,185 12,715 5,795
3/4 8,720 11,275 18,790 9,020 18,035 16,535 18,790 8,570
Metal-Deck Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Soffit of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight IBC *

Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Assemblies (f'c = 3,000 psi) — Seismic Load
Threaded Nominal Minimum End Lower Flute Upper Flute
Model No. Rod Dia. Embed. Distance cmin
Depth SDC A-B4 SDC C-F5,6 SDC A-B4 SDC C-F5,6
(in.) (in.)
(in.)
1/4
BBMD2550 3/8 2 2 1/8 1,350 1,080 1,010 810 1,755 1,405 1,320 1,055
1/2
3/8
BBMD3762 1/2 2 2 1/2 1,455 1,160 1,090 870 1,965 1,575 1,475 1,180
5/8
5/8
BBMD6275 2 2 1/2 1,455 1,160 1,090 870 1,965 1,575 1,475 1,180
3/4

F1554 F1554 F1554 A193 A193 A193
A307 A325
GR 36 GR 55 GR 105 B6 B7 B8/B8M
1/4 970 1,255 2,085 1,005 2,000 1,840 2,085 950
3/8 2,360 3,050 5,090 2,445 4,885 4,475 5,090 2,315
1/2 4,325 5,595 9,320 4,475 8,945 8,200 9,320 4,250
5/8 6,885 8,900 14,835 7,120 14,240 13,050 14,835 6,760
3/4 10,170 13,155 21,920 10,520 21,040 19,290 21,920 9,995
221

IBC *
Wood-Form Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Tension Load Based on Concrete Tension Load Based on Concrete
Based on Rod Based on Rod
Strength Strength
Threaded Embed. Min. Edge Min. Strength Strength (Sand-
Model (Normal Weight) (Sand-Lightweight)
Rod Dia. Depth Dist. Spacing (Normal Weight) Lightweight)
No. in. in. in.
in. (mm) (mm) (mm) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 Grade 36 f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 Grade 36
Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN)
940 940
1/4 (4.2) (4.2)
2 7 8 6,820 1,705 2,105 4,280 1,070 2,105
BBWF2550 3/8 (51) (178) (203) (30.3) (7.6) (9.4) (19.0) (4.8) (9.4)
3,750 3,750
Mechanical Anchors
1/2 (16.7) (16.7)

2,105 —
3/8 (9.4)
BBWF3762 2 7 8 7,360 1,840 3,750
1/2 — — —
(51) (178) (203) (32.7) (8.2) (16.7)
5,875
5/8 —
(26.1)
5,875 5,875
5/8 (26.1) (26.1)
2 7 8 7,420 1,855 4,400 1,100
BBWF6275 (51) (178) (203) (33.0) (8.3) (19.6) (4.9)
8,460 8,460
3/4 (37.6) (37.6)
IBC *
Wood-Form Insert: Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Tension Load
Shear Load Based on Concrete Shear Load Based Shear Load Based on Concrete Based on Rod
Strength on Rod Strength Strength
Threaded Embed. Min. Edge Min. Strength (Sand-
Model (Normal Weight) (Normal Weight) (Sand-Lightweight)
Rod Dia. Depth Dist. Spacing Lightweight)
No. in. in. in.
in. (mm) (mm) (mm) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 Grade 36 f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 Grade 36
Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN)
2 7 8 8,750 2,185 1,930 8,600 2,150 1,930
BBWF2550 1/2 (51) (178) (203) (38.9) (9.7) (8.6) (38.2) (9.6) (8.6)
BBWF3762 2 7 8 10,700 2,675 3,025
5/8 — — —
(51) (178) (203) (47.6) (11.9) (13.4)
2 7 8 10,460 2,615 4,360 9,260 2,315 4,360
BBWF6275 3/4 (51) (178) (203) (46.5) (11.6) (19.4) (41.2) (38.9) (19.4)

1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the concrete or steel strength.
2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength are based on a factor of safety of 4.0.
4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes.
5. Minimum concrete slab thickness = 2x embedment depth.
Metal-Deck Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight or IBC *

Min. Tension Load Based on Concrete Tension Load Based on Concrete Tension Load Based
Threaded Embed. Min. Strength (Install in High Flute) Strength (Install in Low Flute) on Rod Strength
Drill Bit Edge
Rod Depth Spacing
Model No. Dia. Dist.
Dia. in. in. f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 Grade 36
in. in.
in. (mm) (mm)
(mm) Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN)
940
1⁄4 (4.2)
BBMD2550 2 7 1⁄2 8 9,320 2,330 3,210 800 2,105
13⁄16 – 7⁄8 3⁄8 (51) (203) (41.5) (10.4) (14.3) (3.6) (9.4)
(191)
3,750
1⁄2 (16.7)
2,105
3⁄8 (9.4)
2 7 1⁄2 8 10,540 2,635 3,440 860 3,750
BBMD3762 1 1⁄8 – 1 3⁄8 1⁄2 (51) (191) (203) (46.9) (11.7) (15.3) (3.8) (16.7)
5,875
5⁄8 (26.1)
5,875
5⁄8 (26.1)
2 7 1⁄2 8 12,360 3,090 3,445 860
BBMD6275 1 3⁄16 – 1 3⁄8 (51) (191) (203) (55.0) (13.7) (15.3) (3.8) 8,460
3⁄4 (37.6)
See notes under “Metal-Deck Insert: Shear Loads” on page 223.
222
Blue Banger Hanger® Design Information — Concrete and Deck

*
Metal-Deck Insert: Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck IBC
Min. Shear Load Based on Concrete Strength Shear Load Based on Concrete Strength Shear Load Based on
Threaded Embed. Min. (Install in High Flute) (Install in Low Flute) Rod Strength
Drill Bit Edge
Rod Depth Spacing
Model No. Dia. Dist. f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) F1554 Grade 36
Dia. in. in.
in. in.
in. (mm) (mm) Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Ultimate lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN)
(mm)
2 7 1⁄2 8 9,720 2,430 2,790 700 1,930
BBMD2550 13⁄16 - 7⁄8 1⁄2 (51) (203) (43.2) (10.8) (12.4) (3.1) (8.6)
(191)
BBMD3762 1 1⁄8 - 1 3⁄8 2 7 1⁄2 8 9,400 2,350 3,360 840 3,025
5⁄8 (51) (203) (41.8) (10.4) (14.9) (3.7) (13.4)
(191)
2 7 1⁄2 8 9,720 2,430 3,360 840 4,360
BBMD6275 1 3⁄16 - 1 3⁄8 3⁄4 (51) (191) (203) (43.2) (10.8) (14.9) (3.7) (19.4)
1. Allowable load must be the lesser of the concrete or rod strength. 5. Shear loads shall be applied flush with metal deck surface.
Mechanical Anchors
2. The allowable loads based on concrete strength are based on a factor of 6. Deck shall be 20-gauge minimum.
safety of 4.0. 7. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads.
3. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind Verify with local codes.
or seismic forces. 8. Installation must comply with Figure 1.
4. Anchors may be installed off-center in the flute, up to 1" from the edge of flute.
31⁄4"
See table
3" METAL
DECK
20 GA. MIN.
41⁄2"
MIN.
1" MIN. 71⁄2"

MIN.
Figure 1. Figure 2.
Typical metal deck insert installation in concrete over metal deck Typical roof deck insert installation in metal deck
IBC *
Roof-Deck Insert: Allowable Tension Loads in Metal Deck
Allowable Tension Based on Deck Strength
Drill Bit Dia. Based on Rod Strength
Model No. Threaded Rod Dia in. Load lb. (kN)
in. lb. (kN)
1 1⁄2" Deck 3" Deck F1554 Grade 36
940
1⁄4 (4.2)
BBRD2550 150 300 2,105

13⁄16 – 7⁄8 3⁄8 (0.7) (1.3) (9.4)
3,750
1⁄2 (16.7)
1. The allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 4.0. 4. Threaded rod strength must be investigated separately.
2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term 5. Anchors may be installed in the top or bottom flute of the
loading due to wind or seismic forces. metal deck.
3. Acceptability of deck deflection due to imposed loads 6. Deck shall be 20-gauge minimum.
must be investigated separately. 7. See Figure 2 for typical installation.
Wood-Form Insert: Factory Mutual and Metal-Deck Insert:

Underwriters Laboratories Pipe Size Limits Factory Mutual and Underwriters Laboratories Pipe Size Limits
FM UL FM Max. Nominal Pipe Size UL Max. Nominal Pipe Size
Rod Rod
Model Max. Nominal Max. Nominal Model Install in Install in Install in Install in
Dia. Dia.
No. Pipe Size Pipe Size No. High Flute Low Flute High Flute Low Flute
in. in.
in. in. in. in. in. in.
1⁄4 N/L 4 1⁄4 N/L N/L 4 4
BBWF2550 3⁄8 4 4 BBMD2550 3⁄8 4 4 4 4
1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 8 N/L 8 4
3⁄8 4 4 3⁄8 4 4 4 4
BBWF3762 1⁄2 8 8 BBMD3762 1⁄2 8 N/L 8 4
5⁄8 N/L 8 5⁄8 N/L N/L 8 4
5⁄8 5⁄8 12 N/L 12 N/L
BBWF6275 N/L BBMD6275
3⁄4 3⁄4 12 N/L 12 N/L
1. N/L = Not listed for this pipe size. 1. N/L = Not listed for this pipe size.
223
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIAB)
Expansion shell anchors for

use in solid base materials
Simpson Strong-Tie introduces a new, redesigned Drop-In Anchor
(DIAB) that provides easier installation into base materials.
Improved geometry in the preassembled expansion plug improves
setting capability so the anchor installs with 40% fewer hammer
strikes than previous versions. These displacement-controlled
expansion anchors are easily set by driving the plug toward the
bottom of the anchor using either the hand- or power-setting
tools. DIAB anchors feature a positive-set marking indicator at the
top of the anchor — helping you see more clearly when proper
Mechanical Anchors
installation has taken place.

Use a Simpson Strong-Tie fixed-depth stop bit to take the
guesswork out of drilling to the correct depth. The fluted design of
the tip draws debris away from the hole during drilling, allowing for
a cleaner installation.
Key features
•• New design offers easier installation then previous drop-in
anchor design – sets with 40% fewer hammer hits
•• Positive-set marking system indicates when anchor is
properly set Anchor being set with hand setting tool.
•• Lipped drop-in version available for flush installation
•• Hand- and power-setting tools available for fast, easy and
economical installation
•• Fixed-depth stop bit helps you drill to the correct depth
every time

Anchor being set with SDS setting tool.
Drop-In Lipped Drop-In
Positive set indicator.
224

Drop-In Anchor
Bolt Body Thread Quantity
Rod Size Model Drill Bit Threads Length Length
(in.) No. Dia. (in.) Box Carton
(per in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 DIAB25 3/8 20 1 3/8 100 500
3/8 DIAB37 1/2 16 1 9/16 5/8 50 250
1/2 DIAB50 5/8 13 2 3/4 50 200
5/8 DIAB62 7/8 11 2 1/2 1 25 100 Drop-In
3/4 DIAB75 1 10 3 1/8 1 1/4 20 80
Mechanical Anchors
Lipped Drop-In Anchor
Rod Size Model Drill Bit Threads Length Length
(in.) No. Dia. (in.) (per in.) Box Carton
(in.) (in.)
1/4 DIABL25 3/8 20 1 3/8 100 500
3/8 DIABL37 1/2 16 1 9/16 5/8 50 250
1/2 DIABL50 5/8 13 2 3/4 50 200 Lipped Drop-In
Drop-In Anchor Hand Setting Tool

Model No. For Use With Box Quantity
DIABST25 DIAB25, DIABL25 10
DIABST62 DIAB62 5 Hand Setting Tool
DIABST75 DIAB75 5
1. Setting tools sold separately, Tools may be ordered by the piece.
Drop-In Anchor Power Setting Tool

Model No. For Use With Box Quantity

DIABST25-SDS DIAB25, DIABL25 10
Power Setting Tool
Fixed-Depth Drill Bits

Model No Drill Bit Diameter (in.) Drill Depth (In.) For Use With
MDPL037DIA 3/8 1 1/16 DIAB25, DIABL25
Fixed-Depth Drill Bit
225

DIAB Manual Installation
Caution: Oversized holes will reduce the anchors load capacity
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter 3. Using the designated Drop-In setting tool, drive expander plug
carbide drill bit or fixed depth bit as specified in the table. Drill towards the bottom of the anchor until the shoulder of the
the hole to the specified embedment. For fixed depth bits drill setting tool makes contact with the top of the anchor. When
the hole until the shoulder of the bit contacts the surface of properly set 4 indentations will be visible on the top of the
the base material. Then blow the hole clean of dust and debris anchor indicating full expansion.
using compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown
4. Insert bolt or threaded rod. Minimum thread engagement
clean.
should be equal to the nominal diameter of the threaded insert.
2. Insert the anchor into the hole. Tap with hammer until flush
against the surface.
Mechanical Anchors
! √ !
DIAB SDS Installation

Caution: Oversized holes will reduce the anchors load capacity
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter 3. Attach SDS Drop-In setting tool a drill. Drive expander plug
carbide drill bit or fixed depth drill bit as specified in the table. towards the bottom of the anchor using only hammer mode
Drill the hole to the specified embedment. For fixed depth bits until the shoulder of the setting tool makes contact with the top
drill the hole until the shoulder of the bit contacts the surface of of the anchor. When properly set 4 indentations will be visible
the base material. Then blow the hole clean of dust and debris on the top of the anchor indicating full expansion.
using compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown

4. Insert bolt or threaded rod. Minimum thread engagement
clean.
should be equal to the nominal diameter of the threaded insert.
2. Insert the anchor into the hole. Tap with hammer until flush
against the surface.
! √ !
226
Drop-In (DIAB) Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
DIAB Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Rod Embed Critical Critical f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) f'c ≥ 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa)
Drill Bit
Model Size Depth Edge Dist. Spacing Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
Dia.
No. in. In. In. In.
In. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
DIAB25 1/4 1 3 4 1,565 390 1,840 460 1,965 490 1,840 460
3/8 (25) (76) (102) (7.0) (1.7) (8.2) (2.0) (8.7) (2.2) (8.2) (2.0)
DIABL25 (6.4)
DIAB37 3/8 1 9/16 4 1/2 6 2,950 740 4,775 1,195 3,910 980 4,775 1,195
1/2 (152) (13.1) (3.3) (21.2) (5.3) (17.4) (4.4) (21.2) (5.3)
DIABL37 (9.5) (40) (114)
DIAB50 1/2 2 6 8 5,190 1,300 6,760 1,690 6,515 1,630 6,760 1,690
5/8 (51) (152) (203) (23.1) (5.8) (30.1) (7.5) (29.0) (7.3) (30.1) (7.5)
DIABL50 (12.7)
Mechanical Anchors
5/8 2 1/2 7 1/2 10 7,010 1,755 12,190 3,050 9,060 2,265 12,190 3,050
DIAB62 7/8 (254) (31.2) (7.8) (54.2) (13.6) (40.3) (10.1) (54.2) (13.6)
(15.9) (64) (191)
3/4 3 1/8 9 12 1/2 9,485 2,370 15,960 3,990 11,660 2,915 15,960 3,990
DIAB75 1 (229) (42.2) (10.5) (71.0) (17.7) (51.9) (13.0) (71.0) (17.7)
(19.1) (79) (318)
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on page 228.
3. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strength listed.
DIAB Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Soffit of Sand-Lightweight IBC *

Concrete over Metal Deck
Embed Critical Critical f'c ≥ 3,000. psi (20.7 MPa)
Rod Size Drill Bit
Model Depth End Dist.6 Spacing Tension Load Shear Load
in. Dia.
No. In. In. In.
(mm) In. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm)
DIAB37 3/8 1 9/16 4 1/2 6 2,895 725 3,530 885
1/2 (152) (12.9) (3.2) (15.7) (3.9)
DIABL37 (9.5) (40) (114)
DIAB50 1/2 2 6 8 4,100 1,025 4,685 1,170
5/8 (51) (152) (203) (18.2) (4.6) (20.8) (5.2)
DIABL50 (12.7)
4. Anchors were installed in the center of the bottom flute of the steel deck.
5. Metal deck must be minimum 20-gauge thick with minimum yield strength of 33 ksi.
6. Critical end distance is defined as the distance from end of the slab in the direction of the flute.
6611/4"
⁄4"
3"
3"
Min.
Min.
2020-gauge
Gauge Upper
Upper
steelDeck
Steel deck Flute
Flute
Min.441/2"
Min. 1
⁄2"
Drop-in
Drop-In
Anchor
Anchor 41/2"
1
⁄2" 771/2"
1
⁄2"
Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck

227
Drop-In (DIAB) Design Information — Concrete

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Drop-In Anchor (DIAB) in Normal-Weight Concrete and Sand-Lightweight
Concrete over Metal Deck: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or a shear load 5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
application. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the anchor is
to be installed.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Edge Distance Shear (fc )
IBC * IBC *
Edge Size 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Edge Size 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Dist. ccr 3 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 Dist. ccr 3 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9
cact cmin 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 cact cmin 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4
(in.) fcmin 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 (in.) fcmin 0.54 0.54 0.64 0.64 0.64
1 3/4 0.77 1 3/4 0.54
2 0.82 2 0.63
Mechanical Anchors
2 1/2 0.91 2 1/2 0.82

2 5/8 0.93 0.77 2 5/8 0.86 0.54
3 1.00 0.82 3 1.00 0.63
3 1/2 0.88 0.77 3 1/2 0.75 0.64
4 0.94 0.82 4 0.88 0.71
4 3/8 0.98 0.85 0.77 4 3/8 0.97 0.77 0.64
4 1/2 1.00 0.86 0.78 4 1/2 1.00 0.78 0.65
5 0.91 0.82 5 0.86 0.71
5 1/4 0.93 0.83 0.77 5 1/4 0.89 0.74 0.64
5 1/2 0.95 0.85 0.79 5 1/2 0.93 0.77 0.66
6 1.00 0.89 0.82 6 1.00 0.83 0.71
6 1/2 0.93 0.85 6 1/2 0.88 0.76
7 0.96 0.88 7 0.94 0.81
7 1/2 1.00 0.91 7 1/2 1.00 0.86
8 0.94 8 0.90
8 1/2 0.97 8 1/2 0.95
9 1.00 9 1.00
1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches). 1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). 2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches). 3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance. 4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. 5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance. 6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)]. 7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].
Spacing Tension (fs) Spacing Shear (fs)

Spacing Size
scr
1/4
4
3/8
6
1/2
8
5/8
10
3/4
12 1/2 IBC * Spacing Size
scr
1/4
4
3/8
6
1/2
8
5/8
10
3/4
12 1/2 IBC *
sact smin 3 sact smin 3
(in.) 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/4 4 3/4 (in.) 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/4 4 3/4
fsmin 0.72 0.72 0.80 0.80 0.80 fsmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1 1/2 0.72 1 1/2 1.00
2 0.78 2 1.00
2 1/4 0.80 0.72 2 1/4 1.00 1.00
2 1/2 0.83 0.74 2 1/2 1.00 1.00
3 0.89 0.78 0.80 3 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 1/2 0.94 0.81 0.82 3 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 3/4 0.97 0.83 0.83 0.80 3 3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 1.00 0.85 0.84 0.81 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 1/2 0.89 0.86 0.82 4 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 3/4 0.91 0.87 0.83 0.80 4 3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
5 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.81 5 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
5 1/2 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.82 5 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6 1.00 0.92 0.87 0.83 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6 1/2 0.94 0.89 0.85 6 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 0.96 0.90 0.86 7 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 1/2 0.98 0.92 0.87 7 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
8 1.00 0.94 0.88 8 1.00 1.00 1.00
8 1/2 0.95 0.90 8 1/2 1.00 1.00
9 0.97 0.91 9 1.00 1.00
9 1/2 0.98 0.92 9 1/2 1.00 1.00
10 1.00 0.94 10 1.00 1.00
10 1/2 0.95 10 1/2 1.00
11 0.96 11 1.00
11 1/2 0.97 11 1/2 1.00
12 0.99 12 1.00
12 1/2 1.00 12 1/2 1.00
1. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchor is installed (inches). 1. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
2. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches). 2. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
3. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches). 3. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance. 4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. 5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00. fscr is always = 1.00.
6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance. 6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
7. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)]. 7. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
228
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIA)

Drop-in anchors are internally threaded drop-in expansion anchors
for use in flush-mount applications in solid base materials. Available
in stainless steel (DIA), short (DIAS) or coil-thread (DIAC) versions.
Minimum thread engagement should be equal to the nominal
diameter of the threaded insert.
Features
•• Lipped edge (DIAS) eliminates need for precisely drilled hole depth
•• Available in coil-thread version for ½" and ¾" coil-threaded rod
•• Short length (DIAS) enables shallow embedment to help avoid
drilling into rebar or pre-stressed/post-tensioned cables
Mechanical Anchors
•• Short Drop-In anchors include a setting tool compatible with the
anchor to ensure consistent installation
Material: Carbon and stainless steel
Drop-In Short
Coating: Carbon steel; zinc plated Drop-In
Stainless
Steel
Codes: Drop-in: DOT; Factory Mutual 3017082; Underwriters
Laboratories File Ex3605. Meets requirements of Federal
Specifications A-A-55614, Type I.
Short drop-in: Factory Mutual 3017082 and Underwriters
Laboratories File Ex3605.
Caution: The load tables list values based upon results from the most
recent testing and may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code
jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.
Installation
embedment depth plus 1⁄8" for flush mounting. Blow the hole clean Coil-Thread
using compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown Drop-In
clean.
2. Insert designated anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush
against surface.
3. Using the designated drop-in setting tool, drive expander plug
toward the bottom of the anchor until shoulder of setting tool makes
contact with the top of the anchor.
4. Minimum thread engagement should be equal to the nominal
diameter of the threaded insert.
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor and will reduce
the anchor's load capacity.
"
1/8 min.
229
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIA)

Drop-In Anchor Product Data – Stainless Steel
Rod Size Type 303 /304 Type 316 Stainless Drill Bit Threads
Dia. (in.) (per in.) Length Length
(in.) Stainless Model No. Model No. Box Carton
(in.) (in.)
1/4 DIA25SS DIA256SS 3/8 20 1 3/8 100 500
3/8 DIA37SS DIA376SS 1/2 16 1 9/16 5/8 50 250
1/2 DIA50SS DIA506SS 5/8 13 2 3/4 50 200
5/8 DIA62SS — 7/8 11 2 1/2 1 25 100
3/4 DIA75SS — 1 10 3 1/8 1 1/4 20 80
Short Drop-In Anchor Product Data

Mechanical Anchors
Rod Drill Bit Bolt Body Thread Quantity

Model
Size Diameter Threads Length Length
No. Box Carton
(in.) (in.) (per in.) (in.) (in.)
3⁄8 DIA37S 1 1⁄2 16 3⁄4 1⁄4 100 500

1⁄2 DIA50S 1
5⁄8 13 1 5⁄16 50 200
1. A dedicated setting tool is included with each box of DIA37S and DIA50S.
Coil-Thread Drop-In Anchor Product Data

Rod Carbon Drill Bit Bolt Body Thread Quantity
Size Steel Diameter Threads Length Length
(in.) Model No. (in.) (per in.) (in.) (in.) Box Ctn.
1⁄2 DIA50C1 5⁄8 6 2 3⁄4 50 200
3⁄4 DIA75C1 1 5 3 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 20 80
1. DIA50C and DIA75C accept 1⁄2" and 3⁄4" coil-thread rod, respectively.
Drop-In Anchor Setting Tool Product Data

Model For Use Box
No. With Qty.
DIAST25 DIA25SS, DIA256SS 10
DIAST37 DIA37SS, DIA376SS 10
DIAST50 DIA50SS, DIA506SS, DIA50C 10

Drop-In Anchor Setting Tool
DIAST62 DIA62SS 5
DIAST75 DIA75SS, DIA75C 5
1. Setting tools sold separately except for DIA37S and DIA50S.
2. Setting tools for use with carbon and stainless-steel drop-in anchors.
3. Setting tools may be ordered by the piece.
Drop-In Anchor (DIA) Power Setting Tool

Model For Use Box
No. With Qty.
DIAST37S-SDS DIA37S 10
DIAST50S-SDS DIA50S 10 Power Setting Tool
Also sold by the piece
Drop-In Anchor Stop Bit

Drill Bit Diameter
Model No. Drop-In Anchor (in.) Drill Depth (in.)
(in.)
MDPL037DIA 3/8 1/4 1 1/16
MDPL050DIA 1/2 3/8 13/16
MDPL062DIA 1/2 1/2 1 11/16
MDPL050DIAS 5/8 3/8 1 1/16
Stop Bit
MDPL062DIAS 5/8 1/2 2 1/16
230
Drop-In (DIA) Design Information — Concrete

Allowable Tension Loads for Drop-In (Stainless Steel) and Coil-Thread Drop-In *
(Carbon Steel) Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Critical Tension Load

Rod Drill Embed. Critical
Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Size Bit Depth Spacing
Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete
in. Dia. in. in.
in.
(mm) (in.) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
(mm)
1⁄4 1 3 4 1,400 201 350 405 1,840 451 460
3⁄8 (25) (76) (102) (6.2) (0.9) (1.6) (1.8) (8.2) (2.0) (2.0)
(6.4)
3⁄8 1 9/16 4 1⁄2 6 2,400 251 600 795 3,960 367 990
1⁄2 (152) (10.7) (1.1) (2.7) (3.5) (17.6) (1.6) (4.4)
(9.5) (40) (114)
1⁄2 2 6 8 3,320 372 830 1,178 6,100 422 1,525
5⁄8 (51) (152) (203) (14.8) (1.7) (3.7) (5.2) (27.1) (1.9) (6.8)
(12.7)
Mechanical Anchors
5⁄8 2 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 10 5,040 689 1,260 1,715 8,680 971 2,170
7⁄8 (254) (22.4) (3.1) (5.6) (7.6) (38.6) (4.3) (9.7)
(15.9) (64) (191)
3⁄4 3 1⁄8 9 12 1⁄2 8,160 961 2,040 2,365 10,760 1,696 2,690
1 (229) (36.3) (4.3) (9.1) (10.5) (47.9) (7.5) (12.0)
(19.1) (79) (318)
Allowable Shear Loads for Drop-In (Stainless Steel) and Coil-Thread Drop-In *
IBC
(Carbon Steel) Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete
Shear Load
Critical
Rod Drill Embed. Critical
Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Size Bit Depth Spacing
Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete
in. Dia. in. in.
in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable
(mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 1 3 1⁄2 4 1,960 178 490 490 490
3⁄8 (25) (102) (8.7) (0.8) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2)
(6.4) (89)
3⁄8 1 9/16 5 1⁄4 6 3,240 351 810 925 1,040
1⁄2 (152) (14.4) (1.6) (3.6) (4.1) (4.6)
(9.5) (40) (133)
1⁄2 2 7 8 7,000 562 1,750 1,750 1,750
5⁄8 (51) (178) (203) (31.1) (2.5) (7.8) (7.8) (7.8)
(12.7)
5⁄8 2 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 11,080 923 2,770 2,770 2,770

7⁄8 (254) (49.3) (4.1) (12.3) (12.3) (12.3)
(15.9) (64) (222)
3⁄4 3 1⁄8 10 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13,800 1,781 3,450 3,725 4,000
1 (61.4) (7.9) (15.3) (16.6) (17.8)
(19.1) (79) (267) (318)
Component Material
Anchor
Component Zinc Plated Type 303 /304 Type 316
Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
AISI 303. Meets
Anchor Meets minimum chemical requirements Type 316
Body 70,000 psi tensile of ASTM A582
Expander Meets minimum AISI 303 Type 316
Plug 50,000 psi tensile
Thread UNC/Coil-thread UNC UNC
Note: DIA37S, DIA50C and DIA75C are not available in stainless steel.

231

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" Short Drop-In Anchor IBC *
in Sand-Lightweight Concrete Fill over Metal Deck
Install through the Lower Flute or Upper Flute of Metal Deck,
Tension Shear f'c ≥ 3,000 psi Concrete (20.7 MPa)
Drill
Rod Emb. Critical Critical Critical
Model Bit
Size Depth End End Spacing Tension Load Shear Load
No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Distance Distance (in.)
(in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.)
(lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
DIA37S 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 6 7 8 1,344 335 1,649 410
DIA50S 1⁄2 5⁄8 1 8 9 3⁄8 10 5⁄8 1,711 430 2,070 515
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distances and spacing on page 235.
Mechanical Anchors
4. Anchors were installed with a 1" offset from the centerline of the flute.
6611/4"
⁄4"
3"
3" Min.
Min.
2020-gauge
gauge Upper
Upper
Flute
flute
steel
steel deck
deck
Min. 4411/2"
Min. ⁄2"
Drop-in
Drop-in anchor
anchor
1"1"offset
offset –—see
seefootnote
footnote #4
#4
on tabletable
on bottom 441/2"
1
⁄2" ⁄2"
711/2"
Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck

232

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" Short IBC *
Drop-In Anchor in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Shear Normal-Weight Concrete, f'c ≥ 2500 psi Normal-Weight Concrete, f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Drill
Model Bit Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
Size Depth Edge Edge Spacing
No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Distance Distance (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
DIA37S 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 3 1,500 375 2,274 570 2,170 540 3,482 870
DIA50S 1⁄2 5⁄8 1 6 7 4 2,039 510 3,224 805 3,420 855 5,173 1,295
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths.
Mechanical Anchors
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" Short IBC *
Drop-In Anchor in Hollow-Core Concrete Panel
Tension Shear Hollow Core Concrete Panel, f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Drill
Model Bit Tension Load Shear Load
Size Depth Edge Edge Spacing
No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Distance Distance (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
DIA37S 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 3 1,860 465 3,308 825
DIA50S 1⁄2 5⁄8 1 6 7 4 2,650 660 4,950 1,235
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths.
Hollow-Core Concrete Panel

(Anchor can be installed below web or hollow core)

233

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Drop-In (Stainless Steel), Coil Thread (Carbon Steel) and Short
Drop-In Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear and column.
load application. 5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the anchor 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are
is to be installed. multiplied together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Spacing Tension and Shear (fs )

Edge Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 9 3⁄8 1⁄2 10 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
Dist. ccr 3 4 1⁄2 6 7 1⁄2 9 E 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄2 1 2 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8
sact
Mechanical Anchors
cact cmin 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 5 1⁄4 Scr 4 3 6 4 8 10 12 1⁄2

(in.) (in.)
fcmin 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Smin 2 1 1⁄2 3 2 4 5 6 1⁄4
1 3⁄4 0.65 fsmin 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
2 0.72 1 1⁄2 0.50
2 1⁄2 0.86 2 0.50 0.67 0.50
2 5⁄8 0.90 0.65 2 1⁄2 0.63 0.83 0.63
3 1.00 0.72 3 0.75 1.00 0.50 0.75
3 1⁄2 0.81 0.65 3 1⁄2 0.88 0.58 0.88
4 0.91 0.72 4 1.00 0.67 1.00 0.50
4 3⁄8 0.98 0.77 0.65
4 1⁄2 0.75 0.56
4 1⁄2 1.00 0.79 0.66
5 0.86 0.72 5 0.83 0.63 0.50
5 1⁄4 0.90 0.75 0.65 5 1⁄2 0.92 0.69 0.55
5 1⁄2 0.93 0.78 0.67 6 1.00 0.75 0.60
6 1.00 0.83 0.72 6 1⁄4 0.78 0.63 0.50
6 1⁄2 0.89 0.77 7 0.88 0.70 0.56
7 0.94 0.81 8 1.00 0.80 0.64
7 1⁄2 1.00 0.86 9 0.90 0.72
8 0.91 10 1.00 0.80
8 1⁄2 0.95 11 0.88
9 1.00 12 0.96
See notes below. 12 1⁄2 1.00
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) 2. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
Edge Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * 3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
Dist. ccr 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 7 8 3⁄4 10 1⁄2 4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
cact cmin 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 5 1⁄4 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
(in.) fcmin 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00.

1 3⁄4 0.45
2 0.53 7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing
2 1⁄2 0.69 distance.
2 5⁄8 0.73 0.45 8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
3 0.84 0.53 9. 3⁄8" short drop-in (DIA37S).
3 1⁄2 1.00 0.63 0.45 10. ½" short Drop-in (DIA50S)
4 0.74 0.53
4 3⁄8 0.82 0.59 0.45
4 1⁄2 0.84 0.61 0.47
5 0.95 0.69 0.53
5 1⁄4 1.00 0.73 0.56 0.45
5 1⁄2 0.76 0.59 0.48
6 0.84 0.65 0.53
6 1⁄2 0.92 0.72 0.58
7 1.00 0.78 0.63
7 1⁄2 0.84 0.69
8 0.91 0.74
8 1⁄2 0.97 0.79
8 3⁄4 1.00 0.82
9 0.84
9 1⁄2 0.90
10 0.95
10 1⁄2 1.00
5. fccr= adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.

234

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Short Drop-in Anchors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over
Metal Deck: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear load row and column.
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the anchor 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied
is to be installed. together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Spacing Tension and Shear (fs )

Size 3⁄8 1⁄2 IBC * Size 3⁄8 1⁄2 IBC *
Edge
Dist. ccr 6 8 scr 8 10 5⁄8
Mechanical Anchors
sact
cact cmin 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 (in.) smin 4 5 1⁄4
(in.)
fcmin 0.65 0.65 fsmin 0.50 0.50
3 1⁄2 0.65 4 0.50
4 0.72 0.56
4 1⁄2
4 1⁄2 0.79 5 0.63
4 3⁄4 0.83 0.65 0.66 0.50
5 1⁄4
5 0.86 0.68 6 0.75 0.57
5 1⁄2 0.93 0.73 0.81 0.62
6 1⁄2
6 1.00 0.78 7 0.88 0.66
6 1⁄2 0.84 0.94 0.71
7 1⁄2
7 0.89 8 1.00 0.76
7 1⁄2 0.95 0.80
8 1⁄2
8 1.00 9 0.85
See notes below.
9 1⁄2 0.90
10 0.94
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) 10 5⁄8 1.00
Size 3⁄8 1⁄2 IBC * 1. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are
Edge
Dist. ccr 7 9 3⁄8 installed (inches).
cact cmin 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 2. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
(in.) 3. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
fcmin 0.45 0.45
4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing
3 1⁄2 0.45 distance.
4 0.53 5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing
distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
4 1⁄2 0.61
6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum

4 3⁄4 0.65 0.45 spacing distance.
5 0.69 0.48 7. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
5 1⁄2 0.76 0.54
6 0.84 0.60
6 1⁄2 0.92 0.66
7 1.00 0.72
7 1⁄2 0.78
8 0.84
8 1⁄2 0.90
9 0.96
9 3⁄8 1.00
1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed
(inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge
distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge
distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
edge distance.

235
Hollow Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Hollow Drop-In Anchor (HDIA) is an internally threaded, flush-mount expansion
anchor for use in hollow materials such as CMU and hollow-core plank, as well as in solid base materials
such as brick, normal-weight and lightweight concrete.
Features:
•• Suitable for suspending conduit, cable trays, pipe supports, fire sprinklers
and suspended lighting into concrete
•• Expansion design allows HDIA to anchor into CMU, hollow-core plank,
brick, normal-weight concrete and lightweight concrete
•• Internally threaded anchor allows for easy bolt removal
Mechanical Anchors
Material: Die-cast Zamac 3 alloy shell with carbon-steel cone or 304

stainless-steel cone
Codes: Factory Mutual 3053987 (3/8"–1/2" diameter)
Underwriters Laboratories EX3605 (3/8"–1/2" diameter)
Hollow Drop-In Anchor

Drill Bit Overall Quantity
Threads
Size Model No. Diameter Anchor Pkg. Carton
(per in.) Length
(in.) (in.) Quantity Quantity
1/4" HDIA25 3/8 20 3/4 100 1600
1/4" HDIA25SS 3/8 20 3/4 100 1600
5/16" HDIA31 5/8 18 1 1/4 50 200
3/8" HDIA37 5/8 16 1 1/4 50 200
3/8" HDIA37SS 5/8 16 1 1/4 50 200
1/2" HDIA50 3/4 13 1 3/4 50 250
5/8" HDIA62 1 11 2 25 125
Setting Tool for Hollow Materials*

Quantity
Size Model No. For Use With Pkg. Carton
Quantity Quantity
1/4" HDIASTH25 HDIA25, HDIA25SS — 25
5/16" HDIASTH31 HDIA31 — 25
3/8" HDIASTH37 HDIA37, HDIA37SS — 25
Setting Tool for Solid Materials*

Quantity
Size Model No. For Use With Pkg. Carton
Quantity Quantity
1/4" HDIASTS25 HDIA25, HDIA25SS 25 125
5/16" – 3/8" HDIASTS31 – 37 HDIA31, HDIA37, HDIA37SS 10 50
1/2" HDIASTS50 HDIA50 10 50
5/8" HDIASTS62 HDIA62 5 20
* Tools sold separately. Tools may be ordered by the piece
236
Hollow Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor

Installation Instructions — Solid Base (using solid setting tool)
•• Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate •• Using the designated setting tool, drive the anchor to the
diameter carbide drill bit as specified in the table. Drill the bottom of the drilled hole. After the anchor reaches the
hole to the specified embedment depth. bottom of the drilled hole, perform an additional 3 hammer
blows against the setting tool to drive the anchor body over
•• Blow the hole clean using compressed air. Overhead
the cone.
installations need not be blown clean.
•• Position fixture; insert fastener and tighten.
•• Insert the HDIA into hole. Tap with hammer until flush
against surface.
SOLID BASE
SOLID BASE MATERIALS
MATERIALS
Mechanical Anchors
SOLID BASE MATERIALS
Step11
Step Step22
Step Step33
Step Step44
Step
Installation Instructions — Hollow Base (using hollow setting tool)

•• Drill Step 1 in the base material
a hole Step 2using the appropriate Step 3 •• Rotate the setting tool
Step 4
a minimum of 2 turns to
diameter carbide drill bit as specified in the table. set the anchor.
•• Thread the HDIA onto the designated setting tool for hollow •• Remove the setting tool.
HOLLOW
HOLLOW BASE MATERIALS
BASE
base materials. MATERIALS
•• Position fixture; insert fastener and tighten.
•• Insert the HDIA into the hole. Tap the setting tool until the
face of the tool contacts the surface.
HOLLOW BASE MATERIALS
Min.
Min.
22Turns
Turns Remove
Remove
p3 Step 4
Min.
2 Turns Remove
Step11
Step Step22
Step Step33
Step Step44
Step Step55
Step
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6
Min.
2 Turns Remove
tep 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6
237
Hollow Drop-In Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

Allowable Tension Loads for Hollow IBC *
Drop-In Anchor in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Drill Bit Embed Critical Critical
Size
Model Dia. Depth Edge Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) f'c ≥ 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa)
in.
No. in. in. in. in.
(mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 7/8 2 5/8 3 1/2 1,180 295 1,220 305
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (22) (67) (89) (5.2) (1.3) (5.4) (1.4)
5/16 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 3,000 750 3,420 855
HDIA31
(7.9) (15.9) (38) (114) (152) (13.3) (3.3) (15.2) (3.8)
HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 3,000 750 3,420 855
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (38) (114) (152) (13.3) (3.3) (15.2) (3.8)
1/2 3/4 2 6 8 4,260 1,065 5,500 1,375
HDIA50
(12.7) (19.1) (51) (152) (203) (18.9) (4.7) (24.5) (6.1)
Mechanical Anchors
5/8 1 2 1/4 6 3/4 9 6,100 1,525 6,300 1,575

HDIA62
(15.9) (25.4) (57) (171) (229) (27.1) (6.8) (28.0) (7.0)
Allowable Shear Loads for Hollow Drop-In Anchor IBC *

Drill Bit Embed Critical Critical Anchor Strength Steel Strength
Size
Model Dia. Depth Edge Dist. Spacing F1554 A193
in. f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
No. in. in. in. in. Grade 36 Grade B7
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Allowable Allowable
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 7/8 2 5/8 3 1/2 1,840 460 485 1,045
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (22) (67) (89) (8.2) (2.0) (2.2) (4.6)
5/16 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 2,660 665 755 1,630
HDIA31 (152) (11.8) (3.0) (3.4) (7.3)
(7.9) (15.9) (38) (114)
HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 3,580 895 1,085 2,340
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (38) (114) (152) (15.9) (4.0) (4.8) (10.4)
HDIA50 1/2 3/4 2 6 8 8,220 2,055 1,930 4,160

(12.7) (19.1) (51) (152) (203) (36.6) (9.1) (8.6) (18.5)
5/8 1 2 1/4 6 3/4 9 10,180 2,545 3,025 6,520
HDIA62
(15.9) (25.4) (57) (171) (229) (45.3) (11.3) (13.5) (29.0)

3. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on anchor strength or steel strength.
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Hollow

Drop-In Anchor in 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight IBC *
and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
Drill Bit Embed Minimum Minimum Minimum Tension Load Shear Load
Size
Model Dia. Depth4 Edge Dist. End Dist. Spacing
in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
No. in. in. in. in. in.
(mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 3/4 4 4 5/8 8 500 100 975 195
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (19) (102) (117) (203) (2.2) (0.4) (4.3) (0.9) End
Edge
5/16 5/8 1 1/4 4 4 5/8 8 500 100 1,450 290
HDIA31
(7.9) (15.9) (32) (102) (117) (203) (2.2) (0.4) (6.4) (1.3)
HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/4 4 4 5/8 8 500 100 1,450 290
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (32) (102) (117) (203) (2.2) (0.4) (6.4) (1.3)
1/2 3/4 1 3/4 4 4 5/8 8 1,525 305 2,300 460
HDIA50
(12.7) (19.1) (44) (102) (117) (203) (6.8) (1.4) (10.2) (2.0)
5/8 1 2 4 4 5/8 8 1,525 305 2,325 465
HDIA62
(15.9) (25.4) (51) (102) (117) (203) (6.8) (1.4) (10.3) (2.1)
2. Values for 8-inch wide lightweight, medium-weight, and normal-weight CMU.
3. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days with a minimum face shell thickness of
1 1/4" is 1,500 psi.
4. The installed end of the anchor may extend into the CMU cavity depending upon face shell thickness.
238
LSES Lag Screw Expansion Shield

The Lag Screw Expansion Shield is a die-cast zinc alloy expansion shield for anchoring lag screws in a
variety of base materials, including concrete, concrete block, brick and mortar joints. Radial ribs provide
additional holding power in softer material.
Material: Die-cast Zamac 3 alloy

Installation
Caution: Oversized holes may make it impossible to set the anchor
and will reduce the anchor's load capacity.
embedment depth plus 1⁄8" for flush mounting and blow it clean
using compressed air. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling. Overhead
Mechanical Anchors
installations need not be blown clean.
2. Insert anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush with surface of base
material.
3. Position fixture, insert screw and tighten.
LSES Product Data and Allowable Tension IBC *

Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
LSES
Allowable
Drill Tension Quantity
Embed.
Size Model Bit Load (lb.)
Depth
(in.) No. Dia. (in.) f'c ≥
(in.) Box Carton
3,000 psi
1⁄4 Short LSES25S 1⁄2 1 90 100 500
5⁄16 Short LSES31S 1⁄2 1 1⁄4 100 100 500
3⁄8 Short LSES37S 5⁄8 1 3⁄4 220 50 250
1⁄2 Short LSES50S 3⁄4 2 250 25 125
1⁄4 Long LSES25L 1⁄2 1 1⁄2 120 50 250
5⁄16 Long LSES31L 1⁄2 1 3⁄4 150 50 250
3⁄8 Long LSES37L 5⁄8 2 1⁄2 260 50 200
1⁄2 Long LSES50L 3⁄4 3 310 25 100

3. Screw is not included.

239
ESA Expansion Screw Anchor

The ESA was the original internally threaded mechanical anchor design. The malleable lead shield allows for
secure mounting.
Material: Cone: Die-cast Zamac 3 alloy; expander shield: 3–5%

antimonial lead
Code: Meets Federal Specifications A-A-1922A, Type 1,
except ESA50.
Installation
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate-diameter
embedment depth plus 1⁄8" for flush mounting. Blow the hole clean
using compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
Mechanical Anchors
2. Insert anchor into hole.

3. Using a piloted setting punch, drive expander shield over cone.
4. Position fixture, insert fastener and tighten.
ESA Product Data and Allowable Tension Loads IBC *

Allowable Tension
Internal Thread Size Drill Bit Embed. Quantity
Model No. Dia. Load (lb.)
(dia. - threads per in.) (in.) Depth (in.)
f'c ≥ 3,000 psi Box Carton ESA
1/4 - 20 ESA25 1/2 7/8 190 100 500
3/8 - 16 ESA37 3/4 1 1/4 380 50 200
1/2 - 13 ESA50 7/8 1 1/2 400 50 200
Piloted Setting Punch Product Data

Model No. For Use With Box Qty.
PSP25 ESA25 10 Piloted Setting Punch
PSP37 ESA37 10

PSP50 ESA50 10

240
Zinc Nailon™ Pin Drive Anchors

Zinc Nailon™ anchors are low-cost, easy-to-install anchors for applications under static loads.
Features
•• Available with carbon and stainless-steel pins
•• Pin and head configuration designed to make anchor tamper-
resistant
Materials
•• Body – Die-cast Zamac 3 alloy
•• Pin – Carbon steel; Type 304 stainless steel
Code: Meets Federal Specification A-A-1925A, Type 1
Mechanical Anchors
Installation
Caution: Not for use in overhead applications.
Caution: Nailon anchors are not recommended for eccentric tension (prying) loads —
capacity will be greatly reduced in such applications
1. Drill a hole in base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter
as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to
specified embedment depth, plus 1/4" for pin extension, and blow hole
clean using compressed air. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling.
2. Position fixture and insert Nailon anchor.
3. Tap with hammer until flush with fixture, then drive pin until flush with
Zinc Nailon™ Anchor
top of head.
(Mushroom)
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for IBC *

Zinc Nailon™ Product Data Zinc Nailon™ in Normal-Weight Concrete
Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Quantity Ultimate Loads (lb.) Allowable Loads (lb.)1
Size (in.) Pin Drill Bit Embed.
Model No. Pin Model No. Box Carton Bulk Size (in.) Dia. f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi
(in.) Depth (in.)
3/16 x 7/8 ZN18078 — 100 1,600 3,000 Tension Shear Tension Shear
1/4 x 3/4 ZN25034 ZN25034SS 100 500 2,000 3/16 3/16 5/8 460 465 115 115
590 635 150 160
5/8
1/4 x 1 ZN25100 ZN25100SS 100 500 1,500
1/4 1/4 3/4 780 765 195 190
1/4 x 1 1/4 ZN25114 ZN25114SS 100 500 1,500
1 1/2 1,050 1,050 265 265
1/4 x 1 1/2 ZN25112 ZN25112SS 100 500 1,000 1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
1/4 x 2 ZN25200 ZN25200SS 100 400 1,000
1/4 x 2 1/2 ZN25212 ZN25212SS 100 400 1,000
1/4 x 3 ZN25300 ZN25300SS 100 400 1,000
¼" MIN.

241
Crimp Drive® Anchor

The Crimp anchor is an easy-to-install expansion anchor for use in concrete and grout-filled block. The pre-formed
curvature along the shaft creates an expansion mechanism that secures the anchor in place and eliminates the need
for a secondary tightening procedure. This speeds up anchor installation and reduces the overall cost.
Five crimp anchor head styles are available to handle different applications that include fastening wood or light-gauge
steel, attaching concrete formwork, hanging overhead support for sprinkler pipes or suspended ceiling panels.
Coating: Zinc plated and mechanically galvanized
Codes: Factory Mutual 3031136 for the 3⁄8" Rod Coupler.
Head Styles: Mushroom, rod coupler, countersunk, tie-wire and duplex
Installation
Mechanical Anchors
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance
problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, with the exception of the duplex
anchor, use these products in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments only.
1. Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base material to a
depth of at least 1⁄2" deeper than the required embedment.
2. Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air. Overhead
application need not be blown clean. Where a fixture is used, drive the anchor
through the fixture into the hole until the head sits flush against the fixture.
3. Be sure the anchor is driven to the required embedment depth. The rod
Mushroom Rod Countersunk Tie-Wire Duplex
coupler and tie-wire models should be driven in until the head is seated
Head Coupler Head
against the surface of the base material.
Crimp Drive® Anchor Product Data

Min. Quantity
Head Style/ BitDrill Min. Installation Sequence
Size Fixture Embed.
Model No. Dia. Pkg. Carton
(in.) Finish Hole
(in.) (in.) Quantity Quantity Rod Coupler Tie-Wire
Size
3/16 x 1 1/4 CD18114M 7/8 100 1600
3/16 x 2 CD18200M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 2 1/2 CD18212M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 1/4
3/16 x 3 CD18300M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 3 1/2 CD18312M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 4 CD18400M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 1 CD25100M 7/8 100 1,600
1/4 x 1 1/4 CD25114M Mushroom 7/8 100 1,600
Head/
1/4 x 1 1/2 CD25112M Zinc Plated 1 1/4 100 1,600
1/4 x 2 CD25200M 1 1/4 100 500

1/4 5/16
1/4 x 2 1/2 CD25212M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 3 CD25300M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/2 CD25312M 1 1/4 100 500 Mushroom Head Duplex
1/4 x 4 CD25400M 1 1/4 100 500
3/8 x 2 CD37200M 1 3/4 25 125
3/8 7/16
3/8 x 3 CD37300M 1 3/4 25 125
Mushroom
CD25300MG Head/
1/4 x 3 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 100 500
Mechanically
Galvanized
1/4" Rod CD25114RC Rod Coupler/ 3/16 N/A 1 1/4 100 500
Coupler
3/8" Rod
Coupler CD37112RC Zinc Plated 1/4 N/A 1 1/2 50 250 Duplex-head
anchor may be
3/16 x 2 1/2 CD18212C 1 1/4 100 500 removed with a
3/16 x 3 CD18300C 3/16 1/4 1 1/4 100 500 claw hammer
3/16 x 4 CD18400C 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 1 1/2 CD25112C Countersunk 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 2 CD25200C Head/ 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 2 1/2 CD25212C Zinc Plated 1 1/4 100 500 Countersunk Head Installation Sequence
1/4 x 3 CD25300C 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/2 CD25312C 1 1/4 100 400
1/4 x 4 CD25400C 1 1/4 100 400
1/4 x 3 CD25300CMG Countersunk 1 1/4 100 500
Head/
Mechanically 1/4 5/16
1/4 x 4 CD25400CMG Galvanized1 1 1/4 100 400
CD25118T Tie Plated

1/4" Tie Wire/Zinc N/A
1/4 1 1/8 100 500
Wire
Duplex Head/
1/4" Duplex CD25234D Zinc Plated 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 100 500
1. Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 55, Type 1. Intended for
some pressure-treated wood sill plate applications. Not for use in other
corrosive or outdoor environments. See page 316 for details.
242
Crimp Drive® Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Drill Min.
Embed. Min. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Size Bit. Edge
Depth Spacing Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
(in.) Dia. Dist.
(in.) (in.)
(in.) (in.) Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.)
Mushroom/Countersunk Head
3⁄16 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 3 3 145 250 340 450
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 3 3 175 275 395 610
3⁄8 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 4 4 365 780 755 1,305
Mechanical Anchors
Duplex Head
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 3 3 175 275 395 610
Tie Wire
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 3 3 155 215 265 325
Rod Coupler4
1⁄4 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 3 3 145 250 – –
3⁄8 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 4 4 265 600 – –
4. For rod coupler, mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads; verify with local codes.
IBC *
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Tension Load Tension Load Shear Load
(Install in (Install through Shear Load (Install (Install through
Concrete) Metal Deck) in Concrete)
Drill Min. Metal Deck)
Embed. Min.
Size Bit. Edge
Depth Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi
(in.) Dia. Dist.
(in.) (in.) Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
(in.) (in.)
Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.)
Mushroom/Countersunk Head
3⁄16 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 4 4 115 85 345 600
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 4 4 145 130 375 890

3⁄8 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 5 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 315 330 1,030 1,085
Duplex Head
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 4 4 145 130 375 890
Tie Wire
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 3 3 130 90 275 210
Rod Coupler4
1⁄4 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 4 4 115 85 – –
3⁄8 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 5 5 300 280 – –
3. Anchors may be installed off-center in the flute, up to 1" from the center of flute.
4. Anchor may be installed in either upper or lower flute.
5. Deck profile shall be 3" deep, 20-gauge minimum.
6. For rod coupler, mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower
allowable loads; verify with local codes.
Length Identification Head Marks on Mushroom,

Countersunk and Duplex-Head Crimp Drive Anchors
(corresponds to length of anchor – inches) 3" Deep,
20-Gauge Metal 1" Max.
Mark o A B C D E F 1" Max.Offset
Offset
Deck Minimum
From 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4
Up To But Not
1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 Sand-Lightweight Concrete
Including
On Metal Deck
243
CSD/DSD Split-Drive Anchors

The Split-Drive anchor is a one-piece expansion anchor that can be installed in concrete, grout-filled block
and stone. As the anchor is driven in, the split-type expansion mechanism on the working end compresses
and exerts force against the walls of the hole.
Features
•• Available in countersunk (CSD) and duplex-head (DSD) styles
•• DSD anchor can be removed with a claw hammer for temporary
applications

Coating: Zinc plated; mechanically galvanized
Mechanical Anchors
Installation
Warning (CSD only): Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, use these
products in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments only.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will greatly reduce the anchor’s load
capacity. For CSD, embedment depths greater than 1 1/2" may cause bending during
installation.
1. Drill a hole in base material using a 1/4"-diameter carbide-tipped drill. Drill
hole to specified embedment depth and blow clean using compressed
air. (Overhead installation need not be blown clean.) Alternatively, drill
hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and dust from
drilling. Position fixture and insert split-drive anchor through fixture hole.
2. For CSD, 3/8" diameter fixture hole is recommended for hard fixtures
such as steel. For DSD, 5/16"-diameter fixture hole is recommended.
3. Drive anchor until head is flush against fixture.
DSD CSD
(Duplex) (Countersunk)
CSD/DSD Product Data Installation Sequence

Drill Bit Quantity
Size (in.) Model No. Head Style/Finish Dia. (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 1 1⁄2 CSD25112 100 500
1/4 x 2 CSD25200 100 500
1/4 x 2 1⁄2 CSD25212 100 500
Countersunk Head – Zinc Plated 1/4
1/4 x 3 CSD25300 100 400

1/4 x 3 1⁄2 CSD25312 100 400
1/4 x 4 CSD25400 100 400
1/4 x 3 CSD25300MG Countersunk Head – Mechanically 100 400
Galvanized1 1/4
1/4 x 4 CSD25400MG 100 400
1/4 x 3 DSD25300 Duplex Head – Zinc Plated 1/4 100 400
1. Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 55, Type 1. Intended for some
preservative-treated wood sill plate applications. Not for use in other corrosive or outdoor
environments. See page 316 for details.
CSD Allowable Tension and Shear IBC *

Drill Min. Tension Load (lb.) Shear Load (lb.)
Embed. Min.
Size Bit Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,000 psi
Depth Spacing
(in.) Dia. Dist.
(in.) (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.)
Load Load Load Load
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 655 165 970 240
DSD Allowable Tension and Shear *

IBC
Drill Min. Concrete Tension Load (lb.) Shear Load (lb.)
Size Bit Embed. Min. Edge
Depth Spacing Compressive DSD anchor may be
(in.) Dia. (in.) Dist. Strength Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable removed with a claw
(in.)
(in.) (in.) (psi) Load Load Load Load hammer
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 2,500 800 200 2,480 620
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 4,000 1,060 265 2,740 685

244
Sure Wall Drywall Anchor

Sure Wall anchors are self-drilling drywall anchors and provide excellent holding value and greater capacity
than screws alone. This anchor cuts threads into drywall, greatly increasing the bearing surface and
strength of the fastening.
Features
•• Self-drilling—may be installed in gypsum board drywall
with only a screwdriver
•• Easy to remove and reinstall
Material: Die-cast zinc or reinforced nylon
Mechanical Anchors
Sure Wall Product Data — Packaged with Screws
Screw Model Quantity
Style Applications
Size No. Box Carton
#6 x 7/8 SWN06S-R100 Nylon 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile
#8 x 1 1⁄4 SWN08LS-R100 Nylon 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile
SWZ06S-R100 Zinc 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile,

#6 x 7/8 plaster, pegboard
#8 x 1 1⁄4 SWZ08LS-R100 Zinc 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8" drywall, plaster
Sure Wall Sure Wall
Nylon Zinc
Sure Wall Product Data — Packaged Without Screws
Screw Model Quantity
Style Applications
Size No. Box Carton
#6 x 7/8 SWN06-R100 Nylon 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile
#8 x 1 1⁄4 SWN08L-R100 Nylon 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile
#6 x 1 SWZ06-R100 Zinc 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile,

plaster, pegboard
#8 x 1 1⁄4 SWZ08L-R100 Zinc 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8" drywall, plaster
245
Direct Fastening Solutions
On the jobsite, time is money. That’s
why Simpson Strong-Tie offers a full range
of gas- and powder-actuated tools
and fasteners designed to maximize jobsite
productivity and operator comfort in
most applications.
Single-shot and fully automatic tool options efficiently drive
our line of fasteners into concrete and steel. We also offer
free online Powder-Actuated Tool certification at
www.strongtie.com/pat.
GCN-MEPMAG Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer

The GCN-MEPMAG and GCN-MEP gas-actuated concrete nailers are portable fastener tools for attaching
light-duty fixtures to concrete, steel, concrete block (CMU), lightweight concrete over metal deck, and cold-
formed steel. As a magazine tool, GCN-MEPMAG is ideal for attaching drywall track, furring strips, hat track
and angle track using GDP and GDPS collated pins.
GCN-MEPMAG offers you the flexibility of having two tools in one convenient package — a magazine
tool and a single-shot tool, since the magazine is easily removed without additional assembly tools. As
a single-shot tool, the GCN-MEP is great for attaching mechanical, electrical and plumbing fixtures with
pre-assembled pins/accessories such as washer pins, ceiling clips, tophats and threaded studs. The
pre-assembled pins for the single-shot tool use 0.300"-headed fasteners with 0.125"-diameter shanks for
stronger fastening performance.
Both the single-shot and magazine tool offer portability without the need for cords or hoses, and are actuated
with GFC34 gas fuel cells.
Features
• Power to drive 0.125"-diameter pins • Comfortable “sure-grip” rubber
handle and ladder hook
• Flexibility to drive 1/2" to 1 1/2" pins
• Easy start-up procedure:
• Flexibility to drive 0.250" and
Insert fuel cell, insert battery,
0.300" dia. headed pins
load pins, and begin use
• Pin-depth adjustment dial
Direct Fastening
• FREE tool first-aid repair program

• Battery charge indicator light (see back cover of operators manual)
Specifications
• Tool dimensions: • Average number of shots per
battery charge: 3,300
– Length 12.5" (317.5 mm),
17" (432.8 mm) • Average number of shots per fuel
cell: 1,200
– Tool weight: 6.6 lb. (3 kg),
8.3 lb. (3.7 kg) with magazine • Average cyclic firing rate:
2 shots per second
– Height 15.3" (389 mm)
GCN-MEPMAG
• Average battery charge time
• Compatible fasteners:
(6V NiMH): 2 hours
– Length: 1/2" (12.7 mm) to
• Operation temperature range:
1 1/2" (38 mm)
20°–120°F (–6°–49°C)
– Head diameter: 0.250"

• Magazine capacity: 42
and 0.300"
• Maximum fastenings before
– Shank diameter: 0.106"
reloading: 40
to 0.125"
The magazine is designed to retain two pins during use to prevent the tool from
discharging without a fastener (which can damage the tool and possibly cause injury). The
tool will resume normal operation when additional pins are loaded.
Minimum Cleaning Required

The GCN-MEP has a very efficient ignition system that provides
complete fuel combustion. This results in a cleaner operating
tool, which, in turn, results in more tool energy and higher
productivity. To maintain maximum level of productivity, periodic MEP-MAG1KT GCN-MEPKT or GCN-MEPMAGKT
cleaning is recommended. sold separately (with magazine)
• Only requires cleaning every 20,000 shots

• Easy access to the air filter and piston chamber
The GCN-MEP MAG gas-actuated concrete nailer

is ideal for fastening:
• Drywall track
• Lath wire for stucco
• Water-proofing membrane
• Furring strips
248
Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailing
GDP Pins
GDP concrete pins are designed to work with the GCN-MEPMAG gas-actuated
concrete nailer as well as with most major-brand gas-actuated concrete-nailer
tools. The patented 10-fastener strip is designed with break-away plastic. The
pins are designed for use in A36 and A572 steel, concrete, CMU block and sand- GDP
lightweight concrete over metal deck. (U.S. Patent 605,016)
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2811; Florida FL-15730; City of L.A. RR25837
0.106"-Diameter Shank Drive Pins

Model Length Qty. Pins / Pack Packs/ Compatible with
No. (in.) +1 Fuel Cell Carton These Tools
GDP-50KT 1/2 1,000 5
GDP-62KT 5⁄8 1,000 5
GDP-75KT 3/4 1,000 5 Simpson Strong-Tie

GCN-MEPMAG,
Others:
GDP-100KT 1 1,000 5 TF1100, C3, TF1200
GDP-125KT 1¼ 1,000 5
Direct Fastening
GDP-150KT 1 1/2 1,000 5
GDPS Pins
The GDPS pins are also designed to work in the GCN-MEPMAG
gas-actuated nailer tool for installation into steel and concrete. The
step-shank pin, with a smaller-diameter tip, facilitates easier penetration,
while the larger-diameter upper shank provides more shear resistance and GDPS
successful installation.
0.118"/0.102"-Diameter Stepped-Shank Drive Pins

Model Length Qty. Pins / Pack Packs/ Compatible Tools

No. (in.) + 1 fuel cell Carton Simpson Strong-Tie Others
GDPS-50KT 1⁄2 1,000 5
GDPS-62KT 5⁄8 1,000 5 GCN-MEPMAG TF1100, C3, TF1200
GDPS-75KT 3⁄4 1,000 5
249
Spiral Knurl Gas Pins

GDPSK gas pins are designed for attaching plywood and OSB
to cold-formed-steel studs. The spiral knurl provides a positive
lock and resists back-out. Installed with the GCN-MEPMAG, the
GDPSK-138 gas pin provides faster installation and setup times,
which contributes to lower labor costs. The hardened pins quickly
and cleanly pierce the cold-formed steel and leave the pin head flush
with the wood fixture. The 1 3/8" length pin can be used for 1/2"–3/4"
thick plywood, and 14–22 gauge steel. GDPSK
Spiral Knurl Gas Pins

Model Length Qty. Pins / Pack Packs/ Compatible with
No. (in.) + 1 fuel cell Carton These Tools
Simpson Strong-Tie: GCN-MEPMAG
GDPSK-138KT 1 3/8 1,000 5 Others: TF1100, C3
GWL-100 Lathing Washer and

Direct Fastening
GMR-2 Magnetic Ring

The GWL-100 lathing washer is used with the GCN-MEPMAG tool and attaches
lath to the wall surface for overlaying scratch coats, brown coats and stucco. GWL-100
The washers are held onto the nose of the tool with the new GMR-2 magnetic
ring and are attached to the substrate (including concrete and CMU) with GDP
pins, which fasten through the washer. No extra tools are needed to install the
magnetic ring to the nosepiece of the tool.
Lathing Washer and Magnetic Ring

Model Pack Carton
Description
No. Qty. Qty.
GWL-100 Lathing Washer, 1" Diameter 1,000 5,000 GMR-2

GMR-2 Magnetic Ring for GCN150 10 900
Lathing Washer and Magnetic Rings are sold separately.
Fuel Cell
The GFC34 fuel cell is designed to operate with the GCN-MEPMAG and GCN-
MEP, and with many major-brand gas-actuated concrete-nailer tools. The fuel
cell provides 1,200 shots and can operate at temperatures between 20° and
120°F (–6°–49°C). The fuel cells are offered individually or in a two-per-pack
clamshell. Additionally, one fuel cell is included with each pack of 1,000 pins.
Gas Fuel Cells for the GCN-MEP

Model Pack Packs/
Description Compatible with These Tools
No. Qty. Carton
GFC34 34-gram fuel cells 12 — Simpson Strong‑Tie®: GCN-MEP

and GCN-MEPMAG
Others: TrakFast ® TF1100,
GFC34-RC2 (2) 34-gram fuel cells 2 6 Trak-It ® C3
GFC Fuel Cell
250
GCN-MEP Gas-Actuated Pins and

Assemblies for Mechanical, Electrical
and Plumbing (MEP) Applications
Pre-assembled MEP fasteners are available for use with the GCN-MEP concrete nailer designed for high-
volume applications, such as affixing conduit clips, rod hangers, cable ties and ceiling clips.
With their 0.300" heads, these versatile pins and assemblies can also be used with common powder-actuated
tools when fastening into harder substrates (structural steel or extra-hard concrete) when required.
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2811; Florida FL-15730
GRH GCL GCT GTS
Direct Fastening
GCC GAC GW GTH
Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Pins

All single-shot pins are 0.125" diameter x 1" except where specified.
Model Compatible
Description Pack Qty.
No. Gas-Actuated Nailer
GRH25-R100 1⁄4" Rod hanger with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3

GRH37-R100 3⁄8" Rod hanger with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3
GCC50-R100 1⁄2" Conduit clip with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3
GCC75-R100 3⁄4" Conduit clip with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3

GCC100-R100 1" Conduit clip with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3
GCC125-R50 1" Conduit clip (13 gauge steel) with pin 50 GCN-MEP, T3
GCL50-R50 1⁄2" Conduit clamp with pin 50 GCN-MEP, T3
GCL75-R25 3⁄4" Conduit clamp with pin 25 GCN-MEP, T3
GAC-R100 Angle clip with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3
GCT-R50 Tie-strap holder with pin 50 GCN-MEP, T3
GW50-R200 1⁄2" Dome washer with 0.110" or 0.128" x 1⁄2" step-shank pin 200 GCN-MEP, T3
GW75-R200 1⁄2" Dome washer with 0.125 x 3⁄4" pin 200 GCN-MEP, T3
GW100-R100 1⁄2" Dome washer with pin 100 GCN-MEP, T3
GTS4-5075-R200 1⁄4" Threaded stud, 1⁄2" length 1⁄4-20 thread, 3⁄4" length shank (0.127" dia.) 200 GCN-MEP, T3
GTH-R200 Tophat pin 200 GCN-MEP, T3
251
Extension Pole Tools
PEPT6 or PEPT8
PEPT6LR or PEPT8LR
Advantages
• Modular lengths – 2 ft., 6 ft., 8 ft. • Eliminates need for scaffolding
• Lightweight • Rugged and durable design
Extension Poles for PT-27

Model Description Quantity
Direct Fastening
PEPT6 Complete 6 ft. pole 1

PEPT8 Complete 8 ft. pole 1
Extension poles for PTP-27L, PTP-27S, PTP-27SMAGR,

PTP-27LMAGR, GCN-MEPMAG and GCN-MEP
Model Description Quantity
PEPT6LR Complete 6 ft. pole 1
PEPT8LR Complete 8 ft. pole 1
252
PAT Tool / Fastener Matrix

This matrix matches Simpson Strong-Tie powder-acutated tools with the
powder loads and fasteners typically used with each tool.
Premium Tools Heavy-Duty General-Purpose Tools

Tool
Fasteners Page No.

PTP- PTP-
PTP-27L 27LMAGR PTP-27S 27SMAGR PT-27HDA PT-27 PT-22A PT-22HA PT-22P
(page 256) (page (page 258)
256) (page 258) (page 260) (page 261) (page 262) (page 263) (page 264)
Loads
P22AC (levels 2, 3, 4) 265 ALL ALL ALL
P22LRSC (levels 4, 5, 6, 7) 265
P25SL (levels 3, 4, 5) 265
P27LVL (levels 4, 5, 6) 265 ALL
P27SL (levels 2, 3, 4, 5) 265 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
P27SL6 265 ü ü ü ü
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter
Direct Fastening
PDPA-XXX 266 ü ü ü ü ü Max 2 1/2” ü
PDPAW-XXX 266 ü ü ü ü ü ü
PDPAWL-XXX 266 ü ü ü ü ü ü
PDPAS-XXX 267 ü ü
PDPAT-XXX 267 ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
PCLDPA-XXX 267 ü ü ü ü ü ü
PECLDPA-XXX 267 ü ü ü ü ü ü
PTRHA3-XXX 267 ü ü ü ü ü ü
PDPWL-XXSS 268 ü Max 2" ü ü ü ü
PINW-XXX 268 ü Max 2" ü ü ü ü
PINWP-XXX 268 Max 1 1/2" Max 2 1/2" ü ü Max 2 1/2"
PHBC-XXX 269 Max 2 1/2" Max 1 1/2" Max 2 1/2" ü ü Max 2 1/2"
PCC-XXX 269 ü ü ü ü ü ü
PBXDP-100 269 ü ü ü ü ü ü
8 mm-Headed Fasteners
PHN-XXX 270 Max 2 1/2" Max 1 5/8" ü Max 2 1/2" ü ü Max 2 1/2"
PHNW-XXX 271 Max 2" ü ü ü ü
PHNT-XXX 271 ü ü ü ü
PKP-250 271 ü ü ü
3/8"-Headed Fasteners / Threaded Studs
PSLV3-XXX 270 ü
1/4"-Headed Fasteners / Threaded Studs
PSLV4-XXX 269 ü Max 1 1/2" ü ü ü ü ü
253
PAT Tool Matrix Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems

This matrix matches Simpson Strong-Tie® powder-actuated tools with the trades that would typically use
each tool. The selection is based upon the features of the tool matching the needs of the trade.
Premium Tools
PTP-27L PTP-27LMAGR PTP-27S PTP-27SMAGR

Direct Fastening
••Automatic ••Fully Automatic ••Automatic ••Fully Automatic

••Adjustable Power ••10-Fastener Magazine ••Adjustable Power ••Rotating Fastener
••Low Recoil/Noise ••Adjustable Power ••Low Recoil/Noise Magazine
Features ••2 1⁄2" Pin Capacity ••Low Recoil/Noise ••Drywall Track Tool ••10-Fastener Magazine
(4" Pin with Washer) ••2 7⁄8" Pin Capacity ••1 5⁄8" Pin Capacity ••Adjustable Power
••Low Recoil/Noise
••1 1⁄4" Pin Capacity
Cold-Formed Best Better Best Better

Steel
Drywall Good Good Best Best
Electrical Better Better

General Best Best
Framer Best Best
Plumbing/
Fire Sprinkler
Acoustical/ Good Best

Overhead
Remodeling Better Better
Carpentry Better Better
Flooring Better Better Good Good
Glazing Better
HVAC Better Best
Rental Better
254
PAT Tool Matrix Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems

This matrix matches Simpson Strong-Tie® powder-actuated tools with the trades that would typically use each
tool. The selection is based upon the features of the tool matching the needs of the trade.
Heavy-Duty Tool General-Purpose Tools
PT-27HDA PT-27 PT-22A PT-22HA PT-22P
Direct Fastening
••Heavy-Duty ••Semi-Automatic ••Single-Shot ••Single-Shot ••Single-Shot
••Single .27 Caliber Shot ••Versatile ••Economical Professional- ••Hammer-Activated ••Versatile, Professional-
– Long ••Reliable Professional Grade Tool ••Medium-Duty Grade Tool
Features ••Reliable Design Grade Tool ••3" Pin Capacity ••3" Pin Capacity ••1 1/2" Pin Capacity
••3/8" Threaded ••2 1/2" Pin Capacity (4" Pin with Washer) ••2" Pin with Washer
Stud Sprinkler Tool with (4" Pin with Washer)
Stop Spall
Drywall Good Best
Electrical Good Good Good Better
General Better Good

Framer Good Good
Plumbing/ Best Good

Fire Sprinkler
Acoustical/ Better Good Better

Overhead
Remodeling Better Best Best Good
Carpentry Best Better Better
Flooring Best
Glazing Good Good Better
Hvac Better
Rental
255
PTP-27L and PTP-27LMAGR Premium Tools

The PTP-27L and the PTP-27LMAGR are powder-actuated fastening tools designed to provide versatility
and ease of use on the jobsite. Both tools deliver productive fastening with automatic piston reset, which
enables the user to simply load and shoot. The PTP-27L is a single-shot tool with a longer barrel that can
be easily affixed with a fastener magazine. The PTP-27LMAGR is a fully automatic tool with a fastener
magazine that can rotate for easier access, or it can be quickly changed to a single-shot tool.
Features
• Adjustable power for fastening versatility:
1–1 1/2 power-level range from a single strip
• Easy disassembly for cleaning and
maintenance
• No manual resetting of piston required
• Operator comfort: cushioned grip, reduced
recoil and sound-dampening muffler for
quiet operation
PTP-27L
PTP-27LMAGR
Key Fastening Applications Adjustable power
increases versatility
• Sill plate installation
Direct Fastening
• Washered-pin installation (PTP-27L only)

• Insulation fastening (PTP-27L only)
• Forming work
• Cold-formed steel
Specifications
• Fastener Length:
PTP-27L: 1/2" – 2 1/2" (3" or 4" washered)
PTP-27LMAGR: 5⁄8" – 2 7⁄8"
• Fastener Type: 0.300" (or 8 mm) diameter headed
• Firing Action:
PTP-27L: Automatic
PTP-27LMAGR: Fully automatic

• Load Caliber: 0.27 strip loads,
brown through purple (levels 2–6)
• Length: 17 3/4" (PTP-27L),
19 1/2" (PTP-27LMAGR)
The full line of Simpson Strong-Tie® powder loads and
• Weight: PTP-27L – 6.5 Ib., fasteners begins on page 265
PTP-27LMAGR – 8.8 lb.
Available Kit Combinations Tool is sold in a rugged tool box

complete with
PTP-27L: Single-shot configuration with • Operator’s manual
accessories
• Spall suppressor
PTP-LMAGR: Parts to convert • Tools for disassembly
PTP-27L into magazine configuration
• Safety glasses / ear plugs
PTP-27LMAGR: Magazine configuration
• Tool lubricant
with accessories
• Cleaning brushes
PTP-LCONKT: Parts to convert PTP-
27LMAGR into a single-shot configuration • Operator’s exam and caution sign
PTP-27LMAGRKT: Combination kit; • Tool box also sold separately

includes tool and components for both • Gloves
single-shot and magazine configurations
256
PTP-27L and PTP-27LMAGR Premium Tools
Direct Fastening
Quick-disconnect baseplate makes it easy to convert the PTP-27LMAGR from a magazine to a single-shot tool.
Complementary Products
Extension pole tool for the PTP-27L and PTP-27LMAGR available in 6' and 8' lengths
PEPT6LR – 6' Tool and PEPT8LR – 8' Tool
Extension Pole Tool (for the PTP-27L) — See page 252 for details.
Replacement Parts – PTP-27L Replacement Parts – PTP-27LMAGR

Description Model No. Description Model No.
Baseplate PTP-274800 Magazine (Complete) PTP-LMAGR
Nosepiece PTP-273820 Nosepiece PTP-276820
Nosepiece Screw PTP-275826
Piston PTP-273320
Piston PTP-276320
Piston Disc PTP-273306
Rubber Returner PTP-274305 Rubber Returner PTP-274305
Complete tool schematics, tool repair, maintenance kits and parts list are available at www.strongtie.com.
257
PTP-27S and PTP-27SMAGR Premium Tools

The PTP-27S and the PTP-27SMAGR are powder-actuated fastening tools designed to provide versatility
and ease of use on jobs that require shorter fasteners. Both tools deliver productive fastening with automatic
piston reset, which enables the user to simply load and shoot. The PTP-27S is a single-shot tool with a
shorter barrel that can be easily affixed with a fastener magazine. The PTP-27SMAGR is a fully automatic tool
with rotational fastener magazine that can be quickly changed to a single-shot tool.
Features
• Adjustable power for fastening versatility: 1–1 1/2 power-level
range from a single strip
• Operator comfort from cushioned grip, reduced recoil and
sound-dampening muffler for quiet operation
• No manual resetting of piston required
• Easy disassembly for cleaning and maintenance
Key Fastening Applications PTP-27S

PTP-27S: PTP-27SMAGR: PTP-27SMAGR
• Conduit clips • Drywall track Adjustable power
increases versatility
• Ceiling clips • Hat channel
Direct Fastening
• Drywall track • HVAC duct straps

• Metal Decking • Cold-formed steel
• Furring strips
Specifications
• Fastener Length:
PTP-27S: 1/2"–1 5⁄8"
PTP-27SMAGR: 1/2"–1 1/4"
• Fastener Type: 0.300" or 8 mm diameter
• Firing Action:
PTP-27S: Automatic
PTP-27SMAGR: Fully automatic
• Load Caliber: 0.27 strip loads, brown through purple

(levels 2–6)
• Length: 16 3/4" (PTP-27S), 17 1/2" (PTP-27SMAGR)
The full line of Simpson Strong-Tie® powder loads and
• Weight: PTP-27S – 6.25 Ib., PTP-27SMAGR – 8.1 Ib. fasteners begins on page 265.
Available Kit Combinations: Tool is sold in a rugged

PTP-27S: Single-shot configuration
tool box complete with
with accessories • Operator’s manual
PTP-SMAGR: Parts to convert • Spall suppressor

PTP-27S into magazine configuration • Tools for disassembly
PTP-27SMAGR: Magazine configuration • Safety glasses / ear plugs
with accessories • Tool lubricant
PTP-SCONKT: Parts to convert • Cleaning brushes
PTP-27SMAGR into a single-shot
• Operator’s exam and caution sign
configuration
• Tool box also sold separately
PTP-27SMAGRKT: Combination kit;
includes tool and components for both • Gloves
single-shot and magazine configurations
258
PTP-27S and PTP-27SMAGR Premium Tools
Rotating magazine allows for installation

flexibility.
Direct Fastening
Quick-disconnect baseplate makes it easy to convert the PTP-27SMAGR Collated pins make for fully automatic
from a magazine to a single-shot tool. fastening and quick loading.
Extension pole tool for the PTP-27S and PTP-27SMAGR available in 6' and 8' lengths
PEPT6LR – 6' Tool and PEPT8LR – 8' Tool
Extension Pole Tool (for the PTP-27S) — See page 252 for details.
Replacement Parts – PTP-27S Replacement Parts – PTP-27SMAGR

Description Model No. Description Model No.
Baseplate PTP-273800 Magazine Body (Complete) PTP-SMAGR
Nosepiece PTP-273820 Nosepiece PTP-275800
Nosepiece Screw PTP-275826
Piston PTP-273320
Piston PTP-273320
Rubber Returner PTP-273305 Rubber Returner PTP-273305
Complete tool schematics, tool repair, maintenance kits and parts list are available at www.strongtie.com.
259
PT-27HDA Powder-Actuated Heavy-Duty Stud Driver

The PT-27HDA is a low-velocity, heavy-duty powder-actuated
tool designed for installing fasteners into poured and precast
concrete, grout-filled concrete masonry block and horizontal
grouted joints, as well as structural steel. This tool offers
easy-cycling, single-shot firing action for continuous use, high
reliability and low maintenance. The PT-27HDA features a spall
suppressor, which reduces concrete spalling and helps keep
the tool perpendicular to the work surface.
Key features
•• Heavy-duty stud driver for installing fasteners into steel
or hard concrete
•• Easy cycling – pulling on the barrel ejects the shell and
resets the piston PT-27HDA
•• Low recoil for greater operator comfort

•• Spall suppressor to reduce concrete spalling and keep tool
perpendicular to work surface
•• Consistent and reliable performance
Direct Fastening
•• Easy disassembly for cleaning and maintenance
Specifications
•• Fastener length: 5/8" through 3"
•• Fastener types: 1/4" – 20-threaded studs, 3/8" – 16-threaded
studs, 8 mm-headed fasteners and 0.300"-headed
fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter
•• Firing action: Single shot
•• Load caliber: 0.27 long single loads, yellow through purple
(levels 3–6) Kit contents for PT-27HDA
•• Length: 14 1/2"
•• Weight: 8 lb., 13 oz.

Key Fastening Applications
•• 3/8" sprinkler fastenings
•• Heavy-duty fastening in concrete strengths
up to 8,000 psi
•• Structural steel
PT-27HDA is sold in a durable box

complete with
•• Operator’s manual
Easy cycling: simply pull to eject the shell
•• Spall suppressor
•• 8 mm fastener guide and pistons for use with PDPA, PSLV4
and PHN pins Replacement Parts – PT-27HDA
Description Model No.
•• 10 mm fastener guide and pistons for use with PSLV3 pins
8 mm Piston PTHDA-700320
•• Safety glasses / ear plugs
8 mm Guide Assembly PTHDA-700340
•• Tool lubricant
10 mm Piston PTHDA-700310
•• Cleaning brushes
10 mm Guide Assembly PTHDA-700330
•• Operator’s exam and caution sign
Stop Ring / Buffer PTHDA-700302
•• 2 extra stop rings
260
PT-27 General Purpose Tool

The PT-27 is a semi-automatic and fast-cycling fastening tool
that is engineered for continuous use, high reliability and low
maintenance. This versatile tool fires a variety of fastener types
and lengths.

•• Acoustical ceilings
•• Electrical applications
•• Sill plates
•• Drywall track
•• Water proofing material and/or lathing PT-27
Specifications
•• Fastener Length: 1/2" – 2 1/2" (3" or 4" washered)
•• Fastener Type: .300" or 8 mm-headed fasteners or 1/4"-20
threaded studs
Direct Fastening
•• Firing Action: Semi-automatic
•• Load Caliber: 0.27 strip loads,
brown through red (levels 2–5)
•• Length: 13 1/2"
Tool is sold in a rugged tool box complete with

•• Spall suppressor
•• Tools for disassembly
•• Safety glasses / ear plugs The full line of Simpson Strong-Tie®
•• Tool lubricant powder loads and fasteners begins
on page 265
•• Operator’s exam and caution sign Replacement Parts – PT-27
Annular Spring PT-301014
Ball Bearing (6 mm) PT-301013
Barrel PT-301006
Baseplate PT-301009
Piston – Concave (includes ring) PT-301217
Piston – Flat (includes ring) PT-301903
Piston Ring PT-301208
Piston Stop PT-301012
Shear Clip PT-301011
For tool repair and maintenance kits and complete tool
schematics and parts list, visit www.strongtie.com.
Extension pole tool for the PT-27 available in 6' and 8' lengths
PEPT6 Tool and PEPT8 Tool
Extension Pole Tool (for the PT-27) – see page 252 for details.
261
PT-22A General-Purpose Tool

The PT-22A is a powder-actuated tool that uses 0.22 caliber “A”
crimp loads, has single-shot firing action and is engineered for
continuous use, high reliability and low maintenance.

•• Furring strips
•• Framing pins
PT-22A
•• Electrical boxes
•• Ceiling clips
Specifications
•• Fastener Length: 1/2" – 3" (3" and 4" washered)
•• Fastener Type: 0.300" or 8-mm headed fasteners or 1/4"-20
threaded studs
•• Firing Action: Single shot
•• Load Caliber: 0.22 single “A” crimp loads, brown through
Direct Fastening
yellow (levels 2–4). Note: Not for use with 0.22-caliber straight
wall loads.
•• Length: 13 7/8"
•• Weight: 4.4 Ib.
Tool is sold in a rugged tool box complete with:

•• Spall guard
•• Tools for disassembly*
•• Safety glasses / ear plugs*
•• Cleaning brushes* The PT-22A is sold individually in a tool box with
•• Operator’s exam and caution sign* accessories or in a retail package (see below).

*These items not supplied with the PT-22A-RB retail package. The full line of Simpson Strong-Tie®
powder loads and fasteners begins on page 265
PT-22A Retail Package Product Data
Qty. of Qty. of
Model Tools Per Retail
Description No. Retail Packages
Package Per Carton
.22 Caliber,
Single-Shot
Trigger- PT-22A-RB 1 2
Activated
Tool
Replacement Parts
Nosepiece PT22A-01
Piston Buffer PT22A-02
Piston Reset Cap PT22A-13
Piston Reset Pin PT22A-11
Piston Reset Spring PT22A-12 PT-22A-RB
Piston with Ring PT22A-03
1. Model PT-DC108 for tools with a serial number below 5000.
4. Complete tool schematics and parts list available at www.strongtie.com.
262
PT-22HA General-Purpose Tool

The PT-22HA is a hammer-activated tool engineered for low maintenance
and economy. The tool offers three levels of power: Brown through yellow
loads (levels 2–4).

•• Remodeling
•• Maintenance
•• Electricians
•• Telecommunications PT-22HA
Specifications
•• Fastener Length: 1/2"–3"
(4" washered)
•• Fastener Type: 0.300" or 8 mm-headed fasteners or
1/4"-20 threaded studs
•• Firing Action: Single shot, hammer activated
Direct Fastening
•• Load Caliber: 0.22 single “A” crimp loads, brown through yellow
(levels 2–4). Note: Not for use with 0.22-caliber straight wall loads.
•• Length: 14 1/4"
PT-22H Retail Package Product Data

Qty. of Qty. of
Model Tools Per Retail
Description No. Retail Packages
Package Per Carton
0.22 Caliber,
Single-Shot
Hammer- PT-22HA-RB 1 4
Activated
Tool
The PT-22HA-RB comes packaged in a

retail clamshell ready for merchandising.
263
PT-22P Powder-Actuated Tool

The PT-22P is a single-shot fastening tool engineered for continuous use,
high reliability and low maintenance. The all-aluminum body of the PT-22P
also provides rugged durability.

•• Drywall track
•• Furring strips
PT-22P
•• Framing pins
•• Electrical boxes
•• Ceiling clips
Specifications
•• Fastener Length: 1/2"–1 1/2"
•• Fastener Type: 0.300" or 8 mm-headed fasteners or
1/4"-20 threaded studs
•• Firing Action: Single shot
Direct Fastening
•• Load Caliber: 0.22 single “A” crimp loads, brown through yellow (levels
2-4). Note: Not for use with 0.22-caliber straight wall loads.
•• Length: 14"
•• Weight: 4 lb. 7 oz.
Tool is sold in a rugged tool box complete with

•• Spall guard
•• Tools for disassembly
•• Safety glasses / ear plugs
•• Operator’s exam and caution sign

•• One additional piston The PT-22P is sold individually
in a tool box with accessories.
Replacement Parts
Nosepiece PT-22P-01
Stop Pin Cover PT-22P-17
Barrel Stop Pin PT-22P-20
Barrel Stop Pin Spring PT-22P-21
Piston with Ring PT-22P-02
264
Powder Loads for Powder-Actuated Tools

0.22-Caliber “A” Crimp Loads – Single Shot
Compatible Tools
Description Model Pack Qty. Carton Qty.
Simpson Others
P22AC2 100 10,000
.22 Cal. – Brown (Level 2) 721, U-2000,
P22AC2A 100 10,000 PT-22A DX-37E, DX72E,
P22AC3 100 10,000 PT-22GS 4170 and model 70,
.22 Cal. – Green (Level 3)
P22AC3A 100 10,000 PT-22HA System 3 and
PT-22P most low-velocity,
P22AC4 100 10,000 single-shot tools P22AC
.22 Cal. – Yellow (Level 4)
P22AC4A 100 10,000
0.22-Caliber Straight Wall Loads – Single Shot

Description Model Pack Qty. Carton Qty. Compatible Tools
.22 Cal. – Yellow (Level 4) P22LRSC4 100 10,000
.22 Cal. – Red (Level 5) P22LRSC5 100 10,000 Ladd Tools,
and some special
.22 Cal. – Purple (Level 6) P22LRSC6 100 10,000 application tools
.22 Cal. – Gray (Level 7) P7LRSC 100 10,000 P22LRSC
Note: Not for use with Simpson Strong-Tie PT-22, PT-22GS, or PT-22H tools.
0.25-Caliber Plastic 10-Shot Strip Loads
Direct Fastening
.25 Cal. – Green (Level 3) P25SL3 100 10,000
.25 Cal. – Green BULK PACK P25SL3M 1,000 5,000
.25 Cal. – Yellow (Level 4) P25SL4 100 10,000
DX35, R355
.25 Cal. – Yellow BULK PACK P25SL4M 1,000 5,000
.25 Cal. – Red (Level 5) P25SL5 100 10,000
.25 Cal. – Red BULK PACK P25SL5M 1,000 5,000
P25SL
0.27-Caliber Single-Shot Loads – Long

.27 Cal. – Yellow (Level 4) P27LVL4 100 10,000
PT-27HDA, DX460,
.27 Cal. – Red (Level 5) P27LVL5 100 10,000 and Hilti DX600
.27 Cal. – Purple (Level 6) P27LVL6 100 10,000
P27LVL
0.27-Caliber Plastic, 10-Shot Strip Loads
Compatible Tools
Description Model Pack Qty. Carton Qty.
Simpson Strong-Tie Others
P27SL2 100 10,000
.27 Cal. – Brown (Level 2)
P27SL2A 100 10,000
P27SL3 100 10,000 DX-350, DX-351,
.27 Cal. – Green (Level 3) DX-36, DX-A40
P27SL3A 100 10,000
(except PT27SL2),
.27 Cal. – Green BULK PACK P27SL3M 1,000 5,000 PTP-27L, DX-A41 (except PT27SL2
P27SL4 100 10,000 PTP-27MAGR, and PT27SL3), DX-460,
.27 Cal. – Yellow (Level 4) PTP-27S, DX-450, DX-451, DX-460,
P27SL4A 100 10,000
PTP-27SMAGR, System 1H, P-36B,
.27 Cal. – Yellow BULK PACK P27SL4M 1,000 5,000 PT-27 A-40B, A-41B, Cobra
P27SL5 100 10,000 and most 0.27-caliber
.27 Cal. – Red (Level 5) clone tools
P27SL5A 100 10,000
.27 Cal. – Red BULK PACK P27SL5M 1,000 5,000
.27 Cal. – Purple (Level 6) P27SL6 100 10,000 DX-450, DX-451, DX-A41
Note: An “A” in a part number denotes imported load. No “A” indicates a domestic load.
P27SL
265
Fasteners for Powder-Actuated Tools
PDPA Drive Pins

•• Manufactured with tight tolerances for superior performance
•• Code-listed per ICC-ES ESR-2138; City of L.A. RR25469; Florida FL-15730

Compatible Tools
Length Model Pack Carton
Description Simpson
(in.) No. Qty. Qty. Others
Strong‑Tie
1⁄2 PDPA-50 0.157 x 1⁄2" 100 1,000
1⁄2 knurled PDPA-50K 0.157 x 1⁄2" knurl 100 1,000
5⁄8 knurled PDPA-62K 0.157 x 5⁄8" knurl 100 1,000
3⁄4 PDPA-75 0.157 x 3⁄4" 100 1,000 PTP-27L
1 PDPA-100 0.157 x 1" 100 1,000 PTP-27S
1 1/16 PDPA-106 0.157 x 1 1/16" 100 1,000 PT-27
PT-27HDA 721, D-60, U-2000
1 1⁄4 PDPA-125 0.157 x 1 1⁄4" 100 1,000 and most other
PT-22A low-velocity tools
1 5/16 PDPA-131 0.157 x 1 5/16" 100 1,000 PT-22GS PDPA
1 1⁄2 PDPA-150 0.157 x 1 1⁄2" 100 1,000 PT-22P
Direct Fastening
1 7⁄8 PDPA-187 0.157 x 1 7⁄8" 100 1,000 PT-22HA

2 PDPA-200 0.157 x 2" 100 1,000
2 1⁄2 PDPA-250 0.157 x 2 1⁄2" 100 1,000
2 7⁄8 PDPA-287 0.157 x 2 7⁄8" 100 1,000
This model available in mechanically galvanized finish (PDPA-287MG).
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter and 3/4" Metal Washers
Compatible Tools
Description Simpson
Strong-Tie
1⁄2 PDPAW-50 0.157 x 1⁄2", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000
1⁄2 knurled PDPAW-50K 0.157 x 1⁄2" knurl, w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000
5⁄8 knurled PDPAW-62K 0.157 x 5⁄8" knurl, w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000
3⁄4 PDPAW-75 0.157 x 3⁄4", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000 PTP-27L 721,
PTP-27S D-60, U-2000,

1 PDPAW-100 0.157 x 1", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000 PT-27 System 1,
1 1⁄4 PDPAW-125 0.157 x 1 1⁄4", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000 PT-22P System 3
1 1⁄2 PDPAW-150 0.157 x 1 1⁄2", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000 PT-22A and most other
PT-22GS low-velocity
1 7⁄8 PDPAW-187 0.157 x 1 7⁄8", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000 PT-22HA tools PDPAW
2 PDPAW-200 0.157 x 2", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000
2 1⁄2 PDPAW-250 0.157 x 2 1⁄2", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000
2 7⁄8 PDPAW-287 0.157 x 2 7⁄8", w/ 3⁄4" washer 100 1,000
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter and 1" Metal Washers
Compatible Tools
Description Simpson
Strong-Tie
1⁄2 PDPAWL-50 0.157 x 1⁄2", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000
1⁄2 knurled PDPAWL-50K 0.157 x 1⁄2" knurl, w/ 1" washer 100 1,000
5⁄8 knurled PDPAWL-62K 0.157 x 5⁄8" knurl, w/ 1" washer 100 1,000
3⁄4 PDPAWL-75 0.157 x 3⁄4", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000 PTP-27L 721,
PTP-27S D-60, U-2000,
1 PDPAWL-100 0.157 x 1", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000 PT-27 System 1,
1 1⁄4 PDPAWL-125 0.157 x 1 1⁄4", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000 PT-22P System 3
1 1⁄2 PDPAWL-150 0.157 x 1 1⁄2", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000 PT-22A and most other
PT-22GS low-velocity
1 7⁄8 PDPAWL-187 0.157 x 1 7⁄8", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000 PT-22HA tools
2 PDPAWL-200 0.157 x 2", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000
2 1⁄2 PDPAWL-250 0.157 x 2 1⁄2", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000
PDPAWL
2 7⁄8 PDPAWL-287 0.157 x 2 7⁄8", w/ 1" washer 100 1,000
This model available in mechanically galvanized finish (PDPAWL-287MG).
266

0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter—10-Pin Collation
Compatible Tools
Description Simpson
Strong‑Tie
1⁄2 PDPAS-50 0.157 x 1⁄2" 100 1,000
1⁄2 knurled PDPAS-50K 0.157 x 1⁄2" knurl 100 1,000
5⁄8 knurled PDPAS-62K 0.157 x 5⁄8" knurl 100 1,000
3⁄4 PDPAS-75 0.157 x 3⁄4" 100 1,000
1 PDPAS-100 0.157 x 1" 100 1,000 DX-460 MAG and
PTP-27SMAGR most other
1 1⁄4 PDPAS-125 0.157 x 1 1⁄4" 100 1,000 PT-27LMAGR low-velocity
1 1⁄2 PDPAS-150 0.157 x 1 1⁄2" 100 1,000 magazine tools
1 7⁄8 PDPAS-187 0.157 x 1 7⁄8" 100 1,000
2 PDPAS-200 0.157 x 2" 100 1,000 PDPAS
2 1⁄2 PDPAS-250 0.157 x 2 1⁄2" 100 1,000
2 7⁄8 PDPAS-287 0.157 x 2 7⁄8" 100 1,000
0.300"-Headed Tophat Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter

Compatible Tools
Description Simpson
Direct Fastening
Strong‑Tie
1⁄2 knurled PDPAT-50K 0.157 x 1⁄2" knurl 100 1,000 PTP-27L
PTP-27S
5⁄8 knurled PDPAT-62K 0.157 x 5⁄8" knurl 100 1,000 PT-27
PT-27HDA 721, D-60, U-2000
PT-22A and most other
3⁄4 PDPAT-75 0.157 x 3⁄4" 100 1,000 PT-22GS low-velocity tools PDPAT
PT-22P
1 PDPAT-100 0.157 x 1" 100 1,000 PT-22HA
Pre-Assembled Ceiling Clips –

Compatible Tools
Description Simpson
Strong‑Tie
Ceiling Clip
7⁄8 PCLDPA-87 100 1,000

with 7/8" Pin
Ceiling Clip
1 1/16 PCLDPA-106 100 1,000
with 1 1/16" Pin PTP-27L DX-350 System 1 PCLDPA
Ceiling Clip PTP-27S 721 DX-351,
1 5/16 PCLDPA-131 100 1,000 PT-27 DX-460,
with 1 5/16" Pin
PT22A Ramset Viper,
Compact PT-22GS Reamset Viper 4
1 1/16 PECLDPA-106 Ceiling Clip 100 1,000 PT-22P and most other
with 1 1/16" Pin PT-22HA tools
Compact
1 5/16 PECLDPA-131 Ceiling Clip 100 1,000 PECLDPA
with 1 5/16" Pin
Threaded Rod Hangers – 0.300" – Headed Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter
Compatible Tools
Description Simpson
Strong‑Tie
1 5/16, 1⁄4 – 20 PTP-27L
Threaded PTRHA4-131 0.157 x 1 5/16" 50 500 PTP-27S DX-350
Rod Hanger PT-27 DX-36
PT-22P DX-35
1 5/16, 3⁄8 – 16 PT-22A DX-A40
Threaded PTRHA3-131 0.157 x 1 5/16" 50 500 PT-22GS DX-460
Rod Hanger PT-22HA PTRHA3
267

Type-304 Stainless-Steel 0.300"-Headed Fasteners
with 0.145" Shank Diameter and 1" Metal Washers*
Compatible Tools
(in.) No. Qty. Qty. Simpson Others
Strong-Tie
1 PDPWL-1004SS 100 1,000 PTP-27L 721**, D-60, DX-460,
PTP-27S**
PDPWL-1254SS 100 1,000 U-2000, System 1,
1 1⁄4 PT-27 System 3
PT-22P and most other
1 1⁄2 PDPWL-1504SS 100 1,000 PT-22A low-velocity
PT-22GS tools
2 PDPWL-2004SS 100 1,000 PT-22HA
*Washers are Type-304 Stainless-Steel PDPWL-SS
**Up to 2"
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.145" Shank Diameter and 1 7/16" Metal Washers
Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
1 PINW-100 50 500
Direct Fastening
721, D-60,
1 1⁄4 PINW-125 50 500 PTP-27L U-2000,
PT-27
1 1⁄2 PINW-150 50 500 System 1,
PT-22P System 3
2 1⁄4 PINW-225 50 500 PT-22A and most other
PT-22GS
2 1⁄2 PINW-250 50 500 low-velocity
PT-22HA PINW
tools
3 PINW-300 50 500
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.145" Shank Diameter and 1 3/8" Plastic White Washers
Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
1 PINWP-100W 50 500

1 1⁄4 PINWP-125W 50 500
PTP-27L
1 1⁄2 PINWP-150W 50 500 721*, D-60, DX-460,
PT-27 U-2000, System 1,
PT-22P
1 3⁄4 PINWP-175W 50 500 PT-22A System 3
and most other
2 PINWP-200W 50 500 PT-22GS PINWP
low-velocity tools
PT-22HA
2 1⁄2 PINWP-250W 50 500
3 PINWP-300W 50 500
*Up to 2 1/2"
268

Highway Basket Clips – 0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.145" Shank Diameter
Compatible Tools
Model Pack Carton
Description Simpson
No. Qty. Qty. Others
Strong-Tie
Clip with
PHBC-150 100 1,000 PTP-27L,
1 1/2" Pin
PT-27
Clip with PT-22P, DX-A41,
PHBC-200 100 1,000 PT-22A Autofast
2" Pin
PT-22GS
Clip with PT-22HA
PHBC-250 50 1,000 PHBC
2 1/2" Pin
Pre-Assembled BX Cable Straps and Conduit Straps –

Compatible Tools
Model Pack Carton
Description Simpson
No. Qty. Qty. Others
Strong-Tie
BX Cable Strap
PBXDP-100 100 1,000
with 1" Pin PTP-27L D-60, PCC
PTP-27S 721,
Direct Fastening
Conduit Clip 1⁄2" EMT
PCC50-DP100 100 1,000 PT-27 System 1,
with 1" Pin
PT-22P System 3,
Conduit Clip 3⁄4" EMT PT-22A DX-350
PCC75-DP100 50 500
with 1" Pin PT-22GS and most
Conduit Clip 1" EMT PT-22HA other tools
PCC100-DP100 50 500
with 1" Pin PBXDP
1/4" – 20 Threaded Studs*

Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
1⁄4 - 20 Knurled (T-1⁄2, S-1⁄2) PSLV4-5050K 100 1,000
1⁄4 - 20 (T-1⁄2, S-3⁄4) PSLV4-5075 100 1,000
1⁄4 - 20 (T-1⁄2, S-1) PSLV4-50100 100 1,000

1⁄4 - 20 (T-1⁄2, S-1 1⁄4) PSLV4-50125 100 1,000
PTP-27
1⁄4 - 20 (T-3⁄4, S-3⁄4) PSLV4-7575 100 1,000 PTP-27L Most
PT-27
1⁄4 - 20 Knurled (T-3⁄4, S-1⁄2) PSLV4-7550K 100 1,000 PT-22A low-velocity
tools
1⁄4 - 20 (T-3⁄4, S-1) PSLV4-75100 100 1,000 PT-22GS
PT-22HA
1⁄4 - 20 (T-3⁄4, S-1 1⁄4) PSLV4-75125 100 1,000
1⁄4 - 20 (T-1, S-1) PSLV4-100100 100 1,000
PSLV4
1⁄4 - 20 Knurled (T-1 1⁄4, S-1⁄2) PSLV4-12550K 100 1,000
1⁄4 - 20 (T-1 1⁄4, S-1 1⁄4) PSLV4-125125 100 1,000
*Shank diameter is 0.150". NOTE: T = thread length, S = shank length.
269

3/8" – 16 Threaded Studs* (Factory Mutual Listing-see below)
Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
3⁄8 - 16 Knurled PSLV3-12575K 100 1,000
(T-1 1⁄4, S-3⁄4)
DX-600
3⁄8 - 16 PSLV3-125100 100 1,000 PT-27HDA and most other
(T-1 1⁄4, S-1) 3/8" barrel tools
3⁄8 - 16 PSLV3-125125** 100 1,000

(T-1 1⁄4, S-1 1⁄4) PSLV3
*Shank diameter is 0.205". NOTE: T = thread length, S = shank length.
**Factory Mutual Listing 3031724
Metric Fasteners
Direct Fastening
8mm-Headed Fasteners with 3.68mm Shank Diameter

Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
1⁄2 Knurled PHN-14K 100 1,000
5⁄8 Knurled PHN-16K 100 1,000
3⁄4 Knurled PHN-19K 100 1,000
7⁄8 PHN-22 100 1,000
DX-350
1 PHN-27 100 1,000 PTP-27L DX-36
PHN-32 100 1,000 PTP-27S** DX-400E
1 1⁄4 PT-27 DX-A40
1 1⁄2 PHN-37 100 1,000 PT-22P** DX-460
PT-22A DX-A41
1 5⁄8 PHN-42 100 1,000 PT-22GS System 1
1 7⁄8 PHN-47 100 1,000 PT-22HA* DX-351 and
8mm tools
2 PHN-52 100 1,000

2 1⁄4 PHN-57 100 1,000 PHN
2 1⁄2 PHN-62 100 1,000
2 7⁄8 PHN-72 100 1,000
*Up to 2 1⁄2"
**Up to 1 1⁄2"
270

Metric Fasteners
8mm-Headed Fasteners with 3.68mm Shank Diameter
and 1" Metal Washers
Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
1 PHNW-27 100 1,000
1 1⁄4 PHNW-32 100 1,000
DX-350
1 1⁄2 PHNW-37 100 1,000 PTP-27L DX-36
PHNW-42 100 1,000 PTP-27S* DX-400E
1 5⁄8 PT-27 DX-A40
1 7⁄8 PHNW-47 100 1,000 PT-22P DX-A41
PT-22A DX-460
2 PHNW-52 100 1,000 PT-22GS System1
2 1⁄4 PHNW-57 100 1,000 PT-22HA DX-351 and
8mm tools
2 1⁄2 PHNW-62 100 1,000 PHNW
2 7⁄8 PHNW-72 100 1,000
*Up to 2"
Direct Fastening
8mm-Headed Tophat Fasteners with 3.68mm Shank Diameter
Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
5⁄8 Knurled PHNT-16K 100 1,000

PTP-27
PTP-27L DX-35
3⁄4 Knurled PHNT-19K 100 1,000 PTP-27S DX-350
PT-27 DX-460
PT-22P
PHNT-22 100 1,000 and most
7⁄8 PT-22A 8mm tools
PT-22GS
PT-22HA
1 PHNT-27 100 1,000
PHNT
271

Concrete Forming Pin – 0.187"-Headed with 0.145" Shank Diameter
Compatible Tools
Strong-Tie
3⁄16 x 2 1⁄2 PTP-27L, PT-27 DX-Series

Concrete PKP-250 100 1,000 PT-22P, PT-22A and
Forming Pin PT-22GS, PT-22HA 8mm tools
Note: Lengths in inches are for reference only and may not be exact.
PKP
Miscellaneous
1/4"-Headed Hammer Drive Fastener with 3/8" Metal Washer

Compatible Tools
(in.) No. Qty. Qty. Simpson Strong-Tie Others
PHD-75 100 1,000
Direct Fastening
3⁄4 HT-38, R-260, R-375,

1 PHD-100 100 1,000 PHT-38 XL-143 and other
1 1⁄4 PHD-125 100 1,000 hammer drive tools
PHD
Manual Hammer Tool

(not for use with powder loads)
Warning: Do not use powder loads

with this tool. This is a hammer drive
tool only. Use of powder loads with this
PHT-38 tool may result in injury or death.

Powder-Actuated Tool Repair and Maintenance Kits
Tool Kit Model No. Description Contents
5 Shear Clips (Part No. PT-301011)
1 Annular Spring (Part No. PT-301014)
1 Piston Stop (Part No. PT-301012)
Normal wear part
PT-27 PT-27PK1 3 Ball Bearings (Part No. PT-301013)
replacement kit
1 Piston (Part No. PT-301903)
2 Piston Rings (Part No. PT-301208)
1 Nosepiece (Part No. PT-301010)
1 Cleaning Brush - Wire (Part No. BRUSH 125)
1 Cleaning Brush 3⁄4" Diameter (Part No. BRUSH 25)
1 Cleaning Brush 1⁄4" Diameter (Part No. BRUSH 75)
All PT-MK1 Tool cleaning kit 1 PAT Tool Lubricant – 4 oz. spray bottle (Part No. PT-MTL4.0)
(1) 1⁄8" Hex Wrench (Part No. MW-18)
(1) 3⁄16" Hex Wrench (Part No. MW-316)
(1) 5mm Hex Wrench (Part No. MW-5)
All PT-MTL2.0 Tool lubricant 2 oz. spray bottle
272
Gas- and Powder-Actuated Pins Design Information – Concrete

IBC *
PAT and Gas-Actuated Fasteners — Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)
Direct Shank Minimum Minimum Minimum
Edge f' ≥ 2,000 psi f' ≥ 2,500 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 5,000 psi f'c ≥ 6,000 psi
Fastening Model No. Diameter Penetration Distance Spacing c c
Type In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) (13.8 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (34.5 MPa) (41.3 MPa)
Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
3/4 3.5 5 110 110 110 110
— —
(19) (89) (127) (0.49) (0.49) (0.49) (0.49)
PDPA 1 3.5 5 210 240 310 160
— —
PDPAT 0.157 (25) (89) (127) (0.93) (1.07) (1.38) (0.71)
PDPAW (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 320 340 380 365
PDPAWL — —
(32) (89) (127) (1.42) (1.51) (1.69) (1.62)
1 1/2 3.5 5 375 400 450 465
— —
(38) (89) (127) (1.67) (1.78) (2.00) (2.07)
Powder 0.145 1 3 4 60
Actuated PDPWL-SS — — — — —
(3.7) (25) (76) (102) (0.27)
3/4 3 4 60
— — — — —
(19) (76) (102) (0.27)
0.145 1 3 4 45 70 100 150 — 150
PHN (3.7) (25) (76) (102) (0.20) (0.31) (0.44) (0.67) (0.67)
1 1/4 3 4 140 195 255 370 370
—
(32) (76) (102) (0.62) (0.87) (1.13) (1.65) (1.65)
0.205 1 1/4 4 6 260
PSLV3 — — — — —
Direct Fastening
(5.2) (32) (102) (152) (1.16)
5/8 3 4 25 25 30 45 45 —
0.106 (16) (76) (102) (0.11) (0.11) (0.13) (0.20) (0.20)
GDP (2.7) 3/4 3 4 30 30 30 30 30 —
Gas (19) (76) (102) (0.13) (0.13) (0.13) (0.13) (0.13)
Actuated 5/8 3 4 60 65 70 95
GW-75 — —
0.125 (16) (76) (102) (0.27) (0.29) (0.31) (0.42)
GW-100 (3.2) 3/4 3 4 85 95 105 190
GTH — —
(19) (76) (102) (0.38) (0.42) (0.47) (0.85)
1. The fasteners must not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated minimum compressive strength.
2. Minimum concrete thickness must be three times the fastener embedment into the concrete.
3. The allowable tension and shear values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the
concrete must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
IBC *
PAT and Gas-Actuated Fasteners — Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Allowable Shear Load — lb. (kN)
Direct Shank Minimum Minimum Minimum
Edge f' ≥ 2,000 psi f' ≥ 2,500 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 5,000 psi f'c ≥ 6,000 psi
Fastening Model No. Diameter Penetration Distance Spacing c c

3/4 3.5 5 120 125 135 130
— —
(19) (89) (127) (0.53) (0.56) (0.60) (0.58)
PDPA 1 3.5 5 285 290 310 350
— —
PDPAT 0.157 (25) (89) (127) (1.27) (1.29) (1.38) (1.56)
PDPAW (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 360 380 420 390
PDPAWL — —
(32) (89) (127) (1.60) (1.69) (1.87) (1.73)
1 1/2 3.5 5 405 430 485 495
— —
Powder (38) (89) (127) (1.80) (1.91) (2.16) (2.20)
Actuated
PDPWL-SS 0.145 1 3 4 195 — — — — —
(3.7) (25) (76) (102) (0.87)
3/4 3 4 95
— — — — —
(19) (76) (102) (0.42)
0.145 1 3 4 120 140 165 205 205
PHN (3.7) —
(25) (76) (102) (0.53) (0.62) (0.73) (0.91) (0.91)
1 1/4 3 4 265 265 265 265 265
—
(32) (76) (102) (1.18) (1.18) (1.18) (1.18) (1.18)
5/8 3 4 25 25 25 25 25 —
0.106 (16) (76) (102) (0.11) (0.11) (0.11) (0.11) (0.11)
GDP (2.7) 3/4 3 4 45 50 55 75 75 —
Gas (19) (76) (102) (0.20) (0.22) (0.24) (0.33) (0.33)
Actuated 5/8 3 4 55 60 65 95
GW-75 — —
0.125 (16) (76) (102) (0.24) (0.27) (0.29) (0.42)
GW-100 (3.2) 3/4 3 4 120 135 145 215
GTH — —
(19) (76) (102) (0.53) (0.60) (0.64) (0.96)
3. The allowable tension and shear values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be investigated in accordance with
accepted design criteria.
273

IBC *
PAT and Gas-Actuated Assemblies — Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Direct Shank Minimum Minimum Edge Minimum
Fastening Model No. Diameter Penetration Distance Spacing f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,500 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 5,000 psi f'c ≥ 6,000 psi
1 3.5 5 175 180 190
— — —
0.157 (25) (89) (102) (0.78) (0.80) (0.85)
PCLDPA (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 210 210 190
— — —
(32) (89) (102) (0.93) (0.93) (0.85)
Powder 0.157 1 3.5 5 180 155 180
PECLDPA — — —
Actuated (4.0) (25) (89) (102) (0.80) (0.69) (0.80)
1 3.5 5 180 190 180
— — —
PTRHA3 0.157 (25) (89) (102) (0.80) (0.85) (0.80)
PTRHA4 (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 185 220 190
— — —
(32) (89) (102) (0.82) (0.98) (0.85)
GRH25 0.125 3/4 3 4 85 115 160 165 165
—
Gas GRH37 (3.2) (19) (76) (102) (0.38) (0.51) (0.71) (0.73) (0.73)
Actuated 0.125 3/4 3 4 105 120 150 170 195
GAC —
(3.2) (19) (76) (102) (0.47) (0.53) (0.67) (0.76) (0.87)
3. The allowable tension values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be investigated in accordance with
Direct Fastening
IBC *
PAT and Gas-Actuated Assemblies — Allowable Oblique Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Allowable Oblique Load — lb. (kN)
Shank Minimum Minimum Minimum
Direct Diameter Penetration Edge Distance Spacing f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,500 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 5,000 psi f'c ≥ 6,000 psi
Fastening Model No. In. In. In. In. (13.8 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (34.5 MPa) (41.3 MPa)
Type (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
1 3.5 5 255 240 245
— — —
0.157 (25) (89) (102) (1.13) (1.07) (1.09)
PCLDPA
Powder (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 250 265 265
— — —
Actuated (32) (89) (102) (1.11) (1.18) (1.18)
0.157 1 3.5 5 225 230 255
PECLDPA — — —
(4.0) (25) (89) (102) (1.00) (1.02) (1.13)
Gas 0.125 3/4 3 4 130 135 145 155 175
GAC —
Actuated (3.2) (19) (76) (102) (0.58) (0.60) (0.64) (0.69) (0.78)

3. The allowable oblique values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be investigated in accordance with accepted
design criteria.
4. Oblique load direction is 45° from the concrete member surface.

274

PAT Fasteners — Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for IBC *
Attachment of Wood Sill Plates to Normal-Weight Concrete
f’c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) f’c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
Overall Nominal Head Shank Washer Washer
Direct Length Diameter Diameter Thickness Bearing Area Allow. Allow. Allow. Allow.
Fastening Model No. In. In. In. In. In2 Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
Type (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm ) 2
lb. lb. lb. lb.
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
2 7/8 0.300 0.157 0.070 0.424 200 205
PDPAW-287 — —
(73) (7.6) (4.0) (1.8) (274) (0.89) (0.91)
Powder PDPAWL-287 2 7/8 0.300 0.157 0.070 0.767 200 205
Actuated — —
PDPAWL-287MG (73) (7.6) (4.0) (1.8) (495) (0.89) (0.91)
2 7/8 0.315 0.145 0.070 0.770 125 150
PHNW-72 — —
(73) (8.0) (3.7) (1.8) (497) (0.56) (0.67)
3. The allowable tension and shear values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be investigated in accordance with
4. Minimum concrete edge distance is 1 3/4 inches.
5. Only mechanically galvanized fasteners may be used to attach preservative-treated wood to concrete.
6. Minimum spacing shall be 4" on center.
Direct Fastening
IBC *
Spacing of PAT Fasteners for Attachment of Wood Sill Plates to Normal-Weight Concrete
Maximum Spacing
Nominal Head In.
Overall Length Shank Diameter
Diameter (mm)
Direct Fastening Type Model No. In. In.
In.
(mm) (mm) Interior Nonstructural
(mm)
Walls2
2 7/8 0.315 0.145 36
PHNW-723 (8.0) (3.7) (914)
(73)
Powder Actuated PDPAW-2874

2 7/8 0.300 0.157 48
PDPAWL-2874 (7.6) (4.0) (1219)
PDPAWL-287MG4 (73)
1. Spacings are based upon the attachment of 2-inch (nominal thickness) wood sill plates, with specific gravity of 0.50 or greater, to
concrete floor slabs or footings.
2. All walls shall have fasteners placed at 6 inches from ends of sill plates, with maximum spacing as shown in the table.
3. Fasteners shall not be driven until the concrete has reached a compressive strength of 2,000 psi. Minimum edge distance is 1 3/4 inches.
4. Fasteners shall not be driven until the concrete has reached a compressive strength of 2,500 psi. Minimum edge distance is 1 3/4 inches.
5. The maximum horizontal transverse load on the wall shall be 5 psf.
6. The maximum wall height shall be 14 feet.
7. For exterior walls and interior structural walls, this table is not applicable and allowable loads must be used .
8. Walls shall be laterally supported at the top and the bottom.
9. Minimum spacing shall be 4" on center.
10. Only mechanically galvanized fasteners may be used to attach preservative-treated wood to concrete.

275

PAT and Gas-Actuated Fasteners — IBC *
Allowable Tension Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Shank Minimum Installed Thru. Installed Thru. Installed Thru. Installed Thru.
Direct Diameter Penetration Installed in 3" “W” Deck 3" “W” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck
Fastening Model No. Concrete with 3 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2"
In. In. 4
Type Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill6 Concrete Fill7 Concrete Fill8
(mm) (mm)
f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) Concrete
3/4 85 105 160
— —
(19) (0.38) (0.47) (0.71)
PDPA 1 150 145 210
— —
PDPAT 0.157 (25) (0.67) (0.64) (0.93)
PDPAW (4.0) 1 1/4 320 170 265
PDPAWL — —
(32) (1.42) (0.76) (1.18)
Powder 1 1/2 385 325 — — —
Actuated (38) (1.71) (1.45)
0.145 7/8 185 165
PHNT — — —
(3.7) (22) (0.82) (0.73)
0.205 1 1/4 225
PSLV3 — — — —
(5.2) (32) (1.00)
0.150 1 80
PSLV4 — — — —
(3.8) (25) (0.36)
Direct Fastening
5/8 75 60 65
— —
0.106 (16) (0.33) (0.27) (0.29)
GDP (2.7) 3/4 105 60 130
— —
(19) (0.47) (0.27) (0.58)
Gas Actuated
5/8 60 35
GW-75 — — —
0.125 (16) (0.27) (0.16)
GW-100 (3.2) 3/4 115 55
GTH — — —
(19) (0.51) (0.24)
1. The fastener shall not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated compressive strength.
2. The allowable tension values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be invesigated separately in accordance
with accepted design criteria.
3. Metal deck must be minimum 20 gauge and have a minimum yield strength of 38,000 psi.
4. The minimum fastener spacing is 4". The minimum edge distances are 3 1/2" and 3" for powder-actuated fasteners and gas-actuated
fasteners, respectively.
5. The fastener shall be installed minimum 1 1/2" from the edge of flute and 4" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
6. The fastener shall be installed minimum 1" from the edge of flute and 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
For GW and GTH fasteners, the fastener must be a minimum of 1 1/8" from the edge of flute.
7. The fastener shall be installed minimum 7/8" from the edge of flute. For inverted 1.5" “B” deck configuration, the fastener must be a
minimum of 1" from the edge of flute. Fastener must be installed miminim 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum

fastener spacing is 4".
8. The fastener shall be installed minimum 7/8" from the edge of flute and 4" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".

276

Allowable Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Allowable Shear Load — lb. (kN)
Shank Minimum Installed Thru. Installed Thru. Installed Thru. Installed Thru.
Diameter Penetration Installed in 3" “W” Deck 3" “W” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck
Direct Fastening Type Model No. In. In. Concrete9 with 3 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2"
(mm) (mm) Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill6 Concrete Fill7 Concrete Fill8

3/4 105 280 275
— —
(19) (0.47) (1.25) (1.22)
PDPA 1 225 280 370
— —
PDPAT 0.157 (25) (1.00) (1.25) (1.65)
PDPAW (4.0) 1 1/4 420 320 460
Powder Actuated PDPAWL — —
(32) (1.87) (1.42) (2.05)
1 1/2 455 520 — — —
(38) (2.02) (2.31)
0.145 7/8 275 400
PHNT — — —
(3.7) (22) (1.22) (1.78)
5/8 35 180 195
— —
0.106 (16) (0.16) (0.80) (0.87)
GDP (2.7) 3/4 140 180 270
— —
Direct Fastening
(19) (0.62) (0.80) (1.20)
Gas Actuated 5/8 110 215
GW-75 — — —
0.125 (16) (0.49) (0.96)
GW-100 (3.2) 130 235
GTH 3/4 — — —
(19) (0.58) (1.05)
2. The allowable shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be invesigated separately in accordance with
4. Shear values are for loads applied toward edge of flute.
6. The fastener shall be installed minimum 1" from the edge of flute and 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4". For
GW and GTH fasteners, the fastener must be a minimum of 1 1/8" from the edge of flute.
7. The fastener shall be installed minimum 7/8" from the edge of flute. For inverted 1.5" “B” deck configuration, the fastener must be a minimum
of 1" from the edge of flute. Fastener must be installed miminim 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
9. The minimum fastener spacing is 4". The minimum edge distances are 3 1/2" and 3" for powder-actuated fasteners and gas-actuated
fasteners, respectively.

277

PAT and Gas-Actuated Assemblies – IBC *
Allowable Tension Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Minimum
Shank Diameter Installed Thru. 3" Installed Thru. 3" Installed Thru. 1.5" Installed Thru. 1.5"
Direct Fastening Penetration
Model No. In. “W” Deck with 2 1/2" “W” Deck with 2 1/4" “B” Deck with 2 1/4" “B” Deck with 2"
Type In.
(mm) Concrete Fill4 Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill6 Concrete Fill7
(mm)
1 160 175
— —
PTRHA3 0.157 (25) (0.71) (0.78)
PTRHA4 (4.0) 1 1/4 160 175
— —
(32) (0.71) (0.78)
1 140 160
Powder Actuated — —
0.157 (25) (0.62) (0.71)
PCLDPA (4.0) 1 1/4 160 180
— —
(32) (0.71) (0.80)
0.157 1 120 135
PECDLPA — —
(4.0) (25) (0.53) (0.60)
GRH25 0.125 3/4 95 95
— —
GRH37 (3.2) (19) (0.42) (0.42)
Gas Actuated
Direct Fastening
0.125 3/4 — 105 90 —

GAC (3.2) (19) (0.47) (0.40)
2. The allowable tension values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be invesigated separately in accordance with accepted
design criteria.
PAT and Gas-Actuated Assemblies – IBC *

Allowable Oblique Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Allowable Oblique Load — lb. (kN)
Minimum
Shank Diameter Installed Thru. 3" Installed Thru. 3" Installed Thru. 1.5" Installed Thru. 1.5"
Direct Fastening Penetration
Model No. In. “W” Deck with “W” Deck with “B” Deck with “B” Deck with

Type In.
(mm) 2 1/2" Concrete Fill4 2 1/4" Concrete Fill5 2 1/4" Concrete Fill6 2" Concrete Fill7
(mm)
1 175 240
— —
0.157 (25) (0.78) (1.07)
PCLDPA (4.0) 1 1/4 185 280
Powder Actuated — —
(32) (0.82) (1.25)
0.157 1 145 175
PECDLPA — —
(4.0) (25) (0.64) (0.78)
0.125 3/4 120 90
Gas Actuated GAC — —
(3.2) (19) (0.53) (0.40)
2. The allowable oblique values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be invesigated separately in accordance with accepted
design criteria.
8. Oblique load direction is 45° from the concrete member surface.

278

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Hollow CMU
8-inch Hollow CMU Loads
Minimum Minimum Edge Minimum Based on CMU Strength
Shank Diameter
Direct Fastening Penetration Distance Spacing Tension Load Shear Load
Model No. In.
Type In. In. In.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Allowable Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
PDPA
PDPAT 0.157 1 3/4 4 8 1251 2101
Powder Actuated PDPAW (4.0) (44) (102) (203) (0.56) (0.93)
PDPAWL
0.106 5/8 3 8 351 501

GDP (2.7) (16) (76) (203) (0.16) (0.22)
Gas Actuated
GW-75 0.125 5/8 3 8 552 652
GW-100 3.2) (16) (76) (203) (0.24) (0.29)
GTH
1. Values for 8-inch-thick lightweight concrete masonry units 2. Minimum penetration is measured from the outside face of the
conforming to ASTM C90. Values for 8-inch-thick medium-weight concrete masonry unit. No more than one fastener may be
concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C90. installed in an individual hollow CMU cell.
Direct Fastening
IBC *
PAT and Gas-Actuated Fasteners — Allowable Tension Loads in Steel1
Shank Minimum Minimum Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)
Direct Diameter10 Edge Distance Spacing Minimum Steel
Fastening Model No. 1/8" Thick 3/16" Thick 1/4" Thick 3/8" Thick 1/2" Thick 3/4" Thick
In. In. In. Strength3
Type Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
(mm) (mm) (mm)
PDPA 0.5 1 260 370 3807 5307 1954

ASTM A36 —
PDPAT 0.157 (13) (25) (1.16) (1.65) (1.69) (2.36) (0.87)
PDPAW (4.0) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 305 335 3557 4855 1706
PDPAWL —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (1.36) (1.49) (1.58) (2.16) (0.76)
0.145 0.5 1 155
PHN ASTM A36 — — — — —
(3.7) (13) (25) (0.69)
PHN 0.145 0.5 1 155 440
ASTM A36 — — — —
Powder Knurled11 (3.7) (13) (25) (0.69) (1.96)
Actuated 0.145 0.5 1 40 50 250
PHNT ASTM A36 — — —
(3.7) (13) (25) (0.18) (0.22) (1.11)
0.205 1 1 1/2 270 680

PSLV3 ASTM A36 — — — —
(5.2) (25) (38) (1.20) (3.02)
PSLV3- 0.205 1 1 1/2 270 870
ASTM A36 — — — —
12575K (5.2) (25) (38) (1.20) (3.87)
PSLV4 0.150 0.5 1 ASTM A36 — 200 420 — — —
(3.8) (13) (25) (0.89) (1.87)
0.5 1 125 210 220
ASTM A36 — — —
0.106 (13) (25) (0.56) (0.93) (0.98)
GDP (2.7) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 225 185
— — — —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (1.00) (0.82)
0.5 1 95 170 1658 1458
ASTM A36 — —
Gas 0.118 /0.102 (13) (25) (0.42) (0.76) (0.73) (0.64)
Actuated GDPS (3.0 /2.6) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 110 170 1558
— — —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (0.49) (0.76) (0.69)
0.5 1 225 275 2459
ASTM A36 — — —
0.128 /0.110 (13) (25) (1.00) (1.22) (1.09)
GW-50 (3.3 /2.8) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 240 2159 2809
— — —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (1.07) (0.96) (1.25)
1. The entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to 5. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.58" (14.7 mm).
obtain the tabulated values, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.36" (9.1 mm).
2. The allowable tension values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the 7. The fastener must be driven to where the point of the fastener
steel must be investigated separately in accordance with accepted design criteria. penetrates through the steel.
3. Steel strength must comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A 36 (Fy = 8. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.35" (8.9 mm).
36 ksi, Fu = 58 ksi), ASTM A 572, Grade 50 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi), or ASTM 9. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.25" (6.4 mm).
A992 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi).
10. For stepped shank fasteners: (Diameter of shank above the
4. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.46" (11.7 mm). step)/(Diameter of shank below the step.)
11. PHN-16K or longer.

279

IBC *
PAT and GAS Fasteners — Allowable Shear Loads in Steel1
Shank Minimum Minimum Allowable Shear Load — lb. (kN)
Direct Diameter10 Edge Distance Spacing Minimum Steel
Fastening Model No. In. In. In. Strength3 1/8" Thick 3/16" Thick 1/4" Thick 3/8" Thick 1/2" Thick 3/4" Thick
Type (mm) (mm) (mm) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
410 365 3857 3857 3254
ASTM A36 —
PDPA, PDPAT, 0.157 0.5 1 (1.82) (1.62) (1.71) (1.71) (1.45)
PDPAW, PDPAWL (4.0) (13) (25) ASTM A572 Gr. 50 420 365 2907 2757 2757
—
or ASTM A992 (1.87) (1.62) (1.29) (1.22) (1.22)
0.145 0.5 1 395
PHN ASTM A36 — — — — —
(3.7) (13) (25) (1.76)
0.145 0.5 1 395
PHN Knurled11 ASTM A36 — — — — —
Powder (3.7) (13) (25) (1.76)
Actuated 0.145 0.5 1 440 620 620
PHNT ASTM A36 — — —
(3.7) (13) (25) (1.96) (2.76) (2.76)
0.205 1 1 1/2 — 770 1,120 — — —
PSLV3 ASTM A36
(5.2) (25) (38) (3.43) (4.98)
0.205 1 1 1/2 930 1,130
PSLV3-12575K (5.2) (25) ASTM A36 — — — —
(38) (4.14) (5.03)
Direct Fastening
0.150 0.5 1 630 690

PSLV4 ASTM A36 — — — —
(3.8) (13) (25) (2.80) (3.07)
0.5 1 285 225 205
ASTM A36 — — —
0.106 (13) (25) (1.27) (1.00) (0.91)
GDP (2.7) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 250 145
— — — —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (1.11) (0.64)
0.5 1 180 265 2258 2258
ASTM A36 — —
Gas 0.118 /0.102 (13) (25) (0.80) (1.18) (1.00) (1.00)
Actuated GDPS (3.0 /2.6) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 205 305 2058
— — —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (0.91) (1.36) (0.91)
0.5 1 400 345 310 9
ASTM A36 — — —
0.128 /0.110 (13) (25) (1.78) (1.53) (1.38)
GW-50 (3.3 /2.8) 0.5 1 ASTM A572 Gr. 50 380 3259 3509
— — —
(13) (25) or ASTM A992 (1.69) (1.45) (1.56)
1. The entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain the tabulated values, unless otherwise indicated.
2. The allowable shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be investigated separately in accordance with accepted

design criteria.
3. Steel strength must comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A 36 (Fy = 36 ksi, Fu = 58 ksi), ASTM A 572, Grade 50 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi), or
ASTM A992 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi).
4. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.46" (11.7 mm).
7. The fastener must be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates through the steel.
10. For stepped shank fasteners: (Diameter of shank above the step)/(Diameter of shank below the step).
11. PHN-16K or longer.

280

Spiral Knurl Pin Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Cold-Formed IBC *
Steel Studs, 33 ksi Minimum Yield Strength
Shank Minimum Minimum Designation Allowable Loads
Model Diameter Edge Dist. Spacing Thickness Tension Shear
No. in. in. in. mils lb. lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (gauge) (kN) (kN)
33 30 70
0.109 13⁄16 4 (20) (0.13) (0.31)
GDPSK-138 (2.8) (2.1) (102) 43 48 89
(18) (0.21) (0.40)
1. Entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain tabulated values.
2. The allowable tension and shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be
investigated separately in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3. Fastener is to be installed in the center of the stud flange.
Spiral Knurl Pin Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Cold-Formed IBC *
Steel Studs, 50 ksi Minimum Yield Strength
Shank Minimum Minimum Designation Allowable Loads
Model Diameter Edge Dist. Spacing Thickness Tension Shear
No. in. in. in. mils
Direct Fastening
lb. lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (gauge) (kN) (kN)
54 92 150
0.109 13⁄16 4 (16) (0.41) (0.67)
GDPSK-138 (2.8) (2.1) (102) 68 73 218
(14) (0.32) (0.97)
1. Entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain tabulated values.
2. The allowable tension and shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be
investigated separately in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3. Fastener is to be installed in the center of the stud flange.
PHN Fasteners Attaching Light-Gauge Steel Channels — *

Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC Typical GDPSK
Installation
Shank Minimum Light Gauge Allowable Shear Load
lb. (kN)
Model Diameter Penetration Steel Channel

No. in. in. Thickness f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa)
(mm) (mm) gauge Concrete
160
20 (0.71)
0.145 7⁄8
PHN (3.7) (22) 135
18 (0.60)
1. The fasteners shall not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated compressive strength. Minimum
concrete thickness is three times the faster embedment into the concrete.

281
Restoration Solutions
Simpson Strong-Tie offers a line
of products designed for structural
and architectural rehabilitation of
concrete and masonry.
Our restoration solutions provide reliable, easy-to-use
products for a variety of applications, including structural
restoration, pick-proof sealing and water-intrusion prevention.
ETI Injection Epoxy

ETI injection epoxies are two-component, high-solids formulations for the
injection into cracks in concrete. Dispensed through a static mixing nozzle
using either a manual, battery-powered or a pneumatic dispensing tool,
these epoxies provide a waterproof, high strength (structural) repair.
Features
• Bonds chemically to concrete, providing structural repair (meets the
requirements of ASTM C 881 for structural repair epoxy)
• Formulated for maximum penetration under pressure (all viscosities)
• Seals out moisture, protecting rebar in the concrete from corrosion and
flooring from moisture damage
• Reliable mixing and ratio control when used with the Simpson Strong-Tie®
Optimix® static mixing nozzle (included with cartridge)
• Suitable for pressure injection or gravity-feed applications
• Non-shrink material resists oils, salts and mild chemicals
• Final product color: ETI-SLV – dark purple / black; ETI-LV – amber; ETI-SLV
ETI-GV – gray
ETI-SLV Super-Low-Viscosity Epoxy

• Super-low viscosity (350 cP) repairs hairline cracks (0.002") and cracks up
to 1/4" in width
• Penetrates smallest cracks
• Meets or exceeds AASHTO M-235 and ASTM C881 Type I and IV,
Grade 1, Class B and C
ETI-LV Low-Viscosity Epoxy

• Repairs fine to medium cracks 1/64" to 1/4" in width
• Offers low surface tension to effectively penetrate narrow cracks
• Approved under NSF/ANSI standard 61

Grade 1, Class C
ETI-GV Gel-Viscosity Epoxy

• Gel-viscosity (non-sag) epoxy repairs medium cracks 3/32" – 1/4" in width ETI-LV
• Decreases in viscosity under pressure, increasing flow
• Suitable for use as pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures
Grade 3, Class C
Application Considerations
• Suitable for repairing non-moving cracks in concrete walls, floors, slabs,
columns and beams.
• ETI can be used to inject cracks in damp or wet conditions (non-seeping
or non-leaking conditions only) with excellent results.
• Apply to concrete 60°F or above. For best results, warm material to 60°F
or above prior to application.
• Mixed material in nozzle and injection fitting hardens in 15 minutes (ETI-SLV),
and in 60 minutes (ET-LV, ETI-GV) at temperatures of 40°F or above
Shelf Life: 24 months from date of manufacture in unopened cartridge

Storage Conditions: For best results, store between 45°F and 95°F ETI-GV
Injection Instructions: See pages 293–297.
284
ETI Injection Epoxy
Property Test Method ETI-SLV Results* ETI-LV Results* ETI-GV Results*
Viscosity (75°F) ASTM D2556 350 cP 1,790 cP Non-sag gel
Bond Strength (moist cure) @ 2 days ASTM C882 3,100 psi 2,500 psi 1,110 psi
@ 14 days 3,900 psi 2,530 psi 3,990 psi
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,200 psi 7,470 psi —
Tensile Elongation at Break ASTM D638 2.1% 4.8% —
Compressive Yield Strength ASTM D695 16,500 psi 12,500 psi 11,600 psi
Compressive Modulus ASTM D695 569,000 psi 342,000 psi 403,000 psi
Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D648 140°F 130°F 131°F
Water Absorption (24-hour soak) ASTM D570 0.25% 0.76% 0.58%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage ASTM D2556 0.0035 0.0040 0.0000
Gel Time (60-gram mass) ASTM C881 16 min. 68 min. 135 min.
EPA Method 24
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) 23 g/L 6 g/L 4 g/L
ASTM D2369
Initial Cure — 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours
Mixing Ratio by Volume (Part A:Part B) — 2:1 1:1 1:1
*Material and curing conditions: 73 ± 2°F
ETI Cartridge System1

Model Capacity ounces Dispensing Tool Mixing Nozzle
No. (cubic in.)
16.5
ETISLV (29.8)
EMN022
ETILV22 EDT22S (included)
22
(39.7)
ETIGV22
1. Bulk containers also available. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

2. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzles in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie
instructions. Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair epoxy performance.
3. EDT22s tool must be configured for 2:1 cartridge ratio.
285
Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy

The Crack-Pac® injection epoxy is designed to repair cracks in
concrete ranging from 1⁄64" to 1/4" wide in concrete walls, floors,
slabs, columns and beams. The mixed adhesive has the viscosity
of a light oil and a low surface tension, allowing it to penetrate
fine to medium-width cracks in dry, damp or wet conditions with
excellent results. Resin is contained in the cartridge and hardener
is contained in the nozzle.
Features
• Dispenses with a standard caulking tool, no special dispensing
tool needed
• Clean and easy to mix
• Seals out moisture, protecting rebar in the concrete from
corrosion and flooring from moisture damage
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to restore strength
• Non-shrink material resistant to oils, salts and mild chemicals
• Meets the requirements of AASHTO M-235 and ASTM C881,
Type IV, Grade 1, Class C
Application Considerations
• Suitable for repair of cracks ranging from 1⁄64" to 1/4" wide in
concrete walls, floors, slabs, columns and beams
• Can be used to inject cracks in dry, damp or wet conditions with
excellent results. Not for use in actively leaking cracks.
• In order for components to mix properly, the resin and hardener
must be conditioned to 60°F–80°F before mixing Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy (ETIPAC10)
Dispensing Systems: U.S. Patents 6,737,000 and
Shelf Life: 24 months from date of manufacture, unopened 6,896,001 B2
Storage Conditions: For best results, store between
45°F and 95°F
Injection Instructions: See pages 293–297.

Crack-Pac® injection epoxy is also available in the Crack-Pac
Injection Kit. (ETIPAC10KT). The kit includes everything needed
to pressure inject approximately 8 lineal feet of cracks (assumes a
concrete thickness of 4" and 1/16" crack width).
• 2 Crack-Pac cartridge/nozzle sets
• 12 E-Z-Click injection ports Crack-Pac® Kit Crack-Pac® Kit
• 2 E-Z-Click injection fittings with 12" tubing (ETIPAC10KT) Components
• 1 pint of ETR paste-over epoxy (8 oz. of resin + 8 oz. of hardener)

• 4 disposable wood paste-over applicators Complementary Products
• 1 pair latex gloves
• Installation video
Crack-Pac® CDT10S
Injection Epoxy Manual dispensing tool for
9 oz. Cartridge acrylic adhesive dispensing
cartridges (page 128)
286
Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy
Property Test Method Results*
Viscosity ASTM D2556 1,400 cP
Bond Strength (moist cure) @ 2 days ASTM C882 2,010 psi
@ 14 days ASTM C882 3,830 psi
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 5,860 psi
Tensile Elongation at Break ASTM D638 14.0%
Compressive Yield Strength ASTM D695 11,300 psi
Compressive Modulus ASTM D695 319,000 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 8,020 psi
Water Absorption (24-hour soak) ASTM D570 0.08%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage ASTM D2556 0.0020
Gel Time (60-gram mass) ASTM C881 16 min.
Full, Mixed Cartridge — 30 min.
EPA Method 24
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) 7 g/L
ASTM D2369
Initial Cure — 24 hours
Mixing Ratio by Volume (Part A:Part B) — 8:1
*Material and curing conditions: 73 ± 2°F
Crack-Pac® Cartridge System

Model Capacity ounces Cartridge Type Carton Quantity Dispensing Tool
No. (cubic in.)
9 CDT10S or standard
CPFH09 single 12
(16.2) caulking tool

18
CPFH09KT single 2 (kits)
(32.4)
287
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Polyurethane Crack Sealer

The Crack-Pac® Flex-H20™ polyurethane injection resin seals
leaking cracks, voids or fractures from 1⁄32" to 1/4" wide in
concrete or solid masonry. Designed to perform in applications
where water is seeping or mildly leaking from the crack, the
polyurethane is packaged in the cartridge and an accelerator is
packaged in the nozzle. When the resin encounters water as it
is injected into the crack, it becomes an expanding foam that
provides a flexible seal in leaking and non-leaking cracks.
Features
• Can be dispensed with a standard caulking tool
• Can also be used on dry cracks if water is introduced to
affected area
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™
• Can be used with a reduced amount or without accelerator to Crack Sealer
slow down reaction time Dispensing System:
U.S. Patents
• Expands to fill voids and seal the affected area
6,737,000 and
• Fast reacting – reaction begins within 1 minute after 6,896,001 B2
exposure to moisture; expansion may be completed
within 3 minutes (depending on the amount of moisture
and the ambient temperature) Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Cartridge System

• 20:1 expansion ratio (unrestricted rise) means less Model Capacity Carton
material needed No. Ounces Quantity
CPFH09 9 12
Application Considerations CPFH09KT 18 2 (kits)
• Suitable for sealing cracks ranging from 1⁄32" to 1/4" wide in

concrete and solid masonry.
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Bulk Packaging
Model
• Suitable for repair of cracks in dry, damp and wet conditions Description Capacity
No.
with excellent results. Designed to perform in applications
where water is seeping or mildly leaking from the crack. Flex-H2O Resin 5 Gallons
FHO5*
• In order for components to mix properly, the resin and hardener Flex-H2O Catalyst 16 Ounces
must be conditioned to 60°F–90°F before mixing. *For standard reaction time, use a 30:1 resin: catalyst ratio. For

a faster reaction time, add more catalyst, for a slower reaction
Shelf Life: 12 months from the date of manufacture, unopened time, use less.
Usage Temperature: 60°F to 90°F

Storage Conditions: For best results, store in a dry area
between 45°F and 90°F. Product is very moisture sensitive.
Installation Instructions: See pages 293–297.
Accessories: See page 289 for information on mixing

nozzles and for crack repair accessories.
Additional Components Needed for Crack Repair

Paste-Over
Condition Ports Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Kit Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™
Material
(CPFH09KT) Kit Components
Dry Crack ETR or
Wet Crack CIP-F* EIP-EZA Flush-Mount • 2 Crack-Pac Flex-H20 • 1 pint of ETR paste-over
Seeping Crack cartridge/nozzle sets epoxy (8 oz. of resin + 8 oz. of
Hydraulic
Cement • 12 E-Z-Click injection ports hardener)
Mildly Leaking Crack EIPX-EZ Drill-In
*CIP-F requires EIP-EZA port. • 2 E-Z-Click injection fittings • 4 disposable wood paste-
with 12" tubing over applicators
• 1 pair latex gloves
288
Crack Repair Accessories
E-Z-Click
Ports and Injection Fitting
E-Z-Click
Injection Fitting
EMN22 EIPX-EZ EIP-EZA ETR16
Optimix® Corner Mount/ Flush-Mount Port
Mixing Nozzle Drilled-In Port
Crack Injection Paste-Over in Cartridge Delivery System

Model Capacity ounces Carton Quantity
No.
CIP-F 22 10
CIP-F
Crack Repair Accessories Product Data

Package Carton Qty.
Description Model No. Qty. (ea.)
6 Optimix® mixing nozzles for ETI epoxies 30
EMNO22-RP6 6
(6 1⁄2" long, 3⁄8" square). Includes retaining nuts.1 (5 Packs)
100 E-Z-Click flush-mount injection ports and 1 E-Z- EIP-EZA — 100
Click injection fitting
20 E-Z-Click flush-mount injection ports and
1 E-Z-Click injection fitting (compatible with all EIP-EZAKT — 5 Kits
Simpson Strong-Tie paste-overs)
20 E-Z-Click corner mount/drilled-in injection ports2 100

EIPX-EZ-RP20 20 (5 Packs)
20 E-Z-Click corner mount/drilled-in injection ports
and 1 E-Z-Click injection fitting2 EIPX-EZKT — 5 Kits
E-Z-Click injection fitting EIF-EZ 1 10
ETR Kit containing 1 8-oz. canister of resin and

1 8-oz. canister of hardener ETR16 — 4 Kits
1. Use only an appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzle in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions. Modification or
improper use of mixing nozzle may impair epoxy performance.
2. EIPX intended for use as a surface mount port in corners and a drilled-in port on flat surfaces. All accessories compatible with ETI-SLV,
ETI-LV and ETI-GV epoxies.
Detailed information on the full line of Simpson Strong-Tie® manual and pneumatic dispensing
tools is available on pages 128–129.
289
Heli-Tie™ Helical Wall Tie

The Heli-Tie™ is a stainless-steel helical tie used to anchor building façades to structural members or to stabilize
multiple-wythe brick walls.
The helical design allows the tie to be driven quickly and easily into a predrilled pilot hole (or embedded into
mortar joints in new construction) to provide a mechanical connection between a masonry façade and its
backup material or between multiple wythes of brick. As it is driven, the fins of the tie undercut the masonry to
provide an expansion-free anchorage that will withstand tension and compression loads.
The Heli-Tie wall tie is installed using a proprietary setting tool that is used with an SDS-PLUS shank
rotohammer to drive and countersink the tie. Heli-Tie wall ties perform in concrete and masonry as well as wood
and steel studs.
Heli-Tie™ Helical Wall Tie

Features U.S. Patent 7,269,987
• Installs quickly and easily — with the rotohammer in hammer
mode, the tie installs faster than competitive products.
• Provides an inconspicuous repair that preserves the appearance
of the building. After installation, the tie is countersunk up to 1⁄2"
below the surface, allowing the tie location to be patched.
• Larger core diameter provides higher torsional capacity, resulting
in less deflection due to “uncoiling” under load.

• Fractionally sized anchor — no metric drill bits required.
• Patented manufacturing process results in a more uniform helix
along the entire tie, allowing easier driving and better interlock
with the substrate. Installation Sequence
Material: Type-304 stainless steel (Type 316 available by special
order—contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details)
Test Criteria: CSA A370
Installation
• Drill pilot hole through the façade material and into the backup
material to the specified embedment depth + 1" using

appropriate drill bit(s). Drill should be in rotation-only mode when
drilling into soft masonry or into hollow backing material.
• Position blue end of the Heli-Tie™ fastener in the installation tool
and insert the tie into the pilot hole.
• With the SDS-PLUS rotohammer in hammer mode, drive the tie
until the tip of the installation tool enters the exterior surface of the
masonry and countersinks the tie below the surface. Patch the
hole in the façade.
Special-order lengths are also available;

contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Heli-Tie™ Product Data
Drill Bit Quantity
Size Model Dia.
(in.) No. (in.) Box Carton
3/8 x 7 HELI37700A 50 400
3/8 x 8 HELI37800A 50 400
3/8 x 9 HELI37900A 50 400
3/8 x 10 HELI371000A 50 200 HELITOOL37A
3/8 x 11 HELI371100A 7⁄32 50 200
or Heli-Tie™ Fastener Installation Tool —
3/8 x 12 HELI371200A 50 200
1⁄4 Model HELITOOL37A
3/8 x 14 HELI371400A 50 200
Required for correct installation of Heli-Tie wall
3/8 x 16 HELI371600A 50 200
ties. Speeds up installation and automatically
3/8 x 18 HELI371800A 50 200
countersinks the tie into the façade material.
3/8 x 20 HELI372000A 50 200
290
Heli-Tie™ Design Information

Guide Tension Loads in Various Base Materials
Tension Load1 Caution: Loads are guide values
Min. based on laboratory testing. On-site
Size Drill Bit Embed. Load at Max. Standard testing shall be performed for verification
Base Anchor Ultimate2
in. Dia. Depth Permitted Displ.3 Deviation of capacity since base material quality
Material Location lb.
(mm) in. in. lb. lb. can vary widely.
(mm) (kN) (kN) (kN)
570 240 79
7⁄32 (2.5) (1.1) (0.4)
Mortar
Bed Joint 365 130 46
1⁄4 1. Tabulated loads are guide values based
Solid (1.6) (0.6) (0.2) on laboratory testing. Onsite testing
Brick4
1,310 565 84 shall be performed for verification of
Brick 7⁄32 (5.8) (2.5) (0.4) capacity since base material quality can
Face 3 815 350 60 vary widely.
1⁄4 (76) (3.6) (1.6) (0.3) 2. Ultimate load is average load at failure
Mortar 530 285 79 of the base material. Heli-Tie™ fastener
Bed Joint 7⁄32 (2.4) (1.3) (0.4) average ultimate steel strength is 3,885
pounds and does not govern.
Hollow 775 405 47 3. Load at maximum permitted
Brick5 7⁄32 (3.4) (1.8) (0.2)
Brick displacement is average load at
Face 510 185 20 displacement of 0.157 inches (4 mm).
1⁄4 (2.3) (0.8) (0.1) The designer shall apply a suitable
factor of safety to these numbers to
1,170 405 79 derive allowable service loads.
7⁄32 (5.2) (1.8) (0.4)
Center of 4. Solid brick values for nominal 4-inch-
Face Shell 830 350 60 wide solid brick conforming to ASTM
1⁄4 (3.7) (1.6) (0.3)
C62/C216, Grade SW. Type N mortar
is prepared in accordance with IBC
1,160 440 56
Grout-Filled 7⁄32 Section 2103.8.
(5.2) (2.0) (0.2)
CMU6 Web 5. Hollow brick values for nominal 4-inch-
810 330 100 wide hollow brick conforming to ASTM
1⁄4 (3.6) (1.5) (0.4)
3⁄8 C216/C652, Grade SW, Type HBS,
(9.0) 720 320 71 Class H40V. Mortar is prepared in
Mortar 7⁄32 2 3⁄4 (3.2) (1.4) (0.3) accordance with IBC Section 2103.8.
Bed Joint (70) 530 205 58 6. Grout-filled CMU values for 8-inch-wide
1⁄4 (2.4) (0.9) (0.3) lightweight, medium-weight and
790 305 56 normal-weight concrete masonry
7⁄32 (3.5) (1.4) (0.2) units. The masonry units must be
Center of fully grouted. Values for 8-inch-wide
Face Shell 505 255 46 concrete masonry units (CMU) with
1⁄4 (2.2) (1.1) (0.2)
Hollow a minimum specified compressive
CMU7 1,200 445 50 strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is
7⁄32 (5.3) (2.0) (0.2) 1,500 psi.
Web 7. Hollow CMU values for 8-inch-wide
675 385 96 lightweight, medium-weight and
1⁄4 (3.0) (1.7) (0.4) normal-weight concrete masonry units.
1 3⁄4 880 410 76 8. Normal-weight concrete values for

7⁄32 (3.9) (1.8) (0.3)
Normal-Weight (44) concrete with minimum specified
–
Concrete8 2 3⁄4 990 380 96 compressive strength of 2,500 psi.
1⁄4 (4.4) (1.7) (0.4)
(70) 9. 2x4 wood stud values for nominal 2x4
590 370 24 Spruce-Pine-Fir.
2x4 Wood Center of 7⁄32 2 3⁄4 (2.6) (1.6) (0.1) 10. Metal stud values for 20-gauge
Stud9,11 Thin Edge (70) 450 260 6 C-shape metal stud.
1⁄4 (2.0) (1.2) (0.0) 11. For new construction. Anchor one end
200 120 8 of tie into backup material. Embed
Center of 7⁄32 1 (0.9) (0.5) (0.0)
Metal Stud10,11 other end into veneer mortar joint. Not
Flange (25) 155 95 2 for retrofits due to difficulty of locating
1⁄4 (0.7) (0.4) (0.0) center of 2x4 or metal stud flange.
Compression (Buckling) Loads1

Ultimate
Unsupported
Size Compression
Length Heli-Tie™ Wall Tie Tension
in. Load1
in. Tester - Model HELITEST37A
(mm) lb.
(mm) (kN) Recommended equipment for onsite testing to
1 1,905 accurately determine load values in any specific
(25) (8.5) structure, the Heli-Tie wall tie tension tester
2 1,310 features a key specifically designed to grip the
3⁄8 (50) (5.8) Heli-Tie fastener and provide accurate results.
(9.0) 4 980 Replacement test keys sold separately
(100) (4.4)
(Model HELIKEY37A).
6 785
(150) (3.5)
1. The Designer shall apply a suitable factor HELITEST37A
of safety to these numbers to derive HELIKEY37A
allowable service loads.
291
Heli-Tie™ Helical Stitching Tie

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Heli-Tie™ helical stitching tie provides a unique solution to the preservation and
repair of damaged brick and masonry structures. Ties are grouted into existing masonry to repair cracks
and increase strength with minimum disturbance. Made of Type-304 stainless steel, the Heli-Tie stitching tie
features radial fins formed on the steel wire via cold rolling process, increasing the tensile strength of the tie.
HELIST254000
Features
• Helical design distributes loads uniformly over a large surface area
• Installs into the mortar joint to provide an inconspicuous repair
and preserve the appearance of the structure Installation Sequence
• Type-304 stainless steel offers superior corrosion resistance to
original reinforcement
• Patented manufacturing process results in consistent, uniform
helix configuration (U.S. Patent 7,269,987)
• Batch number printed on each tie for easy identification and

inspection
HELIST254000: 1⁄4" x 40" stitching tie

Material: Type-304 stainless steel
Ordering Information: Sold in tubes of 10
Installation Instructions
• Chase bed joint 20" on either side of the affected area to a
depth of approximately 1 1/4" with a rotary grinding wheel. Vertical
spacing of installation sites should be 12" for red brick or “every
other course” for concrete masonry units.
• Clear bed joint of all loose debris.

• Mix non-shrink repair grout or mortar per product instructions and
place into the prepared bed joint, filling the void to approximately
two-thirds of its depth. Simpson Strong-Tie FX-263 repair mortar
may be used.
• Embed the tie at one-half the depth of the void. Trowel displaced
grout to fully encapsulate the tie.
• Fill any remaining void and vertical cracks with non-shrink repair
grout or other repair mortar to conceal repair site.
20 in. 20 in.
20 in. 20 in.
292
Crack Injection Guide

Important: These instructions are intended as recommended guidelines. Due to the variability of field conditions,
selection of the proper material for the intended application and installation is the sole responsibility of the applicator.
Epoxy injection is an economical method of repairing non-moving cracks in concrete walls, slabs, columns
and piers and is capable of restoring the concrete to its pre‑cracked strength. Prior to doing any injection
it is necessary to determine the cause of the crack. If the source of cracking has not been determined and
remedied, the concrete may crack again.
Materials
• ETI-SLV for repair of hairline cracks (0.002") and those up
to 1/4" in width.
• ETI-LV for repair of fine to medium-width cracks (Suggested width range: 1⁄64"–1/4").
• ETI-GV for repair of medium-width cracks (Suggested width range: 3⁄32"–1/4")
• Crack-Pac® injection epoxy for repair of fine to medium non-structural cracks (Suggested width range:
1⁄64"–1/4")
• CIP-F and ETR are recommended for paste-over of crack surface and installation of injection ports.
ET-HP, EDOT™, ETR or SET adhesives may also be used as a substitute. (SET is the only paste-over
epoxy approved for NSF/ANSI Standard 61.)
• E-Z-Click™ injection ports, fittings and other suitable accessories.
Estimating Guide for Epoxy Crack Injection

Approx. Coverage Approx. Coverage Approx. Coverage
Width of Crack Concrete Thickness per 22 oz. Cartridge per 16.5 oz. Cartridge per 9 oz. Cartridge
(in.) (in.) (linear ft.) (linear ft.) (linear ft.)
4 47.7 35.7 18.4

6 31.8 23.8 12.3
1/64
8 23.8 17.9 9.2
10 19.1 14.3 7.4
4 23.8 17.9 9.2
6 15.9 11.9 6.1
1/32
8 11.9 8.9 4.6

10 9.5 7.1 3.7
4 11.9 8.9 4.6
6 7.9 6.0 3.1
1/16
8 6.0 4.5 2.3
10 4.8 3.6 1.8
4 6.0 4.5 2.3
6 4.0 3.0 1.5
1/8
8 3.0 2.2 1.2
10 2.4 1.8 0.9
4 4.0 3.0 1.5
6 2.6 2.0 1.0
3/16
8 2.0 1.5 0.8
10 1.6 1.2 0.6
4 3.0 2.2 1.2
6 2.0 1.5 1.8
1/4
8 1.5 1.1 0.6
10 1.2 0.9 0.5
Coverage listed is approximate and will vary depending on waste and condition of concrete.
293

Preparation of the Crack for Injection
Clean the crack and the surface surrounding it to allow the paste- removed using an acid or chemical solvent, prepare the crack
over to bond to sound concrete. At a minimum, the surface to as follows:
receive paste-over should be brushed with a wire brush. Oil, 1. Using clean, compressed air, blow out any remaining debris and liquid.
grease or other surface contaminant must be removed in order
to allow the paste-over to bond properly. Take care not to impact 2. Remove residue by high-pressure washing or steam cleaning.
any debris into the crack during cleaning. Using clean, oil-free 3. Blow any remaining water from the crack with clean compressed air.
compressed air, blow out the crack to remove any dust, debris
If a coating, sealant or paint has been applied to the concrete,
or standing water. Best results will be obtained if the crack is
it must be removed before placing the paste-over epoxy. Under
dry at the time of injection. If water is continually seeping from
the pressure of injection, these materials may lift and cause
the crack, the flow must be stopped in order for epoxy injection
a leak. If the surface coating is covering the crack, it may be
to yield a suitable repair. Other materials such as polyurethane
necessary to route out the opening of the crack in a “V” shape
resins may be required to repair an actively leaking crack.
using a grinder in order to get past the surface contamination.
For many applications, additional preparation is necessary in
order to seal the crack. Where a surfacing material has been
Sealing of the Crack and Attachment of E-Z-Click™ Injection Procedure for ETI-SLV, ETI-LV, ETI-GV and
Injection Ports Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy
1. To adhere the port to the concrete, apply a small amount of paste- 1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label.
over around the bottom of the port base (Picture 1). Place the port Verify that the material flowing from the Optimix® mixing nozzle is
at one end of the crack and repeat until the entire crack is ported a uniform and consistent color: for ETI-SLV, the mixed product is
(Picture 2). As a rule of thumb, injection ports should be placed 8" black; ETI-LV is transparent amber; and ETI-GV is grey. For Crack-
apart along the length of the crack. Pac® injection epoxy, verify that the mixed material in the cartridge
is a transparent amber color.
Important: Do not allow paste-over to block the port or the 2. Attach the E-Z-Click™ fitting to the end of the nozzle by pushing
crack under it; this is where the injection epoxy must enter the the tubing over the barbs at the end of the nozzle. Make sure that
crack. all ports are pushed in to the open position.
2. Using a putty knife or other paste-over tool, generously work 3. Attach the E-Z-Click™ injection fitting to the first E-Z-Click™ port
paste-over along the entire length of the crack (Picture 3). Take until it clicks into place. Make sure that the heads of all the ports
care to mound the paste-over around the base of the port to are pushed in to the open position. In vertical applications, begin
approximately 1⁄4" thick extending 1" out from the base of the port injection at the lowest port and work your way up. In a horizontal
and to work out any holes in the material. It is recommended that application, start at one end of the crack and work your way to the
the paste-over should be a minimum of 3⁄16" thick and 1" wide other end.
along the crack. Insufficient paste-over will result in leaks under 4. Inject epoxy into the first port until it will no longer flow into the
the pressure of injection. If the crack passes completely through

crack. If epoxy shows at the next port and the first port still
the concrete element, seal the back of the crack, if possible. If not, accepts material, close the second port and continue to inject
epoxy may be able to run out the back side of the crack, resulting into the first port until it accepts no more epoxy. Continue closing
in an ineffective repair. ports where epoxy appears until the first port refuses epoxy. When
3. Allow the paste-over to harden before beginning injection. Note: the first port reaches the point of refusal, brace the base of the
CIP-F and ETR epoxies are fast-cure materials and may harden port and pull out gently on the head of the port to close it. Pulling
prematurely if left in a mixed mass on the mixing surface too hard may dislodge the port from the surface of the concrete,
while installing ports. Spreading paste-over into a thin film causing a leak. Depress the metal tab on the head of the E-Z-Click
(approximately 1⁄8") on the mixing surface will slow curing by fitting and remove it from the port.
allowing the heat from the reaction to dissipate. 5. Go to the last port where epoxy appeared while injecting the first
port, open it, and continue injection at this port. If the epoxy has
set up and the port is bonded closed, move to the next clean
port and repeat the process until every portion of the crack has
refused epoxy.
1. 1.1 2. 3. 4.
While this method may appear to leave some ports uninjected, it provides maximum pressure to force the epoxy into the smaller
areas of the crack. Moving to the next port as soon as epoxy appears will allow the epoxy to travel along the wider parts of the crack
to the next ports rather than force it into the crack before it travels to the next ports.
294

INJECTION TIPS
• If using a pneumatic dispensing tool, set the tool at a low be simply peeled off if CIP-F is used. Using a heat gun to soften
setting when beginning injection and increase pressure if the epoxy is recommended when using a chisel or scraper.
necessary to get the epoxy to flow. • Mixing nozzles can be used for multiple cartridges as long as
• For narrow cracks, it may be necessary to increase the the epoxy does not harden in the nozzle. For injection epoxies
pressure gradually until the epoxy begins to flow. It may also in side-by-side cartridges, care must be taken to ensure the
be necessary to wait for a few minutes for the epoxy to fill the level of material is the same on both parts of the cartridge.
crack and travel to the next port. This can be done by checking for air in the cartridge and the
• If desired, once the injection epoxy has cured, remove the positions of the wipers in the back of the cartridge. If the liquid
injection ports and paste-over. An epoxy-based paste-over can levels are off by more than 1/8", then Step 1 from the injection
be removed with a chisel, scraper or grinder. The paste-over can procedures must be repeated.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Epoxy is flowing into the crack, but not showing up at may also indicate that epoxy is running out the back side of the
the next port. crack. If the crack penetrates completely through the concrete
element and cannot be sealed, the application may require a
This can indicate that the crack either expands and/or branches gel viscosity injection epoxy (ETI-GV) or may not be suitable for
off under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject injection repair.
and fill these voids. In situations where the crack penetrates
completely through the concrete element, and the back-side of Back pressure is preventing epoxy from flowing.
the concrete element cannot be sealed (e.g., basement walls, This can indicate several situations:
or footings with backfill), longer injection time may not force the
epoxy to the next port. This most likely indicates that epoxy is • The crack is not continuous, and the portion being injected is
running out the unsealed back side of the crack. In this case, full. (See above instructions about injection after the port has
the application may require a gel viscosity injection epoxy reached refusal.)
(ETI-GV) or may not be suitable for epoxy injection repair • The port is not aligned over the crack properly.
without excavation and sealing of the back side of the crack. • The crack is blocked by debris.
Epoxy is leaking from the pasted-over crack or • The injection epoxy used has too high a viscosity.
around injection ports. • If the mixing nozzle has been allowed to sit for a few minutes
Stop injecting. If using a fast-cure paste-over material (ETR or full of epoxy, the material may have hardened in the nozzle.
CIP), wipe off the leaking injection epoxy with a cotton cloth Attach the E-Z-Click™ fitting to a port at another uninjected
and reapply the paste-over material. Wait approximately 10–15 location on the crack and attempt to inject. If the epoxy still
minutes to allow the epoxy to begin to harden. If the leak is won’t flow, chances are the epoxy has hardened in the nozzle.
large (e.g., the port broke off of the concrete surface), it is If so, replace the nozzle.
a good idea to wait approximately 30 minutes, or longer as Less epoxy is being used than estimated.
necessary, to allow the paste-over to cure more completely.
Check to see that the epoxy is hard before reinjecting, or the This may indicate that the crack is shallower than originally
paste-over or ports may leak. Another option for small leaks is thought, or the epoxy is not penetrating the crack sufficiently
to clean off the injection epoxy and use paraffin or crayon to before moving to the next port. Reinject some ports with
seal the holes. a lower-viscosity epoxy to see if the crack will take more
epoxy. Another option is to heat the epoxy to a temperature
More epoxy is being used than estimated. of 80–100°F, which will reduce its viscosity and allow it to
This may indicate that the crack either expands or branches off penetrate into small cracks easier. The epoxy should be
below the surface. Continue to inject and fill these voids. This heated uniformly; do not overheat cartridge.
295

Injection Procedure for Crack-Pac® Flex-H20™ Crack Sealer
1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge 4. Inject polyurethane into the first port until material shows at
label. Verify that the material flowing from the nozzle is a the next port. Remove the E-Z-Click fitting by bracing the
uniform green color. base of the port and pulling out gently on the head of the port
to close it. Pulling too hard may dislodge the port from the
2. Attach the E-Z-Click™ fitting to the end of the nozzle by
surface of the concrete, causing a leak. Depress the metal
pushing the tubing over the barbs at the end of the nozzle.
tab on the head of the E-Z-Click fitting and remove it from
Make sure that all ports are pushed into the open position.
the port.
3. Attach the E-Z-Click injection fitting to the first E-Z-Click port
5. Move to the next port and repeat until all ports have been
until it clicks into place. Make sure that the head of the port
injected.
is pushed into the open position. In vertical applications,
begin injection at the lowest port and work your way up. In a
horizontal application, start at one end of the crack and work
your way to the other end.
Injection Tips for Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O Crack Sealer • If desired, once the polyurethane has cured, remove
the injection ports and paste-over epoxy or hydraulic
• For narrow cracks, it may be necessary to increase the
cement. The paste-over can be removed with a
pressure gradually until the polyurethane begins to flow. It
chisel, scraper or grinder.
may also be necessary to wait a few minutes for the material
to fill the crack and travel to the next port.
Troubleshooting for Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O Crack Sealer

Polyurethane is flowing into the crack, but not minutes to allow the paste-over to begin to harden. If the leak
showing up at the next port. is large (e.g., the port broke off of the concrete surface), it is
a good idea to wait approximately 30 minutes, or longer as
This can indicate that either the crack expands and/or branches
necessary, to allow the paste-over to cure more completely.
off under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject and fill
Check to see that the paste-over is hard before reinjecting or
these voids.
the paste-over or ports may leak.
Back pressure is preventing polyurethane from flowing. Another option for small leaks is to clean off the injection
This can indicate several situations: adhesive and use paraffin or crayon to seal the holes.
• The crack is not continuous and the portion being injected is full. More polyurethane is being used than estimated.

• The port is not aligned over the crack properly. This may indicate that the crack either expands or branches off
• The crack is blocked by debris. below the surface. Continue to inject and fill these voids.
Less polyurethane is being used than estimated.
Polyurethane is leaking from the pasted-over crack or
around injection ports. This may indicate that the crack is shallower than originally
thought, or the polyurethane is not penetrating the crack
Stop injecting. If using a fast cure paste-over material (ETR or sufficiently before moving to the next port.
CIP), wipe off the leaking injection epoxy with a cotton cloth and
reapply the paste over material. Wait a approximately 10–15
296

GRAVITY-FEED PROCEDURE
In some horizontal applications where complete penetration isn’t a requirement, cracks can be repaired using the
gravity-feed method.
1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge 3. In situations where the crack completely penetrates the
label. Verify that the material flowing from the Optimix® member (e.g., concrete slab), the material may continue to
mixing nozzle is a uniform and consistent color: For ETI- run through the crack into the subgrade. It may be possible
SLV, the mixed product is black, while ETI-LV is transparent to use a small amount of coarse, dry sand to act as a
amber. For Crack-Pac® injection epoxy, verify that the mixed barrier for the injection epoxy. Place the sand in the crack
material in the cartridge is a transparent amber color. to a level no more than 1/4" thickness of the member and
2. Starting at one end of the crack, slowly dispense epoxy apply the injection epoxy as described in step 2. The epoxy
into the crack, moving along the crack as it fills. It will level will drop as it penetrates the sand, but should cure
probably be necessary to do multiple passes in order to fill and provide a seal to the bottom of the crack. Reapply the
the crack. It is possible that the epoxy will take some time epoxy until the crack is filled. In some cases, application
to run into the crack, and the crack may appear empty of sand is impractical or not permitted and epoxy repair
several hours after the initial application. Reapply epoxy may not provide a complete and effective repair. Use of a
until the crack is filled. gel viscosity injection epoxy (ETI-GV) may permit a surface
repair to the crack with partial penetration.
297
Carbide Drill Bits
Simpson Strong-Tie offers a complete line
of premium-quality drill bits, core bits and
chisels to handle any drilling demolition and
concrete preparation need. Our carbide
products are manufactured to demanding
tolerances and are designed to maximize
production on the jobsite.
Our carbide-tipped drill bits are premium-quality, professional-
grade tools manufactured in Germany to the highest industry
standards. They are designed to meet precise ANSI tolerance
requirements and incorporate proprietary features that enhance
durability, drilling speed and usability. Regular and quad-head
bit and solid-tipped tip configurations are available. Shank
styles include SDS-PLUS, SDS-Max, Spline, and Straight.
Carbide Drill Bits for Concrete and Masonry
Carbide Drill Bit Selection Information

Our carbide-tipped drill bits are premium-quality, professional-grade tools manufactured in Germany to the
highest industry standards for Simpson Strong-Tie.
They are designed to meet precise ANSI tolerance requirements and incorporate proprietary features that
enhance durability and drilling speed, while improving ease of use. Regular and quad-head bit tip and solid-
tipped configurations are available. Shank styles include SDS-PLUS, SDS-MAX, spline and straight.
Overall Length
Drilling
Depth
High-Grade Brazed
Tool-Steel Carbide
Body Tip
Features and Benefits

• Uniformly brazed carbide inserts result in longer bit life
• Most bits contain a centering tip that facilitates easy
spot drilling
• Chromium-nickel-molybdenum steel alloy body ensures
hammering quality and extended service life
Carbide Drill Bits
• Heat-treatment procedures and shot-peened finish

increase surface hardness and drilling speed, reduce
drill bit wear and improve resistance to bending forces
• Drill bits conform to ANSI Standard B212.15
Additional Features for SDS-MAX, Spline and

Select SDS-PLUS Bits:
• Chisel-shaped drill bit head penetrates the material and
directs concrete dust into the multi-flute spiral
• Patented, high-volume, multi-flute spiral quickly Solid-tip carbide drill bit
channels concrete dust from the hole to improve drilling
speed
• 4 x 90° head geometry crushes through rebar and
prevents sticking in reinforced concrete
Quad-Head Feature
Simpson Strong-Tie® drill bits come in various
(Available in SDS-PLUS, SDS-MAX and spline shank) shank styles to fit virtually any drill or rotohammer.
All the features of single cutter bits and the quad-head
dual‑cutter are designed to improve durability and drilling
speed. The high-volume, double-helix design
of the quad-head bit comes with the patented,
high-performance, reinforced core flute to
maximize energy transfer.
SDS-MAX SDS-PLUS Spline Straight ‘A’ Taper

300
Carbide Drill Bits for Concrete and Masonry
Drill Bit Tool Selection Guide

SDS-PLUS The following are registered trademarks of the respective holders:
AEG® – AEG Power Tool Corp. Makita® – Makita USA, Inc.
Fits all current and older SDS-PLUS rotohammers Bosch® – Robert Bosch Power Tool Corp. Metabo® – Metabo Corp.
from AEG, Black & Decker, Bosch, DeWalt, Hitachi, SDS-PLUS and SDS-MAX are registered Milwaukee® – Milwaukee Electric Tool Corp.
Hilti, Kango, Makita, Metabo, Milwaukee, Porter trademarks of Robert Bosch Power Tool Corp. Porter Cable® – Porter Cable Corporation
B&D® – Black and Decker US, Inc. Ramset® – Illinois Tool Works
Cable, Ramset, Red Head, Ryobi, Skil Hilti® – Hilti of America, Inc. Red Head® – Illinois Tool Works
Hitachi® – Hitachi Power Tools USA, Ltd. Ryobi® – Ryobi America Corporation
SDS-MAX Kango® – Kango Wolf Power Tools, Inc.
Fits all current and older SDS-MAX rotohammers
from Black & Decker, Bosch, DeWalt, Hitachi, Hilti,
Kango, Makita, Metabo, Milwaukee
Spline
Fits all current and older Spline rotohammers from
AEG, Black & Decker, Bosch, DeWalt, Hitachi,
Kango, Makita, Metabo, Milwaukee, Ramset, Red
Head, Ryobi
Carbide Drill Bits

301
SDS-PLUS Drill Bits

SDS-PLUS Shank Bits SDS-PLUS Solid-Tip Carbide Drill Bits
Drilling Overall SDS-PLUS Shank Bit
Dia. Model Total
Depth Length SDS-PLUS bits use an Diameter Drilling Depth Model
(in.) No. Length
(in.) (in.) asymmetrical-parabolic (in.) (in.) No.
flute for efficient energy (in.)
2 4 1/4 MDPL01504 transmission and
5⁄32 3⁄16 4 1⁄4 2 MDPL01804S
4 6 1/4 MDPL01506 dust removal.
3⁄16 6 1⁄4 4 MDPL01806S
2 4 1/4 MDPL01804
3⁄16 8 1⁄4 6 MDPL01808S
4 6 1/4 MDPL01806
3⁄16 12 10 MDPL01812S
6 8 1/4 MDPL01808
3⁄16 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 4 MDPL02506S
8 10 MDPL01810
1⁄4 8 1⁄4 6 MDPL02508S
10 12 MDPL01812
1⁄4 12 10 MDPL02512S
12 14 MDPL01814
5⁄16 6 1⁄4 4 MDPL03106S
4 6 1/4 MDPL02106
5⁄16 12 10 MDPL03112S
6 8 1/4 MDPL02108
3⁄8 6 1⁄4 4 MDPL03706S
7⁄32 11 8 3/4 MDPL02111
3⁄8 12 1⁄4 10 MDPL03712S
14 16 MDPL02116
1⁄2 6 1⁄4 4 MDPL05006S
18 20 MDPL02120
1⁄2 12 1⁄4 10 MDPL05012S
2 4 1/4 MDPL02504
9⁄16 6 4 MDPL05606S
4 6 1/4 MDPL02506
9⁄16 12 10 MDPL05612S
6 8 1/4 MDPL02508
1/4
9 11 MDPL02511
12 14 MDPL02514 SDS-PLUS Quad Head Drill Bits
14 16 MDPL02516 Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
4 6 1/4 MDPL03106 Depth Length
(in.) No.
5⁄16 (in.) (in.)
10 12 MDPL03112
6 8 MDPL06208Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL03706
5/8 10 12 MDPL06212Q
8 10 1/4 MDPL03710
16 18 MDPL06218Q
3⁄8 10 12 1/4 MDPL03712
6 8 MDPL07508Q
16 18 MDPL03718
3/4 10 12 MDPL07512Q
22 24 MDPL03724
16 18 MDPL07518Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL04306
Carbide Drill Bits
7⁄16 6 8 MDPL08708Q
10 12 1/4 MDPL04312
7/8 10 12 MDPL08712Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL05006
16 18 MDPL08718Q
8 10 1/4 MDPL05010
8 10 MDPL10010Q
1/2 10 12 1/4 MDPL05012 1
16 18 MDPL10018Q
16 18 MDPL05018
8 10 MDPL11210Q
22 24 MDPL05024 1 1/8

16 18 MDPL11218Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL05606
1 1/4 16 18 MDPL12518Q
9⁄16 10 12 1/4 MDPL05612
16 18 MDPL05618
6 8 MDPL06208
10 12 MDPL06212
5⁄8
16 18 MDPL06218
22 24 MDPL06224
11⁄16 6 8 MDPL06808
6 8 MDPL07508
8 10 MDPL07510
3/4 10 12 MDPL07512
16 18 MDPL07518
22 24 MDPL07524
Solid-tip carbide drill bit Quad Head
13⁄16 6 8 MDPL08108
27⁄32 6 8 MDPL08408
6 8 MDPL08708
7⁄8 10 12 1/4 MDPL08712
16 18 MDPL08718
8 10 MDPL10010
1
16 18 MDPL10018
302
SDS-PLUS Drill Bits

SDS-PLUS Shank Bits — Retail Packs
Drilling Overall Quantity
Dia. Model
Depth Length (per
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.) pack)
5⁄32 4 6 1/4 25 MDPL01506-R25
2 4 1/4 25 MDPL01804-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL01806-R25
6 8 1/4 25 MDPL01808-R25
3⁄16
8 10 25 MDPL01810-R25
10 12 25 MDPL01812-R25
12 14 25 MDPL01814-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL02106-R25
7⁄32 6 8 1/4 25 MDPL02108-R25
SDS-PLUS
8 3/4 11 25 MDPL02111-R25
Retail Packs Stop Bit
2 4 1/4 25 MDPL02504-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL02506-R25
1/4
6 8 1/4 25 MDPL02508-R25
8 3/4 11 25 MDPL02511-R25 Fixed Depth Drill Bits
5⁄16 4 6 1/4 25 MDPL03106-R25 Drill Bit Diameter Drill Depth (In.) Drop-In Anchor
Model No
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL03706-R25 (in.) (in.)
3⁄8 8 10 1/4 25 MDPL03710-R25 Standard Drop-In Anchors
10 12 1/4 25 MDPL03712-R25 MDPL037DIA 3/8 1 1/16 1/4
4 25 MDPL05006-R25 MDPL050DIA 1/2 1 11/16 3/8
6 1/4
MDPL062DIA 5/8 2 1/16 1/2
1/2 8 10 1/4 25 MDPL05010-R25
Short Drop-In Anchors
10 12 1/4 25 MDPL05012-R25 MDPL050DIAS 1/2 1 11/16 3/8
5⁄8 6 8 20 MDPL06208-R20 MDPL062DIAS 5/8 2 1/16 1/2
Carbide Drill Bits

Titen® Screw Drill Bit/Driver Product Data Titen Screw Drill Bit/Driver — Bulk Packs
For For
Drilling Overall Drilling Overall
Dia. Screw Model Dia. Screw Model
Depth Length Depth Length
(in.) (in.) (in.) Dia. No. (in.) (in.) (in.) Dia. No.
(in.) (in.)
2 3⁄8 5 3⁄16 MDPL01505H 2 3⁄8 5 3⁄16 MDPL01505H-R25
5⁄32
5⁄32 3 1⁄8 6 3⁄16 MDPL01506H 4 1⁄8 7 3⁄16 MDPL01507H-R25
4 1⁄8 7 3⁄16 MDPL01507H 2 3⁄8 5 1/4 MDPL01805H-R25
3⁄16
2 3⁄8 5 1/4 MDPL01805H 4 1⁄8 7 1/4 MDPL01807H-R25
3⁄16 3 1⁄8 6 1/4 MDPL01806H
4 1⁄8 7 1/4 MDPL01807H
Titen® Drill Bit/Driver — Bulk Packs of 25
For
Product is sold individually. Drilling Overall
Size Screw Model
Depth Length
(in.) Dia. No.
(in.) (in.) (in.)
5⁄32 x 5 2 1⁄4 5 MDBP15500HB
3⁄16
5⁄32 x 7 4 1⁄4 7 MDBP15700HB
3⁄16 x 5 2 1⁄4 5 MDBP18500HB
1⁄4
3⁄16 x 7 4 1⁄4 7 MDBP18700HB
Special hex adaptor (included with the Titen®

Screw installation kit) allows the Titen installation
tool to slide over the bit and lock in, ready to drive
Titen concrete and masonry screws. Rotohammer
must be in rotation-only mode before driving screws.
303
SDS-PLUS and SDS-MAX Drill Bits

SDS-MAX and SDS-MAX Quad Head Shank Bits
Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
3⁄8 7 1/2 13 MDMX03713
7 1/2 13 MDMX05013
1/2
15 1/2 21 MDMX05021
7 1/2 13 MDMX05613
9⁄16
15 1/2 21 MDMX05621
7 1/2 13 MDMX06213Q
5⁄8 15 1/2 21 MDMX06221Q
30 1/2 36 MDMX06236Q
11⁄16 15 1/2 21 MDMX06821Q
8 13 MDMX07513Q
3/4 17 21 MDMX07521Q
31 36 MDMX07536Q
13⁄16 17 21 MDMX08121Q
8 13 MDMX08713Q
7⁄8 17 21 MDMX08721Q
31 36 MDMX08737Q
8 13 MDMX10013Q
1 17 21 MDMX10021Q
31 36 MDMX10036Q
1 1⁄16 18 23 MDMX10623Q
12 17 MDMX11217Q
1 1⁄8 17 21 MDMX11221Q
31 36 MDMX11236Q
1 3⁄16 18 23 MDMX11823Q
10 15 MDMX12515Q
1 1/4 18 23 MDMX12523Q
31 36 MDMX12536Q
Carbide Drill Bits
12 17 MDMX13717Q
1 3⁄8
18 23 MDMX13723Q
1 1/2 18 23 MDMX15023Q
1 3/4 18 23 MDMX17523Q
2 18 23 MDMX20023Q
Model numbers ending with “Q” denote Quad Head.

SDS-MAX
Shank Bit
Quad Head
Model numbers ending with
“Q” denote Quad Head bits.
304
Spline/Straight Shank Drill Bits

Spline Shank Bits
Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
5 10 MDSP03710
3⁄8 8 13 MDSP03713
11 16 MDSP03716
7⁄16 8 13 MDSP04313
5 10 MDSP05010
8 13 MDSP05013
11 16 MDSP05016
1/2
17 22 MDSP05022
24 29 MDSP05029
31 36 MDSP05036
8 13 MDSP05613
9⁄16 11 16 MDSP05616
18 23 MDSP05623
5 10 MDSP06210
8 13 MDSP06213
11 16 MDSP06216
5⁄8
17 22 MDSP06222
24 29 MDSP06229
31 36 MDSP06236
8 13 MDSP06813
11⁄16
11 16 MDSP06816
5 10 MDSP07510
8 13 MDSP07513
11 16 MDSP07516
3/4
17 22 MDSP07522
24 29 MDSP07529
Carbide Drill Bits

31 36 MDSP07536
11 16 MDSP08716
7⁄8 17 22 MDSP08722
31 36 MDSP08736
11 16 MDSP10016
1 17 22 MDSP10022
31 36 MDSP10036
11 16 MDSP11216
1 1⁄8
17 22 MDSP11222
11 16 MDSP12516
1 1/4
17 22 MDSP12522
11 16 MDSP13716
1 3⁄8
17 22 MDSP13722
11 16 MDSP15016
1 1/2
17 22 MDSP15022
17 22 MDSP17522 Spline
1 3/4
Shank Bit
2 17 22 MDSP20022
Spline shank bits continued on the next page.
305

Spline Shank Quad Head Bits
Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
5 10 MDSP06210Q
11 16 MDSP06216Q
5⁄8 17 22 MDSP06222Q
24 29 MDSP06229Q
31 36 MDSP06236Q
Quad Head
11⁄16 11 16 MDSP06816Q
5 10 MDSP07510Q
11 16 MDSP07516Q
3/4 17 22 MDSP07522Q
24 29 MDSP07529Q
31 36 MDSP07536Q
11 16 MDSP08716Q
7⁄8
17 22 MDSP08722Q
11 16 MDSP10016Q
1 17 22 MDSP10022Q
31 36 MDSP10036Q
11 16 MDSP11216Q
1 1⁄8
17 22 MDSP11222Q
11 16 MDSP12516Q
1 1/4 17 22 MDSP12522Q
Carbide Drill Bits
31 36 MDSP12536Q
11 16 MDSP13716Q
1 3⁄8
17 22 MDSP13722Q
1 1/2 17 22 MDSP15022Q
1 3/4 18 23 MDSP17523Q
2 18 23 MDSP20023Q Spline

Shank Bit
‘A’ Taper Shank Bits

Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
1⁄2 7 9 MDA05007
5⁄8 7 9 MDA06207
3⁄4 16 18 MDA07516
‘A’ Taper Bit
306

Straight Shank Bits
Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
1⁄8 1 3⁄8 3 MDB01203
1 9⁄16 3 1/2 MDB01803
3⁄16
4 6 MDB01806
2 1⁄8 4 MDB02504
1/4 4 6 MDB02506
10 12 MDB02512
2 3/4 4 3/4 MDB03104
5⁄16
4 6 MDB03106
4 6 MDB03706
3⁄8
10 12 MDB03712
7⁄16 4 6 MDB04306
4 6 MDB05006
1/2 10 12 MDB05012
22 24 MDB05024
3 1/2 6 MDB06206
5⁄8 10 12 MDB06212
22 24 MDB06224
4 6 MDB07506
3/4
10 12 MDB07512
4 6 MDB08706
7⁄8
10 12 MDB08712
4 6 MDB10006
1
10 12 MDB10012
Carbide Drill Bits

Bits have recessed shank to fit Titen® screws and other masonry Straight
screw installation tools. They also work in three-jaw-style chucks. Shank Bit
Straight Shank Bits – Retail Packs

Dia. Drilling Overall Quantity Model

(in.) Depth Length (per No.
(in.) (in.) pack)
1⁄8 1 3⁄8 3 25 MDB01203-R25
1 9⁄16 3 1/2 25 MDB01803-R25
3⁄16
4 6 25 MDB01806-R25
2 1⁄8 4 25 MDB02504-R25
1/4
4 6 25 MDB02506-R25
2 3/4 4 3/4 25 MDB03104-R25
5⁄16
4 6 25 MDB03106-R25
3⁄8 4 6 25 MDB03706-R25
1/2 4 6 25 MDB05006-R25
5⁄8 4 6 20 MDB06206-R20
307
Rebar Cutters/Adaptors
Rebar Cutters**
When hole placement conflicts with rebar or wire
mesh, these bits enable the rebar to be removed
so the hole can be drilled to the proper depth.
Rebar cutters are separate from shanks. Shanks
work with all sizes of rebar cutters. Overall length is
approximately 15".
** After drilling through the reinforcement or plate, remove debris
from the hole and resume drilling with carbide tipped drill bit.
Rebar Cutter Detail
Drilling
Dia. Model
Depth
(in.) No.
(in.)
1/2 12 MCR05012 Rebar Cutter
5⁄8 12 MCR06212
3/4 12 MCR07512
7⁄8 12 MCR08712
1 12 MCR10012
Plate Cutters**
Similar to rebar cutters, these bits are designed
for cutting through steel base plates when it is
necessary to enlarge the fixture hole. These bits
can also be used as rebar cutters. Plate cutters are
separate from shanks. Shanks work with all sizes
of plate cutters.
** After drilling through the reinforcement or plate, remove debris
Carbide Drill Bits
from the hole and resume drilling with carbide-tipped drill bit.
Plate Cutter Detail
Drilling
Dia. Model
Depth
(in.) No.
(in.)
1/2 12 MCP05012

5⁄8 12 MCP06212
Plate Cutter
3/4 12 MCP07512
7⁄8 12 MCP08712
1 12 MCP10012
Shanks for Rebar and Plate Cutters

Shank Model Description
Style No.
For use in drills with

Straight MC jawed chucks. Use in
rotation mode only.
For use in SDS-PLUS SDS-PLUS Shank
SDS-PLUS MCSDP style drills. Use in
rotation mode only.
For use in SDS-MAX
SDS-MAX MCSDM style drills. Shank design
allows rotation only.
For use in spline-style
Spline MCS drills. Shank design Spline Shank
allows rotation only.
308
Rebar Cutters/Adaptors
Drill Bit Shank Adaptors
Description Model
(shank style to bit type) No.
SDS-MAX to SDS-PLUS Adaptor
SDS-MAX to ADMX2PL
SDS-PLUS Adaptor
Spline to SDS-PLUS Spline to SDS-PLUS Adaptor

ADSP2PL
Adaptor
SDS-top to SDS-PLUS Adaptor ADST2PL

SDS-Top
(T-ET style) to SDS-PLUS Adaptor
Carbide Drill Bits

309
Demolition Chisels and Bits

Simpson Strong-Tie® chisels are made of toughened steel with special surface treatment that improves
performance. The superior tempering process creates a hardened surface that is more wear resistant and
allows the working point to be re‑sharpened, which extends the life of the tool.
Simpson Strong-Tie® demolition chisels and bits come in various shank styles to fit
virtually any demolition tool.
SDS-MAX SDS-PLUS Spline 3/4" Hex

(Design disables
rotohammer rotation.)
Scrapers
Removing Tiles, Flooring and Other Materials
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Carbide Drill Bits
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
3/4 10 CHPLF07510
SDS-PLUS
1 1/2 10 CHPLSC15010
SDS-MAX 2 12 CHMXSCP20012
Spline 2 12 CHSPSCP20012

Scraper
Flat Chisels
General Concrete and Masonry Demolition
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
1 12 CHMXF10012
SDS-MAX
1 18 CHMXF10018
1 12 CHSPF10012
Spline
1 18 CHSPF10018
1 12 CHHF10012
3/4" Hex
1 18 CHHF10018
Flat Chisel
310
Demolition Chisels and Bits

Bull Point Chisels
General Concrete and Masonry Demolition
Overall
Shank Model
Length
Type No.
(in.)
SDS-PLUS 10 CHPLBP10
12 CHMXBP12
SDS-MAX
18 CHMXBP18
12 CHSPBP12
Spline
18 CHSPBP18
12 CHHBP12
3/4" Hex
18 CHHBP18
Bull Point
Chisel
Asphalt Cutters
Asphalt, Hardpan and Compacted Soil Cutting
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
SDS-MAX 3 1/2 16 CHMXAC35016
3/4" Hex 3 1/2 16 CHHAC35016
Carbide Drill Bits

Asphalt
Cutter
Clay Spades
Clay and Other Rock-Free Soil Cutting
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
Spline 5 3⁄8 16 CHSPCS53716
Clay Spade 5 3⁄8 16 CHHCS53716
Clay
Spade
311
Demolition Bits
Scalers
Removing Large Quantities of Material
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
1 1/2 12 CHMXSC15012
SDS-MAX 2 12 CHMXSC20012
3 12 CHMXSC30012
1 1/2 12 CHSPSC15012
Spline 2 12 CHSPSC20012
3 12 CHSPSC30012
2 12 CHHSC20012
3/4" Hex Scaler
3 12 CHHSC30012
Ground Rod Drivers

Driving in Ground Rods
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
SDS-MAX 7⁄8 10 1⁄4 CHMXRD08710
Spline 7⁄8 10 1⁄4 CHSPRD08710
Ground Rod
Driver
Carbide Drill Bits
Bushing Tools One Piece

Concrete and Asphalt Surface Roughening
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)

SDS-MAX 1 3⁄4 9 1⁄2 CHMXBT17509
Spline 1 3⁄4 9 1⁄4 CHSPBT17509
Bushing Tool 1 3⁄4 9 1⁄4 CHHBT17509 Bushing Tool
Head
312
Core Bits
Core Bits
Simpson Strong-Tie® Core Bits are made to the same exacting standards
as our standard carbide-tipped drill bits. They utilize a centering bit to
facilitate accurate drilling in combination hammer/drill mode.
One-Piece Core Bits with Centering Bit –

SDS-MAX Shank
Drilling Overall
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
11 3⁄8 CBMX15011
1 1/2 6 1⁄4
22 CBMX15022
11 3⁄8 CBMX20011
2 6 1⁄4
22 CBMX20022
11 3⁄8 CBMX26211
2 5⁄8 6 1⁄4
22 CBMX26222
11 3/8 CBMX31211
3 1/8 6 1/4
22 CBMX31222
3 1/2 6 1/4 22 CBMX35022
11 3⁄8 CBMX40011
4 6 1⁄4
22 CBMX40022
11 3⁄8 CBMX50011
5 6 1⁄4
22 CBMX50022
6 6 1/4 22 CBMX60022
NOTE: With 1-piece bits, once coring is begun, the centering bit
must be removed using ejector pin. Core bit bodies are 2 11⁄16" deep.
One-Piece Core Bits with Centering Bit –
Carbide Drill Bits

Spline Shank
Drilling Overall One-piece core bit
Dia. Model
Depth Length
(in.) No. transfers energy
(in.) (in.)
efficiently
11 3⁄8 CBSP15012
1 1/2 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP15022
11 3⁄8 CBSP20011
2 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP20022
11 3⁄8 CBSP26211
2 5⁄8 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP26222
11 3⁄8 CBSP31211
3 1⁄8 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP31222
11 3⁄8 CBSP35011
3 1/2 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP35022
11 3⁄8 CBSP40011
4 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP40022
11 3⁄8 CBSP50011
5 6 1⁄4
22 CBSP50022
Core Bit Replacement Parts

Core Bit Center Pilot Bit Ejector Key
Overall
Dia. Model Dia. Model
Length
(in.) No. (in.) No.
(in.)
7⁄16 4 3⁄4 CTRBTF04304 3⁄8 CDBEJKEY
313
Appendix – Supplemental Topics
Gas Concrete Nailer
GCN-MEP
Made in / Hecho en / Fabriqué aux:
TAIWAN
650 mL
To keep you as informed as possible,
the following topics are included in this
Appendix:
Supplemental Topics for Anchors Page
I. Base Materials 316
II. Anchor Failure Modes 316
III. Corrosion Resistance 316
IV. Mechanical Anchors 318
V. Adhesive Anchors 318
Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Method 322
Strength Design (SD) Method 322
AC308 Modifications to ACI 318 323
Example Calculations 324
Supplemental Topics for Anchors
I. Base Materials II. Anchor Failure Modes

“Base material” is a generic industry term that refers to the element or Four different tension failure modes and three different shear failure modes
substrate to be anchored to. Base materials include concrete, brick, are generally observed for post-installed anchors under tension loading.
concrete block (CMU) and structural tile, to name a few. The most
common type of base material where adhesive and mechanical anchors Failure Modes
are used is concrete. Tension Shear
Concrete – Concrete can be cast-in-place or precast concrete. Steel Fracture Steel Fracture
Concrete has excellent compressive strength, but relatively low tensile Breakout Breakout
strength. Cast-in-place (or sometimes called “poured in place”) concrete Pullout (Mech. Anch.) Pryout
Bond Failure (Adhesive Anch.)
is placed in forms erected on the building site. Cast-in-place concrete
can be either normal-weight or lightweight concrete. Lightweight
concrete is often specified when it is desirable to reduce the weight of Breakout Failure – Breakout failure occurs when the base material
the building structure. ruptures, often producing a cone-shaped failure surface when anchors
are located away from edges, or producing a spall when anchors are
Lightweight concrete differs from normal-weight concrete by the weight
located near edges. Breakout failure can occur for both mechanical
of aggregate used in the mixture. Normal-weight concrete has a unit
and adhesive anchors and is generally observed at shallower
weight of approximately 150 pounds per cubic foot compared to
embedment depths, and for installations at less than critical
approximately 115 pounds per cubic foot for lightweight concrete.
spacings or edge distances.
The type of aggregate used in concrete can affect the tension capacity
Pullout Failure – Pullout failure occurs when a mechanical anchor pulls
of an adhesive anchor. Presently, the relationship between aggregate
out of the drilled hole, leaving the base material otherwise largely intact.
properties and anchor performance is not well understood. Test results
should not be assumed to be representative of expected performance Bond Failure – Bond failure occurs when an adhesive anchor pulls out
in all types of concrete aggregate. of the drilled hole due to an adhesion failure at the adhesive-to-base-
material interface, or when there is a cohesive failure within the adhesive
Prefabricated concrete is also referred to as “precast concrete”. Precast
itself. When bond failure occurs, a shallow cone-shaped breakout failure
concrete can be made at a prefabricating plant or site-cast in forms
surface will often form near the base material surface. This breakout
constructed on the job. Precast concrete members may be solid or
surface is not the primary failure mechanism.
may contain hollow cores. Many precast components have thinner
cross sections than cast in place concrete. Precast concrete may use Pryout Failure – Pryout failure occurs for shallowly embedded anchors
either normal or lightweight concrete. Reinforced concrete contains steel when a base material failure surface is pried out “behind” the anchor,
bars, cable, wire mesh or random glass fibers. The addition of reinforcing opposite the direction of the applied shear force.
material enables concrete to resist tensile stresses which lead to cracking.
Steel Fracture – Steel fracture occurs when anchor spacings, edge
The compressive strength of concrete can range from 2,000 psi to distances and embedment depths are great enough to prevent the
over 20,000 psi, depending on the mixture and how it is cured. Most base-material–related failure modes listed above and the steel strength of
concrete mixes are designed to obtain the desired properties within 28 the mechanical anchor or adhesive anchor insert is the limiting strength.
days after being cast.
Concrete Masonry Units (CMU) – Block is typically formed with large

III. Corrosion Resistance
hollow cores. Block with a minimum 75% solid cross section is called
solid block even though it contains hollow cores. In many parts of the
country building codes require steel reinforcing bars to be placed in the
Many environments and materials can cause corrosion, including ocean
Appendix
hollow cores, and the cores to be filled solid with grout.

salt air, fire-retardants, fumes, fertilizers, preservative-treated wood,
In some areas of the eastern United States, past practice was to mix de-icing salts, dissimilar metals and more. Metal fixtures, fasteners
concrete with coal cinders to make cinder blocks. Although cinder and anchors can corrode and lose load-carrying capacity when
blocks are no longer made, there are many existing buildings where they installed in corrosive environments or when installed in contact with
can be found. Cinder blocks require special attention as they soften corrosive materials.
with age.
The many variables present in a building environment make it impossible
Brick – Clay brick is formed solid or with hollow cores. The use of either to accurately predict if, or when, corrosion will begin or reach a critical
type will vary in different parts of the United States. Brick can be difficult level. This relative uncertainty makes it crucial that specifiers and users
to drill and anchor into. Most brick is hard and brittle. Old, red clay brick are knowledgeable about the potential risks and select a product suitable
is often very soft and is easily over-drilled. Either of these situations can for the intended use. It is also prudent that regular maintenance and
cause problems in drilling and anchoring. The most common use of periodic inspections are performed, especially for outdoor applications.
brick today is for building facades (curtain wall or brick veneer) and not
It is common to see some corrosion in outdoor applications. Even
for structural applications. Brick facade is attached to the structure by
stainless steel can corrode. The presence of some corrosion does not
the use of brick ties spaced at intervals throughout the wall. In older
mean that load capacity has been affected or that failure is imminent. If
buildings, multiple widths, or “wythes” of solid brick were used to
significant corrosion is apparent or suspected, then the fixtures, fasteners
form the structural walls. Three and four wythe walls were common
and connectors should be inspected by a qualified engineer or qualified
wall thicknesses.
inspector. Replacement of affected components may be appropriate.
Clay Tile – Clay tile block is formed with hollow cores and narrow cavity
Chemical Attack - Chemical attack occurs when the anchor material
wall cross sections. Clay tile is very brittle, making drilling difficult without
is not resistant to a substance with which it is in contact. Chemical-
breaking the block. Caution must be used in attempting to drill and
resistance information regarding anchoring adhesives is found on
fasten into clay tile.
page 320.
316
Some wood-preservative chemicals and fire-retardant chemicals and Guidelines for Selecting Corrosion-Resistant
retentions pose increased corrosion potential and are more corrosive to Anchors and Fasteners
steel anchors and fasteners than others. Additional information on this
subject is available at www.strongtie.com. Evaluate the Application
Consider the importance of the connection.
We have attempted to provide basic knowledge on the subject of
corrosion here, but it is important to fully educate yourself by reviewing Evaluate the Exposure
our technical bulletins on the topic (www.strongtie.com/info) and Consider these moisture and treatment chemical exposure conditions:
also by reviewing information, literature and evaluation reports • Dry Service: Generally INTERIOR applications and includes wall and
published by others. ceiling cavities, raised floor applications in enclosed buildings that
Galvanic Corrosion - Galvanic corrosion occurs when two have been designed to prevent condensation and exposure to other
electrochemically dissimilar metals contact each other in the presence sources of moisture. Prolonged exposure during construction should
of an electrolyte (such as water) that acts as a conductive path for also be considered, as this may constitute a Wet Service or Elevated
metal ions to move from the more anodic to the more cathodic metal. Service Condition.
In the galvanic couple, the more anodic metal will corrode preferentially. • Wet Service: Generally EXTERIOR construction in conditions other
The Galvanic Series of Metals table provides a qualitative guide to the than Elevated Service. These include Exterior Protected and Exposed
potential for two metals to interact galvanically. Metals in the same group and General Use Ground Contact as described by the AWPA UC4A.
(see table) have similar electrochemical potentials. The farther the metals
are apart on the table, the greater the difference in electrochemical • Elevated Service: Includes fumes, fertilizers, soil, some preservative-
potential, and the more rapidly galvanic corrosion will occur. Corrosion treated wood (AWPA UC4B and UC4C), industrial zones, acid rain
also increases with increasing conductivity of the electrolyte. and other corrosive elements.
Good detailing practice, including the following, can help reduce the • Uncertain: Unknown exposure, materials or treatment chemicals.
possibility of galvanic corrosion of anchors: • Ocean/Water Front: Marine environments that include airborne
• Use of anchors and metals with similar electrochemical potentials chlorides and some splash. Environments with de-icing salts
are included.
• Separating dissimilar metals with insulating materials
• Treatment Chemicals: See AWPA Use Category Designations.
• Ensuring that the anchor is the cathode, when dissimilar materials The preservative-treated wood supplier should provide all of the
are present. pertinent information about the wood being used. The information
should include Use Category Designation, wood species group,
• Preventing exposure to and pooling of electrolytes
wood treatment chemical and chemical retention. See appropriate
evaluation reports for corrosion effects of treatment chemicals and
Galvanic Series of Metals fastener corrosion resistance recommendations.
Corroded End (Anode)
Use the Simpson Strong‑Tie® Corrosion Classification Table
Magnesium
Magnesium alloys If the treatment chemical information is incomplete,
Zinc Simpson Strong‑Tie recommends the use of a 300-series stainless-
Aluminum 1100 steel product. Also if the treatment chemical is not shown in the
Corrosion Classification Table, then Simpson Strong‑Tie has not
Cadmium
Aluminum 2024-T4 evaluated it and cannot make any recommendations other than the
Iron and Steel use of coatings and materials in the Severe category. Manufacturers
Lead may independently provide test results of other product information;
Appendix
Tin Simpson Strong‑Tie expresses no opinion regarding such information.
Nickel (active)
Inconel Ni-Cr alloy (active)
Hastelloy alloy C (active)
Brasses
Copper Minimum Corrosion Resistance Recommendations
Cu-Ni alloys
Monel Corrosion
Resistance Material or Coating
Nickel (passive) Classification
304 stainless steel (passive) Low Zinc plated

316 stainless steel (passive)
Hasteloy alloy C (passive) Mechanically galvanized (ASTM B695-Class 55)1
Silver
Titanium Medium Hot-dip galvanized (ASTM A153-Class C)
Graphite
Gold Type 410 stainless steel with protective top coat
Platinum
High Type 302, 303 or 304 stainless steel
Protected End (Cathode)
Type 316 stainless steel
Hydrogen-Assisted Stress-Corrosion Cracking Severe
Hot-dip galvanized
Some hardened fasteners may experience premature failure if exposed
to moisture as a result of hydrogen-assisted stress-corrosion cracking. 1. Mechanically galvanized Titen HD anchors are recommended only for
®
These fasteners are recommended specifically for use in dry, temporary outdoor service.
interior locations.
317

Corrosion Resistance Classifications
Material To Be Fastened
Preservative-Treated Wood
Environment Untreated
Wood or Chemical Chemical FRT Wood
SBX-DOT Other or
Other Material Retention ≤ AWPA, Retention > AWPA, ACZA
Zinc Borate Uncertain
UC4A UC4A
Dry Service Low Low Low High High High Med
Wet Service Med N/A Med High High High High
Elevated Service High N/A Severe Severe High Severe N/A
Uncertain High High High Severe High Severe High
Ocean/Waterfront Severe N/A Severe Severe Severe Severe N/A
1. These are general guidelines that may not consider all application criteria. Refer 4. Mechanical galvanizations C3 and N2000 should not be used in conditions that
to product-specific information for additional guidance. would be more corrosive than AWPA UC3A (exterior, above ground, rapid water
2. Type 316/305/304 stainless-steel products are recommended where run off).
preservative-treated wood used in ground contact has chemical retention level 5. If uncertain about Use Category, treatment chemical, or environment, use Types
greater than those for AWPA UC4A; CA-C, 0.15 pcf; CA-B, 0.21 pcf; micronized 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper fasteners.
CA-C, 0.14 pcf; micronized CA-B, 0.15 pcf; ACQ-Type D (or C), 0.40 pcf. 6. Some treated wood may have excess surface chemicals making it potentially
3. Testing by Simpson Strong-Tie following ICC-ES AC257 showed that mechanical more corrosive than lower retentions. If this condition is suspected, use Types
galvanization (ASTM B695, Class 55), Quik Guard coating, and Double Barrier 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper fasteners.
coating will provide corrosion resistance equivalent to hot-dip galvanization 7. Types 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper fasteners are
(ASTM A153, Class D) in contact with chemically treated wood in dry service the best recommendation for ocean salt-air and other chloride-containing
and wet service exposures (AWPA UC1 – UC4A, ICC-ES AC257 Exposure environments. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners with at least ASTM A153, Class C
Conditions 1 and 3) and will perform adequately subject to regular maintenance protection can also be an alternate for some applications in environments with
and periodic inspection. ocean air and/or elevated wood moisture content.
IV. Mechanical Anchors Oversized Holes

The performance data for adhesive anchors are based upon anchor
tests in which holes were drilled with carbide-tipped drill bits of the
Pre-Load Relaxation same diameter listed in the product’s load table. Additional static tension
Expansion anchors that have been set to the required installation tests were conducted to qualify anchors installed with SET, SET-XP®,
torque in concrete will experience a reduction in pre-tension (due to ET-HP® and AT adhesives for installation in holes with diameters larger
torque) within several hours. This is known as pre-load relaxation. The than those listed in the load tables. The tables indicate the acceptable
high compression stresses placed on the concrete cause it to deform range of drilled hole sizes and the corresponding tension-load reduction
which results in a relaxation of the pre-tension force in the anchor. factor (if any). The same conclusions also apply to the published shear
Tension in this context refers to the internal stresses induced in the load values. Drilled holes outside of the accepted range shown in the
anchor as a result of applied torque and does not refer to anchor charts are not recommended.

capacity. Historical data shows it is normal for the initial tension values SET Adhesive – Acceptable Hole Diameter
to decrease by as much as 40–60% within the first few hours after
installation. Retorquing the anchor to the initial installation torque is Insert Acceptable Hole Acceptable Load
Diameter Diameter Range
Appendix
not recommended or necessary. Reduction Factor

(in.) (in.)
3⁄8 1⁄2 – 3⁄4 1.0
1⁄2 5⁄8 – 1 5⁄16 1.0
V. Adhesive Anchors 5⁄8

3⁄4
3⁄4 – 1 1⁄8
7⁄8 – 1 5⁄16
1.0
1.0
Installation into Green Concrete 7⁄8 1 – 1 1⁄2 1.0
1 1 1⁄8 – 1 11⁄16 1.0
The strength design data for adhesive anchors in this catalog are
1 1⁄8 1 1⁄4 – 1 7⁄8 1.0
based on installations into concrete that is at least 21 days old. Anchors
may be installed in concrete less than 21 days old, provided a reduction 1 1⁄4 1 3⁄8 – 2 1⁄16 1.0
factor is applied to bond strength: 1 3⁄8 1 1⁄2 – 2 1⁄4 1.0
Concrete Age Concrete Age Bond Strength

Products SET-XP and ET-HP Adhesives – Acceptable Hole Diameter
When Installed When Loaded Factor
21 days 1.0 Insert Acceptable Hole Acceptable Load
AT 14 days Diameter Diameter Range Reduction Factor
AT-XP 7 days 0.9 (in.) (in.)
ET-HP 1.0
SET 21 days 1.0 1⁄2 5⁄8 – 3⁄4
SET-XP 7 days 5⁄8 3⁄4 – 15⁄16 1.0
7 days 0.7 3⁄4 7⁄8 – 1 1⁄8 1.0
7⁄8 1 – 1 5⁄16 1.0
1 1 1⁄8 – 1 1⁄2 1.0
1 1/4 1 3/8 – 1 7/8 1.0
318

referenced in ICC-ES AC58, is a drilled hole that has been properly
AT Adhesive – Acceptable Hole Diameter drilled, cleaned and then is filled with standing water for seven days.
Insert Acceptable Hole After seven days, the standing water is blown out of the hole with
Acceptable Load
Diameter Diameter Range compressed air and the adhesive anchor is installed.
Reduction Factor
(in.) (in.)
• Water-Filled Hole – A water-filled hole is defined similarly to a damp
3⁄8 7⁄16 – 1⁄2 1.0
hole; however, the standing water is not blown out of the hole. Instead,
1⁄2 9⁄16 – 5⁄8 1.0
the adhesive is injected directly into the water-filled hole (from the
5⁄8 11⁄16 – 3⁄4 1.0 bottom of the hole up) and the insert is installed.
3⁄4 13⁄16 – 7⁄8 1.0
7⁄8 1 1.0 • Submerged Hole – A submerged hole is similar to a water-filled hole
with one major exception – in addition to standing water within the
1 1 1⁄16 – 1 1⁄8 .75 for 1 1⁄8 only
hole, water also completely covers the surface of the base material.
Note that drilling debris and sludge should be removed from the
Core-Drilled Holes drilled hole prior to installation. ICC-ES AC58 does not address this
The performance data for adhesive anchors are based upon anchor condition.
tests in which holes were drilled with carbide-tipped drill bits. Additional
static tension tests were conducted to qualify anchors installed with
SET and AT anchoring adhesives for installation in holes drilled with Elevated In-Service Temperature
diamond-core bits. In these tests, the diameter of the diamond-core bit
The performance of all adhesive anchors is affected by elevated base
matched the diameter of the carbide-tipped drill bit recommended in the
material temperature. The in-service temperature sensitivity table
product’s load table. The test results showed that no reduction of the
provided for each adhesive provides the information necessary to
published allowable tension load for SET and AT anchoring adhesives
apply the appropriate load adjustment factor to either the allowable
is necessary for this condition. The same conclusions also apply to the
tension based on bond strength or allowable shear based on concrete
published allowable shear loads.
edge distance for a given base material temperature. While there is no
commonly used method to determine the exact load-adjustment factor,
there are a few guidelines to keep in mind when designing an anchor
Installation in Damp, Wet and Submerged that will be subject to elevated base-material temperature. In any case,
Environments the final decision must be made by a qualified design professional using
SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP: The performance data for adhesive sound engineering judgment:
anchors using SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP adhesives are based upon • When designing an anchor connection to resist wind and/or seismic
tests according to ICC-ES AC308. This criteria requires adhesive forces only, the effect of fire (elevated temperature) may be disregarded.
anchors that are to be installed in outdoor environments to be tested
in water-saturated concrete holes that have been cleaned with less • The base-material temperature represents the average internal
than the amount of hole cleaning recommended by the manufacturer. temperature and, hence, the temperature along the entire bonded
A product’s sensitivity to this installation condition is considered in length of the anchor.
determining the product’s “Anchor Category” (strength reduction factor). • The effects of elevated temperature may be temporary. If the in-
SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP may be installed in dry or water-saturated service temperature of the base material is elevated such that a
concrete. load-adjustment factor is applicable but, over time, the temperature
Based on Reliability Testing per ICC-ES AC308 is reduced to a temperature below which a load-adjustment factor
is applicable, the full allowable load based on bond strength is

• Dry Concrete – Cured concrete whose moisture content is in still applicable. This is applicable provided that the degradation
equilibrium with surrounding non-precipitate atmospheric conditions. temperature of the anchoring adhesive (350°F for SET-XP®, SET,
Appendix
• Water-Saturated Concrete – Cured concrete that is covered with water ET-HP®, AT-XP® and AT adhesives) has not been reached.
and water saturated.
• Submerged Concrete – Cured concrete that is covered with water and Creep Under Long-Term Loads
water saturated.
Creep is the slow, continuous deformation of a material under
• Water-Filled Hole – Drilled hole in water-saturated concrete that is constant stress. Creep occurs in many construction materials,
clean yet contains standing water at the time of installation. including concrete and steel when the stress is great enough. The
SET, EDOT and AT: The performance data for adhesive anchors using creep characteristics of adhesives are product-dependent. Adhesive
SET, EDOT and AT adhesives are based upon tests in which anchors anchors that are not creep-resistant can pull out slowly over time
are installed in dry holes. Additional static tension tests were conducted when sustained tensile loads are applied.
for some products in damp holes, water-filled holes and submerged Because of the creep phenomenon, it is important for Designers to
holes. The test results show that no reduction of the published allowable consider the nature of the applied tension loads and to determine
tension load is necessary for SET, EDOT and AT adhesives in damp whether the tension loads will be continuously applied to the anchor
holes, or for SET and AT adhesives in water-filled holes. For SET and AT over the long term. If this is the case, a product that is suitable for
adhesives in submerged holes, the test results show that a reduction resisting sustained loads over the long term must be selected.
factor of 0.60 is applicable. The same conclusions also apply to the
published allowable shear load values. All Simpson Strong-Tie® anchoring adhesives (SET-XP, SET, ET-HP,
EDOT, AT-XP and AT) have been qualified for resisting long-term loads
Based on Reliability Testing per ICC-ES AC58 through ICC-ES AC58 or ICC-ES AC308 “creep tests” in which an
• Dry Concrete – Cured concrete whose moisture content is in anchor is loaded and monitored for movement over time. According to
equilibrium with surrounding non-precipitate atmospheric conditions. AC58 and AC308, anchors that pass the creep test are determined to
be suitable for resisting long-term tensile loads.
• Damp Hole – A damp hole, as defined in ASTM E1512 and
319

Chemical Resistance of Adhesive Anchors Chemical Concentration AT-XP SET-XP ET-HP AT SET
Samples of Simpson Strong-Tie® anchoring adhesives were immersed in
Glacial NR F F F F
the chemicals shown below until they exhibited minimal weight change Acetic Acid
5% R F F R F
(indicating saturation) or for a maximum of three months. The samples
were then tested according to ASTM D 543 Standard Practices Acetone 100% F F F — —
for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Changes, Aluminum Ammonium
Procedures I & II, and either ASTM D 790 Standard Test Method Sulfate 10% R R R R R
(Ammonium Alum)
for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and
Electrical Insulating Materials or ASTM D 695 Standard Test Method for Aluminum Chloride 10% R R R — —
Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. In cases where mild chemicals Aluminum Potassium 10% R R R R R
were evaluated, the exposure was accelerated per ASTM D 3045 Sulfate (Potassium Alum)
Standard Practice for Heat Aging of Plastics Without Load. Aluminum Sulfate (Alum) 15% R R R R R
Samples showing no visible damage and demonstrating statistically 28% NR R NR R R
Ammonium Hydroxide
equivalent strength and elastic modulus as compared to control 10% R R R R R
(Ammonia)
samples were classified as “Resistant” (R). These adhesives are pH=10 R R R — —
considered suitable for continuous exposure to the identified chemical Ammonium Nitrate 15% R R R R R
when used as a part of an adhesive anchor assembly.
Ammonium Sulfate 15% R R R R R
Samples exhibiting slight damage, such as swelling or crazing, or not Automotive Antifreeze 50% R R R — —
demonstrating both statistically equivalent strength and elastic modulus
Aviation Fuel (JP5) 100% R R R — —
as compared to control samples were classified as “Non-Resistant”
(NR). These adhesives are considered suitable for periodic exposure to Brake Fluid (DOT3) 100% R NR F — —
the identified chemical if the chemical will be diluted and washed away Calcium Hydroxide 10% R R R — —
from the adhesive anchor assembly after exposure, or if only emergency Calcium Hypochlorite 15% R R R R R
contact with the chemical is expected and subsequent replacement of (Chlorinated Lime)
the anchor would be undertaken. Some manufacturers refer to this as Calcium Oxide (Lime) 5% R R R R R
“limited resistance” or “partial resistance” in their literature. 10% NR F F — —
Carbolic Acid
Samples that were completely destroyed by the chemical, or that 5% NR F F — —
demonstrated a significant loss in strength after exposure were Carbon Tetrachloride 100% R R R — —
classified as “Failed” (F). These adhesives are considered unsuitable for
Chromic Acid 40% R NR NR — —
exposure to the identified chemical.
Citric Acid 10% R R R — —
Note: In most actual service conditions, the majority of the anchoring
Copper Sulfate 10% R R R — —
adhesive is not exposed to the chemical and thus some period of time
is required for the chemical to saturate the entire adhesive. An adhesive Detergent (ASTM D543) 100% R R R — —
anchor would be expected to maintain bond strength and creep Diesel Oil 100% R R NR — —
resistance until a significant portion of the adhesive is saturated. 95% NR F F — —
Ethanol, Aqueous
50% NR NR NR — —
Ethanol, Denatured 100% R F F — —

Ethylene Glycol 100% R R R — —
Fluorosilicic Acid 25% R R R R R
Appendix
Concentrated F F F — —
Formic Acid
10% R F F — —
Gasoline 100% R R R — —
Concentrated NR F F R F
Hydrochloric Acid 10% R NR F R NR
pH=3 R R R — —
30% R F F R F
Hydrogen Peroxide
3% R R R R NR
Iron (II) Chloride 15% R R R R R
(Ferrous Chloride)
Iron (III) Chloride 15% R R R R NR
(Ferric Chloride)
Iron (III) Sulfate 10% R R F — —
(Ferric Sulfate)
Isopropanol 100% R F F — —
85% R F F — —
Lactic Acid
10% R F F — —
Machine Oil 100% R R R — —
Methanol 100% NR F F — —
Methyl Ethyl Ketone 100% NR F F — —
320

Chemical Concentration AT-XP SET-XP ET-HP AT SET
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 100% NR NR NR — —
Mineral Oil 100% R R R — —
Mineral Spirits 100% R R R — —
Mixture of Amines 1
100% R F F — —
Mixture of Aromatics2 100% NR NR R — —
Motor Oil (5W30) 100% R R R — —
N,N-Diethyaniline 100% R R R — —
Concentrated F F F F F
40% NR F F F F
Nitric Acid
10% R R F R NR
pH=3 R R R — —
85% R F F F F
40% R F F R NR
Phosphoric Acid
10% R F F R NR
pH=3 R R R — —
40% NR R NR — —
Potassium Hydroxide 10% NR R R — —
pH=13.2 R R R — —
Potassium Permanganate 10% R R R R R
Propylene Glycol 100% R R NR — —
Seawater (ASTM D1141) 100% R R R — —
Soap (ASTM D543) 100% R R R — —
Sodium Bicarbonate 10% R R R R R
Sodium Bisulfite 15% R R R R NR
Sodium Carbonate 15% R R R R R
Sodium Chloride 15% R R R R R
Sodium Fluoride 10% R R R R R
Sodium Hexafluorosilicate 5% R R R R R
(Sodium Silicon Fluoride)
Sodium Hydrosulfide 10% R R R — —
60% R R R — —
40% R R R — —
Sodium Hydroxide
10% R R R — —
pH=10 R R R — —
Appendix
Sodium Hypochlorite 25% R R R R R
(Bleach) 10% R R R R R
Sodium Nitrate 15% R R R R R
Sodium Phosphate 10% R R R R R
(Trisodium Phosphate)
Sodium Silicate 50% R R R R R
Concentrated F F F F F
30% R NR F R NR
Sulfuric Acid
3% R NR F R NR
pH=3 R R R — —
Toluene 100% NR F NR — —
Triethanol Amine 100% R NR R — —
Turpentine 100% R R R — —
Water 100% R R R R R
Xylene 100% NR NR R — —
“R” – Resistant, “NR” – Non-Resistant, “F” – Failed, “—” – Not tested

1. triethanol amine, n-butylamine, N,N-dimethylamine
2. toluene, methyl naphthalene, xylene
321
Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Method

In allowable stress design (ASD), the Designer must size the anchorage The allowable loads in this catalog are derived from full-scale testing,
such that the service load does not exceed the allowable load for any calculations, and/or experience. In general, the allowable load is
anchor: determined by taking the average ultimate load from full scale tests and
Tservice ≤ Tallowable dividing by a safety factor (Ω).
Vservice ≤ Vallowable Tultimate V
Tallowable = ; Vallowable = ultimate
Ω Ω

The Designer must read the allowable load from the applicable table
and adjust the allowable load for all applicable design parameters for For some anchors, the average ultimate load and/or allowable load is
the anchor, such as spacing, edge distance, in-service temperature or also controlled by anchor displacement limits.
allowable-stress increase for short-term loads. Load-adjustment factors The allowable loads for steel inserts used with adhesive anchors is
for anchors are applied cumulatively. For adhesive anchors, the designer determined as follows:
must also ensure that the service load does not exceed the allowable
load of the steel insert. For threaded rod: Tallowable = 0.33Fu Ag ; Vallowable = 0.17Fu Ag
For anchors subjected to simultaneous tension and shear loading, the For Grade 60 rebar: Tallowable = (24,000 psi)Ag ; Vallowable = 0.17(90,000 psi)Ag
following equation must be satisfied, where the value of n is product- Where:
specific. Use a value of n=1 unless otherwise specified in the applicable
products’ load table. Ag = Gross cross-sectional area of the insert
 Tservice  +  Vservice  Threaded Insert Fu

n n
≤ 1.0 Steel Type (psi)
 Tallowable   Vallowable 
Linear interpolation of allowable loads between embedment depths F1554, Grade 36 58,000
and/or compressive strengths shown in the load tables is permitted.
Linear interpolation of load-adjustment factors in the edge distance and A193, Grade B7 125,000
spacing tables is also permitted. 304 / 316 Stainless 100,000
(Diam. ≤ 5⁄8")
304 / 316 Stainless 85,000
(Diam ≥ 3⁄4")
Where:
Fu = Ultimate tensile strength of steel insert
Strength Design (SD) Method (Under ACI 318 APPENDIX D, ICC-ES AC193, and ICC-ES AC308)
ϕN ϕV
In strength design (SD), the Designer must size the anchorage such that Tallowable, ASD = α n and Vallowable, ASD = α n
the required strength (i.e. factored load) does not exceed the lowest
design strength of the anchor or anchor group considering all possible
failure modes. Where:

Nua ≤ ϕNn Tallowable,ASD = Allowable tension load
Vua ≤ ϕVn Vallowable,ASD = Allowable shear load
ϕNn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in

Appendix
Calculations are performed in accordance with the applicable design

standards: ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 Appendix D for mechanical tension as determined per ACI 318 Appendix D, AC193, AC308 and
anchors and ICC-ES AC308 for adhesive anchors. The additional the IBC.
design provisions of AC308 are shown elsewhere in this catalog. ϕVn = Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in shear

The nominal strengths and design data in this catalog are derived from as determined per ACI 318 Appendix D, AC193, AC308 and the IBC.
testing and calculations in accordance with ACI 355.2. ACI 355.4, α = Conversion factor calculated as a weighted average of the load

ICC-ES AC193 and ICC-ES AC308. In general, nominal strengths are factors for the controlling load combination. In addition, α shall
5% fractile strengths calculated using the average ultimate load, and include all applicable factors to account for non-ductile failure modes
standard deviation of full-scale test results. A 5% fractile strength is the and required over-strength.
nominal strength for which there is a 90% confidence that there is a
95% probability of the actual strength exceeding the nominal strength.
Interaction shall be calculated as follows:
For anchors that are designed using ACI 318 Appendix D, AC193, or
AC308, it is possible to convert design strengths (i.e. ϕNn or ϕVn) to For tension loads, T ≤ 0.2Tallowable, the full allowable load in shear
allowable loads using the following approach from AC193: shall be permitted.
For shear loads, V ≤ 0.2Vallowable, the full allowable load in tension

shall be permitted.
T V
For all other cases: + ≤ 1.2
Tallowable Vallowable
322
AC308 Modifications to ACI 318

4.2.1 Replace Section D.5.5.5, and add Sections NOTE: Bond strength determination: Bond strength values are a function
of the special-inspection level provided and installation conditions. Bond
D.5.3.7 and D.8.6.1 to ACI 318 as follows: strength values must be modified with the factor Ksat for cases where the
holes are drilled in water-saturated concrete as follows:
4.2.2 D.5.5.5 – The modification factor for adhesive anchors
designed for uncracked concrete in accordance with D.5.5.2 without Special Permissible Bond Associated Strength
supplementary reinforcement to control splitting, ψcp,Na , shall be Inspection Installation Condition Strength Reduction Factor
Level
computed as:
Continuous Dry Concrete τk Φdry,ci
If ca,min ≥ cac then ψcp,Na = 1.0 (D-26)
Continuous Water-saturated τk x Ksat,ci Φsat,ci
ca,min
If ca,min < cac then ψcp,Na = (D-27) Periodic Dry Concrete τk Φdry,pi
cac
Periodic Water-saturated τk x Ksat,pi Φsat,pi
where Where applicable, the modified bond strengths must be used in lieu of τk,cr or
τk,uncr in ACI 318. The resulting nominal bond strength must be multiplied by

cac shall be determined in accordance with Eq. (D-27a) for anchor the strength-reduction factor for the special-inspection level listed above.
diameters up to 1 1/4 inches and for characteristic bond strengths in
uncracked concrete less than or equal to 3,000 psi, and Eq. (D-27b)
for anchor diameters larger than 1 1/4 inches or for characteristic bond
strengths in uncracked concrete greater than 3,000 psi.
τ
cac = hef •  k,uncr  • 3.1–0.7 h 
0.4
(D-27a)
 1160 
 hef 
τ
cac = hef •  k,uncr  • 3.1–0.7 h 
0.4
(D-27b)
 664   hef 
where
 h  need not be taken as larger than 2.4; and

 hef 
τk,uncr = characteristic bond strength stated in the Evaluation Service
Report whereby τk,uncr need not be taken as larger than:
−
kuncr√ hef f'c
τk,uncr =
π •d

In no case shall ψcp,Na determined from Eq. (D-27) be taken as less
than cNa / cac . For all other cases, ψcp,Na shall be taken as 1.0.
Appendix
323
Example Calculations Adhesive Anchors (Traditional ASD)

Example calculation for a grouping of adhesive Four Anchor Layout
anchors using ASD: 3,000 lbs.
Design a connection comprised of four 3⁄4" diameter all-thread rods
installed in f'c = 2,000 psi concrete using SET adhesive as shown. The 1,000 lbs.
anchor grouping is subject to an applied tension load of 3,000 lb. and
an applied shear load of 1,000 lb. acting simultaneously.
ADDITIONAL DATA: ANCHOR 1
• All-thread rod material: ASTM A1554 Grade 36.
• All-thread rod embedment depth: 6 3/4"
• All-thread rod spacing: S1=S3=8", S2=11.3" (use 11")
(Scritical = 27" > Sactual, therefore reduced efficiency.)
• All-thread rod edge distance: C1=C2=3"
(Ccritical = 10 1⁄8" > Cactual, therefore reduced efficiency.)
SOLUTION: The allowable tension (or shear) value for a group

Unadjusted allowable tension loads: of anchors is equal to the lowest (minimum) tension
Based on adhesive bond strength = Tbond = 10,525 lbs. (or shear) value for a single anchor within the group
Based on steel strength = Tsteel = 8,460 lbs. multiplied by the number of anchors within the group.
Unadjusted allowable shear loads:

Based on concrete strength = Vconc = 6,310 lbs.
CHECK COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR INTERACTION:
Based on steel strength = Vsteel = 4,360 lbs.
For adhesive anchors, use the straight-line method (n=1.0, see
Calculate reduced efficiency factors for all-thread rod installed at an
Figure 1) when calculating the interaction of both tension and shear
edge distance of 3" using tables on pages 116–117:
upon the anchor per the following equation:
Tension: C1=C2=3", fc = 0.56 from fc - Tension Table
Shear: C1=C2=3", fc = 0.29 from fc - Shear Table (Design shear/allowable shear)n + (Design tension/allowable tension)n
≤ 1.0, n=1.0
Calculate reduced efficiency factors for all-thread rod installed at a
spacing of 8" using tables on pages 118–119: Design shear (V) = 1,000 lbs.
Tension: S1=S3=8", fs = 0.91 from fs - Tension Table
Allowable shear (Vall) = 1,912 lbs.
S2=11", fs = 0.925 from fs - Tension Table
Shear: S1=S3=8", fs = 0.95 from fs - Shear Table Design tension (T) = 3,000 lbs.
S2=11", fs = 1.00 from fs - Shear Table Allowable tension (Tall) = 10,112 lbs.
Reduce allowable tension value based on bond strength. The reduction (1,000 / 1,912)1.0 + (3,000 / 10,112)1.0 = 0.82 ≤ 1.0 O.K.
factors are cumulative due to the influence of two reduced edge
distance conditions and three reduced spacing conditions:
(Tbond)net = (fc)(fs)(Tbond)
= (0.56 x 0.56)(0.91 x 0.91 x 0.925)(10,525 lbs.)

Figure 1
= 2,528 lbs.
Allowable tension value is the lesser of:
Appendix
Tension based on net bond strength = 2,528 lbs. (governs) or

Tension based on steel strength = 8,460 lbs.
For a group of 4 anchors the combined allowable tension value is: Elliptical
Tall
= (4 anchors)(2,528 lbs./anchor) = 10,112 lbs. > 3,000 lbs. (n = 5⁄3)

T
Tension Ratio,
(design tension) O.K.

(Note: If high in-service temperature is expected, the allowable based on
bond/concrete should be multiplied by a strength reduction factor found Straight Line
in the adhesive's temperature sensitivity table.) (n = 1)
Reduce allowable shear value based on concrete strength. The
reduction factors are cumulative due to the influence of two reduced
edge-distance conditions and three reduced spacing conditions:
(Vconc)net = (fc)(fs)(Vconc)
= (0.29 x 0.29)(.95 x .95 x 1.00)(6,310 lbs.)
= 478 lbs.
V
Allowable shear value is the lesser of: Shear Ratio,
Vall
Shear based on net concrete strength = 478 lbs. (governs) or
Shear based on steel strength = 4,360 lbs.
For a group of 4 anchors the combined allowable shear value is:
= (4 anchors)(478 lbs./anchor) = 1,912 lbs. > 1,000 lbs.
(design shear) O.K.
(Note: If high in-service temperature is expected, the allowable shear
based on bond/concrete should be multiplied by a strength reduction
factor found in the adhesive's temperature sensitivity table.)
324
Example Calculations Mechanical Anchors (Traditional ASD)

Example calculation for a group of (2) Titen HD® Two Anchor Layout
anchors using ASD: C1 = 4" S1 = 8"
Design a connection comprised of two (2) 3⁄4" diameter Titen HD®
anchors installed in the face of an 8" normal weight grouted CMU wall
as shown. The anchor group has an applied tension load of 600 lbs.
and an applied shear load of 500 lbs. acting simultaneously.
ADDITIONAL DATA: C2 = 12"
• Embedment depth = 5 1⁄2"
• Spacing = Sact = S1 = 8"
• Critical spacing for 3⁄4” dia. anchor at embedment = Scr = 12"
• Sact < Scr therefore use spacing reduction factor for S1. 600 lb.
Tension
• End distance = Cact = C1 = 4" 500 lb.
Shear
• Edge distance = Cact = C2 = 12"
• Critical edge distance = Ccr = 12"
• Critical end distance = Ccr = 12"
• C1 < Ccr, therefore use perpendicular-to-edge reduction factor for C1.
• C2 > Ccr, therefore no edge reduction factor for C2. The allowable tension (or shear) value for a group
SOLUTION: of anchors is equal to the lowest (minimum) tension
(or shear) value for a single anchor within the group
Tension multiplied by the number of anchors within the group.
Determine uninfluenced allowable tension load in the face of an 8”
normal wt. concrete grouted CMU wall:
Uninfluenced allowable tension = 1,600 lbs. CHECK COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR INTERACTION:
Calculate reduced efficiency factors for Edge Distance: For the Titen HD® in grouted CMU, use the straight-line method (n = 1,
Cact = C1 = 4" see Figure 1) when calculating the interaction of both tension and shear
Cact = C2 = 12" upon the anchor per the following equation:
fcC1 = 0.66 = Load adjustment factor (pages 198–199)
(Design shear/Allowable shear)n + (Design tension/Allowable tension)n
Calculate reduced efficiency factor for spacing: ≤ 1.0, n = 1
Sact = S1 = 8"
fsS1 = 0.67 = Load adjustment factor (page 200) Design shear (V) = 500 lbs.
Calculate allowable tension load per anchor: Allowable shear (Vall) = 945 lbs.
Allowable tension = (uninfluenced allowable tension) (fcC1)(fsS1) Design tension (T) = 600 lbs.
Allowable tension = (1,600 lbs.)(0.66)(0.67)= 708 lbs. per anchor

Allowable tension (Tall) = 1,416 lbs.
For a group of 2 anchors the combined allowable tension value is:
(600 / 1,416)1 + (500 / 945)1 = 0.95 ≤ 1.0 O.K.
= (2 anchors)(708 lbs./anchor) = 1,416 lbs. > 600 lbs.
Appendix
(design tension) O.K.
Shear
Determine uninfluenced allowable shear load in the face of an 8" Figure 1
normal wt. concrete grouted CMU wall:
Uninfluenced allowable shear = 3,000 lbs.
Calculate reduced efficiency factor for end distance:
Cact = C1 = 4"
Elliptical
Tall
Cact = C2 = 12"
(n = 5⁄3)
T
fcC1 = 0.21 = Load adjustment factor (pages 198–199)

Tension Ratio,
Calculate reduced efficiency factor for spacing:

Sact = S1 = 8" Straight Line
fsS1 = 0.75 = Load adjustment factor (page 200) (n = 1)
Calculate allowable shear load per anchor:
Allowable shear = (uninfluenced allowable shear) (fcC1)(fsS1)
Allowable shear = (3,000 lbs.)(0.21)(0.75) = 473 lbs. per anchor
For a group of 2 anchors the combined allowable shear value is:
= (2 anchors)(473 lbs./anchor) = 945 lbs. > 500 lbs.
(design shear) O.K.
V
Shear Ratio,
Vall
325
Example Calculations Mechanical Anchors (ACI 318 App. D / ICC-ES AC193)

Example calculation for a single Strong-Bolt™ 2 1,600 lb.
anchor using SD:
560 lb.
Determine if a single 1⁄2" diameter carbon-steel Strong-Bolt™ 2 torque-
controlled expansion anchor with a minimum 3 7⁄8" embedment
(hef = 3 3⁄8 inches) installed 4" from the edge of a 12" deep spandrel 33⁄8"
beam is adequate for a strength level tension load of 1,600 lb. for wind
and a reversible strength level shear load of 560 lb. for wind. The anchor
will be in the tension zone, away from other anchors in f’c = 3,000 psi
normal-weight concrete. 4"
Reference the appropriate tables in this catalog for Strong-Bolt 2 anchor
Note: Rebar not
performance values as determined from testing in accordance with ACI
shown for clarity
355.2 and ICC-ES AC193.
CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION REFERENCE CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION REFERENCE

Note: Calculations are performed in accordance with ACI 318-11. 4. Concrete breakout capacity D.5.2
under tension loading:
1. Determine the factored tension ACI 318, 9.2.1
and shear design loads: φNcb ≥ Nua D.4.1.1
Nua = 1.0W = 1.0 x 1,600 = 1,600 lb. A
Ncb = Nc ψed,N ψc,N ψcp,N Nb Eq. (D-3);
Vua = 1.0W = 1.0 x 560 = 560 lb. A
Nco
where:
2. Design considerations: D.4.1.1

Nb = kc λa√ f’c hef1.5 Eq. (D-6)
This is a combined tension and shear interaction

problem where values for both φNn and φVn need
to be determined. φNn is the lesser of the design
substituting:
tension strength controlled by: steel (φNsa),
concrete breakout (φNcb), or pull-out (φnNpn). A 
φNcb = φ Nc ψed,N ψc,N ψcp,N kc λa√f’c hef1.5
φVn is the lesser of the design shear strength ANco
controlled by: steel (φVsa), concrete breakout
(φVcb), or pryout (φVcp). where:

kc = kcr = 17 This catalog
3. Steel capacity under tension Loading: D.5.1 (Anchor is installed in a tension zone, therefore,
φNsa ≥ Nua D.4.1.1 cracking is assumed at service loads
Nsa = 12,100 lb. This catalog λ = 1.0 for normal-weight concrete 8.6.1
φ = 0.75 This catalog ψcp,N = 1.0 D.5.2.7

n = 1 (single anchor) c
ψed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 a,min when ca,min < 1.5 hef Eq. (D-10)
1.5hef
Calculating for φNsa:
Appendix
φNsa = 0.75 x 1 x 12,100 = 9,075 lb. > 1,600 lb. O.K. by observation, ca,min = 4 < 1.5hef
(4)
ψed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 = 0.94
1.5(3.375)

ψc,N = 1.0 assuming cracking
D.5.2.6
at service loads (ft > fr)
Would you like help with these calculations? φ = 0.65 for Condition B
This catalog
Visit www.strongtie.com to download the (no supplementary reinforcement provided)
Simpson Strong‑Tie® Anchor Designer™ software.
ANco = 9hef2 Eq. (D-5)
= 9(3.375)2
= 102.52 in.2
ANc = (ca1 + 1.5hef)(2 x 1.5hef) Fig. RD.5.2.1(a)
= (4 + 1.5(3.375))(2 x 1.5(3.375))
= 91.76 in.2
A
Nc = 91.76 = 0.90
Nco 102.52
A
Calculating for φNcb:

φNcb = 0.65 x 0.90 x 0.94 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 17 x 1.0 x
−
√3,000 x (3.375)1.5 = 3,175 lb. > 1,600 lb. O.K.

Continued on next page
326
Example Calculations Mechanical Anchors (ACI 318 App. D / ICC-ES AC193)

5. Pullout capacity under tension loading: D.5.3 9. Concrete pryout strength: D.6.3
Pullout capacity, Np,cr, is established by reference tests in cracked concrete φnVcp ≥ Vua D.4.1.1
by the reliability test of ACI 355.2. Data from the anchor prequalification
testing must be used. Reference Strong-Bolt® 2 anchor “characteristic Vcp = kcp Ncb Eq. (D-40)
tension design values” table for the 5 percent fractile value, Np,cr. where:
φNpn ≥ Nua D.4.1.1 n=1
( 3,000
)
0.5
Np,cr = 3,735 x = 4,091 lb. This catalog kcp = 2.0 and φ = 0.70 This catalog
2,500

φ = 0.65 This catalog kcp Ncb = 2.0 x 3,175 = 9,769 lb. D.6.3.1
0.65
φNpn = 0.65 x 4,091 = 2,659 lb. > 1,600 lb. O.K.
6. Check all failure modes under tension loading: D.4.1.1 φnVcp = 0.70 x 1 x 9,769 = 6,838 lb. > 560 lb. O.K.
Summary:
Steel capacity = 9,075 lb. 10. Check all failure modes under shear Loading: D.4.1.1
Concrete breakout capacity = 3,175 lb. Summary:
Pullout capacity = 2,659 lb. ← Controls
∴ φNn = 2,659 lb. as pullout capacity controls Steel capacity = 4,703 lb.
7. Steel capacity under shear loading: D.6.1 Concrete breakout capacity = 2,224 lb. ← Controls
φVsa ≥ Vua D.4.1.1 Pryout capacity = 6,838 lb.
Vsa = 7,235 lb. This catalog ∴ φVn = 2,224 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls
φ = 0.65 This catalog
Calculating for φVsa: 11. Check interaction of tension and shear forces: D.7
φVsa = 0.65 x 7,235 = 4,703 lb. > 560 lb. O.K. If 0.2 φVn ≥ Vua, then the full tension
8. Concrete breakout capacity under shear loading: D.6.2 design strength is permitted. D.7.1
φVcb ≥ Vua D.4.1.1 By observation, this is not the case.
A If 0.2 φNn ≥ Nua, then the full shear
Vcb = Vc ψed,V ψc,V ψh,v Vb Eq. (D-30)
AVco design strength is permitted D.7.2

where: By observation, this is not the case.
0.2  
Vb = 7 e

da( ) √da λa√ f’c ca11.5

Eq. (D-33) Therefore:
N V

ua + ua ≤ 1.2 Eq. (D-42)
substituting: φN φV
n n
A  
φVcb = φ Vc ψed,V ψc,V ψh,v 7 e
AVco d ( ) 0.2
√ da λa√ f’c ca11.5
1,600 + 560 = 0.60 + 0.25 = 0.85 < 1.2 O.K.
a 2,659 2,224

where:
Appendix
φ = 0.70 for Condition B
D4.4(c)(i) 12. Summary
(no supplementary reinforcement provided)

A single 1⁄2" diameter carbon-steel Strong-Bolt® 2 anchor
AVco = 4.5ca12 Eq. (D-32) at a 3 7⁄8" embedment depth is adequate to resist the
= 4.5(4)2 applied strength level tension and shear wind loads of 1,600 lb.
∴ AVco = 72 in.2 and 560 lb., respectively.
AVc = 2(1.5ca1)(1.5ca1) Fig. RD.6.2.1(a)
= 2(1.5(4))(1.5(4))
∴ AVc = 72 in.2
A
Vc = 72 = 1 D.6.2.1
A
Vco 72
ha = 12 in.
ψh,v = 1.0 since ha > 1.5 Ca1 D.6.2.8
ψed,V = 1.0 since ca2 > 1.5ca1 Eq. (D-37)
ψc,V = 1.0 assuming cracking

at service loads (ft > fr) D.6.2.7
da = 0.5 in.
e = 3.375 in. D.6.2.2
λa = 1.0 for normal-weight concrete 8.6.1
ca1 = 4 in.
φVcb = 0.70 x 1 x 1.0 x 1.0 x1.0 x 7 x 3.375 ( )
−
0.2
x √ 0.5 x 1.0
0.5

−
x √ 3,000 x (4)1.5 = 2,224 lb. > 560 lb. O.K.
327
Example Calculations Adhesive Anchors (ACI 318 App.D / ICC-ES AC308)

Example calculation for a single SET-XP® epoxy
adhesive anchor using SD: 1,040 lb.
Determine if a single 1⁄2" diameter ASTM A193 Grade B7 anchor rod 440 lb.
in SET-XP® epoxy adhesive anchor with a minimum 4 1⁄2" embedment
(hef = 4 1⁄2") installed 1 3⁄4" from the edge of a 12" deep spandrel beam
is adequate for a strength level tension load of 1,040 lb. for wind and 41⁄2"
a reversible strength level shear load of 440 lb. for wind. The anchor
will be in the tension zone, away from other anchors in f'c = 3,000
psi normal-weight concrete (dry). The anchor will be subjected to a
maximum short-term temperature of 150˚F and a maximum long-term
temperature of 110˚F. Continuous inspection will be provided 13⁄4"
Reference the appropriate tables in this catalog for SET-XP epoxy Note: Rebar not
adhesive anchor performance values as determined from testing in shown for clarity
accordance with ACI 355.4 and ICC-ES AC308.

Note: Calculations are performed in accordance with ICC-ES AC308 4. Concrete breakout capacity under tension loading: D.5.2
and ACI 318-11.
φNcb ≥ Nua D.4.1.1
1. Determine the factored tension and ACI 318, 9.2.1 A
shear design loads: Ncb = Nc ψed,N ψc,N ψcp,N Nb Eq. (D-3)
A
Nco
Nua = 1.0W = 1.0 x 1,040 = 1,040 lb.
where:
Vua = 1.0W = 1.0 x 440 = 440 lb. 
Nb = kc λa√ f’c hef1.5 Eq. (D-6)

2. Design considerations: D.4.1.1
substituting:
This is a combined tension and shear interaction problem
where values for both φNn and φVn need to be determined. A 
φNcb = φ Nc ψed,N ψc,N ψcp,N kcλa√ f'c hef1.5
φNn is the lesser of the design tension strength controlled by: ANco

steel (φNsa), concrete breakout (φNcb), or adhesive (φNa).
φVnis the lesser of the design shear strength controlled by: where:
steel (φVsa), concrete breakout (φVcb), or pryout (φVcp). kc = kcr = 17 This catalog
λa = 1.0 for normal-weight concrete 8.6.1
3. Steel capacity under tension loading: D.5.1
ψcp,N = 1.0 D.5.2.7
φNsa ≥ Nua D.4.1.1
c
Nsa = 17,750 lb. This catalog ψed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 a,min when ca,min < 1.5hef Eq. (D-10)
1.5h

ef
by observation, ca,min < 1.5hef
n = 1 (single anchor)
ψed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 1.75 = 0.78
Appendix
Calculating for φNsa:

1.5(4.5)

φNsa = 0.75 x 1 x 17,750 = 13,313 lb. > 1,040 lb. O.K.
ψc,N = 1.0 D.5.2.6
φ = 0.65 for Condition B This catalog
(no supplementary reinforcement provided)
ANco = 9hef2 Eq. (D-5)
Would you like help with these calculations? = 9(4.5)2
Visit www.strongtie.com to download the = 182.25 in.2
Simpson Strong‑Tie® Anchor Designer™ software.
ANc = (ca1 + 1.5hef)(2 x 1.5hef) Fig. RD.5.2.1(a)
= (1.75 + 1.5(4.5))(2 x 1.5(4.5))
= 114.75 in.2
A
Nc = 114.75 = 0.63
A
Nco 182.25
f'c = 2,500 psi ICC-ES ESR-2508 section 5.3
Calculating for φNcb:
φNcb = 0.65 x 0.63 x 1.0 x 0.78 x 1.0 x 17 x 1.0 x
−
√2,500 x (4.5)1.5 = 2,592 lb. > 1,040 lb. O.K.

328

5. Adhesive anchor capacity D.5.5 8. Concrete breakout capacity under shear loading: D.6.2
under tension loading:
φVcb ≥ Vua D.4.1.1
φNa ≥ Nua D.4.1.1 A
Vcb = Vc ψed,V ψc,V ψh,v Vb Eq. (D-30)
A AVco
Na = Na ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba Eq. (D-18)
A
Nao
where:
Nba = τk,cr πdahef = 510(1.72)π(0.5)(4.5) = 6,200 lb. Eq. (D-22)

τk,uncr
Vb = 7 e

da ( ) √ d λ √ f’ c
0.2
a a c a1
1.5
Eq. (D-33)
cNa = 10da

√
1,100
Eq. (D-21)
substituting:

 A  
√
cNa = (10)(0.5) 1,150(1.72) = 6.70"
1,100
φVcb = φ Vc ψed,V ψc,V ψh,v 7 e

AVco d
a
( )
0.2
√ da λa√ f’c ca11.5

where:
ANao = (2cNa)2 = (13.40)2 = 179.56 in.2 Eq. (D-20)
φ = 0.70 for Condition B D4.4(c)(i)
ANa = (ca1 + 2cNa)(2cNa) = (1.75 + 6.70)(13.40) = 113.23 in.2 (no supplementary reinforcement provided)
AVco = 4.5ca12 Eq. (D-32)
( )
c
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 a,min
cNa ≤1.0 Since ca,min < cNa Eq. (D-25) = 4.5(1.75)2
∴ AVco = 13.78 in.2
( ) ( )
c
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 a,min = 0.7 + 0.3 1.75 = 0.78 AVc = 2(1.5ca1)(1.5ca1) Fig. RD.6.2.1(a)
c 6.70
Na = 2(1.5(1.75))(1.5(1.75))
ψcp,Na = 1.0 D.5.5.5 ∴ AVc = 13.78 in.2
φ = 0.65 for dry concrete This catalog
AVc = 13.78 = 1 D.6.2.1
Calculating for φNa: AVco 13.78

φNa = 0.65 x 113.23 x 0.78 x 1.0 x 6,200 = 1,982 lb. > 1,040 lb. O.K. ha = 12 in.
179.56
ψh,v = 1.0 since ha > 1.5ca1 D.6.2.8
ψed,V = 1.0 since ca2 > 1.5ca1 Eq. (D-37)
6. Check all failure modes under tension loading: D.4.1.1
ψc,V = 1.0 for cracked concrete D.6.2.7
Summary:
Steel capacity = 13,313 lb. da = 0.5 in.
Concrete breakout capacity = 2,592 lb. = 8da = 8 (0.5) = 4" D.6.2.2
e
Adhesive capacity = 1,982 lb. ← Controls
∴ φNn = 1,982 lbs. as adhesive capacity controls λ = 1.0 for normal-weight concrete 8.6.1
ca1 = 1.75 in.

7. Steel capacity under shear loading: D.6.1
φVsa ≥ Vua
D.4.1.1 0.5 ( )
−
φVcb = 0.70 x 1 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 7 x 4 0.2 x √0.5 x 1.0
Appendix

−
Vsa = 10,650 lb. This catalog x √3,000 x (1.75)1.5 = 666 lb. > 440 lb. O.K.

Calculating for φVsa: 9. Concrete pryout capacity under shear loading: D.6.3
φVsa = 0.65 x 10,650 = 6,923 lb. > 440 lb. O.K. Vcp = min[kcp Na; kcp Ncb] D.6.3.1
kcp = 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.5"
Na = 3,050 lb. from adhesive-capacity calculation without φ factor
Ncb = 3,988 lb. from concrete-breakout calculation without φ factor
Vcp = (2.0)(3,050) = 6,100 lb. controls
φVcp = (0.7)(6,100) = 4,270 lb. > 440 lb. O.K.
329

CALCULATIONS AND DISCUSSION REFERENCE
10. Check all failure modes under shear loading: D.4.1.1
Summary:
Steel capacity = 6,923 lb.
Concrete breakout capacity = 666 lb. ← Controls
Pryout capacity = 4,270 lb.
∴ φVn = 666 lb. as concrete breakout capacity controls
11. Check interaction of tension and shear forces: D.7

If
Vua
≤ 0.2
φVn

then the full tension design strength is permitted. D.7.1
By observation, this is not the case.
If
Nua
≤ 0.2
φNn

then the full shear design strength is permitted. D.7.2
By observation, this is not the case.
Therefore:
Nua V
+ ua ≤ 1.2 Eq. (D-42)
φNn φVn

1,040 + 440 = 0.52 + 0.66 = 1.18 < 1.2 O.K.

1,982 666

12. Summary

A single 1⁄2" diameter ASTM A193 Grade B7 anchor rod in
SET-XP® epoxy adhesive at a 4 1⁄2" embedment depth is
adequate to resist the applied strength level tension and

shear wind loads of 1,040 lb. and 440 lb., respectively.
Appendix
330
Suggested General Notes for Anchor Products

To download the full text of Suggested General Notes, please visit
strongtie.com/products/anchorsystems/technicalinfo/suggested-specs.html.
Appendix
331
Glossary
ACI — American Concrete Institute CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (f'c) — The specified
compressive load carrying capacity of concrete used in design,
ACRYLIC — Polymer based on resins prepared from a combination of expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or megapascals (MPa).
acrylic and methacrylic esters.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) — A hollow or solid masonry unit
ADHESIVE ANCHOR — Typically, a threaded rod or rebar that is made from cementitious materials, water and aggregates.
installed in a predrilled hole in a base material with a two-part chemical
compound. CORE DRILL — A method of drilling a smooth wall hole in a base
material using a special drill attachment.
ADMIXTURE — A material other than water, aggregate or hydraulic
cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete before CREEP — Displacement under a sustained load over time.
or during its mixing to modify its properties.
CURE TIME — The elapsed time required for an adhesive anchor to
AERATED CONCRETE — Concrete that has been mixed with air- develop its ultimate carrying capacity.
entraining additives to protect against freeze-thaw damage and provide
additional workability. DESIGN LOAD — The calculated maximum load that is to be applied
to the anchor for the life of the structure.
AGGREGATE — A granular material, such as sand, gravel, crushed
stone and iron blast-furnace slag, used with a cementing medium to DESIGN STRENGTH — The nominal strength of an anchor calculated
form a hydraulic cement concrete or mortar. per ACI 318, ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308 and then multiplied by a
strength reduction factor (φ).
AISC — American Institute of Steel Construction
DROP-IN ANCHOR — A post-installed mechanical anchor consisting
ALLOWABLE LOAD — The maximum design load that can be applied of an internally-threaded steel shell and a tapered expander plug.
to an anchor. Allowable loads for mechanical and adhesive anchors are The bottom end of the steel shell is slotted longitudinally into equal
based on applying a factor of safety to the average ultimate load. segments. The anchor is installed in a pre-drilled hole using a hammer
and a hand-setting tool. The anchor is set when the tapered expander
ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) — A design method in which plug is driven toward the bottom end of the anchor such that the
an anchor is selected such that service loads do not exceed the shoulder of the hand-setting tool makes contact with the top end of
anchor’s allowable load. The allowable load is the average ultimate load the anchor. A drop-in anchor may also be referred to as a displacement
divided by a factor of safety. controlled expansion anchor.
AMINE CURING AGENT — Reactive ingredient used as a setting DYNAMIC LOAD — A load whose magnitude varies with time.
agent for epoxy resins to form highly crosslinked polymers.
EDGE DISTANCE:
ANCHOR CATEGORY — The classification for an anchor that is
established by the performance of the anchor in reliability tests such EDGE DISTANCE (C) — The measure between the anchor centerline
as sensitivity to reduced installation effort for mechanical anchors or and the free edge of the concrete or masonry member.
sensitivity to hole cleaning for adhesive anchors.
CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE (Ccr or Cac) — The least edge distance
ANSI — American National Standards Institute at which the allowable load capacity of an anchor is applicable

without reductions.
ASTM — American Society for Testing and Materials
Glossary of Terms
MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE (Cmin) — The least edge distance at

BASE MATERIAL — The substrate (concrete, CMU, etc.) into which which the anchors are tested for recognition.
adhesive or mechanical anchors are to be installed.
EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT DEPTH — The dimension measured from
BOND STRENGTH — The mechanical interlock or chemical bonding the concrete surface to the deepest point at which the anchor tension
capacity of an adhesive to both the insert and the base material. load is transferred to the concrete.
BRICK — A solid masonry unit of clay or shale formed into a rectangular EMBEDMENT DEPTH — The distance from the top surface of the
prism while plastic and burned or fired in a kiln that may have cores or base material to the installed end of the anchor. In the case of a post-
cells comprising less than 25% of the cross sectional area. installed mechanical anchor, the embedment depth is measured prior to
application of the installation torque.
CAMA — Concrete Anchor Manufacturer’s Association
EPOXY RESIN — A viscous liquid containing epoxide groups that can
CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR — A headed bolt, stud or hooked bolt be crosslinked into final form by means of a chemical reaction with a
installed into formwork prior to placing concrete. variety of setting agents.
CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN VALUE — The nominal strength for which EXPANSION ANCHOR — A mechanical fastener placed in hardened
there is 90% confidence that there is a 95% probability of the actual concrete or assembled masonry, designed to expand in a self-drilled
strength exceeding the nominal strength. or predrilled hole of a specified size and engage the sides of the hole
in one or more locations to develop shear and/or tension resistance to
CONCRETE — A mixture of Portland cement or any other hydraulic applied loads without grout, adhesive or drypack.
cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water, with or without
admixtures. Approximate weight is 150 pcf. FATIGUE LOAD TEST — A test in which the anchor is subjected to a
specified load magnitude for 2 x 106 cycles in order to establish the
CONCRETE BRICK — A solid concrete masonry unit (CMU) made endurance limit of the anchor.
from Portland cement, water, and aggregates.
332
Glossary
GEL TIME — The elapsed time at which an adhesive begins to increase POT LIFE — The length of time a mixed adhesive remains workable
in viscosity and becomes resistant to flow. (flowable) before hardening.
GROUT — A mixture of cementitious material and aggregate to which PRECAST CONCRETE — A concrete structural element cast
sufficient water is added to produce pouring consistency without elsewhere than its final position in the structure.
segregation of the constituents.
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE — Structural concrete in which internal
GROUTED MASONRY (or GROUT-FILLED MASONRY) — stresses have been introduced to reduce potential tensile stresses in
Hollow-unit masonry in which the cells are filled solidly with grout. concrete resulting from loads.
Also, double or triple-wythe wall construction in which the cavity(s)
or collar joint(s) is filled solidly with grout. PRETENSIONING — A method of prestressing in which tendons are
tensioned before concrete is placed.
HOT-DIP GALVANIZED — A part coated with a relatively thick layer
of zinc by means of dipping the part in molten zinc. REBAR — Deformed reinforcing steel which comply with ASTM A615.
IAPMO UES — IAPMO Uniform Evaluation Service. An ISO 17065 REINFORCED CONCRETE — Structural concrete reinforced
ANSI-accredited company that issues evaluation reports expressing a with no less than the minimum amount of prestressed tendons or
professional opinion as to a product’s building code compliance. nonprestressed reinforcement specified in ACI 318.
IBC — International Building Code. REINFORCED MASONRY — Masonry units and reinforcing steel
bonded with mortar and/or grout in such a manner that the components
ICC-ES — ICC Evaluation Service. An ISO 17065 ANSI-accredited act together in resisting forces.
company that issues evaluation reports expressing a professional
opinion as to a product’s building code compliance. REQUIRED STRENGTH — The factored loads and factored load
combinations that must be resisted by an anchor.
LEGACY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA — A past version of an ICC-ES
anchor qualification criteria. These are no longer current standards, but SCREEN TUBE — Typically a wire or plastic mesh tube used with
are the basis for legacy allowable load data for anchors in concrete. adhesives for anchoring into hollow base materials to prevent the
These standards have been replaced by modern standards such as adhesive from flowing uncontrolled into voids.
ICC-ES AC193 and AC308.
SCREW ANCHOR — A post-installed anchor that is a threaded
LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE — Concrete containing lightweight mechanical fastener placed in a predrilled hole. The anchor derives its
aggregate. The unit weight of lightweight concrete is not to exceed 115 pcf. tensile holding strength from the mechanical interlock of the fastener
threads with the grooves cut into the concrete during the anchor
MASONRY — Brick, structural clay tile, stone, concrete masonry units installation.
or a combination thereof bonded together with mortar.
SHEAR LOAD — A load applied perpendicular to the axis of an anchor.
MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED — A part coated with a layer of zinc
by means of mechanical impact. The thickest levels of mechanical SHOTCRETE — Concrete that is pneumatically projected onto a
galvanizing (ASTM B695, Class 55 or greater) are considered to be surface at high velocity. Also known as gunite.
alternatives to hot-dip galvanizing and provide a medium level
of corrosion resistance. SLEEVE ANCHOR — A post-installed mechanical anchor consisting of

a steel stud with nut and washer, threaded on the top end and a formed
Glossary of Terms
MORTAR — A mixture of cementitious materials, fine aggregate uniform tapered mandrel on the opposite end around which a full length
and water used to bond masonry units together. expansion sleeve formed from sheet steel is positioned. The anchor is
installed in a predrilled hole and set by tightening the nut by torquing
NOMINAL STRENGTH — The strength of an element as calculated per thereby causing the expansion sleeve to expand over the tapered
ACI 318, ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308. mandrel to engage the base material.
NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE — Concrete containing normal weight SPACING:

aggregate. The unit weight of normal weight concrete is approximately
150 pcf. SPACING (S) — The measure between anchors, centerline-to-
centerline distance.
OBLIQUE LOAD — A load that is applied to an anchor, which can be
resolved into tension and shear components. CRITICAL SPACING (Scr) — The least anchor spacing distance
at which the allowable load capacity of an anchor is applicable
PLAIN CONCRETE — Structural concrete with no reinforcement such that the anchor is not influenced by neighboring anchors.
or with less reinforcement than the minimum specified for reinforced
concrete. MINIMUM SPACING (Smin) — The least anchor spacing at which
the anchors are tested for recognition.
PORTLAND CEMENT — Hydraulic cement consisting of finely
pulverized compounds of silica, lime and alumina. STAINLESS STEEL — A family of iron alloys containing a minimum of
12% chromium. Type-316 stainless steel provides greater corrosion
POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR — Either a mechanical or adhesive resistance than Types 303 or 304.
anchor installed in a pre-drilled hole in the base material.
STANDARD DEVIATION — As it pertains to this catalog, a statistical
POST-TENSION — A method of prestressing in which tendons are measure of how widely dispersed the individual test results were from
tensioned after concrete has hardened. the published average ultimate loads.
333
Glossary
STATIC LOAD — A load whose magnitude does not vary appreciably
over time.
STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) — A design method in which an anchor is

selected such that the anchor’s design strength is equal to or greater
than the anchor’s required strength.
STRENGTH REDUCTION FACTOR (ϕ) — A factor applied to the

nominal strength to allow for variations in material strengths and
dimensions, inaccuracies in design equations, required ductility and
reliability, and the importance of the anchor in the structure.
TENDON — In pretensioned applications, the tendon is the prestressing

steel. In post-tensioned applications, the tendon is a complete assembly
consisting of anchorages, prestressing steel, and sheathing with coating
for unbonded applications or ducts with grout for bonded applications.
TENSION LOAD — A load applied parallel to the axis of an anchor.
THIXOTROPIC — The ability of a fluid to become less viscous (resistant

to flow) under shear, then thicken when the shear force is removed.
TORQUE — The measure of the force applied to produce rotational

motion usually measured in foot-pounds. Torque is determined by
multiplying the applied force by the distance from the pivot point to the
point where the force is applied.
ULTIMATE LOAD — The average value of the maximum loads that

were achieved when five or more samples of a given product were
installed and statically load tested to failure under similar conditions. The
ultimate load is used to derive the allowable load by applying a factor of
safety.
UNDERCUT ANCHOR — A post-installed anchor that develops its

tensile strength from the mechanical interlock provided by undercutting
of the concrete at the embedded end of the anchor.
UNREINFORCED MASONRY (URM) — A form of clay brick masonry

bearing wall construction consisting of multiple wythes periodically
interconnected with header courses. In addition, this type of wall
construction contains less than the minimum amounts of reinforcement

as defined for reinforced masonry walls.
Glossary of Terms
WEDGE ANCHOR — A post-installed mechanical anchor consisting of

a steel stud with nut and washer, threaded on the top end and a formed
uniform tapered mandrel on the opposite end around which an
expansion clip formed from sheet steel is positioned. The anchor is
installed in a predrilled hole and set by tightening the nut by torquing,
thereby causing the expansion clip to expand over the tapered mandrel
to engage the base material. A wedge anchor may also be referred to
as a torque controlled expansion anchor.
WYTHE — A continuous vertical section of masonry one unit in

thickness.
ZINC PLATED — A part coated with a relatively thin layer of zinc by

means of electroplating.
334
Alphabetical Index of Products

AD Drill Bit Shank Adaptor 309
ADT Acrylic Dispensing Tools 128
ADTA Arcylic Battery-Powered and Pneumatic Dispensing Tools 128
AMN Acrylic Mixing Nozzle 129
ARC Adhesive Retaining Caps 132
AST Adhesive Shear Tube 135
AT Acrylic Adhesive 86–101
AT-XP Acrylic Adhesive 20–37
ATS & ATSP Acrylic Screens 133–134
BBMD Blue Banger Hanger® 215
BBRD Blue Banger Hanger® 216
BBWF Blue Banger Hanger® 214
CBMX One-Piece Core Bit – SDS-MAX Shank 313
CBSP One-Piece Core Bit – Spline Shank 313
CD Crimp Drive® Anchor 242–243
CDBE One-Piece Core Bit – Ejector Key 313
CDT10S Adhesive Dispensing Tool 128, 287
CHH Hex Shank Chisels and Demolition Bits 311–312
CHMX SDS-MAX Chisels and Demolition Bits 310–312
CHPL SDS-PLUS Chisels and Demolition Bits 310–311
CHSP Spline Shank Chisels and Demolition Bits 311
CIP-F Crack Injection Paste Over 288–289, 293
CPFH Crack-Pac® Flex-H20™ Crack Sealer 288
CSD Countersunk Split Drive 244
CTRB One-Piece Core Bit – Center Pilot Bit 313
DIA Drop-In Anchor 229–235

DIAB Drop-In Anchor 224–228
DIABST Drop-In Anchor Setting Tool 225

DIAST Drop-In Anchor Setting Tool 230
DSD Duplex Head Split Drive 244
EDOT General-Purpose Epoxy Anchoring Adhesive 122–123
EDT Epoxy Dispensing Tools 128
EDTA Epoxy Battery-Powered and Pneumatic Dispensing Tools 128
EIF Injection Fitting 289
EIP Injection Port 288–289
EMN Epoxy Mixing Nozzle 129
ESA Expansion Screw Anchor 240
ET-HP ®
Epoxy Adhesive 62–85
ETB Hole-Cleaning Brush 135
ETI Crack Injection Epoxy 284–285
ETIPAC Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy 286
ETR Epzoxy Paste 286, 288–289
ETS & ETSP Epoxy Screens 133–134
EZAC Easy-Set Pin-Drive Anchor 179
E-Z-Click Injection System 286, 288–289
GAC Gas Pins 251
GCC Gas Pins 251
335

GCL Gas Pins 251
GCN-MEP Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer 248
GCT Gas Pins 251
GDP Gas Pins 249
GDPS Gas Pins 249
GDPSK Spiral-Knurled Gas Pins 250
GFC Gas Fuel Cell 250
GMR-2 Magnetic Ring 250
GRH Gas Pins 251
GTH Gas Pins 251
GTS Gas Pins 251
GW Gas Pins 251
GWL-100 Lathing Washer 250
HDIA Hollow Drop-In Anchor 236–238
HELI Heli-Tie Helical Wall and Stitching Tie 290–292
LSES Lag Screw Expansion Shield 239
MC Rebar Cutter Shank – Straight 308
MCP Plate Cutter Head 308
MCR Rebar Cutter Head 308
MCS Rebar Cutter Shank – Spline 308
MCSDM Rebar Cutter Shank – SDS-MAX 308
MCSDP Rebar Cutter Shank – SDS-PLUS 308
MDA “A” Taper Shank Drill Bits 306
MDB Straight Shank Drill Bits 207, 307
MDBP Titen Drill Bit / Driver 207, 303
MDMX SDS-MAX & SDS-MAX Quad Head Bits 304
MDPL SDS-PLUS Shank Bits 225, 230, 302

MDSP Spline Shank Drill Bits 305–306
P22 .22 Cal. Powder Load – Single, Crimped 253, 265
P22LRSC .22 Cal. Powder Load – Single, Straight Wall 253, 265
P25SL .25 Cal. Powder Load – Strip 253, 265
P27LVL .27 Cal. Powder Load – Single, Long 253, 265
P27SL .27 Cal. Powder Load – Strip 253, 265
PBXDP BX Cable Strap 253, 269
PCC Conduit Clip 253, 269
PCLDPA Ceiling Clip 253, 267
PDPA 0.157” Shank Diameter Drive Pin 253, 266
PDPAS .157” Shank Diameter Drive Pin 253, 267
PDPAT 0.157” Shank Diameter Tophat Fastener 253, 267
PDPAW 0.157” Shank Diameter with 3/4” Metal Washer 253, 266
PDPAWL 0.157” Shank Diameter with 1” Metal Washer 253, 266
PDPWLSS 0.145” Shank Diameter and 1” Metal Washer – Type-304 Stainless Steel 253, 268
PECLDPA Ceiling Clip 253, 267
PEPT Pole Tool / Accessories 252
PEPT-LR Pole Tool / Accessories 252, 257, 259
PHBC Highway Basket Clip 253, 269
PHD Hammer Drive Pin 272
336

PHN 8mm Head Pin 253, 270
PHNT 8mm Tophat Fastener 253, 271
PHNW 8mm Headed Pin with 1” Washer 253, 271
PHT Hammer Drive Tool 272
PINW 100 through 300 – 0.300” Headed Pin with 1 7/16” Washer 253, 268
PINWP 100 through 300 – 0.300” Headed Pin with 1 7/16” Plastic Washer 253, 268
PKP Concrete Forming Pin 253, 272
PSLV3 3/8” Threaded Stud 253, 270
PSLV4 1/4” Threaded Stud 253, 269
PT-22A .22 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool 253, 255, 262
PT-22HA Hammer-Activated Powder Tool 253, 255, 263
PT-22P Powder-Actuated Tool 253, 255, 264
PT-27 .27 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool 252, 253, 255, 261
PT-27HDA Heavy-Duty Powder-Actuated Tool 253, 255, 260
PTP-27L .27 Cal. Auto Powder-Actuated Tool 252–254, 256–257
PTP-27LMAGR .27 Cal. Auto Powder-Actuated Tool with Magazine 252–254, 256–257
PTP-27S .27 Cal. Auto Powder-Actuated Tool 252–254, 258–259
PTP-27SMAGR .27 Cal. Auto Powder-Actuated Tool with Rotating Magazine 252–254, 258–259
PTRHA 0.157” Shank Diameter Threaded Rod Hanger 253, 267
RFB Retrofit Bolt 135
RWH Horizontal Wood Rod Hanger 212–213
RWV Vertical Wood Rod Hanger 212–213
SET Epoxy Adhesive 102–121
SET-XP ®
Epoxy Adhesive 38–61
SL Sleeve-All® Anchor 180–183
STB2 Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor 144–163

SWN Sure Wall Anchor – Nylon 245
SWZ Sure Wall Anchor – Zinc 245

TCA Torq-Cut Anchor
™
138–143
THD Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor 184–199
THDB Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor 184–199
THD RC Titen HD® Rod Coupler 201–202
THD RH Titen HD Rod Hanger
®
208–211
TTN Titen Concrete and Masonry Screw
®
203–204
TTNSS Titen® Concrete and Masonry Screw – Stainless Steel 205–206
TTNT Titen Screw Installation Tool
®
207
TW Tie Wire Anchor 177–178
WA Wedge-All® Anchor 164–176
ZN Zinc Nailon 241
™
337
Notes
338
Notes
339
Powerful
calculations,
Concrete solutions
Performing challenging calculations required by current design methodologies can be completed quickly and accurately with
the new Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchor Designer™ software. A fully interactive 3D graphical-user interface with 42 pre-loaded
anchor configurations simplify input, and calculation results are output for verification and submission of your design.
Anchor Designer complies with current ACI 318, ETAG and CSA code requirements.
Call (800) 999-5099 to learn more and download the free software at strongtie.com/anchordesigner.
C-A-2016 Effective 11/1/2015 Expires 12/31/2017

© 2015 Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.

Catalogo Simpson 2016 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogo Simpson 2016 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogo Simpson 2016 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ANCHORING

The innovative products featured in this catalog are the

Anchor Product Selection Guide

ESR-3372, ER-241 ESR-3638,

AT 86 — Non-IBC — Non-IBC Non-IBC ESR-1958 — DOT

ESR-1772, NSF/ANSI Std

EDOT 122 — Non-IBC — — — — — DOT

C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Easy-Set 179 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Titen® 203 — FL-2355.1 — FL-2355.1 — — —

Titen HD® ESR-2713, RR25741, ESR-2713

Anchor Product Selection Guide

Drop-In 224 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — UL, FM

Hollow 236 — Non-IBC — — IBC — ­— UL,FM

Zinc Nailon™ 241 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Lag Screw 239 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Expansion Screw 240 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Crimp Drive® 242 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — FM

Split Drive 244 — Non-IBC — — — — — —

Tie-Wire 177 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — —

Sure Wall 245 — — — — — — Drywall —

Fasteners FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3, FL-15730.3,

ESR-2811, ESR-2811, ESR-2811, ESR-2811, Steel,

Mechanical Anchors Restoration Solutions

C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.

connectors in the industry Kent, WA

• Global locations with an Eagan, MN

Gallatin, TN High Point, NC

• Support of industry groups including

The Simpson Getting Fast Direct Fastening 246—281

support, we can help you quickly if you

Adhesive Piston Plug Delivery System

Battery-Powered Dispensing Tool

C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Titen HD® ¼" Screw Anchor

Hollow Drop-In Anchor

Heli-Tie™ Helical Stitching Tie

Wood Rod Hanger

Crimp Drive® Countersunk

C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SDS Stop Bit

How to Use This Catalog

Using Data Tables and Load Tables

Strength Design Data Tables

Example Strength Design Data Table

Allowable Load Tables

Example Allowable Load Table

Important Information and General Notes

Example Converted Allowable Load Table

Table Icon System

C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Threaded Rod Rebar Normal-Weight Lightweight Concrete Block

Lightweight Concrete Unreinforced Brick Steel Tension Load Shear Load

Important Information and General Notes

General Instructions for the Installer

Important Information and General Notes

Additional Instructions for the Installer

C-A-2016 © 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Hollow 236 — Non-IBC — — IBC — — UL,FM